m MIL* UN {''St J „# A ..... %. ' - 4> *"+*# o r\ - -^ I B ^ ' " ° & "oo^ $ . N C "<# . * ^ * °o W \ o V. \ . H ^ rU ', c - A» ' / s s \' X \ O •*& : ***** *»i \ ^ v *>- * a i v * <*° *U. * ■' * ° " \ x > * „ , "> ' ' o> v c 5 S ">t % r 'r -\N ? -^ V, ^ \0 ^ 4. -7\ V ^ ^ * ^ ^ •x xv ^ & n ^ ^ \ I B JO oo ^ o (J WORLD'S Wisterf^ and Jxefriefti ©f JQentistit^ EDITED, COMPILED AND REVISED BY HERMAN LENNMALM, D. D. S. FROM THE MOST RELIABLE AND AUTHENTIC RESOURCES AVAILABLE. A COMPENDIUM OF FACTS AND HISTORICAL DATA REGARDING THE DENTAL PROFESSION. H CHICAGO. W. B. CON KEY COMPANY, 341-351 Dearborn Street. Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1894. by DR. HERMAN LENNMALM, In the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington, D. C. PREFACE. THE magnitude of an undertaking like the present work, which we now herewith humbly submit to one of the fore- most professions of the world, far exceeded all our anticipations, although we by no means expected it to be all play. The selec- tion and compilation of ponderous matter from a voluminous correspondence and tons of data and statistics, together with the arduous labor in obtaining information from all parts of the world, have sometimes appeared beyond our ability. We flat- ter ourselves, however, that the information herein contained, although in many instances incomplete, will be found useful to all dentists who desire to know anything about the inducements, advantages and disadvantages offered in other fields, and the social and official standing of the profession in foreign lands. The encouragement w T e have enjoyed from the profession gen- erally, and for which we desire to express our heartfelt gratitude to one and all, has spurred us on to renewed efforts, and we sin- cerely hope that the result will not be too severely criticised, being a first attempt, and hence naturally not so complete as may be desired. For most of the information herein contained we are under obligations to the diplomatic and consular service of the United States and learned savants abroad, foremost among members of the dental and medical professions. There are still vast territories into which the profession has not yet penetrated. But we are progressing steadily, uninter- ruptedly, and every year opens up new and wider fields. Here the pioneers of our profession find themselves confronted with all those tribulations which are sure to beset pioneers in other walks of life; but once they gain a foothold, they soon adapt themselves to circumstances, and eventually harvest the reward of their labors. We had hoped to have the matter ready for the press much sooner, but the gathering of most of the necessary information required considerable time and correspondence. While we do not deem it necessary to apologize for the work, its necessity and in IV PREFACE. usefulness suggest themselves to all members of the profession, for whose especial benefit it was intended. We cheerfully acknowledge its imperfections, and only hope it will accomplish what we wished — to awaken a greater interest in the profession and bring about a closer communion among the dentists of the world. Most respectfully, Your humble and obedient servant, HERMAN LENNMALM.. Rockford, III., November, 1894. CONTENTS. DENTISTRY IN PAGE. NORTH AMERICA. United States 3 Dominion of Canada 161 Quebec 161 Ontario 162 Nova Scotia __ 170 New Brunswick 175 Manitoba _ 176 British Columbia 188 Prince Edward Island 191 Mexico 194 CENTRAL AMERICA. British Honduras 197 Costa Rica 197 Guatemala 198 Honduras 198 Nicaragua 199 Salvador... 199 WEST INDIES. Bahamas 202 Barbados __ 202 Bermuda 202 Cuba:.. 203 Curacao 204 Haiti _ 204 Jamaica 205 Leeward Islands 207 Martinique 207 Puerto Rico... 208 St. Bartholomew 208 St. Thomas 209 Trinidad 209 SOUTH AMERICA. Argentine Republic 213 Bolivia ___ ___ 214 Brazil 214 British Guiana 217 Chili _. 217 Ecuador 222 PAGE. Falkland Islands. ._ 222 French Guiana 222 Paraguay 223 Peru 226 Surinam (Dutch Guiana) 229 Uruguay 230 Venezuela 231 EUROPE. Austria-Hungary _ 234 Belgium ._ 236 Bulgaria .___ 237 Denmark 240 Finland 244 France 247 Germany 256 Great Britain and Ireland. _ 267 Greece 298 Iceland ___ 299 Italy 300 Luxemburgh 304 Malta 304 Netherlands 306 Norway .___ _ 308 Portugal. 311 Roumania 312 Russia 315 Servia.___ __ 318 Spain 318 Sweden _._ 324 Switzerland 332 Turkey 334 AFRICA. Azores 337 Barbary (Algiers, Morocco, Tripoli, Tunis) 337 Cape Colony 338 Egypt _._ 339 Liberia _ 339 Madagascar 34D Madeira. __ 342 Mozambique 343 VI CONTENTS. PAGE. Natal L - 343 Orange Free Stake 344 Sierra Leone ___l 344 Transvaal j. 345 Zanzibar i.__ __- 346 ASIA. j Afghanistan i ___ 354 Beluchistan J 354 Burmah _ _._ 349 Ceylon 349 China 349 India. „ 351 Japan 351 Java (Dutch East Indies) 352 Korea 353 Persia 353 PAGE. Philippine Islands 354 Siam 355 Straits Settlements 360 Turkestan 354 Turkey 361 AUSTRALIA. Fiji Islands 365 Hawaii 365 New Caledonia _ 367 New South Wales 367 New Zealand ._ 375 Queensland ■. 384 South Australia 384 Tasmania 385 Victoria 398 Western Australia 420 ERRATA. Page 244. Line 4. Tandlelgeselskabet Kobenhavn, should be Tandlegeselskabet i Kobenhavn. Page 255. Line 21. Societe d'Odontologie de Paris, should be Societe d'Odontologie de France.* Page 262. Line 12. Sould be After Dental Kale?ider, etc. Page 308. Line 16. Examination, should be education. Page 320. Line 11. Odontologica, should be Odontologia. Page 326. Line 15. Certificates, should be Certificate. * This is the last one, the one located at rue de l'Abbaye. NORTH AMERICA. UNITED STATES. Area, 3,602,990 square miles. Population, 62,222,250. Capital, Washington; population, 230,392. It was in the latter part of the last century, or about the period of our war for independence, that dentistry was intro- duced into America. The first men known to have practiced the profession in this country were an Englishman, John Woofendale, and a Frenchman, Joseph Lemaire. John Woofendale arrived in the United States from England in October, 1766. He was a regularly educated dentist, having been instructed by Dr. Thomas Berdmore, dentist to King George III. He practiced in New York and Philadelphia, but in March, 1768, returned to England. In 1785 he again came to America, purchased a farm in New Jersey, retired, and in 1828, at the age of eighty-seven years, died. In July, 1778, Dr. Joseph Lemaire, then a soldier, arrived with the French fleet to the United States. "While the French and American armies, in 1781-82, were in winter quarters, side by side, near Providence, R. L, Dr. Joseph Lemaire, by permission of Count Rochambeau, the commanding general, taught the dental art to Josiah Flagg, then eighteen years of age, and James Gardette, aged twenty-five. Lemaire's practice was not limited to the soldiers only, but he did dental operations for the people in the immediate vicinity."* Accord- ing to Watson, in his "Annals of Philadelphia," Lemaire arrived in Philadelphia in 1784, and there continued the practice of den- tistry. About 1770, Dr. Isaac Greenwood emigrated from England and settled in Boston, where he practiced until his death. In 1784, an Englishman, Dr. Whitelock, came to America and practiced in the New England states. It is not known how long he remained here. "Josiah Flagg* obtained his knowledge ot dentistry from Dr. Joseph Lemaire. Both Lemaire and Flagg were soldiers in the * "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by B. J. Cigrand. 3 4 WORLD S HISTORY AND American cause; the one in the French army and the other hold- ing a major's commission in the American army. Thus, while in winter quarters in 1781, in his leisure time, Flagg was under the immediate instruction of the French surgeon dentist. Upon the close of the war Josiah Flagg settled in Boston, where he prac- ticed dentistry. When the second war opened with England, in 1812, he again became a strong advocate for the Union cause, and enlisted in the army. But early in this struggle Dr. Flagg was taken prisoner and brought to England, where, on parole, he made the acquaintance of Sir Ashley Cooper, and assisted him in surgical operations at Guy's Hospital, London. After remaining in England for several years he returned to America to resume his practice in Boston." Dr. Josiah Flagg died in Boston at the age of fifty-two. James Gardette* came to Plymouth, Mass., in 1778 from France. He had studied dentistry with M. Taudinier, a dentist of Paris. In 1777 he had received commission as surgeon in the French navy. For a short period he practiced in New York, but removed from there to Philadelphia, where he was in continuous practice until 1829, when he returned to France. He died in 183 1. Clark and John Greenwoodf were the sons of Dr. Isaac Greenwood, and both learned their father's chosen profession. Little is known of Clark; it is claimed he was born in England, and when a lad accompanied his father to America. After hav- ing acquired a fair knowledge of dentistry, he left Boston and journeyed to New York City, where, in 1778, he opened an office and continued the practice. John Greenwood was born in Boston, and from all accounts was the first native-born dentist. Young Greenwood, at the early age of fifteen, enlisted in the American army, and fought in the battles of Bunker Hill and Trenton, and was also engaged in the expedition to Canada, under General Arnold. He afterward entered the naval priva- teer service, in which he remained until the close of the Revolu- tionary War, when, finding himself out of employment, he applied to his brother Clark, who was in New York City practic- ing dentistry, but here, we learn, he received no encouragement. He then embarked in the business of nautical and mathematical instrument making. * "Dental and Oral Science," by Dexter. t "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by B. J. Cigrand. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 5 Soon after, having engaged in this business, Dr. Gamage, of New York, requested young Greenwood to extract a tooth for one of his patients, which he did very successfully. This was the commencement of his practice as a dentist. He, however, con- tinued at the manufacture of instruments, and added ivory turn- ing to the trade; he practiced dentistry as opportunities afforded, the demand for his services, however, in this last departure soon increased to such an extent that he was compelled to abandon his other occupations. His practice grew rapidly and he became obliged to procure assistance; Dr. William Pitt and his brother Clark acted in the capacity of professional assistants. It has been said that Dr. John Greenwood was the first dentist in the United States to strike up gold plates to serve as a basis for arti- ficial dentures, without a knowledge of it having been done across the sea. During his professional career, while in New York, he immortalized himself, and his profession as well, by carving from the tusk of the hippopotamus a full set of artificial teeth for the great American "who was first in war, first in peace, and first in the heart of his countrymen." The following letter of Dr. John Greenwood to Gen. George Washington as an historical treasure is fully worthy of space. It reads:* "New York, December 28, 1798. "Sir : I send you inclosed two sets of teeth, one fixed on the old bases in part, and the set you sent me from Philadelphia, which, when I received it, was very black, occasioned either by your soaking them in port wine, or by your drinking it. Port wine, being sour, takes off all polish, and all acid has a tendency to soften every kind of teeth and bone. Acid is used in coloring every kind of ivory, therefore it is very pernicious to the teeth. I advise you to either take them out after dinner and put them in clean water, and put in another set, or clean them with a brush and some chalk scraped fine. It will absorb the acids which collect from the mouth and preserve them longer. I have found another and better way of using the sealing-wax when holes are eaten in the teeth by. acids, etc. First observe and dry the teeth, then take a piece of wax and cut it into small pieces as you think will fill up the hole; then take a large nail or any other piece of iron and heat it hot into the fire, then put your piece of wax into the hole, and melt it, by means of introducing the point of the nail to it. I have tried it and found it to consolidate, and do bet- ter than the other way; and if done properly, it will resist the saliva. It will be handier for you to take hold of the nail with small pliers than with tongs; thus the wax must be very small, not bigger than this (*). If your teeth grow black take some chalk and a pine or cedar stick; it will rub off. If you want your teeth more yellow, soak them in broth or pot liquor, but not in tea or * "Magazine of American Hiitorj," Vol. XVI, p. 294. 6 world's history and acids. Porter is a good thing to color them, and will not hurt but preserve them; but they must not be in the least pricked. You will find I have altered the upper teeth you sent me from Philadelphia. Leaving the enamel on the teeth don't preserve them any longer than if it was off, it only holds the color better; but to preserve them they must be very often changed and cleaned; for whatever attacks them must be repelled as often, or it will gain ground and destroy the works. The two sets I repaired are done on a different plan than when they are done when made entirely new; for the teeth are screwed on the barrs instead of having the barrs cast red hot on them, which is the reason, I believe, they destroy or dissolve so soon near the barrs. "Sir, after hoping you will not be obliged to be troubled very soon in the same way, I subscribe myself, "Your very humble servant, "John Greenwood. "Sir, the additional charge is fifteen dollars. "P. S. — I expect next spring to move my family into Connecticut state. If I do I will write and let you know, and whether I give up my present busi- ness or not I will, as long as I live, do anything in this way for you if you require it." The following is Washington's reply:* "Mount Vernon, January 6, 1799. "Sir: Your letter of the 28th ult, with the parcel that accompanied it came safe to hand, and I feel obliged for your attention to my requests, and for the directions you have given me. "Enclosed you have bank-notes for fifteen dollars, which I shall be glad to hear has got safe to your hands. If you should remove to Connecticut, I should be glad to be advised of it; and to what place, as I shall always prefer your services to that of any other, in the line of your present profession. I am, sir, "Your very humble servant, "Geo. Washington." "Thus Dr. Greenwood is best known to the profession of to- day through the fact of his having been the dentist of the first President of the United States. As near as can be learned Dr. John Greenwood died in New York City in 1816." "Horace H. Haydenf was born October 13, 1768, in Windsor, Conn. At the age of fourteen he went to sea as a cabin-boy. In 1784 he abandoned sailing, and being thrown on his own resources by the poverty of his parents, he became apprenticed to an archi- tect, which business he followed until his twenty-fourth year when, being in New York, and having occasion for the profes- sional service of a dentist, he visited the office of Dr. Greenwood. While under treatment he determined to study dentistry. He settled in Baltimore, in 1804, with little practical knowledge of * "Magazine of American History," Vol. XVII., p. 438. t "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by B. J. Cigrand. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 7 the art and science. Dr. Hayden's previous education was hardly- calculated to further his professional career, but being a man of considerable energy and ability, he, by dint of hard study, soon mastered his text-books, applying himself sincerely to anntomy, physiology, surgery and general medicine. His proficiency in these studies soon attracted the attention of the medical profes- sion, both locally and generally, and secured him a recognition in the latter profession, having merited the honorary degree of 'Doctor of Medicine' by both the University of Maryland and the Jefferson College of Philadelphia. He was one of the found- ers of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery and also of the American Society of Surgeon Dentists, and one of the editors of the America?i Journal of Dental Science, the first dental period- ical ever issued. He died January 26, 1844, at the age of seventy- five." In 1805 Edward Hudson* arrived from Dublin, Ireland, where he had acquired a thorough dental education. He practiced the profession in Philadelphia. He was born in 1772, and died in I833- Another pioneer in the field of dentistry was John Randall,f born in 1773. He graduated at Harvard, in the class of 1802, and studied medicine with Dr. John Jefferis, of Boston, but soon began the study of dentistry and in due time established himself in Boston. Dr. Randall died in 1843. In 1807 Leonard Koecker,*J born in Hanover, in 1785, arrived in America. He was at first engaged as commercial agent for an English company, but soon failed, and then drifted into the prac- tice of dentistry, having before that time gained some knowledge in this branch from some traveling dentist. He established him- self in Philadelphia. He built up a lucrative practice, but, owing to failing health left America, settled down in London, and in 1850 died, at the age of sixty-five. Jabez Parkhurst,* born at Newark, N. J., October 4, 1764, com- menced to practice dentistry at the age of forty-three. In 1807 he settled down in New York City, where he practiced for a period of twenty years. He enjoyed the highest reputation as a dentist, and succeeded in building up a very fine and lucrative practice. * "Dental Advertiser," Vol. II., p. 3. t "Dental and Oral Science," by Dexter, p. 13. % "Dental and Oral Science," by Dexter, p. 15. 8 WORLD S HISTORY AND Dr. Cigrand, in his recently published interesting work, "The Mise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," says, regarding those first known practitioners in America: "Such, in brief, is the sketch of the pioneers of the profession in this country. Our study of these characters demonstrates that the art and science was nurtured by noble students; that all through the primitive years of dentistry there have been men of education and mechanical ingenuity, wielding a controlling power, and who had a just appreciation of the needs of dental practitioners. "From the time of Dr. Greenwood's successful appliance for Gen. George Washington, until 1820, successors from Europe and adoption of the profession by native-born Americans greatly increased the number of dentists. The darkness which shrouded scientific dentistry in the seventeenth century was now dispelled, and the beginning of the nineteenth century, with the develop- ment of a new political life in the American empire, saw dentistry given a professional and social standing, worthy of all its impor- tance in alleviating the woes of the human family." REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. DENTAL COLLEGES OF UNITED STATES. The first effort to establish a college for the teaching of the dental art was done by Dr. C. A. Harris, of Baltimore. He tried in vain to organize a dental school in connection with the Univer- sity of Maryland. Not being successful in convincing the faculty of the university of the usefulness or necessity of this project, he became the principal factor of instituting the first dental college in the world, the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. Through his untiring labor he can be said to be the founder of the system of dental education in the United States. Below is, as we believe, a list, as complete as possible, of den- tal colleges of the United States, now existing as well as defunct: ALABAMA. Alabama College of Dental Surgery, Bridgeport. Defunct. Birmingham Dental College, Birmingham. CALIFORNIA. College of Dentistry of the University of California, San Fran- cisco. Organized 1881. COLORADO. Dental Department of the University of Denver, Denver. Organized 1886. First class of students in 1887. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Columbian University, Dental Department, Washington. Organized 1887. Howard University, Dental Department, Washington. Organ- ized 1880. National University, Dental Department, Washington. Organ- ized 1884. GEORGIA. Atlanta Dental College, Atlanta. Chartered 1893. Department of Dentistry of the Southern Medical College, Atlanta. Organized 1887. ILLINOIS. Chicago College of Dental Surgery, Chicago. Organized 1882. 10 world's history and Northwestern College of Dental Surgery, Chicago. Chartered 1885. American College of Dental Surgery, Chicago. Chartered 1886. The Northwestern Dental College of Chicago. Organized 1887. Northwestern University Dental School, Chicago. Estab- lished 1888. German-American Dental College, Chicago. Organized 1888. United States Dental College, Chicago. Organized 1890. Columbian Dental College, Chicago. Organized 1891. Chicago Tooth-Saving Dental College, Chicago. Organized 1888-89. Defunct. INDIANA. Indiana Dental College, Indianapolis. Chartered 1878. IOWA. State University of Iowa, Dental Department, Iowa City. Organized 1881. KENTUCKY. Louisville College of Dentistry (Dental Department of the Central University of Kentucky). Organized 1886. Transylvania University, Dental Department, Lexington. Chartered and organized in 1850. It graduated two students. Defunct after two years' existence. LOUISIANA. New Orleans Dental College, New Orleans. This college was chartered on March 1, 1861, and commenced its first regular ses- sion on November 25 of that year. It remained in operation for two or three years, but the breaking out of the war caused an interruption till 1867, when it resumed and continued for nine years, after which it disbanded and has remained so to the pres- ent time. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") MARYLAND. Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Baltimore. Chartered 1839. Maryland Dental College, Baltimore. Organized 1873. Its first class was graduated in 1874, and classes were graduated up to and including 1879, when it was fused with the Baltimore Col- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 11 lege of Dental Surgery, and ceased to exist as a separate institu tion. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") University of Maryland, Dental Department, Baltimore. Organized 1882. MASSACHUSETTS. Harvard University Dental School, Boston. Organized 1868. Boston Dental College, Boston. Incorporated 1868. MICHIGAN. University of Michigan, College of Dental Surgery, Ann Arbor. Organized 1875. Detroit College of Medicine, Department of Dental Surgery, Detroit Organized 1893. MINNESOTA. University of the State of Minnesota, Dental Department, Minneapolis. Organized 1888. Minnesota Hospital College, Dental Department, Minneapo- lis. Organized 1882. First class graduated 1885. Classes were graduated each subsequent year up to and including 1888, when the dental department was reorganized and made a part of the University of the State. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") St. Paul Medical College, Dental Department, St. Paul. Organized 1885. Classes were graduated up to and including the year 1888, when it became a part of the University of the State. (R L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") MISSOURI. Missouri Dental College, St. Louis. Organized 1866. The school, while still retaining its distinctive name, The Missouri Dental College, became, in 1892, by action of the board of direct- ors of Washington University, the dental department of the uni- versity. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") Western College of Dental Surgeons, St. Louis. Organized 1877. ^ remained in operation until 1884, an d graduated seven classes, when it disbanded, and has not since revived. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") Kansas City Dental College, Kansas City. Organized 1881. St. Louis College of Physicians and Surgeons, Dental Depart- 12 world's history and ment. A dental department of this college was organized in 1889. Ceased to exist after two years' operation. Western Dental College, Kansas City. Organized 1890. NEW YORK. New York College of Dental Surgery, Syracuse. Chartered 1852. Extinct 1855. New York College of Dentistry, New York City. Organized 1866. New York Dental School, New York City. Connected with the University of the State of New York. Organized 1892. University of Buffalo, Dental Department, Buffalo. Organ- ized 1892. OHIO. Ohio College of Dental Surgery, Cincinnati. (The Depart- ment of Dentistry of the University of Cincinnati.) Organized 1845. The Cleveland University of Medicine and Surgery, Dental Department, Cleveland. This university was organized in 1849 as the Western College of Homoeopathic Medicine. In 1857 the name was changed to the Western Homoeopathic College, and in 1870 to the Cleveland Homoeopathic Hospital College. In 1894 the institution assumed its present name. The Dental Department was organized in 1891. Cincinnati College of Medicine and Surgery, Dental Depart- ment, Cincinnati. Organized 1890. Ohio Medical University, Dental Department, Columbus. Organized 1890. Western Reserve University, Dental Department, Cleveland. Organized 1892. Cincinnati College of Dental Surgery, Cincinnati. Chartered 1893. PENNSYLVANIA. Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. This college was first organized in 1853, under the name of the Phila- delphia College of Dental Surgery, and graduated three classes. In 1855 it changed its name to the Pennsylvania College of Den- tal Surgery. Philadelphia Dental College and Hospital of Oral Surgery, Philadelphia. Organized 1863. University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department, Philadelphia. Organized 1878. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 13 TENNESSEE. University of Tennessee, Dental Department, Nashville. Organized 1878. Vanderbilt University, Department of Dentistry, Nashville. Organized 1879. Meharry Dental Department of Central Tennessee College, Nashville. Organized 1886. Tennessee Medical College, Dental Department, Knoxville. Organized 1889. VIRGINIA. School of Dentistry connected with College of Physicians and Surgeons, Richmond. Organized 1893. 14 world's history and DENTAL JOURNALS OF THE UNITED STATES. The following list of dental periodicals, issued in the United States, is, we believe, almost complete. We have received much valuable assistance from private sources, and have completed the list from "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by Dr. B. J. Cigrand. We begin at 1839, when the first dental jour- nal was published in the United States: 1839 — American Journal of Dental Science. Monthly. Balti- more, Md. 1843. Dental Visitor. Northampton, Mass. Discontinued. 1843-44. The Dental Mirror. Northampton, Mass. 1844-57. Stockto?is Dental Intelligencer. Philadelphia, Pa. 1845. The Dental Mirror and Brooklyn A nnual Visitor. Brook- lyn, N. Y. Since discontinued. 1846-56. The New York Dental Recorder. New York, N. Y. 1847 — The Dental Register. Monthly. Cincinnati, Ohio. 1847-48. Dental Intelligencer. Philadelphia, Pa. 1847-59. The Dental News Letter. Philadelphia, Pa. 1 849. The Dental Messenger and Lancaster Annual Visitor. Lan- caster, Pa. Since discontinued. 1 850 — The American Journal of Dental Science. Baltimore, Md. Second series. 1 85 1. Merritfs Dental Messenger. Griffin, Ga. Since discon- tinued. 1851-52. Dental Times and Advertiser. Baltimore, Md. 1852-53. The Practical Dentist. Portsmouth, N. H. 1853. The Family Dental Journal. Albany, N.Y. Since dis- continued. 1853-54. Southern Journal of Medicine and Dentistry. 1853-54. The Semi- Annual Dental Expositor. Baltimore, Md. 1854-55. Brown s Dental Advertiser. Cincinnati, Ohio. 1855. The Dental Monitor and Quarterly Miscellany. New York. Since discontinued. 1855-56. The Dental Observator. New Orleans, La. 1855-56. The Forcep. New York City. 1855-60. The Dental Enterprise. Baltimore, Md. 1856-59. The Dental Reporter. Cincinnati, Ohio. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 15 1857-58. The American Dejital Review. St. Louis, Mo. 1858-60. New York Dental Journal a?id Reporter. New York City. 1858-60. The Cincinnati Dental Lamp. Cincinnati, Ohio. 1858-64. New York Dental Journal. New York, N. Y. 1859. The Family Dentist. New York. Since discontinued. 1859 — The Dental Cosmos. Monthly. Philadelphia, Pa. 1 860-6 1 . The Defital Instructor. New York. 1860-61. The Southern Dental Examiner. Atlanta, Ga. 1860-62. The Vulcanite. New York. 1862-67. The Dental Quarterly. Philadelphia, Pa. 1863-64. The People's Dental Journal. Chicago, 111. 1863-73. The Dental Times. Philadelphia, Pa. 1865. The De?ital Circular and Examiner. Albany, N. Y. Since discontinued. 1867 — The America7i Journal of 'Dental Science. Baltimore, Md. Third series. 1868. The St. Louis Dental Journal. St. Louis, Mo. Since dis- continued. 1868-72. The Dental Office a?id Laboratory. Philadelphia, Pa. New series in 1877. 1869. The Vicksburg New Era. Vicksburg, Miss. Since dis- continued. 1869. The Missouri Dental Journal. St. Louis, Mo. Since dis- continued. 1869 — The Dental Practitioner and Advertiser. Quarterly. Buf- falo, N. Y. 1869-70. Houghton: 's Dental Annual. Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 1872. The Dental Mirror. St. Louis, Mo. Discontinued. 1874-77. The Pennsylvania Journal of Dental Science. Lan- caster, Pa. 1874-81. Johnston 's Dental Miscellany : New York. 1875-76. Dental Science and Quarterly Art Journal. New York. 1877 — Dental Office and Laboratory. Bi-monthly. Philadel- phia, Pa. 1877-78. The St. Louis Dental Quarterly. St. Louis, Mo. 1878. The Dental News. Knightstown, Ind. Since discon- tinued. 1878. The Dental and Oral Science Magazine. New York. Since discontinued. 1878 — Items of Interest. Monthly. Philadelphia, Pa. 16 world's history and 1879 — The Dental Luminary. Macon, Ga. 1879 — The Odo?itographic Dental Journal. Quarterly. Roches- ter, N. Y. 1880 — The Dental Headlight. Quarterly. Nashville, Tenn. 1880-84. The Dental Jairus. Sacramento, Cal. 1880-91. The Independent Practitioner. New York. Continued as the biternational De?ital Journal. 1 88 1 — Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. {Ohio Dental Journal.) Monthly. Toledo, Ohio. 1881-82. The Dental Brief. St. Louis, Mo. 1881-84. The Pacific Dental Journal. Sacramento, Cal. 1881-85. The Herald of Dentistry. Brooklyn, N. Y. 1882 — The Southern Dental Journal and Lumi?iary. Monthly. Macon, Ga. 1882. The De?ital Record. Baltimore, Md. Discontinued the same year. 1882 — Health and Home. Toledo, Ohio. 1882-83. The De?itisfs Beacon Light. La Crosse, Wis. New England Journal of Dentistry . Springfield, Mass. The Dental Practitioner. Philadelphia, Pa. The Texas Dental Journal. Quarterly. Dallas, Tex. Caulk' s Dental Annual. Camden, Del. Since discon- The Practical Dentist. Elgin, 111. The Dental Review. Charlotte, Mich. The Dental Student. Warren, Ind. The Archives of 'Dentistry. St. Louis, Mo. Cincinnati Medical and Dental Journal. Cincinnati, Ohio. Facts. Chattanooga, Tenn. The Dental Eclectic. Knoxville, Tenn. The Wester?i Dental Journal. Monthly. Kansas City, Dental Review. Monthly. Chicago, 111. 1887. Dental Office and Laboratory. Philadelphia, Pa. 1888-90. The Practical Dentist. Toledo, Ohio. 1889 — International Dental Journal. Monthly. Philadelphia, Pa. Catching' s Compendium of Practical Dentistry. Annually. At- lanta, Ga. 1889-92. American Journal of Oral and Dental Science. Chi- cago, 111. 1882- -84. 1883 1883 1883. C tinued. 1883- -90. 1884-85. 1884- -86. 1884- -91. 1885 1885- -86. 1885-87. 1886 Mo. 1886 REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 17 1 890-9 1 . The Dental Mirror. New York. 1 891 — Pacific Dental Journal. Monthly. 1 89 1 — Dental and Surgical Microcosm. Quarterly. Chicago, 111., and Pittsburgh, Pa. 1892 — The Dental Journal. Bi-monthly. Ann Arbor, Mich. 1892. The Dentist Himself. New York. 1892 — The Chicago Medico- Dental Bulletin. Quarterly. Chi- cago, 111. 1892-93. The Dental World. Chicago, 111. The Dental Tribune. Chicago, 111. The Texarka?ia Journal. Monthly. Texarkana, Tex. The Pacific Coast Dentist. San Francisco, Cal. 1894 — The Dcsmos. Quarterly. Chicago, 111. 18 WORLDS HISTORY AND NUMBER OF DENTISTS IN UNITED STATES. At the beginning of the century, in 1800, there were about one hundred dentists in the United States. Ten years later this num- ber had increased to three hundred, and to-day our country has an army of about twenty-five thousand dentists. The figures below we have taken from R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States;" but the whole number of dental practitioners is no doubt considerably larger: Alabama (Pop., 1,513,017) 196 Alaska (Pop., 32,052) 2 Arizona (Pop., 59,620) '14 Arkansas (Pop., 1,128,179) 143 California (Pop., 1,208,130) 551 Colorado (Pop., 412,198) 147 Connecticut ( Pop., 746,258) 296 Delaware ( Pop., 168,493) 42 Dist. of Columbia (Pop., 230,392). 208 Florida (Pop., 391,422) '. . 70 Georgia (Pop., 1,837,353) 316 Idaho (Pop., 84,385) 41 Illinois (Pop., 3,826,351) 1,264 Indiana (Pop., 2,192,404) 523 Indian Territory (Pop., 172,321). . 29 Iowa (Pop., 1,911,896) 534 Kansas (Pop., 1,427,096) 366 Kentucky (Pop., 1,858,635) 315 Louisiana (Pop., 1,118,587) 234 Maine (Pop., 661,086) 312 Maryland (Pop., 1,042,390) 289 Massachusetts (Pop., 2,238,943). .1,035 Michigan (Pop., 2,093,889) 650 Minnesota (Pop., 1,301,826) 290 Mississippi (Pop., 1.289,600) 192 Missouri (Pop., 2,679,184) 562 Montana (Pop., 132,159) 56 Nebraska (Pop., 1,058,910) 234 Nevada (Pop., 45,761) 18 New Hampshire (Pop., 376,530).. 169 New Jersey (Pop., 1,444,933) 364 New Mexico (Pop., 153,593) 10 New York (Pop., 5,997,853) 1,872 North Carolina (Pop., 1,617,947).. 194 North Dakota (Pop., 182,719) .... 30 Ohio (Pop., 3,672,316) 1,205 Oklahoma (Pop., 61,834) 23 Oregon (Pop., 313,767) 159 Pennsylvania (Pop., 5,258,014). . .1,648 Rhode Island (Pop., 345,506) 141 South Carolina (Pop., 1,151,149).. 159 South Dakota (Pop., 328,808) .... 58 Tennessee (Pop., 1,767,518) 331 Texas (Pop., 2,235,523) 381 Utah (Pop., 207,905) 98 Vermont (Pop., 332,422) 143 Virginia. (Pop., 1,655,980) 355 Washington (Pop., 349,390) 150 West Virginia (Pop., 762,794) .... 153 Wisconsin (Pop., 1,686,880) 476 Wyoming (Pop., 60,705) 23 REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 19 NATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES. THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF DENTAL FACULTIES. (American.) history of organization. In April, 1884, there appeared in the Dental Cosmos (page 247) the following general notice: "At an informal conference of the deans of the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, the Philadephia Dental College, the Dental Department of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, it was decided to invite a meeting of Faculties (or their representatives) of all the dental colleges in the United States, at the Sturtevant House, New York City, on Monday, August 4, 1884, for the purpose of adopting a uniform standard of gradua- tion, etc." (Signed) R. B. Winder James Garretson. James Truman. C. N. Pierce. Pursuant to the above call, a number of representatives of dental colleges met as specified, as follows: Baltimore College of Dental Surgery; Boston Dental College; Chicago College of Dental Surgery; Harvard University, Dental Department; University of Iowa, Dental Department; New York College of Dentistry; University of Michigan, Dental Depart- ment; Ohio College of Dental Surgery; Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery; Philadelphia Dental College; University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department. [Note. — Upon the assembling of the delegates in the first preliminary meeting, in August, 1884, they found a rule prevailing largely among colleges of dentistry in the United States, by which a practitioner of five or more years might, at the outset, be admitted to the senior grade and finally graduated on one term of five months. But more than this, they found, that in absence of any competent censorship, such students could be admitted at the middle of a term, and thus really attend but about three months before receiving diplo- mas. These facts, added to a total lack of uniformity in methods of teaching and standards of requirements on examination, demonstrated the necessity for organized effort.] A temporary organization was effected with C. N. Peirce, of 20 world's history and the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, as Chairman; H. A. Smith, of the Ohio College of Dental Surgery as Secretary. A Committee on Permanent Organization was formed, con- sisting of James Truman, of the University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department; R. B. Winder, of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery; Jonathan Taft, of the University of Michigan, Dental Department, who prepared and reported the following form of Constitution: CONSTITUTION. NAME. "Article I. This body shall be called the National Association of Dental Faculties." OBJECT. "Article II. The object of this Association shall be to promote the interests of dental education." OFFICERS. "Article III. The officers shall consist of a President, a Vice-President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, who shall be elected by ballot, and shall hold their offices until their successors are elected." QUORUM. "Article IV. Two-thirds of the colleges belonging to this Association shall be necessary to constitute a quorum." AMENDMENTS. "Article V. Any contemplated change involving the interests of the schools represented, or of the Association, shall require one year's notice before any action is taken." EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. "Article VI. Three members shall be elected, who, with the officers, shall constitute an Executive Committee, who shall have power to designate the time and place of meeting, and make preparation for the same, and pass upon all credentials." MEMBERSHIP. "Article VII. Any reputable dental college may be represented in this body upon submitting to the Executive Committee satisfactory credentials, signing the Constitution, conforming to the rules and regulations of this body, and paying such assessments as may be made." The above Constitution was adopted and subscribed to by representatives of colleges, as follows: "We, the undersigned, hereby agree to abide by the Articles of the Con- stitution as adopted at this meeting." — [N. Y., Aug. 4, '84.] REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 21 (Signed), Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. Boston Dental College. Chicago College of Dental Surgery. University of Iowa. Dental College of the University of Michigan New York College of Dentistry. Ohio College of Dental Surgery. Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery. M. W. Foster. R. B. Winder. J. A Follett. Albert N. Blodgett. A. W. Harlan. Frank H. Gardiner. A. O. Hunt. J. Taft. Frank Abbott. J. Bond Littig. H. A. Smith. C. N. Peirce. Henry Leffman. Dental Department of the University of Pennsylvania. James Truman. Philadelphia Dental College. J. E. Garretson. PERMANENT ORGANIZATION. The following delegates were elected officers of the perma- nent organization: President, C. N. Peirce, Philadelphia. Vice-P?-eside7it, R. B. Winder, Baltimore. Secretary, H. A. Smith, Cincinnati. Treasurer, A. W. Harlan, Chicago. executive committee. Frank Abbott, New York. James Truman, Philadelphia. J. Taft, Cincinnati. BY-LAWS. (i.) REGULATING ADMISSION OF NEW STUDENTS. "A preliminary examination shall be required of students seek- ing admission to colleges of this Association, such examination to determine the fact that the applicant possesses a good English education." [1884.] 22 world's history and " As a form for preliminary examinations, the Association recommends the following: " I. Write your name in full. 2. Give date of your birth. 3. Give place of your birth, explicitly. 4. State place of residence, explicitly. 5. Name the schools you have attended, and the time spent in each. 6. What branches have you studied; to what extent have you pursued them? 7. In what occupations (other than that of dentist) have you been engaged, and how long? 8. When did you commence the study of dentistry, the dates? 9. How many months of actual medical or dental study, or both, have you had to date? 10. Have you attended a full course at any medical school? If so, where and when? 11. With what preceptors have you studied? Give name and present residence of your last preceptor. 12. The candidate should be required to write an English composition of at least 200 words, upon a subject of the exam- iner's selection." " Further examination is left to the discretion of the faculties, but when such is proposed, it should embrace the following branches: English Grammar, Arithmetic, Geography, Modern History, Government Topics." Q 1885.] Any failure of an applicant to pass satisfactorily a preliminary examination, may be reported to other colleges of this Associ- ation." [1885.] (2.) LIMITING TIME FOR RECEPTION OF STUDENTS. " No college of this Association shall admit students later than twenty days after the beginning of a regular annual term, except those colleges that conduct terms of more than five months, and they shall have an extension of time for reception, allowing four days for each month over five." [1885-86.] ADMISSION TO ADVANCED GRADES ON CERTIFICATES. (3-) " The colleges of this Association may receive into the advanced grades of juniors and seniors only such students as hold REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 23 certificates of having passed satisfactorily examinations in the studies of the freshmen or junior grades, respectively; such cer- tificates to be pledges to any colleges of the Association to whom the holders may apply that the requisite number of terms have been spent in the institutions by which the certificates were issued." [1885-91.] INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE. " Place Date " This certifies that has been a member of the class, in the during the term of " He was examined at the close of the term in the required studies, as stated herein, and is entitled to enter the class. Freshman Year. Junior Year. [List of Studies.] [List of Studies.]' " Each student completing a regular course in any college of this Association must be furnished with a copy of the above cer- tificate, without which he shall not be received by any college of the Association for admission to the advanced grade, except by conference with and consent of the school from whence he came." [1885-91.] ADMISSION OF STUDENTS OF MEDICINE. (4.) STANDING OF GRADUATES OF MEDICINE. "A diploma from a reputable medical college may entitle the holder to enter the second or junior grade in colleges of this Association, and he may be excused from attendance upon, the lectures, and examinations upon general anatomy, chemistry, physiology, materia medica and therapeutics." [1890.] (5.) STANDING OF UNDERGRADUATES OF MEDICINE. "Undergraduates of reputable medical colleges may be admitted to the junior grade in colleges of this Association, sub- ject to other rules governing admission to that grade. [j^o, 1 -] STANDING OF STUDENTS HOLDING CERTIFICATES FROM DENTAL (6.) COLLEGES IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES. "In cases of persons holding certificates from colleges of den- 24 world's history and tistry in foreign countries, they shall be required to furnish prop- erly attested evidence of study, attendance upon lectures, exam- inations passed satisfactorily, etc., the same as required of stu- dents coming from our own institutions." [ 1885— *9i.] CHRONOLOGY OF LEGISLATION TO ELEVATE THE STANDARD OF GRADUATION AND INCREASING THE NUMBER OF SCHOLASTIC YEARS. "After the close of the sessions of 1884— '85, students in den- tal colleges shall be required to attend two full regular courses of lectures, in separate years, before coming up for gradua- tion." [1884-85.] The following resolution, adopted in 1888, will be of interest, as it shows the steady demand for a change: "Resolved, That it is the sense of this meeting, that the course of instruc- tion in all colleges belonging to this Association be increased to three years of not less than five months each; and that delegates submit this question to their respective faculties, and report their action to this association at its next annual meeting, in order that definite action on this question may be had." In 1889 a call of the roll of colleges represented was ordered on the above resolution (adopted 1888) to ascertain the views of colleges as to increasing the numbers and length of terms. The reports were as follows: Baltimore College of Dental Surgery for 2 terms of 6 months. Boston Dental College for 3 terms of 9 months. Chicago College of Dental Surgery for 3 terms of 6 months. Harvard University, Dental Department for 2 terms of 9 months. Kansas City Dental College for 2 terms of 6 months. Missouri Dental College . . . . . for 3 terms of 6 months. New York College of Dentistry for 2 terms of 6 months. Ohio College of Dental Surgery for 2 terms of 6 months. University of Iowa, Dental Department for 3 terms of 6 months. University of Michigan, Dental Department for 3 terms of 9 months. University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department for 3 terms of 7 months. Vanderbilt University, Dental Department for 2 terms of 5 months. Louisville College of Dentistry for 3 terms of 5 months. Indiana Dental College for 3 terms of 6 months. University Dental College (Chicago) for 3 terms of 7 months. Southern Medical College, Dental Department for 2 terms of 5 months. Maryland University, Dental Department for 3 terms of 6 months. Columbian University, Dental Department for 3 terms of 6 months. [Note. — Some colleges were not represented at the above roll-call, and some had failed to instruct their delegates. A summary shows eighteen col- leges voting, of a total membership or twenty-four. Eleven voted for three REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 25 terms; fifteen favored terms of six or more months; nine voted to increase the length of their own terms, and nine favored increasing the number of their own terms.] [Note. — The length of scholastic years has been permitted to remain at a minimum of five months, to date, but a large per cent, of the Association is in favor of increasing the number of months to at least seven. The following resolutions, offered in 1888. 1889, 1891, will show the persistency of efforts made to secure an advance:] "Resolved, That after the close of the scholastic year of 1889-90, attend- ance upon three regular courses of not less than six months each, held in separate years, be required of students by colleges of this Association before examination for graduation." [Laid upon table, by majority vote, 1889.] "Resolved. That this Association decrees that the sessions of the colleges under its jurisdiction shall, after close of the sessions of 1888-89, be length- ened to at least seven months." [Laid on table by majority, 1889.] "Resolved, That after June,- 1893, the yearly course of study shall not be less than seven months, two of which may consist of attendance upon clinical instruction in infirmaries of colleges." [Laid on table by majority, 1892.] "Resolved, That after the sessions of 1892-93, four years in the study of dentistry be required, before graduation." [Laid on table, 1892.] [Note. — The foregoing resolutions were exhaustively discussed upon all points, and were defeated only after a hard struggle. Apparently, prudential reasons weighed heaviest with the opposition, whose schools were not yet pre- pared to submit to the advance demanded. These contests have in no wise affected the stability of the Association, nor stopped progress.] INCREASING TO THREE ANNUAL TERMS. [Note. — In 1889 th e following resolution having been submitted and lain over one year under a rule of the Association, was taken up and a call of the roll of colleges was ordered thereon.] (7.) "Attendance upon three full courses, of not less than five months each, in separate years, shall be required before examina- tion for graduation. The roll-call resulted as follows: Yeas — Boston Dental College; Chicago College of Dental Surgery; Missouri Dental College; New York College of Den- tistry; Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery; University of Iowa, Dental Department; University of Michigan, Dental Depart- ment; University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department; Louisville College of Dentistry; Indiana Dental College; University Dental College (of Chicago); Southern Medical College, Dental De- partment; University of Maryland, Dental Department; Colum- bian University, Dental Department — Total yeas, 14. Nays — Baltimore College of Dental Surgery; Harvard Uni- versity, Dental Department; Kansas City Dental College; Ohio 20 world's history and College of Dental Surgery; Vanderbilt University, Dental Depart- ment — Total nays, 5. [Adopted, 1889.] (7 ad.) "The decision of this Association changing the course to three years shall go into effect at the beginning of the sessions of iScjO-'oj." [Adopted unanimously, 1889.] [Note. — Those colleges voting nay immediately acquiesced in the action of the majority, so that the spirit of the resolution is now being cheerfully carried out by all the colleges of the Asso- ciation.] . PUBLICATION OF CLASSIFICATION OF MATRICULANTS. (8.) "Colleges of this Association shall each year issue announcements, containing lists of students classified in the three grades of Seniors, Juniors and Freshmen, designating absentees, and giving a list of graduates of the preceding session." [1891] REGULATING HONORARY DEGREES. (9.) " The Degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery shall not be conferred honorarily, by any college belonging to this Associa- tion, except by the consent of this Association." [1889.] GENERAL RULES GOVERNING THE ASSOCIATION. ( 10.) " Members of any faculty belonging to this Association may take part in its discussions, but only delegated representa- tives shall have the privilege of voting." [1886.] (11.) " Dental colleges that do not conform to the regulations of this Association shall not be recognized by it." [1886. J (12.) "There shall be graded courses of instruction, each course to be followed by examinations thereon, the instruction and examinations to be conducted as the faculties of this Asso- ciation may deem proper." [1884-91.] (13.) " No charges against any faculty shall be reported to this Association by any committee, before both parties interested have been notified and opportunity been given for preliminary hearing before such committee." C 1 ^/-] (14.) "A delegate to represent a college in this Association must be a member of a teaching faculty, and • must present cre- dentials from the college to which he belongs, legally authorizing him to represent such college before he shall be entitled to vote." [1888.] (15.) " Any college whose regularly appointed representa- tive fails to sign the Constitution of this Association within one- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 27 year from the date of election of such college to membership, shall be dropped from the roll of membership." [1891.] ( 16.) "In case of charges being filed against any college of this Association, no final action shall be taken until all parties concerned shall have had at least thirty days' notice." [1892.] REGULATING MEMBERSHIP. ( 17. ) " Applications for membership in this Association shall be made in writing, and referred to the Executive Committee." [1886.] (18.) " Applicants for membership in this Association shall be regularly incorporated dental colleges, or departments of med- ical colleges or universities wherein at least one full course of lectures has been delivered, and that such dental colleges or departments shall have been in existence one scholastic year." [1887.] (19.) "No application for membership in this Association shall be reported on by the Executive Committee, unless received by the Secretary at least sixty (60) days before the regular meet- ing." [1887.] (20.) "All applications for membership reported favorably upon by the Executive Committee, shall lie over one year before final action may be taken thereon." [1889.] ON THE CONDUCT OF COLLEGES. (21.) "The Dean or Secretary of any school in this Associa- tion shall, upon request, furnish the Executive Committee with the exact character of any examination held in his school, and information as to whether such examination is final or not." [1886-91.] (22.) "The term Anatomy shall be interpreted to include didactic and practical anatomy, and in the latter, at least two parts of the cadaver shall be dissected in some regularly appointed anatomy department." [1890.] AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION. There has been but one amendment to the Constitution adopted, viz. — conditionally affecting Article V: " In all matters not in conflict with Article Y of the Constitu- tion, a majority of the colleges belonging to this Association shall constitute a quorum." [1890.] 28 world's history and elective committees — standing. Executive Committee; Ad-Interim Committee; Committee on Text-Books; Committee on Schools. MEMBERSHIP OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF DENTAL FACULTIES. (August, 1894.) California San Francisco. . University of California, Dental Department. Colorado Denver University of Denver, Dental Department. Dist. of Col Washington Columbian University, Dental Department. Dist. of Col Washington National University, Dental Department. Georgia Atlanta Southern Medical College, Dental depart- ment. Illinois Chicago American College of Dental Surgery. Illinois Chicago Chicago College of Dental Surgery. Illinois Chicago Northwestern College of Dental Surgery. Illinois Chicago Northwestern University Dental School. Indiana Indianapolis . . . Indiana Dental College. Iowa Iowa City University of Iowa, Dental Department. Kentucky Louisville Louisville College of Dentistry. Maryland Baltimore Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. Maryland Baltimore University of Maryland, Dental Department. Massachusetts. .Boston Boston Dental College. Massachusetts. .Boston Harvard University, Dental Department. Michigan Ann Arbor University of Michigan, Dental Department. Michigan Detroit Detroit College of Medicine, Dental Depart- ment. Minnesota Minneapolis . . .University of Minnesota, College of Deiicistry, Missouri Kansas City .... Kansas City Dental College. Missouri Kansas City. . . . Western Dental College. Missouri St. Louis Missouri Dental College. New York Buffalo University of Buffalo, Dental Department. New York New York New York College of Dentistry. Ohio Cincinnati Ohio College of Dental Surgery. Ohio Cleveland Western Reserve University, Dental Depart- ment. Pennsylvania. . .Philadelphia . . .Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery. Pennsylvania. . .Philadelphia . . .Philadelphia Dental College. Pennsylvania. . .Philadelphia . . .University of Pennsylvania, Dental Depart- ment. Tennessee Nashville Meharry Dental Department, Central Tennes- see College. Tennessee Nashville University of Tennessee, Dental Department. Tennessee Nashville Vanderbilt University, Dental Department. Canada Toronto Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario. Total 33. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 29 American Dental Association. Organized i860. Meets annu- ally. Composed of delegates from state and local societies, each society being entitled to one delegate for every five members, and each delegate becoming a permanent member, if he so wishes, by announcing his desire when presenting his credentials. If he desires to remain but for the one session, he ceases to have any connection with the association when that session adjourns. Such delegates are required to bring credentials, showing that they are appointed by their society; but after becoming permanent mem- bers, no credentials are required. The permanent members of the association each year organize themselves into sections, each mem- ber of the association belonging to some one of the sections for the work during the year. The reports of these sections are expect- ed to be made up of whatever of importance on the different subjects has been done during the year in the different state and local organizations throughout the United States. The object being to get a complete, but condensed, report of all important work done by the profession during the year. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States." American Dental Trade Association. Organized 1882. Meets annually the third Wednesday in June. Dental Protective Association of the United States. Organ- ized December 4, 1888, under the laws of the state of Illinois. National Association of Dental Examiners. Organized 1889. Annual meeting at Chicago in June each year. Reorganized and incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois in 1891. Post-Graduate Dental Association of the United States, Chi- cago, 111. Supreme Chapter Delta Sigma Delta Fraternity. Meets semi- annually in June and January. Woman's Dental Association of the United States. Organized at Philadelphia, Pa., May, 1892. 30 world's history and INTERSTATE ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES RE- LATING TO DENTISTRY. [After R. L. Polk & Co.'s Dental Register of the United States.] American Academy of Dental Science. Instituted 1867. "An organization to promote the cultivation of the science and art of dentistry; to sustain and elevate the professional character of dentists; and to encourage mutual improvement, social inter- course and good feeling." Meets first Monday of each month (except July, August and September). Connecticut Valley Dental Society. Organized November 10, 1863. Meets annually. Lake Erie Dental Association. "Organized in August, 1864, under the name of the ' Dental Association of Western New York and Pennsylvania.' In October of the same year the name was changed to the ' Dental Association of Southwestern New York and Northern Pennsylvania.' In 1867 the name w r as again changed to the ' Lake Erie Dental Association.' " Mississippi Valley Association of Dental Surgeons. Organ- ized at Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1844. Meets annually in Cincinnati, Ohio, in March. New England Dental Society. " The ' Merrimac Valley Den- tal Association ' was organized in 1863. In 1873 the name was changed to the 'Merrimac Valley Dental Society.' Again -in 1882, when it was found that there were members from all the New England States, the name was changed to the ' New r Eng- land Dental Society.' ' Meets annually in October at a place fixed at the previous meeting. Southern Dental Association. Organized at Atlanta, Ga., in 1869. Meets annually. Southwestern Dental Society. Organized at Carthage, Mo., in 1880. Meets annually in August. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 31 STATE DENTAL ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES. ALABAMA. Alabama Dental Association. Organized at Montgomery, September, 1869. Disbanded in 1873 on account of yellow fever. Reorganized July 21, 1880. Meets annually. Alabama State Board of Dental Examiners. ARKANSAS. Arkansas State Board of Dental Examiners. CALIFORNIA. California State Dental Association. Organized June 29, 1870. Incorporated 1881. Meets annually. San Francisco Dental Society. Organized September 18, 1869. Meets each month. Santa Clara Valley Dental Society. Organized February 1, 1889. Meets first Tuesday of each month, at San Jose. Southern California Odontological Society. Meets first Tues- day in February, June and October, at Los Angeles. State Board of Dental Examiners. COLORADO. Colorado State Dental Society. Meets annually. State Board of Dental Examiners. CONNECTICUT. Connecticut State Dental Association. Organized 1864. In- corporated 1876. Meets annually. DELAWARE. Delaware State Dental Society. Organized June 1, 188 1. Meets first Wednesday in March, June, September and Decem- ber. Delaware State Board of Dental Examiners. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Washington City Dental Society. Meets weekly. State Board of Dental Examiners. FLORIDA. Florida Dental Association. Organized October 15, 1885. Meets annually. State Board of Dental Examiners. 32 world's history and GEORGIA. Georgia State Dental Society. Meets annually. State Board of Dental Examiners. ILLINOIS. Atkinsonians. Organized 1892. Meets second Monday of each month, except July, August and September, at Chicago, 111. Chicago Dental Club. Organized April 13, 1886. Meets fourth Monday each month, except July, August and September. Chicago Dental Society. Organized January 16, 1864. Re- organized and incorporated 1878. Meets first Tuesday each month. Eastern Illinois Dental Society. Organized at Danville, November 30, 1886. Meets annually. First District Dental Society of Illinois. The Western Den- tal Society, organized in November, 1886, and the Central Illinois Dental Society, in 1882, joined together in October, 1890, and formed the First District Dental Society of Illinois. Meets annu- ally. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s Dental Register of the United States.) Hayden Dental Society of Chicago. Organized July 29, 1889. Incorporated August 12, 1889. Illinois State Dental Society. Organized 1865. Meets annu- ally second Tuesday in May. Northern Illinois Dental Society. Organized December 7, 1886. Meets annually third Wednesday in October. Odontography Society. Organized 1888. Meets each month in Chicago, except July and August. Odontological Society of Chicago. Meets each month, except July, August and September. Quincy Dental Society. Organized 1890. Southern Illinois Dental Society. Organized 1886. Meets annually in October. Dental Legal Association of Illinois. Organized in 1893. The Tri-City Dental Society (Rock Island, 111., Moline, 111., and Davenport, Iowa). Organized November, 1892. Meets monthly alternately at above towns. Illinois State Board of Dental Examiners. INDIANA. Indiana State Dental Association. Organized December 28, 1858. Incorporated 1879. Meets annually in June, alternately at Indianapolis and Lake Maxinkuckie. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 33 Indiana State Board of Dental Examiners. Isaac Knapp Dental Coterie of Fort Wayne. Organized Jan- uary 20, 1 891. ' Odontological Society of Indianapolis. Organized 1887. Meets monthly. IOWA. Dubuque Dental Society. Meets each month at Dubuque. Eastern Iowa Dental Association. Organized June 25, 1888. Meets annually. Iowa State Dental Society. Organized 1863. Meets annu- ally. The Tri-City Dental Society (Davenport, Iowa. Rock Island, 111., and Moline, 111.). Organized November, 1892. Meets monthly alternately at above towns. Iowa State Board of Dental Examiners. KANSAS. Kansas State Dental Association. Organized September, 1871. Kansas State Board of Dental Examiners. KENTUCKY. Kentucky State Dental Association. Organized July 30, 1870. Meets annuallv in Tune. Kentucky State Board of Dental Examiners. LOUISIANA. Louisiana State Dental Society. Incorporated June 17, 1878. Meets annually. New Orleans Odontological Society. Organized June 18, 188 1. Louisiana State Board of Dental Examiners. MAINE. Maine Dental Society. Organized September 25, 1866. In- corporated February 21, 1867. Cumberland County Dental Association. Organized Septem- ber 25, 1866. Meets each month. State of Maine Board of Dental Examiners. MARYLAND. Baltimore Social Dental Club. Meets monthly. Maryland State Dental Association. Meets annually. Maryland State Board of Dental Examiners. 34 world's history and massachusetts. Boston Society for Dental Improvement. Organized 1874. Limited to twenty members. Meets monthly. Harvard Odontological Society. Organized July 21, 1878. Meets monthly at Cambridge. Worcester Dental Society. Organized 1889. Meets monthly except July, August and September. Massachusetts Dental Society. Organized in Boston in 1865. Meets annually at place fixed at previous meeting. State Board of Registration. MICHIGAN. Michigan State Dental Association. Organized 1846. Meets annually, place and time being fixed at previous meeting. Detroit Dental Society. Organized April 7, 1882. Meets monthly Grand Rapids Dental Society. Organized December 17, 1888. Meets monthly. Michigan State Board of Examiners in Dentistry. MINNESOTA. Minneapolis Dental Society. Organized June, 1882. Meets monthly. Minnesota State Dental Society. Organized 1883. Meets annually in September. Southern Minnesota Dental Society. Organized January 15, 1886. Minnesota State Board of Dental Examiners. MISSISSIPPI. Mississippi State Dental Association. Organized 1875. Meets annually. State Board of Dental Examiners. MISSOURI. Missouri State Dental Association. Organized October 31, 1865. Meets annually first Tuesday after July 4. St. Louis Dental Society. Organized 1856. Meets monthly. Odontographs of Kansas City, Mo. Meets monthly. NEBRASKA. Nebraska State Dental Society. Organized at Omaha July, 1876. Meets annually. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 35 NEW HAMPSHIRE. New Hampshire Dental Society. Organized at Concord June i, 1852. Meets annually. New Hampshire State Board of Examiners. NEW JERSEY. New Jersey State Dental Society. Organized October 25, 1870, at Trenton. Meets annually. American Academy of Dental Surgery of New Jersey. Incor- porated December 17, 1884. Central Dental Association of New Jersey. Meets monthly. State Board of Examiners. NEW YORK. Dental Society of the State of New York. Organized 1868. First District Dental Society. Chartered and organized 1868. Meets monthly (except July, August and September) in New- York City. Second District Dental Society. Incorporated June 2, 1868. Meets monthly in Brooklyn. Third District Dental Society. Meets annually third Tues- day in April at Albany, and semi-annually third Tuesday in October wherever called. Fourth District Dental Society. Organized June 2, 1868. Meets annually at place fixed at previous meeting. Fifth District Dental Society. Organized June 2, 1868. Meets semi-annually at Syracuse and Utica alternately. Sixth District Dental Society. Meets semi-annually in May and October at Binghamton. Seventh District Dental Society. Incorporated April 7, 1868. Organized June 2, 1868. Meets April and October. Eighth District Dental Society. Organized June, 1868. Meets annually in April at Buffalo. Buffalo Dental Association. Organized 1864. Meets monthly. Brooklyn Dental Society. Organized December 14, 1867. Incorporated April 15, 1869. Meets annually in September. New York Odontological Society. Incorporated 1867. Meets monthly in New York City. Rochester Dental Society. Organized* 1878. Meets monthly. Stomatological Club of Buffalo. Meets monthly. 36 world's history and north carolina. North Carolina State Dental Society. Organized at Beaufort, August II, 1875. North Carolina State Board of Dental Examiners. NORTH DAKOTA. North Dakota State Dental Association. The Northwestern Dental Association was organized July 27, 1883. The name was changed to North Dakota State Dental Association in 1889. Meets annually in Fargo and Grand Forks alternately. North Dakota Board of Dental Examiners. OHIO. Ohio State Dental Society. Organized 1866. Reorganized 1885. Meets annually in December. Odontological Society of Cincinnati. Organized 1886. Meets monthly. Cleveland Dental Society. Organized 1886. Meets monthly. Northern Ohio Dental Association. Meets annually. Akron Dental Society. Meets monthly. Ohio Valley Dental Society. Meets semi-annually. Ohio State Board of Dental Examiners. OKLAHOMA. Oklahoma Dental Association. Meets semi-annually in May and October. Territorial Board of Dental Examiners. OREGON. Portland Dental Society. Organized August 31, 1892. Meets monthly. State Board of Dental Examiners. PENNSYLVANIA. Pennsylvania Dental Association. Meets monthly. Susquehanna Dental Association. Organized May 4, 1864. Meets annually. Harris Dental Association. Organized 1867. Meets in Feb- ruary, May, August and November, at Lancaster, Pa. Pennsylvania State Dental Society. Organized 1868. Meets in July. Odontographic of Pittsburgh. A Pittsburgh Dental Society was organized on May 13, 1872, and an Odontological Society REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. Si was organized in January, 1881. In January, 1890, these two soci- eties were merged in the Odontographic. Meets monthly. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s " Dental Register of the United States.") Lebanon Valley Dental Association. Organized in 1874 under the name of Pennsylvania Central Dental Association. In 1876 the name was changed to the present one. Meets annu- ally the third Tuesday in Ma)'. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States." ) Odontographical Society of Pennsylvania. Organized 1879. Meets monthly. Philadelphia County Dental Society. Incorporated October 9, 1886. Meets monthly. Philadelphia Odontographic Society. Meets monthly. Woman's First Dental Association of the United States. Meets monthly. Pennsylvania State Board of Dental Examiners. RHODE ISLAND. Rhode Island Dental Society. Organized July 2, 1878. Meets annually. State Board of Dental Examiners. SOUTH CAROLINA. Charleston Dental Association. Organized 1867. Reor- ganized 1 88 1. Meets monthly. South Carolina State Dental Association. Organized April 5, 1870. Meets annually. South Carolina State Board of Dental Examiners. SOUTH DAKOTA. South Dakota Dental Society. Organized October, 1882. Meets annually. South Dakota Board of Dental Examiners. TENNESSEE. Tennessee Dental Association. Organized 1866. Meets annually in June. East Tennessee Dental Association. Organized October 17, 1867. Meets annually Knoxville Dental Society. Organized August 12, 1892. Meets monthly. State Board of Dental Examiners. 38 world's history and TEXAS. Texas Dental Association. Organized and chartered 1871. Meets annually, in August. [Note. — Texas is divided into forty-seven judicial districts, each of which has its own Board of Dental Examiners.] UTAH. Utah Dental Association. VERMONT. Vermont State Dental Society. Organized March 21, 1877, Meets annually. State Board of Dental Examiners. VIRGINIA. Virginia State Dental Association. Incorporated November 3, 1890. Meets annually in August. Virginia State Board of Dental Examiners. WASHINGTON. Washington State Dental Association. Meets annually. Seattle Dental Society. Organized July 16, 1890. Meets monthly. Tacoma Dental Society. Meets monthly. Washington State Board of Dental Examiners. WEST VIRGINIA. West Virginia Dental Society. Meets annually. [Note. — West Virginia is divided into four congressional districts, each of which has its Board of Dental Examiners.] WISCONSIN. Wisconsin State Dental Society. Organized 1871. Meets annually in July. Wisconsin State Board of Dental Examiners. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 39 DENTAL STATE LAWS. Until the year 1842 the practice of dentistry was free in all the United States. This year the first law relating to the practice of the profession was passed in the state of Alabama. To-day every state and some of the territories have laws governing the prac- tice of dentistry. The laws in force at present are related below: ALABAMA. REGULATING THE PRACTICE OF DENTISTRY, AS AMENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1887, NOW IN FORCE. Be it Enacted by the Ge/ieral Assembly of Alabama: Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry in the State of Alabama, unless said person has obtained a license from a Board of Dental Examiners duly authorized and appointed by this Act to issue such license; Provided, That den- tists who have been in the regular practice of dentistry for five years next preceding the passage of this Act,* shall not be required to submit to an examination and shall be entitled to a license without a fee, which shall be transmitted to him by mail or otherwise, upon his application, accompanied by an affidavit to the fact of his having been in the regular practice for the required time. Sec. 2. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of Alabama, That the Board of Dental Examiners shall consist of five (5) dental graduates or practitioners of dentistry who have obtained a license to practice dentistry from a Dental Board organized under this Act, and who are members in good standing of the Alabama Dental Association; Provided, That said graduates or practitioners have been practicing dentistry in the State of Alabama for a period of not less than three (3) years. Sec. 3. Be it further enacted, That it shall be the duty of said Alabama Dental i\ssociation, at its annual meeting in April, 1887, to elect said Board of Examiners, whose terms of office shall be respectively five, four, three, two and one years, in the order in which they are elected, and at each annual meeting of said i\sso- *The passage of this Act took place on February 11, 1881. 40 world's history and ciation thereafter one member shall be elected to fill such va- cancy, who shall serve for the period of five years. The President shall have power to fill all vacancies in said Board for unexpired terms. Sec. 4. Be it further enacted, That it shall be the duty of said Board of Examiners: ( 1 ) To meet annually at the time and place of meeting of the Alabama Dental Association, or oftener at the call of any three of the members of said Board. Thirty days' notice must be given of the time and place of the meeting of said Board, said notice to be mailed to all practicing dentists in the State. (2) To prescribe a course of reading for those who study dentistry under private instruction. (3) To grant license to all applicants who undergo a satis- factory examination, who shall pay to said Board a fee of five dollars for said license. (Subdivision 4 of this section repealed.) (5) To keep a book in which shall be registered the names of all persons licensed to practice dentistry in this State. Sec. 5. Be it further enacted, That the book so kept shall be a book of record, and a transcript from it, certified toby the officer who has it in keeping with the common seal of said Board, shall be evidence in any court in this State. Sec. 6. Be it further enacted, That three members of said Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not be present on the day appointed for its meeting those present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. Sec. 7. Be it further enacted, That one member of said Board may grant a license for an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time the temporary license shall expire; but such tempo- rary license shall not be granted by a member of the Board after the Board has rejected the applicant. Sec. 8. Be it further enacted, That any person who shall, in violation of this Act, practice dentistry in this State shall be liable to indictment, and on conviction shall be fined not less than fifty nor more than three hundred dollars; Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent persons from extracting teeth; Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to require any person who is now lawfully en- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 41 gaged in the practice of dentistry to procure any additional license or to attend any meeting or meetings of the State Dental Association. Sec. 9. Be it further enacted, That on the trial of such indict- ment it shall be incumbent upon the defendant, to exempt him from the penalties of this Act, to show that he has authority under the law to practice dentistry in this State. Sec. 10. Be it furtlier enacted, That every person to whom a license is issued by said Board of Examiners shall within thirty days from the date thereof, present the same to the Judge of the Probate Court of the county in which he resides, who shall offi- cially endorse said license and seal it with the seal of the court, and who shall record said license in a proper book in his office, and who shall be entitled to receive a fee of one dollar for his services, but a temporary license issued under Section 7, of this Act, need not be sealed or recorded. Sec. 11. Be it further enacted , That it shall be the duty of the Solicitors of this State to prosecute all persons violating all or any portion of this Act. Sec. 12. Be it further enacted, That all laws or parts of laws in conflict with this Act be, and the same are hereby repealed. [Note.— Sections 1,5,6,7,9, 10, 11 and 12, are as enacted February 11, 1881; that Sections 2, 3, 1 and 8 read as amended February 28, 1887. The above laws are all in force in Alabama at this date and comprise the whole law regulating the practice of dentistry in said State.] ALASKA. No law. ARIZONA. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistrv in Arizona. Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of tlie Territory of Arizona : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person, who is not at the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Territory, to commence such practice, unless such person shall have received a license from the Board of Ex- aminers, as hereinafter provided for. Sec. 2. The Governor of the Territory shall appoint, after the passage of this Act, five (5) skilled dentists of good repute, residing and doing business in the Territory, who shall constitute a Board of Registration in Dentistry. But no person shall be eli- 42 world's history and gible to serve on said Board unless they have been regularly graduated from some reputable dental college, duly authorized to grant degrees in dentistry, or who shall have been actively engaged in the practice of dentistry for a period of ten (10) years previous to appointment. Sec. 3. The length of term for which the members of said Board shall hold office shall be three (3) years, except that two of the members of the Board first to be appointed under this Act shall hold office for the term of one (1) year, two for the term of two (2) years, and one for the term of three (3) years respectively, and until their successors shall be duly appointed and qualified. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor in conformity with Section 2. Sec. 4. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- dent and one Secretary and Treasurer, and it shall meet at least once a year, and oftener if it shall be deemed necessary. Four of said Board shall constitute a quorum. The proceedings of said Board shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspec- tion. Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of each person now engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Territory, within ninety (90) days after the passage of this Act, to send an affidavit to the Secretary of said Board, setting forth his or her name, place of business, postoffice address, the length of time they have been engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Territory; if a graduate of a den- tal college, state the name of college, and shall pay to the Treas- urer of said Board the sum of five (5) dollars, for which they shall receive from said Board a practitioner's certificate. On failure to comply with the provisions of this section they shall be required to appear before the Board, and be examined by said Board. Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of all persons not holding diplo- mas, who wish to engage in the practice of dentistry in this Ter- ritory, after the passage of this Act, to appear before said Board at a regular meeting and pay into the treasury of said Board the fee of twenty-five dollars (#25), not returnable, and stand an ex- amination by said Board in operative and prosthetic dentistry, and all the branches taught in a reputable dental college, and if such applicants pass an examination satisfactory to said Board, said Board shall issue to said applicant a license which will en- title him or her to practice dentistry in this Territory. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 43 Sec. 7. It shall be the duty of all persons holding diplomas, who wish to engage in the practice of dentistry, after the passage of this Act, to present or send to the Secretary at the regular meeting of said Board, an affidavit and diploma with fee ($5), not returnable, and after said Board being satisfied that said diploma belongs to said applicant, and that it was issued in good faith by a reputable dental college, said Board shall issue to said applicant a certificate of registration for said diploma. Sec. 8. All persons receiving a certificate to practice under this Act shall register his or her certificate with the County Recorder of the county in which he or she resides, and shall pay to the County Recorder for such registration the sum of two dol- lars ($2). Any failure on the part of any person holding such certificate to comply with the first part of this section within thirty (30) days after receiving certificate, shall forfeit said cer- tificate, and any certificate once forfeited shall not be returned by said Board until applicant shall have paid to said Board the fine of twenty-five dollars ($25). It shall be the duty of each County Recorder to forward to the Secretary of said Board the names of all persons having registered their certificates with them. Sec. 9. It shall be the duty of said Board to cause to be kept a record of all its proceedings, and the names and addresses of all persons qualifying under this Act. An annual report of the same shall be rendered to the Governor. All moneys received by the Secretary under this Act shall be used for the legitimate expenses of said Board, but in no case shall any money of the Territory be used for that purpose. Sec. 10. Any person or persons violating any provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon con- viction shall be fined not less than one hundred dollars ($100) nor more than two hundred dollars ($200), or confined six months in the county jail, or both, for each and every offense. All fines recovered under this Act shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. Sec. 11. It shall be the duty of the Prosecuting Attorney of each county to prosecute such cases when brought to his knowl- edge. Sec. 12. That nothing in this Act shall be construed so as to interfere with the rights and privileges of resident physicians and surgeons in the discharge of their professional duties. 44 world's history and 4 Sec. 13. This Act shall take effect immediately after its passage. Approved April 3, 1893. ARKANSAS. Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and to Provide for the Punishment of Violators Thereof in Arkansas. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Arkansas : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to prac- tice or attempt to practice dentistry, or dental surgery, in the State of Arkansas without first having received a certificate from the Board of Dental Examiners; Provided, That this shall not be construed as preventing any regular licensed physician from extracting teeth, nor to prevent any other person from extract- ing teeth when no charge is made therefor by such person. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of (5) five prac- ticing dentists, residents of this State, is hereby created, who shall have authority to issue certificates to persons in the practice of dentistry, or dental surgery, in this State, at the time of the passage of this Act, and also to decide upon the validity of such diplomas as may be subsequently presented for registration, as hereinafter provided. Sec. 3. The members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor and shall serve for a term of four years, excepting that the members of the Board just appointed shall hold their offices as follows: Three for two, and two for four years respect- ively and until their successors are duly appointed. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by appointment by the Governor. Sec. 4. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be registered the names and residences, or places of business, of all persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State. It shall elect one of its members Presi- dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of the members of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall be at all times open for public inspection. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 45 Sec. 5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery within this State, at the time of the passage of this Act, shall, within three months thereafter, cause his or her name and residence, and place of business, to be registered with said Board of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue to such person a certificate duly signed by a majority of the mem- bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in section one (i) of this Act. Sec. 6. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement of this Act, said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the fol- lowing fees, to-wit: For each certificate issued to persons in practice in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of one dollar ($1.00); for each certificate issued to persons not in the practice of dentistry in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of five dollars ($5.00). Sec. 7. The members of the said Board shall receive each, the compensation of two and one-half dollars (#2.50) per day for each day actually engaged in the duties of their office, which, together with all other legitimate expenses incurred in the per- formance of such duties, shall be paid from fees received by the Board underthe provisions of this Act, and no part of the expenses of said Board shall at any time be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys in excess of said/rr diem allowance, and other ex- penses, shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct; and such Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the fifteenth day of December of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them in pursuance of this Act. Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing or attempting to practice dentistry within the State without first complying with the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined in any sum not less than ten dollars ($10.00) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100.00); said fines to be applied to the school fund of the district in which the offense is committed. Sec. 9. That this Act take effect and be in force from and after its passage. Approved April 4, 1887. 46 world's history and CALIFORNIA. An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Den- tistry in the State of California. The People of the State of California, represe?ited in Senate and Assem- bly, do E?iact as follows : Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person, who is not at the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, to commence such practice unless he or she have obtained a certificate, as hereinafter provided. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of seven practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The mem- bers of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor from the dental profession from the State at large. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their office shall be four years, except that two of the members of the Board first to be appointed under this Act shall hold their office for the term of one year, two for the term of two years, two for the term of three years, and one for the term of four years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly appointed and qualified. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor, in conformity, with this section. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall, at all times, constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall, at all reasonable times, be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. Within six months from the time this Act takes ef- fect, it shall be the duty of every person who is now engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State to cause his or her name and residence, or place of business, to be registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose. The statement of every such person shall be verified under oath before a Notary Public or Justice of the Peace in such manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Examiners. Every person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentis- try, shall receive a certificate to that effect, and may continue to practice as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 47 provided in this Act, and shall pay to the Board of Examiners for each registration the fee of one dollar. It shall be the duty of the Board of Examiners to forward to the County Clerk of each county in the State a certified list of the names of all persons residing in his county who have registered in accordance with the provision of this Act, and it shall be the duty of all County Clerks to register such names in a book to be kept for that purpose. Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire, may appear before the Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined in reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery; and if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove sat- isfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite qualifica- tions, a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provis- ions of this Act. Said Board shall also indorse as satisfactory, diplomas from any reputable dental college when satisfied as to the character of such institution, upon the holder furnishing evi- dence satisfactory to the Board, of his or her right to the same, and shall issue certificates to that effect within ten days there- after. All certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its officers, and such certificates shall he. prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in the State of California. Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction, may be fined not less than fifty dollars nor more than two hundred dollars, or confined six months in the county jail, for each and every offense. All fines recovered under this Act shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- iners shall charge each person applying to or appearing before them for examination for a certificate of qualifications, a fee of ten dollars, which fee shall be in no case returned; and out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board from the fees so charged, and penalties received under the provisions of this Act, all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in attending the meetings of said Board shall be paid; and no part of the ex- penses of the Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess of expenses above provided for, shall be held by the Secretary of said Board, as a special fund for 48 world's history and meeting the expenses of said Board, and carrying out the pro- visions of this Act, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct; and said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor, by December first of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and dis- bursed by them pursuant to this Act. Sec. 8. Any person who shall receive a certificate from said Board to practice dentistry, shall cause his or her certificate to be registered with the County Clerk of the county in which such person may reside, and the County Clerk shall charge for registering such certificate a fee of one dollar. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any person holding such certifi- cate to register the same with the County Clerk, as above directed, for a period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the certifi- cate, and no certificate, when once forfeited, shall be restored, except upon the payment to said Board of twenty-five dollars, as a penalty of such neglect, failure or refusal. Sec. 9. Any person who shall knowingly or falsely claim, or pretend to have or hold a certificate of license, diploma, or de- gree, granted by any society organized under and pursuant to the provisions of this Act, or who shall falsely, and with intent to de- ceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate from any incorporated dental college shall be deemed guilty of a misde- meanor, and shall be liable to the same penalty as provided in Section 6. Sec. 10. Nothing in this shall be so construed as to prohibit any practicing physician from extracting teeth. Sec. 11. This Act shall take effect immediately. Approved March, 12, 1885. An Act to amend an Act approved March 12th, 1885, entitled "An Act to insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of California." The People of the State of California, represented in Senate and Assem- bly do E?iact as follows : Section i. Section 6 of the Act entitled "An act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of California " is hereby amended to read as follows: Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 49 this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon con- viction, may be fined not less than fifty ($50) dollars nor more than two hundred ($200) dollars, or confined six months in the county jail for each and every offense. One-half of any fine recovered under this Act shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which such con- viction takes place, and the other half thereof shall be paid to the person whose information leads to the prosecution and convic- tion of the offender. COLORADO. An Act to Insure the Efficacy of Practitioners of Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Colorado. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Colorado: Section i. No person shall practice dentistry in this State until he or she shall have obtained a license for such purpose, as hereinafter provided, but nothing in this act shall be construed to prohibit any physician or surgeon from extracting teeth. Sec. 2. A State Board of Dental Examiners shall be and is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to enforce and execute the provisions of this Act. The said Board shall consist of five mem- bers, who shall be appointed by the Governor, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. Each member of said Board shall be appointed for the term of two years, and hold his office until his successor be duly appointed. Vacancies occurring in said Board shall be filled by the Governor. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose from its members a Presi- dent, Secretary and Treasurer thereof, and shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. The first meeting of said Board shall be held within sixty days after the time this Act will go into force and effect, at the capitol of the State. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. Any person desirous of continuing the practice of den- tistry within this State, shall appear in person before said Board, at the first or any subsequent meeting of said Board, at such time and place as the said Board may designate, and submit to an examination by said Board, to determine his or her ability to 50 world's history and continue the practice of dentistry in this State; Provided, however. That the Secretary of said Board may, upon application of any such person, issue a permit to temporarily practice dentistry until next meeting of the Board, but no longer, unless the Board at such meeting shall extend such temporary permit; and such per- son making application for examination by the Board, as afore-, said, shall deposit with the Secretary of said Board a fee of ten ($10.00) dollars as compensation for making said examination. All persons who may be found qualified by said Board, upon any such examination, to continue the practice of dentistry in this State, shall receive from said Board a certificate, signed by the President, and attested by the Secretary under official seal of said Board, authorizing the holder thereof to continue the practice of dentistry in this State. Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire may appear before said Board at any one of its meetings, and be examined w T ith reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery, and if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove sat- isfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons, as they shall find from such examinations to pos- sess the requisite qualifications, a license to practice dentistry in accordance with the provisions of this Act. Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be liable to prosecution before any court of competent jurisdic- tion, upon information or by indictment, and upon conviction may be punished by a fine in a sum not less than one hundred ($100.00) dollars, nor more than five hundred ($500.00) dollars, or by imprisonment from one to ninety days, or both, in the dis- cretion of the court. Each day that this act is violated shall be considered a separate offense. Sec. 7. Said Board shall be authorized out of the funds com- ing into its possession from the fees authorized by this Act to pay to each member thereof such compensation as the Board may determine, and all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in attending the meetings of said Board. Said expenses shall be paid only from the fees received by the Board under the provis- ions of this Act, and no part of the compensation or other expenses of the Board shall ever be a charge against or paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess of said REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 51 expenses shall be held by the Treasurer of said Board as a special fund for the meeting of the expenses of said Board, by giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct. Said Board shall make a biennial report of its proceedings to the Gov- ernor by the fifteenth day of December of the year immediately preceding the next ensuing session of the Legislature, to- gether with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. Approved March 15, 1889. An Act to amend an Act entitled "An Act to insure the efficiency of practitioners of Dental Surgery, and to regulate the prac- tice of Dentistry in the State of Colorado," approved March 15, 1889. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Colorado : Section i. That Section 1 of an Act entitled "An Act to in- sure the efficiency of practitioners of Dental Surgery and to reg- ulate the practice of Dentistry in the State of Colorado," approved March 15, 1889, be amended so as to read as follows: Sec. 1. From and after the passage of this Act it shall be unlaw- ful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry in this State, or to receive a license from the Board of Dental Exam- iners, unless, in addition to the other qualifications prescribed by said Board, such person has graduated and received a diploma from the faculty of a reputable chartered institution where this specialty is taught, either under the authority of one of the States of the United States, or of a foreign government acknowledged as such, or shall have received a license from the Board of Den- tal Examiners of any other State; Provided, That the provisions of this Act concerning diplomas and certificates shall not apply to any person who may have procured a certificate, to practice dentistry from the Board of Dental Examiners of this State prior to the taking effect of this Act, in conformity with the laws now in force; And provided further, That the Board of Dental Exam- iners of the State of Colorado shall have power to revoke, for cause, certificates of qualification, granted from and after the pas- sage of this Act. Nothing in this Act shall prevent any author- ized physician or surgeon from extracting teeth. Approved April 1, 1891. 52 world's history and •CONNECTICUT. Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the State of Connecticut, in General Assembly Con- vened. Section i. The Governor shall appoint on or before the first day of July, 1893, and biennially thereafter, five persons to be known as dental commissioners, who shall hold their respect- ive offices for two years from the first day of July in the year of their respective appointments, and until their successors shall have been appointed and qualified. Sec. 2. No person shall be appointed a dental commissioner who shall not have been, for at least ten years previous to such appointment, a practictioner in dentistry in this State and in good standing in said profession. Sec. 3. Said commissioners shall appoint one of their num- ber to be their official recorder, whose duty it shall be to keep a record of the official proceedings of said commissioners, and copies of said record certified by him shall be legal evidence. Sec. 4. On request of said commissioners the comptroller shall provide a suitable place in the capitol at Hartford for all meetings of said commissioners. Sec. 5. Said commissioners shall meet in May of each year, and at such other times as they shall designate, for the purpose of attending to their duties as prescribed by this Act. Sec. 6. Said commissioners shall give due notice of every meeting to be held by them pursuant to the provisions of this Act, by advertising the place of their meeting, for two weeks successively in two of the daily newspapers published in said Hart- ford, and before the date of said meetings. Sec. 7. Said commissioners may make such rules of proced- ure for the regulation of all matters of application and hearing before them as they may think advisable. Sec. 8. No person, unless he has already commenced the practice of dentistry in this State before the passage and approval of this Act, and shall be engaged in said practice at the said time, shall engage in such practice in any town in this State, un- less such person shall have first obtained from said commission- ers a license therefor. Sec. 9. All applications for such license shall be in writing and signed by the applicant, and no license shall issue to any REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 53 person unless he shall have received a diploma or other sufficient certificate of honorable graduation from some reputable dental college having a department in dentistry, and duly recognized by the laws of the State or States wherein the same is situated, or unless he shall have spent as a pupil or assistant at least three years under the instruction and direction of some reputable den- tist, or unless he shall have had at least three years' continuous practice as a dentist, which facts must be shown to said commis- sioners by sufficient evidence. Sec. io. Nothing in this Act shall be construed as prevent- ing any practicing physician or surgeon from the performance of any operation in dentistry on any patient under his charge. Nor shall any lawfully practicing dentist be prohibited hereby from availing himself of the services of any pupil, student, or assistant employed by him and under his immediate supervision. Sec. ii. Every applicant for a license shall be examined by said commissioners, as to his professional knowledge and skill, before such license shall be granted, and they may refuse to grant a license where they are satisfied that the applicant is unfit or incompetent; they may for good and legal cause revoke any license that has been granted, and may prohibit any dentist in lawful practice from further practice, on satisfactory proof that such dentist has become unfit or incompetent therefor. Sec. 12. Cruelty, incapacity, unskillfulness, gross negligence, indecent conduct toward patients, or any such professional mis- behavior as shows unfitness on the part of the dentist, shall be sufficient cause for the revocation of a license, or prohibition to practice as above provided; and whenever complaint shall be made to any of said commissioners against any dentist practicing in this State, said commissioners shall investigate the matter, and on finding probable cause shall notify the party complained of to appear before them and show cause why he should not be pro- hibited, or why his license should not be revoked. Sec. 13. Every such notice shall be in writing, and signed by the recorder, and shall contain a statement of the causes for which such prohibition or revocation is claimed, and shall specify the place and time for the hearing, which shall be at least twelve days after the service of said notice. Said notice may be served by leaving a copy thereof, attested by the recorder, at the place of business of the party complained of or at his last usual place of abode, or by sending the same by mail. 54 world's history and Sec. 14. Any dentist who shall at any hearing before the com- missioners, either by himself or by his procurement, make any false statement or misrepresentation with intent to deceive or mislead said commissioners, shall thereby forfeit his license or be pro- hibited from practice. Sec. 15. Any dentist who is aggrieved by the action of said commissioners in the revocation of his license, or prohibition from his practice, may apply to the Superior Court or Court of Com- mon Pleas, next to be in session in the county in which he resides for a writ of mandamus, requiring them to revoke their decision, if the same be found on hearing to have been erroneous. Such application for mandamus may be served on said commissioners by some proper officer or indifferent person, by leaving with the recorder, or at his usual place of abode, a true and attested copy thereof within twelve days after said commissioners shall have notified such dentist of their decision. Sec. 16. Every person applying for a license shall at the time of his application pay to the recorder a fee of twenty-five dollars, and if such applicant shall fail to obtain his license twenty dollars shall be returned to him. Sec. 17. The recorder shall keep an account of all moneys received by him and shall annually in November render his ac- count to the comptroller; and shall pay over from the moneys received by him the necessary traveling expenses of the commis- sioners, and for necessary books and stationery, and shall keep all files, receipts and records in his possession, and deliver the same to his successors in office. Sec. 18. Said commissioners shall make to the State Board of Health an annual report of their proceedings, in such form and at such time as such board of health shall prescribe. Sec. 19. Any person who shall engage in the practice of dentistry in violation of the provisions of this Act shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be fined not less than twenty dollars nor more than fifty dollars for each offense; and the un- lawful practice of dentistry for one week or part of a week shall be deemed a separate offense. Sec. 20. Sections 2024 and 2025 of the general statutes are hereby repealed. This law went into effect July 1, 1893. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 55 DELAWARE. (Passed at Dover, March 31, 1885.) Be it Exacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the State of Delaware, in General Assembly Met. Be it Enacted by the Ge?ieral Assembly of Dclazvare : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is not, at the time of the passage of this Act, a recognized practi- tioner of dentistry in this State, and so recognized by the pro- fession, to practice dentistry, unless he or she shall have obtained a certificate, as hereinafter provided, or shall hold a diploma from a reputable dental college, and so recognized by the Board herein created. Sec. 2. Be it enacted, That a Board of Examiners, to consist of five reputable practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provis- ions of this Act; the members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, who shall select them from the dentists residing in the State. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be four years, except that two mem- bers of the Board — first to be appointed under this Act — shall be designated by the Governor to hold their offices for the term of two, and three, and four years, respectively, unless sooner re- moved by the Governor, and until their successors shall be duly appointed; in a case of vacancy occurring in such Board, such vacancy shall be filled in like manner by the Governor. Sec. 3. Be it oiactcd, That said Board shall choose one of its members President, and one Secretary thereof; it shall fix the time and place of its meeting or meetings; a majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings .hereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection; the Board shall also make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor. Sec. 4. Be it enacted, That within six months from the time this act takes effect, it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, to cause his or her name and residence, or place of business, to be registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose; the statement of every such person shall be verified under oath before a Notary Public or Justice of the Peace, in such a manner as may be prescribed by the said Board 50 world's history and of Examiners. Every person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentistry, may continue to practice the same as such, and shall receive a certificate of such regis- tration upon his or her paying the said Board one dollar for such certificate. Sec. 5. Be it enacted, That any and all persons, who shall de- sire to commence such practice, " after the passage of this Act," shall appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined with reference to their knowledge and skill in den- tal surgery, and if the examination of any such person, or per- sons, shall prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board of Exam- iners shall issue to such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite qualifications, a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, upon the payment of one dollar for such certificate; all certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its officers, and such certificates and diplomas, granted as aforesaid, shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in the State of Delaware. Sec. 6. Be it enacted, That any person who shall willfully vio- late any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, in any court having criminal jurisdiction, may be fined not less than fifty dollars, nor more than three hundred dollars, or be confined not more than six months in the county jail, in the discretion of the court; all fines received under this act shall be paid into the common school fund of the city or county in which such conviction takes place. Sec. 7. Be it enacted, That the Board of Examiners shall meet within thirty days after appointment, and frame By-L,aws governing the Board; and any person, or persons, desiring to be examined by the Board of Examiners for a certificate to practice dentistry in this State, shall give notice of such desire to the Sec- retary of said Board, who shall notify the members thereof, and they shall, within fifteen (15) days from the receipt of such notice, meet to examine such person, or persons, and give him, her, or them proper notice of such meeting. Sec. 8. Be it enacted, That this Act shall not apply to anyone now practicing who is the owner of, and purchased, real estate in the State, previous to the passage of this Act. Sec. 9. Be it enacted, That this Act shall take effect from the date of its passage. [Note. — -A new act is now before the Legislature, which will in all proba- bility become law.] REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 57 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. An Act for the Regulation of the Practice of Dentistry in the District of Columbia, and for the Protection of the People from Empiricism in Relation Thereto. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the U/iitcd States of America in Congress Assembled, That it shall be unlawful for any person to practice dentistry in the District of Columbia unless such person shall register with the health officer in compliance with the requirements hereinafter provided. Section 2. That a board to carry out the purposes of this Act is hereby created, to be known as the Board of Dental Exami- ners, to consist of five reputable dentists resident of and for three years last before appointment actively engaged in the practice of dentistry in the District of Columbia, to be appointed by the Commissioners of said District for terms of five years and until their successors are appointed; Provided, That the first five ap- pointments shall be made for terms of one, two, three, four and five years, respectively. . A majority of said Board shall consti- tute a quorum. Vacancies occurring in said Board shall be filled by appointment of eligible persons for unexpired terms. Sec. 3. That it shall be the duty of the Board of Dental Ex- aminers, first, to organize by electing one of their number Presi- dent and one Secretary, to provide necessary books and blank forms, and publicly announce the requirements of this Act and the time, place, and means of complying with its provisions within thirty days from its passage; second, to promptly certify to the health officer for registration all who are engaged in the practice of dentistry in said District at the time of passage of this Act who apply therefor; third, to test the fitness and pass upon the qualification of persons desiring to commence the practice of dentistry in said District after the passage of this Act and certify to the health officer for registration such as prove, under exam- ination in theory and practice of dentistry, qualified in the judg- ment of the Board to practice dentistry in said District; fourth, to report immediately information of any violation of this Act, and, annually, the transactions of the Board to the Commissioners of the District of Columbia; Provided, That all graduates of dental colleges which require a three years' course of study shall be en- titled to certificates upon payment of the certification fee and without examination as to their qualifications. 58 world's history and Sec. 4. That it shall be the duty of every person practicing dentistry in said District at the time of the passage of this Act to make application to said Board in form prescribed by said Board, for certification, and present the certificates thus obtained for registration to the health officer within sixty days from the pass- age of this Act. Every such person so registering may continue to practice without incurring the penalties of this Act. Sec. 5. That persons desiring to commence the practice of dentistry in said District after the passage of this Act shall first obtain a certificate of qualification from the Board of Dental Ex- aminers, granted under authority conferred upon said Board by Section 3 of this Act, and present the same to the health officer for registration. Sec. 6. That it shall be the duty of the health officer to register all persons presenting certificates from said Board in a book kept for this purpose, and indorse upon each certificate the fact and date of such registration. Sec. 7. That certificates issued and indorsed under the pro- visions of this Act shall be evidence of the right of the person to whom granted to practice under this Act. Sec. 8. That anyone who shall practice or attempt to practice dentistry in the said District without having complied with the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars, and in default of payment of such fine shall be imprisoned not less than thirty nor more than ninety days, said fines, when collected, to be paid into the Treasury of the United States, to the credit of the District of Columbia; Pro- vided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed to interfere with physicians in the discharge of their professional duties, nor with students pursuing a regular uninterrupted dental college course or in bona fide pupilage with a registered dentist. Sec. 9. That to provide a fund to carry out and enforce the provisions of this Act the Board of Dental Examiners may charge such fees, not exceeding one dollar for each certificate and ten dollars for each examination, as will from time to time, in the opinion of said Board, approved by said Commissioners, be neces- sary. From such fund all expenses shall be paid by the Board; Provided, That such expense shall in no case exceed the balance of receipts. Approved June 6, 1892. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 59 FLORIDA. chapter 3/ i i. An Act to Provide for the Appointment of a Board of Examiners, and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Florida. Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Florida : Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry in the State of Florida unless said person shall have obtained a certificate from a Board of Dentists duly authorized and appointed under the provisions of this chapter to issue cer- tificates. Sec. 2. That the Board of Examiners shall consist of five dental graduates or practitioners of dentistry appointed by the Governor. Provided, that said graduates or practitioners have been practicing in the State of Florida for a term of not less than three years. Said Board shall be appointed to serve two years. The Governor shall have power to fill vacancies in said Board for unexpired terms. Sec. 3. Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That it shall be the duty of this Board: First, To meet annually, or oftener, at the call of any three of the members of said Board; thirty days' notice must be given of the annual meetings. Sec- ondly, To prescribe a course of reading for those who study dentistry under private instructions. Thirdly, To grant certifi- cates to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory examination. Fourthly, To keep a book in which shall be registered the names of all persons licensed by said Board to practice dentistry in the State of Florida. Sec. 4. That three members of said Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not be present on the day appointed for their meeting, those present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. Sec. 5. That one member of said Board may grant a certifi- cate to an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of said Board, when he shall report the fact at which time the tem- porary certificate shall expire, but such temporary certificate shall not be granted by a member of the Board after the Board has rejected the applicant. 60 world's history and Sec. 6. That any person who shall in violation of this Act practice dentistry in the State of Florida (shall) be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be punished by a fine of not less than twenty-five dollars nor more than five hundred dollars. Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be con- strued to prevent any person from extracting teeth and provided further, That none of the provisions of this Act shall apply to regular licensed physicians and surgeons in practice at or prior to the passage of this Act. Sec. 7. Ever}' person practicing dentistry in the State of Florida shall, within six months after the passage of this Act, register his name, together with his postofnce, and the date of his certificate in the office of the clerk of the Circuit Court of the County in which he practices, and shall, on the payment to such clerk of a fee of fifty cents, be entitled to receive from him a cer- tificate of such registration. Sec. 8. Every person practicing dentistry in the State of Florida at or prior to the passage of this Act shall be entitled to receive from the Board of Dental Examiners a certificate to prac- tice without undergoing an examination, or application by letter, or otherwise, provided, that all such persons make application to said Board within six months after the passage of this Act. Sec. 9. That all laws and parts of laws in conflict with this Act be and the same are hereby repealed. Approved June 7, 1887. Amendments. An Act to Amend an Act Entitled "An Act to Provide for the Appointment of a Board of Examiners and to Regu- late the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Florida." Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Florida: Section i. That Section 3 of an act to provide for the appointment of a Board of Examiners and to regulate the prac- tice of dentistry in the State of Florida, the same being Chapter 371 1 of the Laws of Florida, approved June 7, 1887, be amended as follows: Sec. 3. Be it furtlier enacted by the authority aforesaid, That it shall be the duty of this Board: First, to meet annually at the call of three members of said Board; thirty days' notice shall be given of the annual meetings. Secondly, to grant certificates to all applicants who have obtained a diploma from a reputable dental REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 61 college and who pass a satisfactory examination. Thirdly, to keep a book in which shall be registered the names of all persons licensed to practice dentistry in the State of Florida. Fourthly, for which examination and certificate the Board shall be entitled to receive a fee of ten dollars to defray the expenses of holding the meetings. Sec. 2. All laws and parts of laws in conflict are hereby repealed. Sec. 3. This Act shall take effect immediately upon the approval of the Governor. Approved May 25, 1891. GEORGIA. An Act to Alter -and Amend .Sections 1410 and 1412 of the Code of Georgia, which Relates to Dentists and the Practice of Dentistry. Section i. The General Assembly of the State of Georgia do e?iact, That from and after the passage of this Act, Section 14 10 of the Code of said State, be and the same is hereby amended so as to read as follows: " It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry in the State of Georgia, unless said person shall have obtained a license from a Board of Dentists duly authorized and appointed under the provisions of this chapter to issue license." Sec. 2. That the Board of Examiners shall consist of five (5) dental graduates or practitioners of dentistry, who are members in good standing of the Georgia State Dental Society: Provided, That said graduates or practitioners have been practicing in the State of Georgia for a term of not less than three (3) years. Said Board shall be elected to serve for two years. The President of said Georgia State Dental Society shall have power to fill all vacancies in said Board for unexpired terms. Sec. 3. Be it further e/i acted by the authority aforesaid, That Section 1412 of the Code of said State be and the same is hereby amended so as to read as follows: " It shall be the duty of this Board: First, to meet annually at the time of the meeting of the Georgia State Dental Society, or oftener at the call of any three members of said Board; thirty days' notice must be given of the annual meetings. Secondly, to prescribe a course of reading for those who study dentistry under private instructors. TJiirdly, to 62 world's history and grant license to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory exami- nation. Fourthly, to keep a book in which shall be registered the names of all persons licensed to practice dentistry in the State of Georgia. Sec. 4. That the book so kept shall be a book of record, and a transcript from it, certified to by the officer who has it in keeping, with the common seal, shall be evidence in any court in the State. Sec. 5. That three members of said Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not be present on the day appointed for their meeting, those present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. Sec. 6. That one member of said Board may grant a license to an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time the temporary license shall expire, but such temporary licenses shall not be granted by a member of the Board after the Board has rejected the applicant. Sec. 7. Be it further enacted, That all laws and parts of laws in conflict with this charter are hereby repealed Approved October 9, 1885. An Act of October 20, 1879, AS Amended by the Act of 1885. Section i. Be it e?iacted by the General Assembly, That Section 1416 of the Code of Georgia be so amended as to read as follows: "That any person who shall, in violation of this Act, practice dentistry in the State of Georgia, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be punished as pre- scribed in Section 4310 of the Code of 1873: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent any person from extracting teeth: A /id provided further, That none of the provisions of this Act shall apply to regular licensed physicians and surgeons in practice at or prior to the passage of this Act, and dentists who were in practice prior to the 24th of August, 1872." Sec. 2. That on trial of such indictment, it shall be incum- bent on the defendant to show that he has authority, under the law, to practice dentistry, to exempt him from such penalty. Sec. 3. That one-half of all the fines collected shall inure to the informer, and the other half to the educational fund of the count) r . REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 63 Sec. 4. Every person practicing dentistry in this State shall, within sixty days after the passage of this Act, register his name, together with his postoffice and the date of his diploma or license, in the office of the clerk of the Superior Court of the county in which he practices, and shall, on the pavment to such clerk of a fee of fifty cents, be entitled to receive from him a certificate of such registration. Sec. 5. That all laws and parts of laws in conflict with this chapter be and the same are hereby repealed. Approved October 20, 1879. act of 1880. Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Georgia, That from and after the passage of this Act, all dentists in the actual practice of their profession in this State be and the same are hereby exempt from jury duty: Provided, That this exemption shall not operate to disqualify those dentists who may wish to serve. special act, 189 1. Section i. Every non-resident dentist practicing in this State shall pay a special tax of ten dollars ($10) in every county in which said dentist may practice. IDAHO. No law. ILLINOIS. An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Den- tistry in the State of Illinois. Section i. Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois, represented in the General Assembly: That it shall be unlawful for any person, who is not, at the time of the passage of this Act, en- gaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, to commence such practice, unless such person shall have received a diploma from the faculty of some reputable dental college, duly author- ized by the law of this State, or some other of the United States, or by the laws of some foreign country, in which college or col- leges there was, at the time of the issue of such diploma, annually delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in dental sur- gery: Provided, That any person removing into this State, who 64 world's history and shall have been, for a period of ten years prior to such removal, a practicing dentist, and provided, also, that any person holding the diploma of doctor of medicine from any reputable medical college, shall be entitled to practice dentistry in this State, upon obtaining a license for that purpose as hereinafter provided: and nothing in this Act shall be construed to prohibit any physician or surgeon from extracting teeth. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practic- ing dentists is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The mem- bers of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be five years, except that the members of the Board first to be appointed under this Act shall hold their offices for the term of one, two, three, four and five years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly appointed. In case of a vacancy occur- ring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members president, and one the secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who is engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, within six months from the date of the passage of this Act, to cause his or her name and residence or place of business to be registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose; and every person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentistry, may continue to practice the same as such, without in- curring any of the liabilities or penalties provided in this Act. Sec. 5. No person, whose name is not registered on the books of said Board as a regular practitioner of dentistry, within the time prescribed in the preceding section, shall be permitted to practice dentistry in this State until such person shall have been duly examined by said Board and regularly licensed in accord- ance with the provisions of this Act. Sec. 6. Any and all persons, who shall so desire, may appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery, and if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove satis- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 65 factory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons as they shall find from the examination to possess the requisite qualifications, a license to practice dentistry in accord- ance with the provisions of this Act. But said Board shall at all times issue a license to any regular graduate of any reputable dental college without examination, upon the payment by such graduate to the said Board of a fee of one dollar. All licenses issued by said Board shall be signed by the members thereof, and be attested by its President and Secretary; and such license shall he prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice den- tistry in the State of Illinois. Sec. 7. Any member of said Board may issue a temporary license to any applicant, upon the presentation by such applicant of the evidence of the necessary qualifications to practice den- tistry, and such temporary license shall remain in force until the next regular meeting of said Board occurring after the date of such temporary license and no longer. Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be liable to prosecution before any court of com- petent jurisdiction, upon information or by indictment, and upon conviction may be fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor more than fifty dollars, for each and every offense. All fines re- covered under this Act shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. Sec. 9. In order to provide the means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- iners may charge each person applying to, or appearing before, them for examination for license to practice dentistry, a fee of two dollars, and out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board from the fees so charged, the members of said Board may receive as compensation the sum of five dollars for each day actually engaged in the duties of their office, and all legiti- mate and necessary expenses incurred in attending the meetings of said Board. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees and penalties received by the Board under the provisions of this Act. And no part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall ever be paid out of the State Treasury. All moneys received in excess of said per diem allowance, and other expenses above provided for, shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct. And said 5 66 world's history and Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor, by the 1 5th day of December of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them pur- suant to this Act. Sec. 10. Any person who shall be licensed by said Board to practice dentistry, shall cause his or her license to be registered with the County Clerk of any county or counties in which such person may desire to engage in the practice of dentistry, and the County Clerks of the several counties in this State shall charge for registering such license a fee of twenty-five cents for each registration. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any person holding such license to register the same with the county clerk as above directed, for a period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the license, and no license, when once forfeited, shall be restored, except upon the payment to the said Board of Examiners of the sum of twenty-five dollars as a penalty of such neglect, failure or refusal. Approved May 30, 1881. INDIANA. (Sections 1163-1174,1889.) An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Indiana; Providing the Manner of Selecting a Board of Examiners; the Examinations and Qualifications of Applicants; the Issuing of Certificates; the Meeting of Said Board; the Term of Office and Pay; the Issuing of Permits by Individual Members of Said Board; the Recording of Certificates by Holders; Prescribing Penalty for the Violation of the Provisions of this Act; Repealing the Act of March 29, 1879, and all Con- flicting Laws; and Providing for Provisions of any Vio- lations of the Act of 1879 under the Provisions Thereof. Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Indiana, That it shall be unlawful for anyone to practice dentistry in the State of Indiana at any time after thirty (30) days from the appointment of the Board of Examiners, provided for in Section two (2) hereof, without being registered according to the provisions of this Act. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 67 Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of five (5) repu- table practicing dentists, shall be appointed on the last Tuesday of June, 1887, and biennially thereafter, one by the Governor, one by the State Board of Health, and three by the Indiana State Dental Association, said Board to serve for the term of two (2) years from the date of such appointment; and it shall be the duty of said Board, to meet annually, at the time and place fixed for the meeting of said Dental Association, or oftener at the call of any three (3) members of said Board, at such time and place as may be designated in such call. When convened, the said Board shall examine all applications, issue registration certificates thereon, and also examine all applicants for certificates of quali- fication, and issue such certificates to all such applicants as shall pass a satisfactory examination. Sec. 3. Any person who shall prove to the satisfaction of said Board of Examiners that he is a graduate of a Dental Col- lege duly and legally incorporated, and who shall present a diploma therefrom, and shall further show that said college is of good repute, shall be entitled to a registration certificate on the payment of a fee of one ( 1 ) dollar to said Board. Sec. 4. Any person who shall present to said Board of Ex- aminers a valid certificate of qualification, issued by the Board of Examiners under the provisions of any former law of this State, shall be entitled to a certificate of registration upon the. payment of a fee of one (1) dollar to said Board. Sec. 5. Any person who shall file before said Board of Ex- aminers an application under oath, and sworn to by one or more freeholders setting forth the fact that said applicant has been engaged in the lawful practice of dentistry in this State continu- ously since the 29th day of May, 1879, shall be entitled to a reg- istration certificate on the payment of a fee of one (1) dollar to said Board. Sec. 6. Any person who shall desire to obtain a certificate of qualification to practice dentistry in this State, and who shall not be entitled to a registration certificate under any of the provisions of the preceding sections of this Act, shall be by said Board ex- amined in anatomy, physiology, pathology, therapeutics, chemistry and the theory and practice of surgical and mechanical dentistry, upon the payment of a fee of five (5) dollars to said Board, and should such examination of said applicant prove satisfactory to 68 world's history and said Board, it shall issue to said applicant a certificate of qualifi- cation and registration. Sec. 7. Any member of the Board of Examiners may grant a permit to practice dentistry to any person who shall file with said member his application therefor, but such permit shall only be valid until the next meeting of said Board. Sec. 8. All certificates (except permits) issued under this Act shall be signed by at least three members of said Board of Examiners, and said certificates shall have the seal of the "Indi- ana State Dental Association" affixed thereto. A majority of said Board shall constitute a quorum to transact business. Sec. 9. All persons receiving certificates of registration from said Board of Examiners, or permits from any member thereof, before beginning to practice dentistry, shall present said certificate of registration, or permit, to the Recorder of the county wherein said applicant desires to practice, and the said Recorder shall record said certificate, or permit, in the miscellaneous record of his office, and said Recorder shall indorse the recording of the same on the applicant's certificate, or permit, and for his services he shall collect from each applicant the sum of twenty-five (25) cents Sec. 10. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall, upon conviction thereof, be fined not less than twenty (20) nor more than one hundred (100) dollars for each offense; Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent any lawfully registered surgeon or physician from ex- tracting teeth, or performing any surgical operation in the line of his professional duties. Sec. 11. The Board shall receive out of the fund created by this Act such compensation for their services as the By-Laws of said State Dental Association may provide. Sec. 12. An Act entitled "An Act to regulate the practice of dentistry," approved March 29, 1879, and printed in the Revised Statutes of 1881 as Chapter 47, and being Sections 4249 to 4257 in- clusive, be and the same is hereby repealed, together with all laws in conflict with this Act; Provided, however, That all violations of the laws hereby repealed may be prosecuted under the provisions of the laws in force at the time when such offense was com- mitted. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 69 INDIAN TERRITORY. No law. IOWA. (Chapter 36, Nineteenth General Assembly.) An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dentistry in the State of Iowa. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Iowa : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is not, at the time of the passage of this Act, engaged in the practice of dentistry in the State, to commence such practice unless such per- son shall have received a license from the Board of Examiners, or some member thereof as hereinafter provided, or a diploma from the faculty of some reputable dental college, duly author- ized by the laws of the State, or by some other of the United States, or by the laws of some foreign country m which college or colleges there was at the time of the issue of such diploma, annually delivered, a full course of lectures and instruction in dental surgery. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purpose and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of the Board shall be appointed by the Governor, and shall consist of five practicing dentists, who shall have been engaged in the continuous practice of dentistry in the State for five years or over at the time of or prior to the passage of this Act. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their office shall be five years, except that the members of the Board first appointed under this Act shall hold their offices for one, two, three, four and five years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly appointed. In case of vacancy in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- dent, and one the Secretary thereof; and it shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such time and place as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person engaged in the practice of dentistry in the State, within six months from the date 70 world's history and of the taking effect of this Act, to cause his or her name and res- idence or place of business to be registered with the said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose; and every person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentistry may continue to practice the same without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties of this Act. Sec. 5. No person whose name is not registered on the books of said Board as a regular practitioner of dentistry, within the limits prescribed in the preceding section, shall be permitted to practice dentistry in this State until such person shall have been duly examined by said Board and regularly licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Act. Sec. 6. Any and all persons, who shall so desire, may appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings, and be examined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery, and if such person shall be found, after having been so examined, to possess the requisite qualifications, said Board shall issue a license to such person to practice dentistry in accordance with the provisions of this Act. But said Board shall at all times issue a license to any regular graduate of any reputable dental college without examination, upon payment by such graduate to the said Board of a fee of five dollars. All licenses issued by said Board shall be signed by the members thereof and be attested by the President and Secretary, and such licenses shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice den- tistry in the State of Iowa. Sec. 7. Any member of said Board shall issue a temporary license to any applicant upon the presentation by such applicant of the evidence of the necessary qualification to practice den- tistry; and such temporary license shall remain in force until the next regular meeting of said Board, occurring after the date of such temporary license and no longer. Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be liable to prosecution, before any court of competent jurisdiction, upon information, and, upon conviction, shall be fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor more than fifty dollars, for each and every offense. Sec. 9. In order to provide a means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- iners may charge each person applying to or appearing before them for examination for license to practice dentistry, a fee of REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 71 ten dollars, and out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board from the fee so charged, the members of said Board may receive as a compensation the sum of five dollars for each day actually engaged in the duties of their office. And no part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall he paid out of the State Treasury. All moneys received in excess of the said per diem allowance shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giv- ing such bond as the Board from time to time direct. The said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Gov- ernor by the fifteenth of November, of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them, pursu- ant to this Act. Sec. io. ' Any person who shall be licensed by said Board to practice dentistry shall cause his or her license to be registered with the County Clerk of any County, or Counties, in which such person may desire to engage in the practice of dentistry; and the County Clerks of the several counties in the State shall charge for registering such license the fee of twenty-five cents for each registration. Any failure, neglect, or refusal on the part of any person holding such license to register the same with the County Clerk, as above directed, for a period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the license, and no license, when once forfeited shall be restored, except upon the payment to the said Board of Examiners, of the sum of twenty-five dollars, as a penalty for such neglect, failure, or refusal. Sec. ii. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent persons from extracting teeth. Approved March 8, 1882. KANSAS. Ax Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and Punish Violators Thereof, in Kansas. Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Kansas. Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to prac- tice, or attempt to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Kansas, without first having received a diploma from the faculty of some reputable dental college, school or university department, duly authorized by the laws of this State or some other of the United States, or by the laws of some foreign gov- 72 world's history and ernment, and in which college, school or university department there was at the time of the issuance of such diploma, annually delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in dentistry and dental surgery: Provided, That nothing in Section I of this Act shall apply to any person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, except as hereinafter provided: And provided further % That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians, surgeons and others from extracting teeth. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of four practicing dentists, residents of this State, is hereby created, who shall have authority to issue certificates to persons in the practice of den- tistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, and also to decide upon the validity of such diplomas as may be subsequently presented for registration, as hereinafter provided. Sec. 3. The members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, and shall serve for a term of four years, excepting that the members of the Board first appointed shall hold their offices as follows: Two for two, and two for four years, respect- ively, and until their successors are duly appointed. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by appointment by the Governor. Sec. 4. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be reg- istered the names and residence, or place of business, of all per- sons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental sur- gery in this State. It shall elect one of its members President, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of the members of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall be at all times open for public inspection. Sec. 5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery within this State at the time of the passage of this Act shall, within six months thereafter, cause his or her name, and residence, and place of business, to be registered with said Board of Examiners; upon which said Board shall issue to such person a certificate, duly signed by a majority of the mem- bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in Section 1 of this Act. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 73 Sec. 6. Any person desiring to commence the practice of dentistry, or dental surgery, within this State after the passage of this Act, shall, before commencing such practice, hie for rec- ord, in a book kept for such purpose, with said Board of Exam- iners, his or her diploma, or a duly authenticated copy thereof, the validity of which said Board shall have power to determine. If accepted, said Board shall issue to the person holding such diploma a certificate duly signed by all or a majority of the mem- bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in Section i of this Act. Sec. 7. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement of this Act, said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the fol- lowing fees, to-wit: For each certificate issued to persons in practice in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of three dollars; for each certificate issued to persons not engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of ten dollars. Sec. 8. The members of said Board shall each receive the compensation of five dollars per day for each day actually en- gaged in the duties of their office, which, together with all other legitimate expenses incurred in the performance of such duties, shall be paid from fees received by the Board under the provis- ions of this act; and no part of the expenses of said Board shall at any time be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys in ex- cess of said per diem allowance and other expenses shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct; and such Board shall make an an- nual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 15th day of December of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them in pursuance of this Act. Sec. 9. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing or attempting to practice dentistry within the State without first complying with the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in a sum not less than ten dollars nor more than one hundred dol- lars. Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after publication in the statutes. Approved February 25, 1885; took effect May 1, 1885. 74 world's history and An Act Supplemental to an Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and Punish Violators Thereof. Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Kansas : Section i. Every person engaged in the practice of den- tistry or dental surgery within this State at the time of the pas- sage of the Act to regulate the practice of dentistry and punish violators thereof, approved February 25, 1885, and who have here- tofore failed or neglected to register under the provisions of said Act, may within six months hereafter cause his or her name and residence and place of business to be registered with the Board of Examiners provided for in said Act; and said Board shall issue to such person a certificate in the manner provided in such Act, entitling such person to all the rights and privileges set forth in Section 1 of said Act; said Board of Examiners to be entitled, for the issuance of any certificate under the provisions hereof, to the sum of five dollars. Sec. 2. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its publication in the official State paper. Approved March 5, 1887. KENTUCKY. An Act to Amend an Act, Entitled " An Act to Incorpo- rate the State Dental Association. (Approved February 6, 1868.) Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the Com- monwealth of Kentucky, That it shall be unlawful for any person to practice dentistry in the State of Kentucky, for compensation, unless such person has received a diploma from the faculty of a dental college, duly incorporated under the laws of this or any other of the United States or foreign country, or a certificate of qualification issued by the Kentucky State Dental Association: Provided, That nothing in this section shall apply to persons now engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State. Sec. 2. There shall be a Board of Examiners, to consist of three practitioners of dentistry, who, together with the President and Secretary of the Kentucky Dental Association shall be elected by said Dental Association according to its By-Laws. Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of said Board of Examiners, so elected, to meet annually at the time of meeting of said Ken- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 75 tucky State Dental Association, or oftener, at the call of any three of the members of said Board, or of an applicant for a cer- tificate to practice dentistry. Sec. 4. Thirty days' notice must be given of the annual meet- ings of said State Association and previous thereto that all ap- plicants for certificates to practice dentistry will be granted the same upon satisfactory examination. Sec. 5. The Kentucky State Dental Association shall cause to be kept a book, in which shall be registered the names of all persons having certificates to practice dentistry in the State of Kentucky, and that the book or books so kept shall be a book or books of record, and a transcript from the same, certified by the officer who has it in charge, with the seal of said Association affixed thereto, shall be evidence in any court in this Com- monwealth. Sec. 6. Three members of said Board of Examiners shall con- stitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not be present on the day appointed for their meeting, those present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. Sec. 7. Any person who shall, in violation of this Act, prac- tice dentistry in the State of Kentucky for a fee or reward shall be liable to indictment by the Grand Jury of the county in which the offense is committed, and, upon conviction, shall be fined in the penal sum of not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars for each offense: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent physicians or surgeons from extracting teeth. Sec. 8. On the trial of indictments found as aforesaid, it shall be incumbent on the defendant to show that he has authority un- der the law to practice dentistry to exempt himself from the penalty by law prescribed. Sec. 9. All fines collected under this Act shall inure to the benefit of common school education, and be added to the fund of such common school in the county in which the offense is committed. Sec. 10. In order to provide a fund to carry out the provis- ions in the third section of this Act, it shall be the duty of the Board of Examiners to collect from all who receive the certificate to practice dentistry a sum not to exceed twenty dollars each, of which sum, if there be any remaining after paying necessary ex- 76 world's history and penses, the balance shall be paid into the treasury of said Kentucky State Dental Association, to be kept as a fund for the purpose of carrying out more fully and perfectly the provisions of this Act. Sec. ii. The Board of Examiners shall receive such remu- neration for their services as the By-Laws of said Kentucky Dental Association may provide. Sec. 12. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its passage. (Chapter 1017.) An Act to Amend the Charter of the Kentucky State Dental Association. (Approved May 10, 1886.) Section i. Be it enacted by tlie General Assembly of the Common- wealth of Kentucky, The Board of Examiners of the Kentucky State Dental Association shall keep a record in which (shall) be registered the names and residence, or place of business, of all persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State. Sec. 2. Every person now legally engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, shall, within six months thereafter, cause his name and residence, or place of business, to be registered with said Board of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue a certifi- cate to such person, duly signed by a majority of the members of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in Section 1 of an Act approved April 8, 1878, to amend an Act entitled "An Act to Incorporate the Kentucky State Dental Association." Sec. 3. Any person desiring to commence the practice of dentistry or dental surgery within the State after the passage of this Act, shall, before the commencement of such practice, un- dergo a satisfactory examination before the Board of Examiners of the Kentucky State Dental Association, or file for record, in a book kept for such purpose with said Board of Examiners, his diploma, or a duly authenticated copy thereof, the validity of which the Board shall have power to determine. If such diploma is accepted, or the applicant stands a satisfactory examination, said Board shall issue to such a person a certificate duly signed by all or a majority of said Board, and which certificate shall en- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 77 title the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privi- leges set forth in Section I of an Act approved April 8, 1878, to amend an Act entitled " An Act to Incorporate the Kentucky State Dental Association: Provided, That nothing in this amend- ment shall be so construed as to prevent physicians or surgeons from extracting teeth. Sec. 4. Any person who shall, in violation of this Act, prac- tice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Kentucky, for fee or reward, shall be subject to indictment by the Grand Jury of the county in which the offense is committed, and upon convic- tion shall be fined in the sum of not less than fifty dollars nor more than two hundred dollars for each offense. Sec. 5. All Acts or parts of (Acts) in conflict with this Act are hereby repealed. Sec. 6. This Act shall take effect from and after its passage. LOUISIANA. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry within the State of Louisiana, and to Protect the People Against Empiricism in Regard to the Same. Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Louisiana, That, from and after the passage of this Act, it shall be unlawful for an}' person to practice dentistry in the State of Louisiana, unless said person has graduated and received a di- ploma from the faculty of a dental college, chartered under the authority of some one of the United States, or of some foreign government, or shall have obtained a certificate from a Board of Examining Dentists, duly authorized by this Act to issue such certificates. Sec. 2. Be it further enacted, etc., That the Board of Examin- ing Dentists shall consist of five dental graduates, practitioners of dentistry, who are members in good standing in the Louisiana State Dental Society, and have been practicing in the State of Louisiana for a term not less than three years. Said Board shall be elected by the State Dental Society to serve for two years. The President of said Louisiana State Dental Society shall have power to fill all vacancies in the said Board for unexpired terms. Sec. 3. Be it further e?iacted, etc., That it shall be the duty of this Board, first, to meet, annually, at the time of the meeting of the Louisiana State Dental Society, or oftener at the call of any 78 world's history and three members of said Board, and after thirty days' notice thereof; second, to grant a certificate to any applicant who shall furnish satisfactory evidence of having graduated or received a diploma from any incorporated dental college, without fee, charge or ex- amination; thirdly, to grant certificates to all other applicants who may undergo a satisfactory examination, also without fee or charge of any kind; fourthly, to keep a book in which shall be registered the names of all persons to whom such certificate shall be granted. Sec. 4. Be it further enacted, etc., That the book so kept shall be a book of record, and a transcript from it, certified to by the officer who has it in keeping, shall be evidence in any court of this State. Sec. 5. Be it further enacted, etc., That three members of said Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; and should a quorum not be present on the day of meeting, those present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum be present. Sec. 6. Be it further enacted, etc., That two members of said Board may grant a certificate to any applicant to practice until the next authorized meeting of the Board, when they shall report the fact, and such temporary certificate shall expire, but such temporary certificate shall not be granted after the Board shall have refused a certificate. Sec. 7. Be it further enacted, etc., That any person who shall in violation of this Act, pretending to be a regular practitioner of dentistry, practice dentistry in the State of Louisiana, shall be liable to indictment, and, on conviction, shall be fined not less than fifty dollars nor more than three hundred dollars: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall apply to regular physicians and surgeons. Sec. 8. Be it further enacted, etc., That one-half of all fines col- lected shall inure to the Louisiana Dental Society, and the other half to the educational fund of the parish in which the offense was committed. Sec. 9. Be it further enacted, etc., That dentists who are in practice in this State at the time of the passage of this Act shall be exempt from the provisions made in the first section thereof. Sec. 10. Be it further enacted, etc., That all laws and parts of laws in conflict with the provisions of this Act be and the same are hereby repealed. Approved March 10, 1880. [Note. — A new Act has passed the Senate and House of Representatives but has not been signed by the Governor of the State.] - REVIEW OF DENTISTRY MAINE. Ax Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery and to Regulate the Practice of Den- tistry in The State of Maine. Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives in Legislature Assembled, as follows : Section i. Xo person shall practice, attempt to practice, or hold himself out to be a practitioner of dentistry or dental sur- gery until he or she shall have first received a certificate as herein- after provided; and whoever violates the provisions of this sec- tion shall be fined not less than twenty-five nor more than one hundred dollars for each offense. This section shall take effect three months after the approval of this Act. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners to consist of five dentists of good standing who have been in the practice of dentistry in this State not less than five years, is hereby created. The members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, with advice and consent of council, to hold office for the term of three years and until their successors are qualified, except, however, that the first five members to constitute said Board shall be appointed to hold as follows, to- wit: Two for the term of one year, two for two years and one for three years. Vacancies in said Board at any time occurring shall be filled by the Governor in accordance with the provisions of this section. Sec. 3. Before entering upon their duties the members of said Board shall take and subscribe the oaths prescribed by law to be taken by other officers appointed in like manner. As soon as convenient after their appointment the members of said Board shall meet and organize by choosing one of their number who shall serve as President and another as Secretary for the ensuing year and until their successors are chosen, and shall meet annu- ally thereafter at a time and place to be determined by said Board at its previous annual meeting, and may meet at such other times and places as said Board may deem necessary. A majority of the members of said Board shall constitute a quorum, a true rec- ord of whose proceedings shall be kept by the Secretary, and shall be opened at all reasonable times to public inspection. The Secretary, under the direction of the Board, shall further keep a register in which shall be entered the name, residence and place of business of every person authorized under this Act to practice 80 world's history and dentistry, and shall certify a copy of the same to the Secretary of State, who shall enter the same in a book to be kept for that purpose. Sec. 4. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of approval of this Act shall, within three months thereafter, cause his or her name, res- idence and place of business to be registered with said Board of Examiners. The statements of every such person shall be veri- fied under oath before a notary public or justice of the peace in such manner as may be prescribed by the Board; and upon due compliance and payment of the fee as provided in Section 7 of this Act, shall receive from said Board a certificate in due form, signed by the President and attested by the Secretary, au- thorizing such persons to practice dentistry in the State. Sec. 5. Any person, desiring to practice dentistry or den- tal surgery in this State who is not entitled to register under the preceding section, upon first passing a satisfactory examination before said Board, in anatomy, physiology, pathology, therapeu- tics, chemistry and the theory and practice of dentistry, and on payment of the fee as provided in section seven of this Act, shall be entitled to registration and shall receive a certificate as pro- vided in section four of this Act. Sec. 6. The Secretary of said Board may grant a temporary permit to practice dentistry to any suitable person who shall file with said Secretary his application therefor, and shall deposit with him the sum of ten dollars, to be applied towards the pay- ment of said applicant's examination fee. Such permit shall be valid only until the next meeting of said Board. Sec. 7. The Board shall receive from the applicant for each cer- tificate issued under section four of this Act the sum of one dollar. For the examination of each person under the provisions of sec- tion five, twenty dollars, which shall in no case be returned, but shall entitle the applicant to another examination without pay- ment of additional fees. The above fees shall be in full for all services and expenses. Sec. 8. Nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to re- strict or interfere with physicians and surgeons in the discharge of their professional duties, or with any citizen in the extraction of teeth in cases of emergency. Approved March 4, 1891. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 81 MARYLAND. An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Maryland. Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland, That it shall be unlawful for any person who is not, at the time of the passage of this Act, engaged in the practice of dentistry, in this State to practice dentistry, unless he or she shall have ob- tained a certificate as hereinafter provided, or shall hold a diploma from a university or college chartered by or under the laws of this State authorized to grant diplomas in dental surgery. Sec. 2. Be it enacted, That a Board of Examiners, to consist of five reputable practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provis- ions of this Act; and the members of said Board shall be ap- pointed by the Governor, who shall select them from the dentists residing in this State: Provided, That none of said Board shall be pecuniarily connected with any dental college or dental de- partment of any college or university. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their ofrices shall be four years, except that two members of the Board, first to be appointed un- der this Act, shall be designated by the Governor to hold their ofrices for the term of two, and three for four, years, respectively, unless sooner removed by the Governor, and until their succes- sors shall be duly appointed; in case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled in like manner by the Governor. Sec. 3. Be it enacted, That said Board shall choose one of its members President and one Secretary thereof; it shall fix the time and place of its meeting or meetings; a majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspec- tion; the Board shall also make an annual report of its proceed- ings to the Governor. Sec. 4. Be it enacted, That within six months from the time this Act takes effect it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State to cause his or her name and residence or place of business to be registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose; the statement of such person shall be verified 6 82 world's history and under oath before a notary public or justice of the peace, in such a manner as may be prescribed by the said Board of Examiners; every person who shall so register with said Board as a practi- tioner of dentistry may continue to practice the same as such, and shall receive a certificate of such registration upon his or her paying the said Board one dollar for such certificate. Sec. 5. Be it enacted, That any and all persons who shall de- sire to commence such practice may appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings, and be examined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery, and if the examination of any person or persons shall prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite qualifications a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, upon the payment of one dollar for such certificate. All certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its officers, and such certificates and diplomas, granted as aforesaid, shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in the State of Maryland. Sec. 6. Be it enacted \ That any person who shall willfully vio- late any of the provisions of this act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, in any court having criminal jurisdiction, may be fined not less than fifty dollars nor more than three hundred dollars, or be confined not more than six months in the county jail, in the discretion of the court. All fines received under this Act shall be paid into the common school fund of the city or county in which such conviction takes place. Sec. 7. Be it enacted, That one member of said Board may grant any certificate provided for in this Act to any applicant, upon presentation by such applicant of the evidence requisite for obtaining said certificate, which certificate shall remain in force until the next regular meeting of the said Board after the grant- ing of said certificate and no longer; but no such certificate shall be issued by such member after such applicant has been rejected by said Board. Sec. 8. Be it enacted, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to interfere with the rights and privileges of physi- cians and surgeons in the discharge of their professional duties. Sec. 9. Be it enacted, That this Act shall take effect from the date of its passage. Approved March 31, 1884. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 83 Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Mary 'land, That sections one and eight of the Act passed at the January session, eighteen hundred and eighty-four, entitled "An Act to insure the better -education of practitioners of dental surgery, and to regulate the practice of dentistry in the State of Maryland," be, and the same is hereby, repealed and re-enacted, so as to read as follows: Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is not, at the time of the passage of this Act, engaged in the prac- tice of dentistry, to practice dentistry unless he or she shall have obtained a certificate as herein provided, or shall hold a diploma from a university or college authorized to grant diplomas in den- tal surgery; any person holding such a diploma, and desiring to commence such practice, shall present the same to the Board of Examiners created by this Act, for approval; such Examining Board, being satisfied as to the qualifications of the applicant and the genuineness of the diploma, shall endorse the same as approved, and issue the certificate of registration provided for in this Act. Sec. 8. That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to interfere with the rights and privileges of resident physicians .and surgeons in the discharge of their professional duties. Approved April 7, 1886. MASSACHUSETTS. An Act to Establish a Board of Registration in Dentistry. Be it E?iacted, etc. , as follows : Section i. The Governor of the Commonwealth, with the advice and consent of the council, shall appoint, after the passage of this Act, five skilled dentists of good repute, residing and doing business within the Commonwealth, who shall constitute a Board of Registration in Dentistry; but no person shall be eligi- ble to serve on said Board unless he or she shall have been regularly graduated from some reputable medical or dental col- lege duly authorized to grant degrees in dentistry, or shall have been engaged in the practice of dentistry for a period of not less than ten years previous to his appointment: Provided, hozvever, that no person shall be eligible to serve on said Board who is in any way pecuniarily connected with any dental college or dental department of any college or university. The term for which 84 world's history and the members of said Board shall hold their office shall be three years, except that two of the members of the Board, first to be appointed under this Act, shall hold their office for the term of one year, two for the term of two years and one for the term of three years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly appointed and qualified. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor, in conformity with this section. Any member of said Board may be removed from office for cause, by the Governor, with the advice and con- sent of the council. Sec. 2. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least twice in each year. Four of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall, at all reasonable times, be open to public inspection. Sec. 3. Within six months from the time this Act takes effect, it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State to cause his or her name, residence and place of business, to be registered with said Board, who shall keep a book for that purpose. The state- ments of every such person shall be verified under oath before a notary public or justice of the peace in such manner as may be prescribed by the Board. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry within this Commonwealth at the time of the passage of this Act and who shall so register with said Board as a practi- tioner of dentistry shall receive a certificate to that effect, and may continue to practice without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties provided in this Act. Sec. 4. All persons not provided for in section three may appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined, either orally or by written examination, at the option of the several applicants, with reference to their knowl- edge and skill in dentistry and dental surgery; and if the exami- nation of any such person or persons shall prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board shall issue to such persons as it finds to possess the requisite qualifications, a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provisions of this Act. All certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its officers; and such cer- tificates shall he prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in Massachusetts. Sec. 5. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 85 of this Act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction may be fined not less than fifty nor more than one hundred dollars, or confined three months in the county jail, for each and every offense. Sec. 6. The said Board shall charge each person receiving a certificate the sum of fifty cents, and each person appearing be- fore them for examination for a certificate of qualification a fee of ten dollars, which fee shall in no case be returned. Any per- son failing to pass a satisfactory examination shall be entitled to be re-examined at any future meeting of the Board, free of charge, but no applicant shall be examined oftener than twice in one year. Said Board shall make an annual report of its pro- ceedings to the Governor by the thirty-first day of December in each year. All fees received by the Board under this Act shall be paid by the Secretary of the Board into the treasury of the Commonwealth once in each month. Sec. 7. The compensation and all necessary expenses of the Board shall be paid from the treasury of the Commonwealth. The compensation of the Board shall be five dollars each for every day actually spent in the discharge of their duties, and three cents per mile each way for necessary traveling expenses in attending the meetings of the Board, but in no case shall any more be paid than was actually expended. Such compensation and expenses shall be approved by the Board and sent to the Auditor of the Commonwealth, who shall certify to the Governor and council the amounts due, as in case of all other bills and accounts approved by him under the provisions of law: Provided, That the amount so paid shall not exceed the amount received by the Treasurer and Receiver-General of the Commonwealth from the Board in fees as herein specified, and so much of said receipts as may be necessary is hereby appropriated for the com- pensation and expenses as aforesaid. Sec. 8. Any person who shall falsely claim or pretend to have or hold a certificate or license granted by any Board organ- ized under and pursuant to the provisions of this Act, or who shall falsely and with intent to deceive the public, claim or pre- tend to be a graduate from any incorporated dental college, or who shall practice dentistry without obtaining a certificate as provided in this Act, shall be deemed guilty of misdemeanor, and shall be liable to the same penalty as provided in section five. Sec. 9. Nothing in this Act shall apply to any practicing 86 world's history and physician who is a graduate from the medical department of any incorporated college. Sec. io. This Act shall take effect upon its passage. Approved April i, 1887. MICHIGAN. The Law for the Regulation of the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Michigan, as Amended in 1891, now Reads as follows: The People of the State of Michigan Enact as follows: Section i. It shall hereafter be unlawful for any person to practice dentistry in this State unless such person has received a diploma from the faculty of a reputable dental college, duly in- corporated under the laws of this or some other State of the United States, with a course of instruction and practice fully equal or equivalent to that of the College of Dental Surgery of the University of Michigan, or a certificate of qualification from the Board of Examiners provided for by this Act: Provided, That the provisions of this Act shall in no way apply to or affect any person who is now located and lawfully in actual practice in this State. Sec. 2. Said Board of Examiners shall be appointed by the Governor of the State, and shall consist of three practical den- tists who shall be regular graduates of a reputable dental college, duly incorporated under the laws of this State or some other State of the United States, or otherwise possess the necessary qualifi- cations contemplated by this Act. Sec. 3. Each member of this Board of Examiners shall serve for a term of three years, and until his successor is duly ap- pointed and qualified; except in case of the first Board, the members thereof shall serve, respectively, one, two, and three years, as specified in the appointment of the Governor. Sec. 4. The Board of Examiners shall be organized as fol- lows: The member having but one year to serve shall be Presi- dent of the Board; the one having two years shall be Treasurer and the one having three years shall be Secretary. The Treasurer shall make and file with the Secretary of State a good and suf- ficient bond to the people of the State of Michigan, in the penal sum of one thousand dollars, conditioned that he will well and truly pay over all moneys received by him as such Treasurer, in REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 87 compliance with the provisions of this Act, and otherwise faith- fully discharge the duties of his office. Sec. 5. The Board of Examiners shall meet, at least, once in each year, for the purpose of examining applicants, after having given personally, or by mail, thirty days' written or printed no- tice to each practicing dentist in the State who has filed his name and address with the Secretary of said Board. The said Board is authorized to incur all necessary expenses in the prompt and ef- ficient discharge of its duties, and pay the same, with any moneys in the hands of its Treasurer. Sec. 6. Each member of said Board shall qualify by taking the oath of office prescribed by the constitution of this State, and filing the same with the Secretary of State before entering upon the duties of his office. Should a vacancy occur in said Board, the Governor of this State shall fill the same by appoint- ment. Sec. 7. Any member of said Board of Examiners may, when the Board is not in session, examine applicants, and in case any applicant is found competent, grant a license to him to practice dentistry in this State until the next meeting of said Board, and no longer. Each applicant so examined shall pay the sum of three dollars: Provided, That no member of said Board shall grant a license to any one who has been rejected on examination by the Board. Sec. 8. Should any member of said Board be unable to at- tend at the meeting of the Board for the examination of appli- cants, he may appoint in writing a substitute, who shall have the same power on the examination that the member appointing him would have, if present: Provided, Such substitute be a person eli- gible to be a member of said Board within the provisions of this Act. And provided further, That the appointment of such substi- tute be by and with the written consent of the other members of the Board. Sec. 9. Each applicant for examination by the Board shall pay into the treasury of the Board the sum of ten dollars, which shall constitute a fund to defray the expenses of the Board; and each member of the Board shall receive therefrom the sum of three dollars per day for services rendered as such examiner. Tlie Board shall keep a list of the names of all persons to whom licenses have been granted under the provisions of this Act, and also of all persons practicing dentistry in this State, in a book 88 world's history and provided for that purpose, with the names arranged in alphabet- ical order. Sec. io. Any sum in excess of one hundred dollars which, under the provisions of this Act, may accumulate in the treasury of said Board, shall be paid by Treasurer thereof into the treasury of this State. Sec. ii. Each person now engaged in the practice of den- tistry in this State shall, within ninety days after this Act take effect, send an affidavit to the Secretary of the Board setting forth his name, place of business, postoffice address, the length of time he has been engaged in practice in this State, and if a graduate of a dental college, state the name of the same, and also pay to the Treasurer of said Board the sum of twenty-five cents, and on failure to comply with said provisions of this section he shall be required to appear and be examined by said Board. [Note.— The above, section 11, was in no way altered or changed by the amendments of 1891, and applied only to persons in practice at the time of the passage of the original Act in 1883.] Sec. 12. Any person who shall practice dentistry in this State, in violation of the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor more than one hun- dred dollars, or sentenced to imprisonment in the county jail for a period not exceeding ninety days, or both; such fine and im- prisonment is in the discretion of the court: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed so as to interfere with physicians and surgeons in their practice as such. Sec. 13. For the purposes of instruction, students may be employed to assist in dental offices and in the college of dental surgery of the University of Michigan, under the immediate ob- servation and advice of the legal proprietors and professors thereof, but no person not legally qualified and registered under this Act shall assume the charge and management of any dental office, or the responsibility of deciding upon or the doing of dentistry at any private residence or elsewhere. Sec. 14. All persons not now registered who desire to prac- tice dentistry in this State shall apply to the Secretary of the Board for registration. Each person seeking registration by vir- tue of a diploma shall send an affidavit to the Secretary of the Board, setting forth his name, place of business, postoffice address, the date of his graduation, and the name of the dental REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 89 school from which graduated, and a registration fee of three dollars. All applicants found qualified under this Act shall be prop- erly and promptly registered by the Secretary of the Board. The above law as amended took effect on the first day of October, 1891. MINNESOTA. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Minnesota. Be it Enacted by the Legislative of the State of Mi?mesota : Section i. From and after September 1, 1889, it shall be un- lawful for any person to practice dentistry in this State, unless he shall first have obtained a certificate of registration thereto, and filed the same or a certified copy thereof with the clerk of the district court of the county of his residence, all as hereinafter provided. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners to consist of five resident practicing dentists is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of the first Board under the provisions of this Act shall consist of the members of the present Board of Dental Examiners, existing under Chapter 199 of the General Laws of 1885, who shall hold their offices as members of such new Board for the term for which they were appointed under said former Act, and until their successors are duly appointed. All vacancies in said Board shall be filled by appointment by the Governor, as hereinafter provided. The term for which members of said Board shall be appointed shall be three years, and until their suc- cessors shall be duly appointed. It is also hereby provided that no person shall serve to exceed two terms in succession. In case of any vacancy occurring in said Board in the term of any mem- ber of said Board, such vacancy shall be filled for such unexpired term by the Governor from names to be presented to him within two months of the occurrence of such vacancy by the Minnesota State Dental Association in the same manner as hereinafter pro- vided. It shall be the duty of said Minnesota State Dental Asso- ciation, after September 1, 1889, annually prior to August 10, to present to the Governor the names of twice as man}' practicing dentists resident in this State as there are regular members to be 90 world's history and appointed of said Board prior to September 1st, in the following" year. All appointments by the Governor shall be made within twenty days of the submission of such names to him, and if such names shall not be submitted to him within the allotted time, he shall make his appointments within twenty days from the expira- tion of the time allowed for such presentation of names from among the resident practicing dentists: Provided, That nothing- in this Act shall prevent the appointment of two members of said Board from among the resident practicing dentists not mem- bers of said Minnesota State Dental Association, if the Governor shall so elect. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose at its first regular meeting, annually, one of its members President and one Secretary thereof, who severally shall have the power during their term of office to administer oaths and take affidavits, certifying thereto under their hand and the seal of the said Board. And after September 1, 1889, said Board shall meet regularly at least twice in each year, to-wit: On the first Tuesday in April and October, and at such other times as may be deemed necessary by the Board. Such meetings shall be held at the medical department of the University of the State of Minnesota. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. And it is furthermore provided, that in the event of any member of said Board absenting himself from two of its regular meetings consecutively, the Board shall declare a vacancy to exist, which vacancy shall be filled by the means hereinbefore provided. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the first Board hereinbefore provided for to meet at the city of Duluth in said State on the second Tuesday in July, 1889, and elect officers, and within ten days thereafter to transfer to a register to be provided by them for that purpose, the name, residence and place of business of each and every person who on the second Wednesday in Jul}', 1889, and pursuant to an Act of the legislature of the State of Minnesota, approved March 3, 1885, shall be qualified to practice dentistry in the State of Minnesota, and who shall then be duly registered on the books of the Board created by said Act of March 3, 1885. No certificates of license to practice dentistry shall be issued after the second Wednesday in July, 1889, under said Act of March 3, 1885. It shall be the duty of the said secre- tary of the first Board hereby created to send to each person so REVIEW OF DENTISTRV. 91 registered, prior to August 5, 1889, a certificate of his enregistra- tion signed by the President and Secretary of such Board of Ex- aminers. Sec. 5. Any person or persons who shall desire to begin the practice of dentistry in the State of Minnesota on and after September I, 1889, shall file his name, together with an applica- tion for examination, with the Secretary of the State Board of Dental Examiners, and at the time of making such application shall pay to the Secretary of said Board a fee of ten dollars, and shall present himself at the first regular meeting thereafter of said Board to undergo examination before that body. In order to be eligible for such examination such person shall present to said Board his diploma from some dental college in good stand- ing, and shall give satisfactory evidence of his rightful possession of the same, provided also that the Board may in its discretion admit to examination such other persons as shall give satisfactory evidence of having been engaged in the practice of dentistry ten years prior to the date of passage of this Act. Said Board shall have the power to determine the good standing of any college or colleges from which such diplomas may have been granted. The examinations shall be elementary and practical in character, but sufficiently thorough to test the fitness of the candidate to prac- tice dentistry. It shall include, written in the English language, questions on the following subjects: anatomy, physiology, chem- istry, materia medica, therapeutics, metallurgy, histology, pathol- ogy, operative and surgical dentistry, mechanical dentistry, and also demonstrations of their skill in operative and mechanical dentistry. All persons successfully passing such examinations shall be registered as licensed dentists in the Board register pro- vided for in section 4, and also receive a certificate of such enreg- istration, said certificate to be signed by the President and Secre- tary of the Board. The examination fee shall in no case be refunded. Sec. 6. Recipients of said certificate of enregistration shall present the same for record to the clerk of the district court of the county in which they reside, and shall pay a fee of fifty cents to said clerk for registration of the same. Said clerk shall record said certificate in a book to be provided by him for that purpose. Any person so licensed removing his residence from one county to another in this State, before engaging in the prac- tice of dentistrv in such other county, shall obtain from the clerk 92 world's history and of the district court of the county in which said certificate of registration is recorded a certified copy of such record or else obtain a new certificate of registration from the Board of Exam- iners, and shall, before commencing practice in such county, file the same for record with the clerk of the court of the county to which he removes, and pay the clerk for recording the same the fee of fifty cents. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any person holding such certificate or copy of record to file the same for record as hereinbefore provided, for six months from the issuance thereof, shall forfeit the same. Such Board shall be entitled to the fee of one dollar for the re-issue of any certificate, and the clerk of the district court for any county shall be entitled to the fee of one dollar for making and certifying a copy of the record of any such certificate. Sec. 7. All persons shall be said to be practicing dentistry within the meaning of this Act who shall for a fee or salary, or other reward paid either to himself or to another person for opera- tions or parts of operations of any kind, treat diseases or lesions of the human tooth or jaws or correct malpositions thereof. But nothing in this Act contained shall be taken to apply to acts of bona fide students of dentistry done in the pursuit of clinical ad- vantages under the direct supervision of a preceptor or a licensed dentist in this State, during the period of their enrollment in a dental college and attending upon a regular uninterrupted course in such college. Sec. 8. Out of funds coming into possession of the Board, the members of said Board may receive, as compensation, the sum of five dollars for each day actually engaged in the duties of their office, and mileage at three cents per mile for all distance necessarily traveled in going to and coming from meetings of the Board. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees and assess- ments received by the Board under the provisions of this Act, and no part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess of said per diem allowances and mileage as above pro- vided for shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting expenses of said Board and carrying out the provisions of this Act, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct. And said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 15th of Decern- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 93 ber of each year, which report shall contain an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. Sec. 9. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction may be fined not less than twenty dollars nor more than one hundred dollars, or to be confined not less than one month nor more than three months in the county jail, or both. And all fines thus received shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. Sec. 10. Any person who shall knowingly or falsely claim or pretend to have or hold a certificate of enregistration, diploma or degree granted by a society or by said Board, or who shall falsely and with the intent to deceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate from any incorporated dental college, not being such graduate, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be liable to the penalties provided in Section 9 of this Act. Sec. II. Justices of the peace and the respective municipal courts shall have jurisdiction over violations of this Act. It shall be the duty of the respective County Attorneys to prosecute all violations of this Act. Sec. 12. Any person who shall be licensed under the pro- visions of this Act, and who shall practice dentistry under a false name with intent to deceive the public, shall be liable to have said license revoked upon twenty days' notice of such proposed revo- cation, and of the time and place of considering such revocation by order of the State Board of Dental Examiners. And any per- son, who, after revocation of his license, shall continue to prac- tice dentistry in the State of Minnesota shall be deemed guilty of a violation of the provisions of this Act and shall be subject to the penalties provided therein. Nor shall a certificate to a per- son under one name be any defense to an action brought against him for practicing without a certificate under another, unless it be shown that such practice under such other name was done with- out intent to defraud or deceive. Sec. 13. Every registered dentist shall in each and every year after 1889 pay to said Board of Examiners the sum of one dollar as a license fee for such year. Such payment shall be made prior to May 1st in each and every year, and in case of default in such payment by any person, his certificate may be revoked by the Board of Examiners upon twenty days' notice of the time and place of considering such revocation. But no license shall be 94 world's history and revoked for such non-payment if the person so notified shall pay before or at such consideration his fee and such penalty as may be imposed by said Board: Provided, That said Board may im- pose a penalty of five dollars and no more on any one so notified as a condition of allowing his license to stand: Provided further, That said Board of Examiners may collect such dues by suit. Sec. 14. The Board of Examiners created by this Act may sue or be sued; and in all actions brought by or against it, it shall be made a party under the name of the Board of Dental Examiners of the State of Minnesota. And no suit shall abate by reason of any change of membership of said Board. Sec. 15 Chapter 199 of the General Laws of 1885, being an Act entitled " An Act to insure the better education of the prac- titioners of dental surgery and to regulate the practice of den- tistry in the State of Minnesota," approved March 3, 1885, * s hereby repealed, such repeal to take effect September 1, 1889. Sec. 16. All effects and property whatsoever of the Board of Dental Examiners created by said Act of March 3, 1885, shall on first said day of September, 1889, be and become the property of the Board, of Examiners created by this Act, and said Board hereby created is hereby declared to be the legal successor of the Board created by said Act of March 3, 1885. Sec. 17. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its passage. Approved April 24, 1889. MISSISSIPPI. Chapter 32 of the Laws of Mississippi, i8q2, respecting the Practice of Dentistry, Enacts as follozvs: Section 1527. Every person who desires to practice dentistry must obtain a license to do so, as hereinafter provided. Sec. 1528. The Board of Dental Examiners is hereby created, to consist of five practicing dentists, who shall be appointed by the Governor, and whose term of office shall expire with that of the Governor appointing them. Sec. 1529. Each person appointed as a member of the Board of Dental Examiners shall qualify by taking the oath prescribed by the constitution for State officers, and shall file a certificate thereof with the Secretary of State within fifteen days after his appointment. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 95 Sec. 1530. After the Board of Dental Examiners have quali- fied they shall meet at the capitol of the State in pursuance of a call to be made by the Governor, and organize by electing a President and Secretary of the Board from among themselves. Sec. 1 531. Every person who desires to practice dentistry must apply in writing to the Board of Dental Examiners for a license to do so, and, unless exempted by the provisions of this chapter, must appear before the Board and be examined by it touching his learning and skill in dentistry, and if he be found to possess sufficient learning and skill therein, and be of good moral character, the Board shall immediately issue to him a license to practice dentistry, which shall be signed by each mem- ber of the Board who attends the examination and approves of the issuance of the license. Sec. 1532. The Board of Dental Examiners shall meet at the capitol of the State on the first Tuesday of April of each year, for the purpose of examining applicants for license to practice dentistry, and it shall continue in session until all applicants for license have been examined and their examinations have been approved or disapproved. All examinations, except as to char- acter, shall be upon written questions and answers, and three members of the Board are a quorum for business. Sec. 1533. Applicants for license who are required to be examined touching their learning and skill in dentistry must each pay a fee of ten dollars to the Board of Dental Examiners, as a condition precedent to the examination, which fee shall be dis- tributed among the members of the Board as their compensation in such proportion as the Board may allow. Sec. 1534. Each person now engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State is entitled to receive a license therefor without being examined touching his learing and skill in den- tistry, if he shall apply therefor within six months after this law becomes operative, and shall pay twenty-five cents for its issu- ance. If such application be made within the time prescribed and the twenty-five cents be paid, the Secretary of the Board of Dental Examiners shall issue to the applicant a license to prac- tice dentistry, which shall be signed in the name of the Board by him as Secretary. Sec. 1535. Any member of the Board of Dental Examiners may examine applicants orally or in writing, and issue a tem- porary license to them to practice dentistry, which shall authorize 00 world's history and such practice and be valid until the next succeeding meeting of the Board. But one temporary license to the same applicant. Sec. 1536. Every person who receives a license to practice dentistry must file it for record in the office of the clerk of the Circuit Court of the county in which he shall reside within thirty days after its issuance, and if he fail to do so, he shall thereafter be liable for practicing dentistry without license so long as the same shall remain unrecorded; when such license shall be filed the clerk shall record in the book in which the licenses of phy- sicians are recorded, upon the payment to him of the lawful fee, and when recorded, the original shall be delivered on demand to the licensee. Sec. 1537. If a license to practice dentistry be issued and become lost or destroyed, the Board of Dental Examiners may issue another in lieu of it, upon satisfactory proof of the loss or destruction. Sec. 1538. It is the duty of the Board of Dental Examiners to cause its Secretary to keep a complete record of its acts and proceedings, and to preserve all papers, documents and corre- spondence received by the Board and relating to its duties and office. Sec. 1539. Such stationery, blank books and forms as maybe needed by the Board of Dental Examiners in the discharge of its duties shall be furnished to it by the Board of Public Contracts. Sec. 1540. The Governor may remove any or all the mem- bers of the Board of Dental Examiners and appoint another or others in place of such as may be removed, and may fill by appointment any vacancy that may occur in the Board. Sec. 1541. Physicians may extract teeth by virtue of their license to practice medicine. MISSOURI. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Missouri. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Missouri, as follozvs : Section 6889. It shall be unlawful for any person to practice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Missouri without first having received a diploma from a reputable dental college or a university duly incorporated or established under the laws of REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 9? some one of the United States or of a foreign government: Provided, That nothing in Section I of this Act shall apply to any bo?ia fide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act: And provided, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent phy- sicians, surgeons or others from extracting teeth. — Laws of i88j, p. 114. Sec. 6890. Every person who shall hereafter engage in the. practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State shall file a copy of his diploma with the clerk of the county court in the county in which he resides, and in the city of St. Louis, with the city register, which copy shall be sworn to by the party filing the same, and the clerk shall give a certificate of such fact, with the seal of the county court attached thereto, to such party filing the copy of his diploma, and shall file and register the name of the person, the date of filing and the nature of the instrument, in a book to be kept by him for that purpose, and as a compensa- tion for his services the said clerk for filing and registering the same shall receive a fee of one dollar, to be paid by the person filing the diploma. — Lazvs of 1883, p. 114. Sec. 6891. Every bona fide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery residing in this State at the time of the passage of this Act and desiring to continue the same shall, within ninety days after the passage of this Act, file an affidavit of the said facts with the clerk of the county court of the county in which he resides, or with the city register of the city of St. Louis, if he resides in the city of St. Louis; and the said clerk or register, as the case may be, shall register the name of, and give a certificate to, the party filing the affidavit, in like manner and of like effect as hereinbefore provided, and for such services shall receive a fee of one dollar, to be paid by the party filing the affidavit. — Laws of 1883, p. 114. Sec. 6892. All certificates issued under the provisions of this Act shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice under this Act, which right it shall be incumbent upon the holder to prove under all prosecutions under this Act. — Laws of 1S83, p. 114. Sec. 6893. Every person violating any of the provisions of this Act shall, upon conviction thereof, be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and be punished by a fine of not less than twenty- five nor more than two hundred dollars for each offense; and all 98 world's history and fines so collected shall belong to and be paid into the common school fund of the county where the offense was committed. — JLaws 0/1883, P- IT 4- MONTANA. No law. NEBRASKA. (1887, Chapter 51). An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and to Punish Violation thereof. Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Nebraska: Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person or persons to practice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Nebraska -without first having received a diploma from a reputable dental college or university duly incorporated or established under the laws of some one of the United States, or of some foreign gov- ernment: Provided, That nothing in section 1 of this article shall apply to any bo?ia fide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act: A?id provided, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physi- xians or surgeons from extracting teeth. Sec. 2. Every person who shall hereafter engage in the prac- tice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State shall file a copy •of his or her diploma with the county clerk of the county in which he or she resides, which copy shall be sworn to by the party filing the same, and the clerk shall give certificate of such fact with the seal of the county attached thereto, to such party filing the copy of his or her diploma, and shall file and register the name of the person, the date of the filing, and the nature of the instrument in a book to be kept by him for that purpose; and as a compensation for his services, the said clerk, for filing and registering the same, shall receive a fee of one dollar ($1.00) to be paid by the person filing the diploma. Sec. 3. Every bo?iafide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery residing in this State at the time of the passage of this Act and designing to continue the same shall, within ninety days after the passage of this Act, file an affidavit of said facts as to the length of time he or she has practiced in this State, with the county clerk of the county in which he or she resides, and the REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 99 said clerk shall register the name of and give a certificate to the party filing the affidavit, in like manner and of like effect as hereinafter provided, and for such service shall receive a fee of one- dollar ($1.00) to be paid by the party filing the affidavit. Sec. 4. All certificates issued under the provisions of this Act shall ho. prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice under this Act. Sec. 5. Every person violating the provisions of this Act shall upon conviction thereof be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and be punished by a fine not less than fifty dollars ($50.00) nor more than two hundred dollars ($200.00) for such and every of- fense, or be imprisoned in the county jail for sixty (60) days, or both fine and imprisonment at the discretion of the court, and all fines collected shall belong to and be paid into the common school funds of the county where the offense was committed. Sec. 6. Any person who shall have filed his or her affidavit or diploma as required in sections two (2) and three (3) of this Act in one county and removes to another shall, before entering on the practice of his or her profession in such last named county, procure a certified copy of the record of his or her former regis- try and cause such transcript to be filed and recorded in the den- tal register of such county in which he or she has removed. Approved March 24, 1887. NEVADA. No law. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Chapter 132 of the Laws of New Hampshire respecting the Practice of Medicine, Surgery and Dentistry of the Laws of 1878. Section 3. It shall not be lawful for any person who is not duly authorized to practice medicine or surgery, to practice dentistry, unless such person has received a dental degree from some col- lege, university or medical school authorized to confer the same or shall have obtained a license from the New Hampshire Den- tal Society. Sec. 4. Said Dental Society shall, at such time and in such manner as may be prescribed in its charter or by-laws, elect a Board of Censors, consisting of three members, who shall be 100 world's history and elected for such term as may be prescribed by the Society, which Board shall have authority to examine and license persons to practice dentistry. The licenses shall be recorded by the clerk of said Society. Sec. 5. No person receiving a license as herein provided shall be authorized to practice until he shall have procured the same to be recorded by the clerk of the court in the county where he resides, if a resident of this State; if not a resident of this State, in the county where he intends to practice. Such licenses shall be recorded in a book provided for that purpose and which shall bear the title and inscription of the " Medical and Dental Register of County," and the fee for recording the same shall be fifty cents. Sec. 6. Each person receiving a license upon examination shall pay for the use of the society granting the same the sum of five dollars, upon diploma one dollar. Sec. 7. If any person shall practice medicine, surgery, mid- wifery or dentistry without being duly authorized as provided in this chapter, or after his license is revoked, he shall be punished by fine of not more than three hundred dollars for each offense. Sec. 8. The provisions of the preceding sections shall not apply to persons who have resided and practiced their profession in the town or city of their present residence during all the time since January 1, 1875, nor to physicians residing out of the State when called into the State for consultation with duly licensed physicians or to attend upon patients in the regular course of business. NEW JERSEY. Laws of April 7, 1890. Be it Enacted by the Se?iate and General Assembly of the State of New Jersey : Section i. That a Board or Commission to be known as the State Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry is hereby created, to consist of five resident and practicing dentists, whose duty it shall be to carry out and enforce the provisions of this act; the present members of the Board of Dental Examiners appointed and now existing under the Act of the Legislature of this State entitled "An Act to regulate the practice of dentistry and to protect the people against empiricism in relation thereto REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 101 in the State of New Jersey," approved Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and seventy-three, shall constitute the first mem- bers of said Board or Commission, and shall hold office until the first Tuesday in October next, and until their successors are ap- pointed, as hereinafter provided; the New Jersey State Dental Society shall, at its next annual meeting, recommend to the Gov- ernor five dentists of good repute residing and practicing in this State, whom the Governor shall appoint members of said Board or Commission to fill the vacancies occurring on the first Tues- day in October next, as hereinafter provided; the members of said Board or Commission shall be appointed for a term of five years and until their successors are duly appointed, except that of the members thereof first to be appointed upon recommenda- tion of said society, one shall hold office until the first Tuesday in October next; one until the first Tuesday in October, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and ninety-one; one until the first Tuesday in October, An?w Domini one thousand eight hun- dred and ninety-two; one until the first Tuesday in October, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, and one until the first Tuesday in October, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four; and the members so first appointed as aforesaid shall immediately, upon their appointment, determine by lot the period for which each member shall hold office; it shall be the duty of the New Jersey State Dental Society, at each annual meeting after the next, to recommend to the Governor a dentist in good repute, residing and practicing in this State, whom the Governor shall appoint to fill the vacancy in the said Board occurring in the year in which such meeting is held; vacancies occurring in the term of any member or members shall be filled for the unexpired term or terms only, in the same manner, upon recommendation to be made by said society; the Governor may remove any member of said Board for good cause shown, upon recommendation of the New Jersey State Dental Society. Sec. 2. And be it enacted, That immediately after the passage of this Act the present members of the Board of Examiners shall meet and organize as the State Board of Registration and Exam- ination in Dentistry, under this Act, by the election from their number of a President and Secretary, who shall severally hold office until the first Tuesday in October next, and until their suc- cessors are elected; the Board shall annually elect from its num- ber a President and Secretary, who shall have the power, during 102 world's history and their term of office, to administer oaths and take affidavits, cer- tifying thereto, under their hands and the seal of said Board; said Board shall hold at least two meetings in each year, for the pur- pose of examining and licensing persons to practice dentistry in this State; three of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and its proceedings shall, at all reasonable times, be open to public in- spection; said Board shall make an annual report of its proceed- ings to the Governor on or before the thirty-first day of December, in each year; the Board shall adopt rules for its own government, and rules for the examination and licensing of practitioners of dentistry in this State; the examination of applicants for license to practice shall be confined to written or oral examination or both written and oral, upon subjects properly relating to the science of dentistry and a knowledge of which is necessary to the proper and skillful practice of said science; the said Board may also require from applicants as part of the examination, demon- strations of their skill in operative and mechanical dentistry; and any rule altering the nature of the examination and increasing the severity thereof, or the subjects to be included therein, shall not be enforced at any examination held within six monthsafter its adop- tion and public promulgation; said Board shall have the power to determine the good standing and repute of any college or col- leges, and may, from time to time, designate in some public manner colleges whose diplomas will be received by it; the said Board shall announce in the leading dental journals, from time to time, its regular stated times for holding examinations; it shall also cause to be published, at least once in such journals, the rules and amendments thereto adopted for the examination and licensing of practitioners, and the mode and terms of application for examining and license, which shall, in all cases, be reasonable and fair; said Board shall adopt a common seal, and may sue or be sued, and in all actions brought by or against it, it shall be made a party under the name of the State Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry. Sec. 3. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of every person lawfully practicing, or entitled to practice, dentistry in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, to apply to said Board, before the first day of January, Anno Dornini one thou- sand eight hundred and ninety-one, to cause his name, residence and place of business to be registered in a book to be kept for that purpose by the Secretary of said Board; and the said Board REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 103> shall issue to each person registered by it a certificate under its seal and the hand of its President and Secretary, setting forth that such person was, at the time of the passage of this Act, law- fully entitled, by the laws of this State, to practice dentistry, and is duly registered; the said Board, for good cause shown, may register and issue its certificate thereof, to any person applying; therefor, after said first day of January, Anno Domini one thou- sand eight hundred and ninety-one: Provided, it shall appear to the satisfaction of said Board, that the person so apply- ing was lawfully practicing or entitled to practice dentistry at the time of the passage of this Act, and that the re- fusal to issue such certificate will work hardship to said per- son so applying; the said Board may demand from any per- son applying for registration and certificate, proof of his right to the same under this Act, and may refuse to grant registration and certificate thereof to any person not lawfully entitled thereto. Sec. 4. And be it enacted, That any person aggrieved by such action of said Board may apply, within sixty days after such re- fusal by said Board, to the Supreme Court of this State for its writ of mandamus to compel said Board to register and issue its certificate to him; and in case any justice of said court shall is- sue or allow on such application an order on said Board to show cause, no suit for the collection of any penalty for violation of this Act shall be instituted again against such person until the final hearing and determination of such application. Sec. 5. And be it enacted, That any person who may desire to begin the practice of dentistry in this State after the passage of this Act shall file his name, together with an application for ex- amination, in the form provided for by the rules of said Board,, with the Secretary of said Board, and at the time of making such application shall pay to the Secretary of said Board a fee of twen- ty-five dollars, and shall present himself for examination at the first regular meeting of the Board thereafter held for examina- tion and licensing of practitioners in dentistry, due notice of which meeting shall be given him; the examination fee shall in no case be refunded, but should any applicant, from sickness or other good cause appearing to the satisfaction of the Board, fail to attend such examination, or should any person appearing faiL to pass successfully the examination, such person so failing to appear or failing to pass shall be admitted to any subsequent ex- 104 world's history and animation or examinations without the payment of further or other fee; every applicant for examination shall, with his appli- cation, submit to the said Board, as a prerequisite to examina- tion, a diploma of graduation from a dental college recognized by said Board as in good standing and repute, and proof, if the T3oard shall so require, that the same was regularly issued and conferred upon the holder in due course; or, if not a graduate of ;a dental college, a certificate under oath from a reputable and duly authorized dentist that he has studied with and under such dentists as a student for not less than five years continuously; all persons successfully passing such examination shallbe registered ■as licensed dentists, in a book to be kept by the Secretary of the Board for that purpose, and shall receive from said Board a cer- tificate under the seal of said Board and the hand of its Presi- dent and Secretary, that the person named therein is lawfully au- thorized and licensed to practice dentistry in this State; such certificate, lawfully and regularly issued, shall be evidence in any of the courts of this State of the right of the person named there- in to practice dentistry in this State. Sec. 6. And be it enacted, That from and after the passage of this Act any person desiring to study dentistry in this State with any duly authorized dentist, for the purpose of presenting him- self for examination and license as a practitioner of dentistry in ■this State at the expiration of his term of study, shall cause his xiame and residence and the name and residence of his preceptor i;o be registered with said Board, and his term of study shall commence and date only from such registration; any person so registered as a student may perform mechanical work in the of- fice of his preceptor, but no student shall perform any opera- tion upon the mouth or jaw of any person, save in the presence and under the supervision of his preceptor, under penalty of re- vocation of his registration as a student and such further penalty as is hereinafter provided for unlawful practice of dentistry in this State. Sec. J. A?id be it enacted, That it shall be unlawful for any person, not now by the laws of the State authorized, hereafter to practice dentistry in this State save after examination and license by the said Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry, and no person shall be examined by said Board for license unless lie is at the time of such examination, the graduate of and the ■holder of a diploma of graduation from a dental college recog- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 105 nized as in good repute by said Board, or shall have studied with a reputable dentist for five years continuously preceding his ap- plication for examination. Sec. 8. And be it enacted, That out of the funds coming into the possession of said Board shall be paid the expenses of said Board incurred in carrying out the provisions of this Act, and mileage to each member, at the rate of five cents per mile, for all distance necessarily traveled in the discharge of his duty, no part of the mileage or other expenses of the Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury; all moneys re- ceived shall be held by the Secretary of the Board; and paid out only upon resolution of the Board and warrant of its President, and the Secretary shall give bond in such sum as the board shall, from time to time, direct, with good and sufficient surety, to be approved by the Board; and the said Board shall, in its annual report to be made to the Governor, submit a statement of all moneys received and disbursed by it during the period covered by said report. Sec. 9. And be it enacted, That any person, not now lawfully practicing or entitled to practice dentistry by the laws of this State, who shall practice dentistry in this State after the passage of this Act without having first obtained from said Board of Reg- istration and Examination in Dentistry a certificate of license to practice in accordance with the provisions of this Act, shall for- feit and pay the sum of three hundred dollars for each and every offense; any person now lawfully practicing or entitled to prac- tice dentistry under the laws of this State, who shall, after the first day of January, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and ninety-one, practice dentistry in this State without having first obtained from said Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry a certificate of registration, in accordance with the pro- visions of this Act, shall forfeit and pay the sum of fifty dollars for each and every offense; any person who shall knowingly or falsely, and with the intent to deceive the public, claim or pre- tend to have or hold a certificate of registration or of license granted by said Board, or who shall falsely, and with the intent to deceive said Board, claim or pretend to be a graduate or the holder of a diploma of graduation from any dental college, not being such graduate, or rightfully holding or entitled to such diploma, shall forfeit and pay the sum of three hundred dollars; any person to whom a certificate of registration or of license 106 world's history and shall be issued under the provisions of this Act, and who shall practice dentistry under a false name, with intent to deceive the public, shall be liable to have such certificate revoked, upon twenty days' notice of such proposed revocation, and of the time and place of considering such revocation, by order of the said Board; and any person who, after such revocation of his cer- tificate, shall continue to practice dentistry in this State, shall for- feit and pay the sum of three hundred dollars; a certificate of registration or of license granted to a person under one name shall not be pleaded as a defense to an action brought against him for practicing without a certificate under another name; each and every separate act of dentistry performed by any person, in violation of any of the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed and taken to be a distinct and separate offense; this Act shall not be construed to prevent any person from extracting teeth, nor to apply to any surgical operation performed by any regular licensed physician or surgeon. Sec. io. And be it enacted, That the penalties imposed and sums to be forfeited in and by the preceding section of this Act shall be sued for and recovered with costs of suit, in an action of debt, to be brought by the Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry before any judge of any city district court or court of common pleas of the county wherein such offense shall have been committed, or in any county wherein such offender may re- side; one-half of such penalty or forfeit money shall be for the use of the State Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry; and one-half shall be paid into the treasury of the State for the use thereof; and in case the defendant shall fail or neglect to pay the amount recovered against him, with costs, the judge or court before whom judgment has been obtained shall issue his process against the body of the defendant, and cause him to be com- mitted to the jail of the county in which the judgment is ob- tained until the judgment and costs are paid; the imprisonment, however, shall not exceed four calendar months from the date of such commitment. Sec. ii. And be it enacted, That the Act of the legislature of this State entitled, "An act to regulate the practice of dentistry and to protect the people against empiricism in relation thereto in the State of New Jersey," approved March the fourteenth, Anno Domi?ii one thousand eight hundred and seventy-three, the sup- plement thereto approved February seventeenth, An?io Domi?d REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 107 one thousand eight hundred and eighty, and the supplement thereto approved March the twenty-seventh, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and eighty-four, and all Acts and parts of Acts inconsistent herewith, be and the same hereby are re- pealed. Sec. 12. And be it enacted, That this Act shall take effect im- mediately. TERRITORY OF NEW MEXICO. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry within the Territory of New Mexico. Be it E?iacted by the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of New Mexico : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is not at the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the prac- tice of dentistry in the Territory of New Mexico to commence such practice unless such person shall have received a certificate from the duly authorized Board of Dental Examiners hereinafter provided for. Sec. 2. A Board of Dental Examiners to consist of five prac- ticing dentists within the Territory of New Mexico is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be four years, and until their successors shall be appointed. In case of a vacancy occurring in the membership of said Board such vacancy shall be filled by appointment by the Governor. Sec 5 The said Board shall within sixty days after their appointment meet at the capital of the Territory of New Mexico and organize by electing one of its members President and one Secretary thereof. Said Board shall meet at least once in each year thereafter, and as often and at such times and places as it may deem proper and necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who at the time of the passage of this Act is engaged in the practice of dentistry in the Territory of New Mexico within six months from the date of the passage of this Act to cause his or her written application to be filed with the Secretary of said Board for a certificate to continue in the practice of dentistry within said Territory; and 108 world's history and all persons whom the Board may find to have been engaged in the practice of dentistry within the Territory of New Mexico for the period of one year next preceding the passage of this Act shall be entitled to receive a certificate from said Board of Ex- aminers without further examination. Sec. 5. No person whose name is not registered on the books of said Board as a regular practitioner of dentistry, within the time prescribed in the next preceding section, shall be permitted to practice dentistry within the Territory of New Mexico until such person shall have been duly examined by said Board and regularly licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Act: Provided, further, That all persons presenting a diploma from a college recognized as reputable by the National Association of Dental Examiners and paying the sum of five dollars to the Sec- retary of the Board shall be entitled to receive a certificate with- out further examination. Sec. 6. In order to provide the means for carrying out and enforcing the provisions of this Act said Board of Examiners shall charge each person applying for a certificate to continue in the practice of dentistry the sum of five dollars for said certifi- cate, and all persons applying for an examination to procure a certificate to commence the practice of dentistry within the Ter- ritory of New Mexico shall pay to the Secretary of said Board, before submitting to said examination, the sum of twenty-five dollars. Sec. 7. Any person holding a license from said Board who shall be charged with immoral or unprofessional conduct may, if found guilty as charged, upon proper investigation had by said Board, have his or her license revoked by said Board. Sec. 8. All moneys received by the Board shall be held by the Secretary thereof as a special fund for paying the necessary expenses and for enforcing the provisions of this Act. The Secretary shall give to the Board a good and sufficient bond, to be approved by said Board and in an amount to be fixed by the Board. Sec. 9. No part of the salary or other expenses of said Board shall be paid out of the Territorial treasury. Sec. 10. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Board to make an annual report to the Governor of the Territory, at such times as may be directed by the Board, and such report shall be signed and approved by the President of the Board. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 109 Sec. ii. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof may be fined not less than twenty dollars nor more than one hundred dollars, or be imprisoned in the county jail not less than one month nor more than three months, or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court trying said cause. Sec 12. Any justice of the peace of the county in which such violation was committed shall have jurisdiction in all cases of violations of this Act, and it shall be the duty of the respective county attorneys to prosecute all violations of this Act. Sec. 13. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to interfere with physicians and surgeons in their practice as such. Sec. 14. This Act shall be in force from and after its pass- age. Approved February 23, 1893. NEW YORK. (Chapter 528.) An Act to Amend Chapter One Hundred and Fifty-two of the Laws of Eighteen Hundred and Sixty-eight, En- titled " An Act to Incorporate Dental Societies for the Purpose of Improving and Regulating the Practice of Dentistry in this State," and to Codify the Laws Regulating the Practice of Dentistry and to Punish Forgeries and Frauds in Medical and Dental Diplomas. Approved by the Governor May 12, 1892. The People of the State of New York, represented in Senate and As- sembly, do Enact as follows : Section i. No person shall practice dentistry either as prin- cipal, agent, assistant or employe, in the State of New York, or advertise or hold himself out to the public as so practicing den- tistry, who shall not be licensed and registered as prescribed by this Act. Any person who shall practice dentistry or advertise or hold himself out to the public as practicing dentistry in vio- lation of this section, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon a first conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less than fifty dollars; and for every conviction of said misdemeanor subsequent to the first, the person convicted shall be punished 110 world's history and by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars, or imprisonment, or by both fine and imprisonment. Sec. 2. A person only shall be deemed to be licensed to practice dentistry in this State who shall have attained the full age of twenty-one years, shall have had properly granted to him or her either by the Dental Society of the State of New York or by an incorporated medical or dental school or college, approved by the Dental Society of New York, a proper diploma conferring a recognized medical or dental degree, and shall have made the registration required by section three of this Act: Provided, fur- ther, That no diploma shall be deemed valid within the provis- ions of this Act if conferred irregularly, through fraud or false representation or without substantial compliance by the person to whom it may have been granted or the corporation conferring it with the general statutory requirements of this State as to course and duration of preparatory and professional study, and also with the regulations of said State Society and of the corpo- ration conferring the diploma as to study, attendance, examination and character, or if conferred by a school or college not recog- nized by said State Society as reputable and providing an ade- quate course of instruction and maintaining a proper standard of attainment, character and attendance: Provided, also, That all persons lawfully licensed and registered at the time this Act shall take effect shall be deemed lawfully licensed and registered here- under, subject only to the provisions of section three of this Act as to removal of practice. Sec. 3. Every person practicing dentistry in this State shall register in the office of the clerk of the county where his place of business is located and the office of the clerk of any county, into which he shall remove or in which he shall carry on his business, in a book to be prepared and kept by the clerk for that purpose, his name, age, office and postoffice address, legal authority for practicing dentistry in this State, and the date of such registra- tion, which he shall be entitled to make only upon presenting to the county clerk a certificate from the member of the State Board of Censors appointed by the State Dental Society for the judicial district in which said county is situated, to the effect that said applicant for registration has received a proper diploma, as pro- vided in section two of this Act, and upon the making by said ap- plicant of an affidavit stating his name, age, and legal authority to practice dentistry within this State. Every such certificate of REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. Ill a Censor shall be filed by the county clerk receiving it, and every person admitted to registration under the provisions of this Act shall be entitled upon the payment of a fee of fifty cents to the county clerk to receive from that official a certified transcript of his registration. All the affidavits made in pursuance of the pro- visions of this Act shall be preserved in a bound volume by the county clerk in whose office they are made: Provided, however, That all registrations lawfully made prior to the taking effect of this Act shall continue to be as valid and of the same effect as when made: Provided, also, That any registration procured by fraud or false statement of any kind shall be deemed null and void; and that the county clerk upon the presentation to him of a certified copy of the judgment convicting any person of a vio- lation of the provisions of the dental law shall note the fact and date of such conviction upon the registration. If any affidavit made pursuant of the provisions of this Act be willfully false in any material regard, the affiant shall be deemed guilty of per- jury and punishable by imprisonment for not less than two nor more than ten years. Any person who shall sell or barter, or of- fer, either orally, by writing or by printed advertisement, to sell or barter, or who shall by purchase, barter, fraud, false state- ments, bribe or promise to bribe, and without compliance with all provisions of law any diploma purporting to confer a medical or dental degree, or any certificate, transcript, or registration provided to be given under this Act or the statutes regulating the practice of medicine; or who shall substitute on any such diploma, certificate, or transcript for the same of the person to whom the same was given or granted the name of a different person, or shall fraudulently alter diploma, certificate, transcript or registration in any material regard, and any person who shall use or offer to use any such diploma, certificate or transcript as a license or color of license or means of obtaining license or reg- istration as a practitioner of medicine or dentistry shall be guilty of a misdemeanor; and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less than five hundred dollars or by imprison- ment for not less than six months or by both fine and imprison- ment; any person who without a proper diploma conferring the same shall assume the title of doctor of dental surgery, or master of dental surgery, or shall append to his or her name the letters D. D. S., or the letters M. D. S., or any other letters specifically used, by any medical or dental col- 112 world's history and lege, school board or society to indicate that the person to whose name they are appended holds a recognized medical or dental degree shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less than two hundred and fifty dollars or by imprisonment for not less than three months, or by both fine and imprisonment; all fines and forfeitures of bail imposed and collected in conse- quence of violations of this Act shall be paid to the Dental Soci- ety of the State of New York: Provided, That if at the annual meetings of said society the Treasurer shall report an excess of the sums so paid over the expenses of the society in enforc- ing this Act, such excess shall be paid over by him to the Treas- urer of the State and become part of the common school fund: Provided, also, That any such fine or forfeiture imposed in an action brought by any incorporated county medical society for violations of the provisions of this Act relating to medical diplo- mas shall be paid to said prosecuting society. Sec. 5. Sections eight, nine and ten of chapter one hundred and fifty-two of the laws of eighteen hundred and sixty-eight, shall read respectively as follows: Sec. 8. The State Dental Society, organized as aforesaid, having already at its first meeting appointed eight censors, one from each of the said district societies, to constitute a State Board of Censors, divide into four classes, to serve one, two, three and four years, respectively, shall at each annual meeting appoint two censors, to serve each four years, and until their successors shall be chosen, and fill all vacancies that may have occurred in the Board by death or otherwise. Each district society shall be entitled to one, and only one, member of said Board of Censors. Said Board of Censors shall meet at least once in each year, at such time and place as they shall designate, and, being thus met, they, or a majority of them, shall carefully and impartially exam- ine all persons who are entitled to examination under the provis- ions of this Act, and who shall present themselves for that pur- pose, and report their opinion in writing to said State Dental Society, and on the recommendation of the said Board it shall be the duty of the President aforesaid to issue a diploma to such person or persons, signed by the President, the Secretary and said censors, and bearing the seal of said society, conferring upon him the degree of " Master of Dental Surgery" (M. D. S.)» and it shall not be lawful for any other society, college or cor- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 113 poration to grant to any person the said degree of " Master of Dental Surgery." Sec. 9. The State Dental Society shall have the power to determine what medical and dental colleges maintain a course of education and training adequate in duration and standard to en- title their diplomas to be approved and certified by the censors as qualifying their holders to be licensed to practice dentistry in this State, and so registered. Said society shall admit to its ex- aminations, provided for in section eight of this Act, only the following classes of persons, upon satisfactory proof of good moral characters: 1. All duly licensed and registered dentists of this State. 2. All persons coming from other States or countries who shall present to said society satisfactory proof of having been lawfully engaged in the practice of dentistry without the State for the term of six years. 3. All such persons as shall have studied dentistry for a term of four years in the office or offices of some reputable and duly licensed and registered dentist or dentists of this State and shall have in other respects conformed to the regulations governing such examinations, which regulations not inconsistent with this Act said society may make and must publish at least twice in each calendar year in a leading dental journal. Every person actually engaged at the time this Act takes effect in studying dentistry under private preceptorship, as aforesaid, must, within three months from the passage of this Act, file with the Secretary of the State Dental Society a statement of his or her age, present address, commencement of terms of study and the name and address of his or her preceptors, who shall also certify that said statement, so far as it relates to himself, is true. Any person be- ginning such a course of study after the Act takes effect shall file a similar certificate, and until it shall be made the term of four years required by the statute shall not be deemed to be com- menced. No such student shall be eligible for examination for its diploma by said society who shall not have filed one of said certificates, all of which shall be preserved, bound and indexed by said Secretary. Any willfully false statement in any such certificates shall preclude the person making it from the privi- lege of examination. The censor for each judicial district of said State society shall be empowered to examine any appli- cant for the examination or certification of diploma granted under 114 world's histoky and this Act as to his or her age, identity, course of study, and if a diploma is offered for certification as to the time, place and cir- cumstance of its conferment. In so doing the censors are em- powered to reduce the applicant's statements to the form of an affidavit and administer the usual oath in respect thereto taken by affiants as to the truth of depositions in legal proceedings. Sec. io. Every student, before filing the certificate called for by this Act, shall pay to the Secretary of the said State society a fee of five dollars. Every applicant for a censor's certificate, that his or her diploma is approved by said society as entitling the holder to registration, shall pay to the Secretary of said society, at the time of his application, a fee of ten dollars. Every appli- cant for examination by the censors of said society shall pay to said Secretary, at the time of his application, a fee of thirty dol- lars. None of these fees shall be returned to the applicant, but shall be paid into the treasury of said society. But any appli- cant for examination before said censors, who may have failed to obtain his diploma, may, for good cause shown, be allowed there- after to present himself for examination without payment of a further fee. Sec. 6. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to punish any person for performing merely mechanical work upon inert matter in a dental office or laboratory; or a registered student who, for purposes of clinical instruction, in the presence and under the immediate supervision of his preceptor, may assist the latter in dental operation, providing that such student shall not, under the pretense of so assisting a preceptor, practice dentistry by per- forming operations independently; or a duly licensed and regis- tered physician or surgeon for his lawful acts in the practice of his profession. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to sus- pend or discontinue any prosecution already commenced under the laws in force prior to the taking effect of this Act, and any violation of the provisions of this Act forbidding the practice of dentistry without lawful authority, committed by a person who shall have been previously convicted under the laws of which this Act is a codification, in any court within this State as the misde meanor of practicing dentistry without license or registration, shall be deemed a second offense within the meaning of this Act. such laws being to that extent kept in force. Sec. y. The following Acts are hereby repealed: Chapters three hundred and thirty-one of the laws of eighteen hundred REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 115 and seventy, five hundred and forty of the laws of eighteen hundred and seventy-nine, three hundred and seventy-six of the laws of eighteen hundred and eighty-one, two hundred and eighty of the laws of eighteen hundred and eighty-eight, and three hun- dred and thirty-seven of the laws of eighteen hundred and eighty-nine. Sec. 8. This Act shall take effect immediately. NORTH CAROLINA. A Bill Entitled " An Act to Amend Chapter 34, Vol. 2, of the Code of North Carolina, Relating to Dentistry." The Gc?ieral Assembly of Nortli Carolina do Enact: Section i. That Section 3148 of the Code of North Caro- lina, being Chapter 34 of Vol. 2, be stricken out, and the follow- ing inserted in lieu thereof: Hereafter no person shall commence the practice of dentistry who has not obtained a certificate from a Board of Examiners duly authorized and appointed in accord- ance with Section 3149, and that part of Chapter 34 which relates to dentistry, which certificate shall be registered in the office of the clerk of the superior court of the county in which such per- son proposes to practice, for which the clerk shall receive a fee of fifty cents. Sec. 2. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any person holding such certificate to register the same, as above directed, for a period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the certificate, and no certificate, when once forfeited, shall be restored, except upon the payment to said Board of Examiners of the sum of twenty-five dollars as a penalty for such neglect, failure or refusal. Sec. 3. In order to provide means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- iners may charge a fee of ten dollars for each person applying for a certificate which in no case shall be returned; and the funds so derived shall be placed in the hands of the Secretary to be used in defraying the necessary expenses in conducting the meetings of said Board, and under no circumstances shall any part of such expense come out of the Treasury of the State. Sec. 4. Within six months from the time this Act takes effect, it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time lawfully engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State to 116 world's history and cause his or her name, residence, date of diploma or license and date of commencing of the practice of dentistry to be registered with the Secretary of the State Board of Dental Examiners authorized and appointed as aforesaid, in a book kept for that purpose. The statement of every such person shall be verified on oath before a notary public or justice of the peace in such manner as may be prescribed by the said Board of Examiners, which shall provide upon application blanks for this purpose. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Board to furnish the clerk of the superior court of each county a certified list of the names of all persons in said county who have registered accord- ing to the provisions of the Act; and it shall be the duty of such clerk to register such names in a book kept for that purpose upon the payment to him of a fee of fifty cents. Any person thus registered can practice in one or more counties upon filing in such county or counties a duly certified transcript of such reg- istration. All persons now practicing who shall fail to register according to the provisions of this Act within the time prescribed, and who shall offer to practice dentistry, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction, shall be fined notmorethan fifty dollars nor less than twenty-five dollars for each offense. Any person who shall knowingly and falsely claim or pretend to have or hold a certificate of proficiency granted by said Board of Examiners shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon convic- tion shall be fined not more than fifty dollars nor less than twenty-five dollars for each offense. All fines and penalties so recovered shall be appropriated to the school fund of the county in which the same shall have been recovered. Sec. 5. Nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to pro- hibit any one from extracting teeth. Sec. 6. That Section 3156 of said Chapter 34 is not intended to apply to this Act. Sec. 7. This Act shall take effect from and after its ratifica- tion. NORTH DAKOTA. An Act to Revise and Amend an Act Entitled "An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Den- tal Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the Territory of Dakota." Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the State of North Dakota : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 117 not, at the time of the passage of this Act, lawfully entitled to practice dentistry in this State, pursuant to the provisions of the Act of which this Act is a revision and amendment, to practice, or attempt to practice, dentistry in this State, unless such per- sons shall have first received a license to practice dentistry from the Board of Dental Examiners, as hereinafter provided. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners to consist of five practicing dentists is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The mem- bers of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be five years, except that the members of the Board ap- pointed by the Governor pursuant to the provisions of the Act to which this is an amendment, residing in North Dakota, and act- ing as such at the time this Act shall take effect, shall hold their respective offices until the close of the term for which they were respectively appointed. The offices of those living in South Da- kota are hereby declared vacant, and shall be filled as in case of any other vacancy. Any vacancy in said Board, whether by re- moval, death, resignation or otherwise, shall be filled by the Governor. No person who shall be in any manner pecuniarily interested in, or who shall be officially connected with, any dental college, or dental department of any school or university, shall be appointed a member of said Board. Sec. 3. Said Board shall have power to make reasonable rules and regulations for carrying into effect and maintaining the provisions of this Act. It shall choose one of its members Presi- dent and one Secretary thereof, and shall hold regular meetings twice in each year, and such other regular and special meetings as said Board may by its rules provide. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum thereof for the transaction of business, but a less number may adjourn from time to time. The Board shall keep full and complete minutes of its proceedings, and of its receipts and disbursements, and a full and accurate list of all persons licensed and registered by said Board, and such records, together with the list of licensed and registered dentists, to be kept as aforesaid, shall be public records, and shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection, and such records, or a transcript of the same, or of any part thereof, under the seal of the Board, duly certified by the Secretary thereof, shall at all times and places be competent evidence of the facts therein 118 world's history and stated or recited. A sworn statement by the Secretary, under the seal of the Board, stating that any person is oris not a registered dentist, shall be prima facie evidence that such person is or is not entitled to practice dentistry in this State. The President of the Board and the Secretary thereof shall have authority to adminis- ter oaths, and the Board shall have power to hear testimony as to all matters relating to the duties imposed upon it by law. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who, at the time this Act shall take effect, is a legally qualified practitioner of den- tistry in this State, as shown by the books of registration kept by said Board, under the provisions of the Act of which this is an amendment, and who is desirous to continue such practice, and of all persons who shall thereafter be licensed by said Board to practice dentistry, to procure from the Secretary of said Board, on or before the 31st day of May, 1890, and annually thereafter,, a certificate of registration as a practitioner of dentistry in this State. Such certificate shall be issued by the Secretary upon pay- ment of a registration fee, to be fixed by the Board, which fee shall not exceed the sum of $2. All certificates so issued shall expire on the 31st day of May in each year, and shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder thereof to practice den- tistry in this State during the time for which they were issued. Any certificate or license granted by said Board may be revoked by the Board, upon conviction of the party holding it, of a viola- tion of any of the provisions of this Act. Every person receiv- ing such certificate shall conspicuously expose the same in his place of business. Sec. 5. Any person having pursued the study of dentistry in the office, or under the supervision, of some regularly practicing dentist, for at least three years, before applying for such examina- tion, not lawfully entitled to practice dentistry at the time when this Act shall take effect, who shall thereafter desire to practice dentistry in this State, shall appear before said Board and be ex- amined with reference to his knowledge and skill in dentistry,, and if, upon such examination, such person be found, in the judg- ment of said Board, to possess suitable qualifications to practice dentistry, and if the Board shall be satisfied that the applicant has a good moral character, it shall issue to such person a license to practice dentistry in accordance with the provisions of this Act: Provided, That any person desiring to commence the prac- tice of dentistry in this State, and having a diploma issued, or' REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 119 purporting to be issued, by any reputable dental college, or den- tal department of any university, shall present the same to the State Board of Examiners, and said Board being satisfied as to the genuineness of the diploma, and the qualifications of the ap- plicant, shall issue a license to such person to practice dentistry in this State without, examination, on payment of the license fee hereinafter provided for. All licenses issued by said Board shall be signed by the several members thereof, and be attested by its President and Secretary, and the seal of said Board. Sec. 6. Any member of said Board may issue a temporary license to any applicant upon the presentation of such applicant of satisfactory evidence that he possesses the necessary qualifi- cations to practice dentistry, on the payment of $10, which license shall remain in force until the semi-annual meeting of said Board next thereafter, and no longer; but such license shall not be re- newed, nor shall it be granted to any applicant who has, within six months previous to his application, been rejected by said Board. Such license shall not be valid until it shall be attested by the Secretary of the Board, under its seal, and the Secretary shall keep a record of such licenses, the date of their issue and the name of the members by whom each license was issued. Sec. 7. Any person shall be regarded as practicing dentistry within the meaning of this Act, who shall perform upon the human teeth, or parts adjacent thereto, any' operation or opera- tions such as are commonly known and designated as dental operations or operations in dental surgery; or who shall hold himself or herself out, by means of signs, cards, advertisements or otherwise, as a dentist or dental surgeon. Any legally quali- fied practitioner of dentistry who has complied with the provis- ions of this Act, or any properly organized and equipped and reputable dental college, or dental department of any reputable school or university, may take into preceptorship a student or students who shall be permitted to perform such operations in the offices or infirmaries of such preceptors and under their im- mediate supervision, and not otherwise, during the term of three years from the commencement of such pupilage, and no longer, unless for special reasons such time shall, in the discretion of the Board, be thereafter extended for a period not exceeding one year: Provided, Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent any legally qualified resident physician and surgeon from ex- tracting teeth, or to prevent any person from using any domestic 120 world's history and remedy or other proper means for the relief of pain in case of an emergency. Sec. 8. In order to provide means for carrying into effect and maintaining the provisions of this Act, said Board of Dental P2xaminers may require each person appearing before it for ex- aminations as aforesaid to pay said Board a fee not exceeding $10, which shall in no case be returned to such applicant; and if the applicant shall receive a license to practice, he shall there- upon pay the further sum of $5, which shall entitle him to receive also a certificate of registration as a practitioner of dentistry in this State for the current or registration year in which such license shall be issued, after the termination of which he shall annually obtain a certificate as hereinbefore provided. All mon- eys received by the Board shall be held by the Secretary thereof as a special fund for paying the necessary expenses and the com- pensation of the Board and its Secretary, as herein provided, and for enforcing the provisions of this Act; and the Secretary shall give such bond as the Board may from time to time require. No part of the salaries or other expenses of the Board shall be paid out of the State treasury, but the annual report of the Board shall be printed by the State. The Secretary of the Board shall receive a salary which shall be fixed by the Board, in addition to the necessary and legitimate expenses by him incurred in the discharge of his duties, and each member of the Board shall re- ceive as compensation the sum of $5 per day for each day actually employed by him in attending meeting, or in performing any special duty assigned to him by the Board, and shall be reim- bursed for legitimate and necessary expenses by him incurred in the performance of any official duty. Said Board shall, on or before the 1st day of December in each year, make an annual re- port of its acts and proceedings to the Governor, which report shall contain among other things, an accurate statement of all moneys received and disbursed during the previous year. Sec. 9. Any violations of any of the provisions of this Act shall subject the party violating the same to a penalty of not less than $25 nor more than $50 for the first offense; of not less than $50 nor more than $100 for the second offense, and of not less than $100 nor more than $250 for the third or any other subse- quent offense, and such penalties shall be sued for and recovered in any court of competent jurisdiction in the name of the people by the State's attorney of the county wherein such offense shall REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 121 have been committed, or in which the offender may be found, and such penalty, when recovered, shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which the suit shall be brought, and in case of the non-payment of such penalty, the party so offend- ing shall be liable to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months, in the discretion of the court having cognizance thereof: Provided, That either party may appeal in the same time and manner as appeals may be taken in other cases, except that where an appeal is prayed in behalf of the people, no appeal bond shall be required to be filed, whether the appeal be from justice of the peace, or from the county or district court, or from the appellate court. But it shall be sufficient in behalf of the people of the State of North Dakpta, for the use of the Board of Dental Examiners, to pray an appeal, and thereupon an appeal may be had without bond or security; Provided, further, That no proceeding shall be commenced against any party for failure to procure the annual certificate of registration provided for in sec- tion four, until after such party shall have been served with proper notice of such failure, and the penalty thereby incurred. Each operation performed and each patient treated, contrary to the pro- visions of this Act, shall be deemed and held as a separate offense. Sec. io. Any person who shall willfully and falsely claim or pretend to have or hold a certificate of license or registration of this Board or of any similar Board of any other State, or who shall willfully and falsely, with intent to deceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate of or hold a diploma granted by any incorporated dental society or dental college, shall be subject to the penalties provided for in section nine of this Act, to be sued for and recovered and paid out as in said section provided. Sec. ii. All laws or parts of laws in conflict with this Act are hereby repealed. Approved February 6, 1890. OHIO. To Amend Sections 4404 and 6991 of the Revised Statutes of Ohio. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Ohio: Section i. That Sections 4404 and 6991 of the Revised Stat- utes of Ohio be so amended as to read as follows: Sec. 4404. From and after July 4, 1892, it shall be unlawful 122 world's history and for any person to practice dentistry in this State unless such per- son shall have first obtained a certificate of qualification issued by the State Board of Dental Examiners of this State, as herein- after provided: i. A Board of Dental Examiners, to consist of five practic- ing dentists, resident in this State, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and to enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of the first Board of Dental Exam- iners under the provisions of this Act shall be appointed by the Governor of the State on or before the first day of May, 1892. The term for which members of said Board shall be appointed shall be three years, and until their successors shall be duly ap- pointedand qualified; and no person shall be appointed for or serve to exceed two terms in succession. All vacancies in said Board caused by expiration of term, or otherwise, shall be filled by the appointment of the Governor of the State. 2. Said Board shall have power to make reasonable rules and regulations for the purpose of carrying out and enforcing the provisions of this Act. It shall choose one of its members Pres- ident, and one Secretary; and shall hold two regular meetings in the city of Columbus, on the last Tuesday of May and Novem- ber, in each year, and at such other times as .may be deemed necessary by said Board. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum thereof for the transaction of business, but a less number may adjourn from time to time. The Board shall keep full minutes of all of its proceedings, and a full register of all persons licensed and certified as dentists by said Board, which shall be public records, and at all reasonable times open to inspection as such. A transcript of any of the entries in such minutes and register, certified by the Secretary under the seal of said Board, shall at all times and places be competent evidence of the facts therein stated. The members of the Board shall have power to administer oaths, and the Board shall have power to hear testimony in all matters relating to the duties imposed upon it by law. 3. Any and all persons who shall desire to practice dentistry in this State after July 4, 1892, except such persons as have been regularly, since July 4, 1889, engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, or who may hold, or may hereafter obtain, diplomas from any reputable dental college, shall file application in writing with the Secretary of said Board of Dental Examiners for exam- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 123 ination and license, and at the time of making such application shall pay to the Secretary of said Board a fee of ten dollars, and each applicant shall present himself before said Board at its first regular meeting after filing his application for examination by said Board. The examination shall be of an elementary and practical character, but sufficiently thorough to test the fitness of the applicant to practice dentistry. The examination may be written, or oral, or both, at the option of the Board, and shall in- clude the following subjects, to-wit: Anatomy, physiology, chem- istry, materia medica, therapeutics, metallurgy, histology, path- ology, and operative, mechanical and surgical dentistry. All persons successfully passing such examinations, or who may legally hold diplomas from any reputable college of the United States or any foreign country, or who may have been regularly, since July 4, 1889, engaged in the practice of dentisty in this State, of good moral character, shall be registered and licensed by said Board as dentists, and shall receive a certificate of such registration and license duly authenticated by the seal and signa- ture of the President and Secretary of said Board; and in no case shall the examination fee be refunded. 4. Every person receiving such a certificate of registration and license as dentist shall, before engaging in the practice of dentistry in this State, place and retain in place, while engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, such certificates of regis- tration and license in a conspicuous position at his place of busi- ness, in such a manner as to be easily seen and read. 5. Every person who may legally hold a diploma from any reputable dental college in the United States, or any foreign country, or who has been regularly, since July 4, 1889, engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, shall, upon application and payment of a fee of two dollars to the Secretary of said Board of Dental Examiners, and producing satisfactory and rea- sonable proofs of the fact that he holds such diploma, or has been so engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, since July 4, 1889, receive a certificate of registration and license to practice dentistry in this State. Every applicant for license to practice dentistry under the provisions of this section shall, in person, by mail or otherwise, produce for the inspection of the Board of Dental Examiners his diploma, or the affidavits of him- self and two freeholders, stating that he has been regularly en- gaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, and at what place 124 world's history and or places, since July 4, 1889; and if the Board of Dental Exam- iners shall, upon inspection thereof, find that the applicant is legally qualified under the provisions of this Act to practice den- tistry in this State, the Secretary shall, without unnecessary de- lay, deliver to the applicant a certificate of registration and license to practice dentistry in this State, or forward the same without expense to the Board in such manner as the applicant may direct. The certificate of the Secretary of said Board of Dental Examiners, under the seal of said Board, stating that any person is or is not a registered and licensed dentist, shall be prima facie evidence that such person is or is not entitled to practice dentistry in this State. Sec. 6991. All persons shall be said to be practicing dentistry within the meaning of this Act, who shall for a fee, salary or other reward paid, or to be paid, either to himself or to another person, perform dental operations of any kind, treat diseases or lesions of human teeth or jaws, or attempt to correct malpositions thereof. But nothing contained in this Act shall be taken to apply to acts of bo?tafidc students of dentistry done in the pur- suit of clinical advantages under the direct supervision of a preceptor who is a licensed dentist in this State, or while in attendance upon a regular course of study in a reputable dental college, or to the acts of legally qualified physicians and sur- geons. 1. Out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board as above specified, the members of said Board may each receive a compensation in the sum of five dollars for each day actually engaged in the duties of their office as such Examiners; and a mileage of three cents per mile for all distance necessarily traveled ingoing to and coming from the meetings of said Board. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees and assessments received by the Board under the provisions of this Act, and no part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess of the sdiid per diem allowance and mileage as above provided for, shall be held by the secretary of said Board as a special fund for other expenses of said Board and carrying out provisions of this Act, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct. 2. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 125 may be fined not less than twenty-five dollars nor more than one hundred dollars, or be confined not less than ten days nor more than one month in the county jail, or both. All fines thus received shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. It is hereby made the duty of the prosecuting attorney of each county in the State to prosecute .every case to final judgment whenever his attention shall be called to a violation of the provisions of this Act. 3. Any person who shall knowingly or falsely claim or pre- tend to have or hold a certificate of registration, or who shall falsely, and with intent to deceive the public, claim or pretend to be a registered and licensed dentist, not being such a registered or licensed dentist, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be liable to the penalties provided in this Act. 4. The Board of Examiners created by this amended Act may sue or be sued, and in all actions brought by or against it, it shall be made a party under the name of the Board of Dental Examiners of the State of Ohio, and no suit shall abate by reason of any change in the membership of said Board. Sec. 2. Said original sections 4404 and 6991, to which this is amendatory, are hereby repealed. Sec. 3. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its passage. OKLAHOMA. Chapter XXVIII., Oklahoma Statutes. Took effect December 25th, 1890. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry Within the Territory of Oklahoma. Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of Oklahoma : Section, i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to practice, or attempt to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in the Territory of Oklahoma without having first received a license from the Board of Dental Examiners, as hereinafter provided. Sec. 2\ A Board of Dental Examiners is hereby created whose duty it shall be to carry out the purpose and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of such Board shall be appointed by the Governor, and shall consist of five practicing dentists, residents of Oklahoma Territory, who shall have been en- gaged in the continuous practice of dentistry or dental surgery 126 world's history and for at least two years prior to the passage of this Act. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor. Sec. 3. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be registered the names and residence and place of business of all persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this Territory. It shall elect one of its members as President, one as Secretary, and one as Treasurer thereof, which election shall hold during the term for which the incumbent was appointed, or during his or her residence in the Territory. It shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of such Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the pro- ceedings thereof shall, at all reasonable times, be open for public inspection. Sec. 4. Every person who holds a diploma from a recognized college of dentistry, or who was engaged in the practice of den- tal surgery in the Territory three months previous to the passage of this Act and who has been regularly engaged in the practice of dentistry for three years next preceding the passage of this Act, shall, within six months thereafter, cause his or her name, residence and place of business to be registered with the Board of Dental Examiners and pay the fee hereinafter provided, where- upon the Board shall issue a license duly signed by a majority of said Board, and such license shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder thereof to practice dentistry or dental surgery in the Territory of Oklahoma. Sec. 5. Any person desiring to commence the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in the Territory of Oklahoma, after the passage of this Act, shall, before commencing such practice, file for record in a book kept for that purpose with said Board of Dental Examiners, his or her diploma, or a duly authenticated copy thereof, and pay the fee as hereinafter provided, whereupon the said Board shall issue to such person a license, the same as provided in section four of this Act: Provided, however, That any person who shall pass a satisfactory examination before the said Board regarding his or her qualifications to practice den- tistry or dental surgery, and pay the fee as hereinafter provided, shall also be granted a license as provided in section four of this Act. Sec. 6. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 127 of this Act, said Board of Dental Examiners shall be entitled to the following fees, to-wit: For each license issued to persons engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this Territory, three months previous to the passage of this Act, the sum of three dollars; for each license issued to persons not en- gaged in such practice three months previous to such passage, the sum of ten dollars. Sec. 7. The members of said Board shall each receive the compensation of three dollars per day for each and every day actually engaged in the duties of their office, which together with all other legitimate expenses incurred in the performance of such duties shall be paid from fees received by the Board under the provisions of this Act, and no part of the expenses of said Board shall at any time be paid out of the Territorial treasury. All moneys in excess of said per diem allowances and other expenses shall be held by the Treasurer of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct, and such Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the fifteenth day of December of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them in pursuance of this Act. Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing, or attempting to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in this Ter- ritory without first complying with the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in a sum not less than twenty-five dollars nor more than two hundred dollars, or by confinement in the county jail for not more than six months, or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the Court: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians and surgeons or other persons from extracting teeth, and all fines collected under this Act shall belong to the common school fund of the county where the offense was committed. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after the final adjournment of this legislative assembly. OREGON. Chapter 37, Section 3339 of the Laws of Oregon respecting the practice of dentistry recites as follows: Section 3339. It shall be unlawful for any person to practice 128 world's history and or attempt to practice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Oregon without having first obtained a diploma from the faculty of some reputable dental college, school or university department duly authenticated by the laws of this State or some other of the United States, or by the laws of some foreign government, and in which college, school or university department there was at the time of the issuance of such diploma annually delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in dentistry or dental surgery, or who shall have passed a satisfactory examination before a competent Board of Dental Examiners as contemplated ?nd pro- vided for in this Act: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall ap- ply to any person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, except as hereinafter provided; and Provided further, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians from ex- tracting teeth. Sec. 3340. A Board of Examiners consisting of four practic- ing dentists of acknowledged ability as such, and who are resi- dents of this State, is hereby created, who shall have authority to issue certificates to persons in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Oregon at the time of the passage of this Act, and to decide upon the validity of such diplomas as may be subsequently presented for registration, and also to pass upon the qualifications of such persons who do not hold diplomas, but who may hereafter desire to enter into the practice of dentistry in this State as hereinafter provided. Sec. 3341. The members of the said Board shall be appointed by the Governor and shall serve for a term of four years, except- ing that the members of the Board first appointed shall hold their orifices as follows: Two for two years and two for four years, respectively, and until their successors are duly appointed. In case of any vacancy occurring in said Board, said vacancy shall be filled by appointment by the Governor. Sec. 3342. Said Board shall keep a record in which shall be registered the names and residence and places of business of all persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State. It shall elect one of its members President and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of the members of said Board shall REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 129 constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all reasonable times be open for public inspection. Sec. 3343. Every person, whether holding a diploma or not, engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery within this State at the time of the passage of this Act shall, within six months thereafter, cause his or her name and residence and place of business to be registered with said. Board of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue to such persons a certificate duly signed by the members of said Board, setting forth the facts, which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all rights and privileges as set forth in section 3339, and every such person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentistry may continue to practice the same as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties provided in this Act, except as hereinafter provided in section 3346. Sec. 3344. Hereafter, when any person may desire to enter into the practice of dentistry in this State, such person shall appear before said Board of Examiners at any of its regular or special meetings, to be examined with reference to his or her knowledge of chemistry, physiology, the anatomy of the head and face, dental pathology and skill in surgical and mechanical dentistry, and when the examination shall prove satisfactory, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provisions of this Act: Pro- vided y That when an applicant desiring to enter into the practice of dentistry shall present a diploma from any reputable dental college as set forth in section 3339, then, upon the holder fur- nishing satisfactory evidence to his or her right to the same, it shall be deemed sufficient evidence of his or her knowledge and skill to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State, and the Board shall issue a certificate to that effect. Sec. 3345. The statement of every person making applica- tion to the Board of Examiners for a certificate granting the right to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State, as pro- vided in this Act, shall be verified under oath before a notary public or justice of the peace in such manner as may be pre- scribed by the Board of Examiners. All certificates issued by- said Board shall be signed by said Board, and such certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to prac- tice dentistry in the State of Oregon. Sec. 3346. Any person who shall receive a certificate from 9 130 world's history and the Board of Examiners in accordance with the provisions of this Act shall, within one month thereafter, cause the same to be registered with the county clerk of the county in which said per- son shall reside or engage in the practice of dentistry, and the county clerk shall charge for registering such certificate a fee of one dollar, and failure or neglect on the part of such person to so register as provided in this section shall work a suspension of such certificate, and it shall be unlawful for said person to prac- tice dentistry or dental surgery in this State during such suspen- sion, and until after proper application to, and restoration by, the Board of Examiners of said certificate so suspended, and upon the payment of such fee as is provided for in section 3347: And it is hereby further provided, That each certificate issued by said Board shall be posted up, and open at all times to public inspection, in the owner's office or place of business. Sec. 3347. In order to provide the means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, said Board of Exam- iners shall charge all such persons applying to, or appearing before, them for the purposes set forth in this Act the following fees, viz.: For examination of any such person who maybe or who may claim to be engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, two dollars and fifty cents, for the examination of any person holding a diploma as set forth and provided for in this Act, but who was not at the time of its passage engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, five dollars, for the examination as to qualifications as set forth and provided for in this Act of any person not holding a diploma, but who may hereafter desire to practice dentistry in this State, twenty-five dollars, for restoring each suspended cer- tificate as provided for in section 3346, twenty-five dollars, and for each certificate issued by said Board to any of the persons named one dollar additional and out of the funds coming into possession of said Board from fees so charged; under the provis- ions of this Act all legitimate and necessary traveling expenses incurred by the members of said Board in attending the meet- ings thereof and transacting the necessary business appertaining thereto shall be paid, and the Secretary of said Board shall be- come the custodian of all moneys received as above provided, he giving such bonds as the Board shall from time to time direct, and said Board shall make an annual report to the Gov- ernor, by the first day of December of each year of its proceed- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 131 ings, together with an account of all moneys received and dis- bursed by them pursuant to this Act: Provided, That no part of the expenses of said Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury. Sec. 3348. Any person who shall in violation of this Act, practice dentistry in the State of Oregon, shall be liable to pros- ecution in the circuit court, and it is hereby made the duty of the prosecuting attorney of the district in which said offense is committed to prosecute such offender, and on conviction of such person so offending he or she shall be fined not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars, or confined in the county jail six months for each and every offense: Provided, That any person so convicted shall not be entitled to any fees for services rendered, and if a fee shall have been paid, the patient or his or her heirs may recover the same as debts of like amount are now recoverable by law, and all fines collected under the provisions of this Act shall inure to the common school fund. PENNSYLVANIA. (Session of 1876. No. 27.) An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry, and to Pro- tect the People Against Empiricism in Relation Thereto, in the State of Pennsylvania, and Providing Penalties for the Violation of the Same. Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Represe?itatives of the Com- monwealth of Pennsylvania in General Assembly met, and it is hereby Enacted by authority of the sa?ne : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person, except regularly authorized physicians and surgeons, to engage in the practice of dentistry in the State of Pennsylvania, unless said person has graduated and received a diploma from the faculty of a reputable institution, where this specialty is taught, and char- tered under the authority of some one of the United States or of a foreign government, acknowledged as such, or shall have ob- tained a certificate from a Board of Examiners duly appointed and authorized by the provisions of this Act to issue such certifi- cate. Sec. 2. The Board of Examiners shall consist of six practi- tioners of dentistry who are of acknowledged ability in the pro- fession. Said Board shall be el'ected by the Pennsylvania State 132 world's history and Dental Society, at their next annual meeting, as follows: Two shall be elected for one year, two for two years, and two for three years, and each year thereafter two shall be elected to serve for three years, or until their successors are elected. The said Board shall have power to fill all vacancies for unexpired terms, and they shall be responsible to said State Dental Society for their acts. Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of this Board: 1. To meet annually at the time and place of meeting of the Pennsylvania State Dental Society, and at such other time and place as the said Board shall agree upon, to conduct the exami- nation of applicants. They shall also meet for the same purpose, at the call of any four members of said Board, at any time and place as may be designated. Thirty days' notice must be given of the meetings, by advertising in at least three periodicals, one of them being a dental journal, and all published within this State. 2. To grant a certificate of ability to practice dentistry, which certificate shall be signed by said Board and stamped with a suitable seal, to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory examination, and who receive at least four affirmative votes. 3. To keep a book in which shall be registered the names and the qualifications of such, as far as practicable, of all persons who have been granted certificates of ability to practice dentistry under the provisions of this Act. Sec. 4. The book so kept shall be a book of record, and a transcript from it, certified to by the officer who has it in keep- ing, with a seal of said Board of Examiners, shall be evidence in any court of this State. Sec. 5. Four members of this Board shall constitute a quo- rum for the transaction of business; and should a quorum not be present on any day appointed for their meeting, those present may adjourn, from day to day, until a quorum is present. Sec. 6. Any person who shall, in violation of this Act, prac- tice dentistry in the State of Pennsylvania, shall be liable to indictment in the court of quarter sessions of the proper county, and on conviction shall be fined not less than fifty or more than two hundred dollars: Provided, That any person so convicted shall not be entitled to a fee for services rendered, and if a fee shall have been paid, the patient, or his or her heirs, may recover the same as debts of like amount are now recoverable by law. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 133 Sec. 7. All fines collected shall inure to the poor fund of the county in which the prosecution occurs. Sec. 8. Nothing in this Act shall apply to persons who have been engaged in the continuous practice of dentistry in this State, for three years or over, at the time of or prior to the pass- age of this Act. Sec. 9. To provide a fund to carry out the provisions of the third section of this Act, it shall be the duty of the said Board of Examiners to collect from those who receive the certificate to practice dentistry, the sum of thirty ($30) dollars each; of which sum, if there be any remaining, after liquidating necessary ex- penses, the balance shall be paid into the treasury of the said Pennsylvania State Dental Society, to be kept as a fund for the more perfect carrying out of the provisions of this Act. The above bill was presented to the Governor on the sixth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-six, and was not returned within ten days after it had been presented to him; wherefore it has, agreeably to the constitution of the com- monwealth, become a law in like manner as if he had signed it. (Session of 1883. No. 116.) An Act for the Registration of Dentists Supplementary to the Act Entitled "An Act to Regulate the Prac- tice of Dentistry, and to Protect the People Against Empiricism in Relation Thereto, in the State of Penn- sylvania, and Providing Penalties for the Same," Which Became a Law on the Seventeenth Day of April, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Seventy-six, Providing for the Registration of Practitioners of Dentistry, and Penalties for Violations of the Same. Be it E?iacted by the Senate and the House of Represe?itatives of the Commonwealth of Pe?insylvania in Ge?ieral Assembly met, and it is hereby Enacted by authority of the same : Section i. That it shall be the duty of any person practic- ing dentistry within this commonwealth, within three months after the passage of this Act, and of any person intending to practice dentistry within this commonwealth, before commencing the same, to have recorded in the recorder's office in the county in which he or she practices or intends to practice, the diploma or certificate provided for in the Act to which this is a supple- ment. 134 world's history and Sec. 2. Any person beginning to practice dentistry in this State, after the passage of this Act, having a dental diploma issued or purporting to have been issued by any college, univer- sity, society or association, shall present the same to the State Examining Board provided for in the Act to which this is a sup- plement, for approval; such Examining Board being satisfied as to the qualifications of the applicant and the genuineness of the diploma shall, without fee, indorse the same as approved, after which the same may be recorded as aforesaid. Sec. 3. Any person who is entitled to practice dentistry in this commonwealth, without a diploma or certificate under the provisions of the eighth section or the Act to which this is a sup- plement, shall make written affidavit before some person quali- fied to administer an oath, setting forth the time of his continu- ous practice and the place or places where such practice was pursued in this commonwealth, and shall, within three months after the passage of this Act, have such affidavit recorded in the recorder's office of the county in which he is practicing. And it shall be the duty of the Recorder to record such diplomas, cer- tificates and affidavits in a book provided for such purpose. Sec. 4. Any person who shall violate or fail to comply with any of the provisions of this Act, or of the Act to which this is a supplement, or who shall cause to be recorded any diploma or certificate which has been obtained fraudulently, or is in whole or in part a forgery, or shall make affidavit to any false state- ment to be recorded as aforesaid, shall be guilty of a misde- meanor, and, on conviction, shall be sentenced to pay a fine of not less than fifty dollars nor more than two hundred dollars, for each offense, for the use of the proper county. Sec. 5. All Acts or parts of Acts inconsistent herewith are hereby repealed. Approved, the 20th day of June, A. D., 1883. RHODE ISLAND AND PROVIDENCE PLANTATIONS. An Act to Establish a Board of Registration in Dentistry. // is Enacted by the General Assembly as follows: Section i. The Governor of the State shall, on the passage of this Act, appoint five graduates in dentistry residing and do- ing business in the State, who shall constitute a Board of Regis- tration in Dentistry. The term for which such members shall REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 135 hold their office shall be three years, except that one of the members first appointed under this Act shall hold his office for one year, two for the term of two years, and two for the term of three years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly appointed. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board it shall be filled by the Governor in conformity with this section. Sec. 2. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- dent, and one Secretary thereof, and three of its members shall constitute a quorum. It shall meet at least once a year or oftener at the call of three members. Sec. 3. Within three months from the time of the passage of this Act, it shall be the duty of every person engaged in the practice of dentistry at that time in the State, to cause his or her name and place of business to be registered with said Board, who shall keep a book for that purpose, and persons so registering shall receive a certificate to that effect from the Board. Sec. 4. All persons, not graduates of regular dental colleges, who may desire to enter the practice of dentistry in this State, subsequent to the passage of this Act, may appear before said Board and be examined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dentistry; and to such as undergo a satisfactory examina- tion, certificates to that effect, signed by said Board, shall be is- sued. • All persons holding diplomas from reputable dental col- leges may present the same to said Board, and on such presenta- tion shall receive certificates without examination. Sec. 5. Each person receiving a certificate shall pay to said Board the sum of two dollars, and each person applying for an examination, shall pay, in addition to the fee for certificate, if granted, twenty-five dollars, which shall in no case be returned. The fees received for examinations, registration and certificates shall be appropriated to defray the expenses of the Board of Registration in Dentistry. Sec. 6. Any person who shall practice or attempt to practice dentistry in this State, in violation of the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed guilty of misdemeanor and liable to indictment therefor, and upon conviction shall be fined not less than fifty nor more than one hundred dollars for each and every offense; and such person's failure to duly register with the Board of Reg- istration in Dentistry shall be evidence of such violation. Sec. 7. This Act shall take effect upon its passage. Passed June I, 1888. 136 WORLD'S HISTORY" AND SOUTH CAROLINA. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and Pro- tect the People Against Empiricism in Relation Thereto in the State of South Carolina. Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Represe?itatives of the State of South Carolina, How met and sitting in Ge?ieral Assembly, a?iu by the Authority of the same : Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it shall be unlawful for any person or persons to engage in the practice of dentistry in the State of South Carolina unless said person or persons shall have received a diploma from the faculty of some dental college, duly incorporated under the laws of this or some other State of the United States, or foreign government in which is annually delivered in good faith, a full course of lect- ures and instructions in dentistry, or shall have obtained a license from a board of dentists duly authorized and appointed by this Act to issue such license. Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the South Carolina State Dental Association, at the next annual meeting thereof after the passage of this Act, to elect a Board of Examiners to consist of five members, to be known by the title of the Board of Dental Examiners in the State of South Carolina. The members of this Board shall, at the first election.be elected for terms of one, two, three, four and five years, respectively, or until their successors shall have been elected. And it shall be the duty of the South ■Carolina State Dental Association, at each subsequent annual meeting thereof, to elect a person for the term of five years to fill the place of the member of the Board whose term of office shall at the time expire, and also to fill such vacancies in the Board as may have occurred during the year. And if at any regular meeting of the Board any member or members shall fail to be present, the South Carolina State Dental Association may, at its discretion, declare the office of such absentee to be vacated, and may proceed to elect a new member or members for the unexpired term of such person or persons, or it may elect a member or members to fill, temporarily, the place or places of such absentees. This Board shall be organized by the election of a President or Secretary. Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the Board of Examiners to meet annually at the time and place of meeting of the South REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 137 Carolina State Dental Association, giving thirty days' notice in the public newspapers, published in not less than three different places in the State, viz., one in Charleston, one in Columbia, and one in Greenville, of such annual meeting. Secondly, to prescribe a course of reading for those who study dentistry under private instructions. Thirdly, to grant a license to any applicant who can furnish satisfactory evidence of having graduated and re- ceived a diploma from any incorporated dental college in good standing with the profession, without fee, charge, or examina- tion. Fourthly, to grant licenses to all other applicants who undergo a satisfactory examination. Fifthly, to keep a book in which shall be registered all persons licensed to practice den- tistry in the State of South Carolina. The expenses of said license shall be fifteen dollars, to be paid by the licensee. And that all persons who do now hold, or may hereafter hold, a license to practice dentistry in this State shall become a member of the South Carolina State Dental Association immediately upon the obtaining of said license; provided, he shall be allowed to waive his right of membership. Sec. 4. That the books so kept shall be a book of record; and a transcript from it, certified by the officer who has it in keeping, with the common seal, shall be evidence in any court of the State. Sec. 5. That three members of said Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not be present on the day appointed for their meeting, those present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. Sec. 6. That one member of said Board may grant a license to an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time the tempo- rary license shall expire; but such temporary license shall not be granted by a member of the Board after the Board has rejected the applicant. Sec. 7. That every dentist in this State be required to keep record of all cases treated in his practice, in accordance with a form to be designated by the South Carolina State Dental Asso- ciation, and furnish his patient with a copy of the same, if so de- sired by the patient. Sec. 8. That any person who shall, in violation of this Act, practice dentistry in the State of South Carolina for fee or reward shall be liable to indictment, and on conviction shall be fined not 138 world's history and less than fifty nor more than three hundred dollars: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent any person from extracting teeth. Sec. 9. That on trial of such indictment it shall be incumbent on the defendant to show that he has authority under the law to practice dentistry, to exempt himself from such penalty. Sec. 10. That all fines collected shall inure to the educational fund of the county where the offender resides. Sec. 11. Those who have been in the regular practice of den- tistry in the State prior to the passage of this Act are exempt from the provisions of the same, except section 7 of this Act. Sec. 12. That the South Carolina Dental Association is hereby made a body politic and corporate, shall have and use a common seal, sue and be sued, plead and be impleaded, and be empowered to make all necessary by-laws not inconsistent with the State laws and constitution. Sec. 13. That this Act shall continue in force until repealed. Approved February 23, 1875. SOUTH DAKOTA. An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Den- tistry in the Territory of Dakota. Be it E?iacted by the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of Dakota: Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry in this Territory unless he or she shall have obtained a certificate, as herein provided. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes u and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, who shall select them from ten candidates, whose names shall be furnished him by the South Dakota Dental Society and the Northwestern Dental Association; each shall furnish the names of five candi- dates, and the Governor shall select at least two from each five names so furnished, to be members of said Board. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be five years, except that the members of the Board first to be appointed under this Act shall hold their offices for the term of one, two, three, four and five years respectively, and until their REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 139 successors shall be duly appointed. In case of a vacancy occur- ring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor from names presented to him by the Northwestern Dental Asso- ciation and the South Dakota Dental Society. It shall be the duty of the said dental organizations to present twice the number of names to the Governor of those to be appointed. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- dent, and one the Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall, at all reasonable times, be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. Within six months from the time this Act takes ef- fect, it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Territory to cause his or her name and residence, or place of business, to be registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose. The statement of every such person shall be verified under oath, before a notary public or justice of the peace, in such a manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Examiners. Every person who shall so register with said Board as a practi- tioner of dentistry may continue to practice the same as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties provided in this Act, and shall pay to the Board of Examiners for such reg- istration a fee of one dollar. It shall be the duty of the Board of Examiners to forward to the register of deeds of each county in the Territory a certified list of the names of all persons resid- ing in his county who have registered in accordance with the pro- visions of this Act, and it shall be the duty of all registers of deeds to register such names in a book to be kept for that pur- pose. Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire may appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings, and be exam- ined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental sur- gery; and if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite qualifications a certificate to that effect in accordance with the provisions of this Act; said Board shall also endorse as satisfac- tory diplomas from any reputable dental college, when satisfied with the character of such institution, upon the holder of such 140 world's history and diploma furnishing evidence, satisfactory to the Board of his or her right to the same. All certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its officers, and such certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in the Territory of Dakota. Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction may be fined not less than fifty dollars or more than one hundred dollars, or be confined six months in the county jail. All fines received under this Act shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Examiners may charge each person applying to or -appearing before them for examination for a certificate of qualification, a fee of ten dol- lars, which fee shall in no case be returned; and out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board, from the fees so charged, the members of said Board may receive, as compensation, the sum of five dollars for each day actually engaged in the duties of their office, and all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in attending the meetings of said Board; said expenses shall be paid from the fees and penalties received by the Board under the pro- visions of this Act, and no part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall ever be paid out of the Territorial treasury. All moneys received in excess of said per diem allowance and other expenses, as above provided for, shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting expenses of said Board and carrying out the provisions of this Act, he giving such bonds as the Board from time to time direct. And said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 15th of December of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. Sec. 8. Any person who shall receive a certificate of qualifi- cation from said Board shall cause his or her certificate to be registered with the register of deeds of any county or counties in which such person may desire to engage in the practice of den- tistry, and the registers of deeds of the several counties in this Territory shall charge for registering such certificate a fee of twenty-five cents for such registration. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any person holding such certificate to reg- ister the same with the register of deeds, as above directed, for a REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 141 period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the certificate, and no certificate when once forfeited shall be restored, except upon the payment to said Board of Examiners of the sum of twenty-five dollars as a penalty for such neglect, failure or refusal. Sec. 9. Any person who shall knowingly and falsely claim or pretend to have or hold a certificate of license, diploma or de- gree granted by any society, or who shall falsely and with intent to deceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate from any incorporated dental college, not being such graduate, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be liable to the same penalty as provided in section six of this Act. Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its passage and approval. Approved March 10', 1885. TENNESSEE. A Bill to be Entitled "An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Tennessee, and to Punish Vio- lators Thereof." Be it Enacted by the Ge?ieral Assembly of the State of Te?messee : Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to prac- tice, or attempt to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Tennessee, without first having received a diploma from some reputable dental college, school, or university department, duly authorized by the laws of this State, or some other of the United States, and in which college, or school, or university department there are at the time of the issuance of said diploma annually delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in dentistry and dental surgery: Provided, That nothing in section 1 of this Act shall apply to any person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in the State at the time of the passage of this Act, except as hereinafter provided: And provided further, That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians, surgeons or others from extracting teeth. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of six practicing dentists of acknowledged ability as such, two of whom shall be residents in each of the three subdivisions of the State — East, Middle and West Tennessee — is hereby created, who shall have authority to issue certificates to persons in the practice of den- tistry or dental surgery in the State at the time of the passage of 142 world's history and this Act; and also to decide upon the validity of such diplomas as may be subsequently presented for registration, as hereinafter provided, and issue certificates to all applicants who may here- after apply to said Board and pass a satisfactory examination. Sec. 3. The members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor and shall serve for a term of three years, excepting that the members of the Board first appointed shall be made as follows: Two for one year, two for two years, and two for three years, respectively, and until their successors are duly appointed. In case of vacancy occurring in said Board by resignation, re- moval from the State, or death, such vacancy may be filled for its unexpired term by the Governor, as provided by this Act. Sec. 4. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be registered the names and residences or places of business of all persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State. It shall elect one of its members President and one Secretary thereof. And it shall meet at least once in each year, at the time and place fixed for the meeting of the State Dental Association, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of the mem- bers of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall be open to public inspection. Sec. 5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery within this State at the time of the passage of this Act shall, within six months thereafter, cause his or her name, residence and place of business, to be registered with said Board of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue to such person a certificate duly signed by a majority of the members of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in section 1 of this Act. Sec. 6. Any person desiring to commence the practice of dentistry or dental surgery within the State after the passage of this Act shall, before commencing such practice, file for record in a book kept for such purpose, with said Board of Examiners, his or her diploma, or duly authenticated copy thereof, the valid- ity of which said Board shall have power to determine. If accepted, said Board shall issue to the person holding such diploma a certificate duly signed by all or a majority of the mem- bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 143 section I of this Act: Provided, That any person, whether holding a diploma aforesaid or not, shall have the privilege of making application to said Board, and, upon undergoing a satisfactory examination, shall be entitled to a certificate in like manner as a person holding a diploma, and upon the same terms. Sec. 7. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement of this Act, said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the fol- lowing fees, to-wit: For each certificate to persons engaged in the practice in the State at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of one dollar; for each certificate issued to persons not engaged in the practice of dentistry in the State at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of five dollars. Sec. 8. The members of said Examining Board shall receive the compensation of five dollars per day for each day actually engaged in the duties of his office, which, together with all other legitimate expenses incurred in the performance of such duties, shall be paid from the fees and penalties received by the Board under the provisions of this Act, and no part of the expenses of said Board shall at any time be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys in excess of the said per diem allowance and other expenses shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the Board may from time to time direct, and said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 15th day of December of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them in the pursuance of this Act. Sec. 9. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing or attempting to practice dentistry or dental surgery within the State without first complying with the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in a sum not less than twenty-five nor more than three hundred dollars. Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect from and after its pass- age, the public welfare demanding it. TEXAS. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Texas. Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Texas: Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it 144 world's history and shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of den- tistry in the State of Texas, unless such person has obtained license from a Board of Examiners duly appointed and author- ized by this Act to issue such license: Provided, That dentists who have been in regular practice of dentistry in this State for three years next preceding the passage of this Act shall not be required to submit to an examination and shall be entitled to a license without fee, which shall be transmitted to him by mail, otherwise upon his application accompanied by the satisfactory ^evidence to the fact of his having been in the regular practice for the time required. Sec. 2. That the Board of Examiners shall be appointed by the judge of each judicial district, and shall be composed of three reputable dentists residing in said district, who shall hold their offices two years from the date of. appointment, and any vacancy shall be filled by the district judge as aforesaid. Sec. 3. The Board shall, immediately after appointment, select one of their number as President and one as Secretary, and adopt all rules necessary for the transaction of the business that may come before them. Sec. 4. Said Board shall meet annually at some central point in their respective districts to conduct examinations and grant licenses; notice of the time and place of such meetings shall be given for one month by publication in some newspaper published in the district. Sec. 5. Any applicant who shall furnish satisfactory evidence of having graduated and received a diploma from a reputable dental college, and any applicants under the provision of the first section of this Act, and all other applicants who undergo a satis- factory examination as to their qualifications, and shall pay to the said Board a fee of five dollars, to be used for the advertising and incidental expenses, shall be granted license, which license shall entitle the person to whom granted to practice dentistry in any county when the same has been recorded as required by Sec- tion 12. Sec. 6. Said Board shall keep a book in which shall be regis- tered the names of all persons licensed to practice dentistry by said Board. Sec. 7. The book so kept shall be a book of record, and a transcript from it, certified to by the officer who has it in keeping, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 145 with the common seal of said Board, shall be evidence in any court in this State. Sec. 8. That two members of said Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not be present on the day appointed for its meeting the members present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum be present. Sec. 9. That one member of said Board may grant a license for an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time such tempo- rary license shall expire, but such temporary license shall not be granted by a member of the Board within one year after the Board has rejected the applicant. Sec. 10. That any person who shall, in violation of the pro- visions of this Act, practice dentistry in this State, for a fee or reward, shall be liable to indictment, and on conviction shall be fined not less than one hundred nor more than two hundred dol- lars, nor shall it be construed to prevent persons from extracting teeth nor in any way interfere with physicians and surgeons in their practice as such. Sec. 11. That all fines collected from prosecution under this Act shall be appropriated to the common school fund in the county where collected. Sec. 12. That every person to whom license is issued by said Board of Examiners shall, within thirty days of the date thereof, present the same to the clerk of the county in which he resides, who shall officially record said license in a book in his office, and shall be entitled to demand a fee of fifty cents for his services, but a temporary license issued under Section q of this Act need not be recorded. Sec. 13. That on the trial of any person indicted under the provisions of this Act it shall be incumbent upon the defendant, in order to exempt him from the penalties of this Act, to show that he has authority, under the law, to practice dentistry in this State. Sec. 14. That all laws or parts of laws in conflict with this Act be, and the same are hereby, repealed. UTAH. No law. 10 145a world's history and UTAH. An Act Regulating the Practice of Dentistry in the Terri- tory of Utah. Be it Enacted by the Governor and Legislative Assembly of the Territory of Utah: Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person who is not at the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Territory, to practice dentistry therein unless he or she shall have obtained a certificate as hereinafter provided. ' Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, by and with the advice of the legislative council, from the dental profession of the Territory at large. The term for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be four years, except that two of the members of the Board, first to be appointed under this Act, shall hold their office for the term of two years, two for the term of three years, and one for the term of four years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly appointed and qualified. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members President and one the Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all rea- sonable times be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. Within six months from the time that this Act takes effect it shall be the duty of every person who is now engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Territory to cause his or her name and residence or place of business to be registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose. The statement of every such person shall be verified under oath before a Notary Public or Justice of the Peace in such manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Examiners. Every person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentis- try shall receive a certificate to that effect, and may continue to practice as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penal- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 145b ties provided in this Act, and shall pay to the Board of Examin- ers for such registration a fee of one dollar. It shall be the duty of the Board of Examiners to forward to the County Clerk of each county in the Territory a certified list of the names of all persons residing in his county who have registered in accordance with the provisions of this Act, and it shall be the duty of all County Clerks to register such names in a book to be kept for that purpose. Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire may appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery; and if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove sat- isfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite qualifica- tions a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provisions of this Act. Said Board shall also endorse as satisfactory diplo- mas from any reputable dental college recognized by the National Association of Dental Examiners, upon the holder furnishing evi- dence satisfactory to the Board of his or her right to the same, and shall issue certificates to that effect within ten days thereaf- ter. All certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its officers, and such certificates shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in the Territory of Utah. One member of said Board may grant a license to an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time the temporary license shall expire; but such temporary license shall not be granted by a mem- ber of the Board after the Board has rejected the applicant. Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Examin- ers shall charge each person applying to or appearing before them for a certificate of qualification the sum of five dollars, which fee shall in no case be returned; and out of the funds com- ing into the possession of the Board from the fees so charged and penalties received under the provisions of this Act all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in attending the meetings of said Board shall be paid, and no part of the expenses of the Board shall be paid out of the Territorial treasury. All moneys received in excess of expenses above provided for shall be held by the 145c world's history and Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board and carrying out the provisions of this Act, he giv- ing such bond as the Board from time to time shall direct. And said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the first of December of each year, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. Sec. 8. Any person who shall receive a certificate from the Board to practice dentistry shall cause his or her certificate to be registered with the County Clerk of the county in which such person may reside, and the County Clerk shall charge for regis- tering such certificate a fee of one dollar. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any person holding such certificate to register the same with the County Clerk as above directed for a period of six months shall work a forfeiture of the certificate; and no certificate, when once forfeited, shall be restored, except upon the payment to the said Board of Examiners of the sum of twenty-five dollars as a penalty for such neglect, failure or refusal. Sec. 9. Any person who shall knowingly and falsely claim or pretend to have or hold a certificate of license, diploma or degree granted by any society organized under and pursuant to the provisions of this Act, or who shall falsely and with intent to deceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate from any incorporated dental college, shall be deemed guilty of a misde- meanor. Sec. 10. Nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to pro- hibit any person from extracting teeth. Sec. 11. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its approval by the Governor. Approved March 8th, 1894. 146 world's history and VERMONT. (No. 118.) An Act Regulating the Practice of Dentistry. // is hereby Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Vermont: Section i. There shall be a Board of Dental Examiners. The Board to consist of five dental graduates or practitioners of dentistry, to be appointed by the Governor in the month of November, 1882, and in the month of November biennially there- after. The term of office of members so appointed shall com- mence on the first day of December following their appointment and continue for two years, and until their successors are ap- pointed. The Governor shall fill vacancies in the Board. Sec. 2. The Board shall meet annually or oftener. Meetings shall be held on the call of three members. Thirty days' notice of each meeting shall be given by mail to each practicing dentist in the State known to the Board. Sec. 3. The Board shall at their meetings examine applicants for licenses to practice dentistry, and shall grant a license to each one whom they find qualified, on payment to the Board by such person of the sum of five dollars. The Board shall grant a license without fee to any person who has received a diploma from any incorporated dental college and to each person residing and engaged in the practice of dentistry within the State at the time of the passage of this Act, on application of such person accompanied by satisfactory proof of the facts which entitle him to such. Sec. 4. Any member of the Board may, when the Board is not in session, grant a license to practice dentistry to a person whom such member finds on examination to be qualified, on the payment of the sum of two dollars by such person. A license so granted shall be valid until the next meeting of the Board, but not longer. Each member shall make a report of licenses so granted by him at the meeting of the Board next following the granting of the license. A member shall not grant a license under the provisions of this section to one who has been rejected by the Board as unqualified. Sec. 5. Members of the Board shall receive three dollars, each, a day for time spent in examining applicants and granting licenses, if the fees received from applicants during the biennial term, in which such services are rendered, shall be sufficient REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 147 therefor; and at the end of each biennial term the Board shall file, with the State auditor, a statement of their receipts and dis- bursements, verified by oath, and shall at the same time pay into the State treasury any excess remaining in their hands. Sec. 6. A person who, without a license in force, practices dentistry in this State for a compensation, or reward, shall be fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor more than one hundred dollars. But no penalty shall attach to a person for merely extracting teeth. Sec. 7. The Board of Dental Examiners shall keep a book in which they shall cause to be entered the name of each person to whom a license has been issued under the provisions of this Act. Sec. 8. A person receiving a license from the Board of Den- tal Examiners shall, within thirty days from the time of receiving the same, cause it to be recorded in the office of the Secretary of State, who shall be entitled to twenty-five cents for recording each license. Sec. 9. A person who does not cause his license to be re- corded within the time required by the preceding section shall forfeit the license, and shall not be re-licensed until he has paid to the Board the sum of ten dollars. Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect from its passage, except Section six, which shall take effect on the first day of January, 1883. Approved November 29, 1882. VIRGINIA. Section 1767. From and after the passage of this Act it shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry in the Commonwealth of Virginia, or to assist in the practice of dentistry as either assistant or employe, or to receive license from any commissioner of revenue, unless such person has graduated and received a diploma from the faculty of a reputable institution where this specialty is taught, and chartered under the authority of some one of the United States, or of a foreign government, acknowledged as such, and shall have obtained a certificate from the Board of Examiners duly appointed under the provisions of Section one thousand seven hundred and sixty- eight of Code of eighteen hundred and eighty-seven, to issue such certificates: Provided, That persons who shall be engaged in the 1.48 world's history and practice of dentistry in the Commonwealth of Virginia on the first day of January, eighteen hundred and ninety, and who shall comply with the requirements of Section one thousand seven hundred and seventy-four of this Act shall be otherwise exempt from the provisions of this Section: And provided further, That nothing contained in this Section shall prevent a student who is pursuing a regular course of instruction from assisting a person in the practice of dentistry qualified as herein provided, or shall prevent any authorized physician or surgeon from extracting teeth for anyone suffering from toothache. Sec. 1768. The Board of Examiners shall consist of six prac- titioners of dentistry, of acknowledged ability in the profession, to be appointed by the Governor. The Board shall continue to be divided into three classes with two members each, one of which classes shall go out of office each succeeding year; and the Governor shall annually appoint the successors of each class, as it goes out, for the term of three years. He shall make the ap- pointments in each case from four persons who shall be nomi- nated by the Virginia State Dental Association, and reside in different sections of the State. All vacancies for unexpired terms shall be filled by the Governor on nominations made by the Board. If no nominations be *made by said Association or Board, as the case may be, or the nominations made be not ap- proved by the Governor, he shall appoint such persons as he may deem fit. Sec. 1769. It shall be the duty of this Board: First, To meet annually at the time and place of meeting of the Virginia State Dental Association, or at such other time and place as the Board shall agree upon, to conduct the examination of applicants. They shall also meet for the same purpose at the call of any four members of the Board, at such time and place as may be designated by said members. Thirty days' notice of the meetings shall be given by advertising in at least two of the daily papers published in the State. Second, To grant a certificate of ability to practice den- tistry to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory examination, and receive at least four affirmative votes, which certificate shall be signed by the members of the Board, and be stamped with a suitable seal (which they may adopt). Third, To keep a book in which shall be registered the name and qualification (as far as practicable) of every person to whom such certificate is granted. Sec. 1770. The book so kept shall be a book of record, and REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 149 transcripts from it, certified by the officer who has it in keeping, with the seal of the Board affixed, shall be evidence in any court of this State. Sec. 1771. Four members of the Board shall constitute a quorum, and should a quorum not be present on any day ap- pointed for their meeting, those present may adjourn from time to time until a quorum be present. Sec. 1772. Any person who shall, in violation of this chapter, practice dentistry in this State, shall, on conviction thereof, be fined not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars, and shall not be entitled to any fee for service rendered; and if a fee shall have been paid, the patient may recover back the same. Sec. 1773. All fines collected under this chapter shall go to the public school fund of the county or corporation in which the prosecution is had. Sec. 1774. Every person practicing dentistry in the Com- monwealth of Virginia, at the time of the passage of this Act, shall register his name and postoffice address, together with the name of the college from which he is a graduate, or the length of time he has been practicing in this Commonwealth, with the Board of Examiners before renewing his license, and it shall be the duty of the Board to issue to each person so registering a certificate of registration stamped with the seal of the Board, but no fee shall be collected by the Board from persons so register- ing. Sec. 1775. To provide a fund to carry out the provisions of Section seventeen hundred and sixty-nine, it shall be the duty of the said Board to collect from those who appear before them for examination the sum of ten dollars each. WASHINGTON. (Chapter LV. H. B. No. 86.) An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Washington, and Declaring an Emergency. Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Washington : Section i. The members of the Board of Dental Examiners to be appointed on or before the first Monday in February, 1894, for terms commencing the first Monday of March, 1894, shall be appointed and commissioned by the Governor for the following 150 world's history and terms, to-wit: Two members of said Board for the term of one year, and three members of said Board for the term of two years. All members of said Board appointed subsequent to the year 1894 for regular terms shall be appointed for the term of two years, and until their successors, respectively, are appointed and qualified. In each odd numbered year, subsequent to the year 1894, two members of said Board shall be appointed, and in each even numbered year three members shall be appointed. Appoint- ments for each year shall be made on or before the first Monday in February of such year, and the term of office of each such member so appointed shall begin on the first Monday of March of such year. At least two of said members of said Board shall be selected from east of the summit of the Cascade mountains, and at least two from west of said summit. All vacancies occur- ring in said Board of Examiners may be filled by the Governor at any time. The Board of Dental Examiners appointed under the Act entitled "An Act to regulate the practice of dentistry, and to protect the people against empiricism in relation thereto in the Territory of Washington," approved January 28, 1888, whose terms of office will expire on the first Monday of March, 1894, are hereby recognized and confirmed as the State Board of Dental Examiners for the State of Washington, and said Board shall continue to hold their said orifices until the expiration of their said terms, and to perform the duties of the same in accordance with the provisions of this Act. Sec. 2. Each member of said Board hereafter shall, before entering upon the duties of his office, take and subscribe an oath or affirmation in substantially the following form: State of Washington, ) County of ) I, , do solemnly swear or affirm that I will sup- port the constitution and laws of the United States of America and of the State of Washington, and that I will faithfully per- form the duties of the office of member of the Board of Dental Examiners of the State of Washington. So help me God. (Signed) Sec. 3. The Board shall choose one of its members President and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least twice in each year, in May and November, or oftener, at the call of the Presi- dent and Secretary. Thirty days' notice must be given of the REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 151 time and place of the meeting of said Board by publication of such notice in at least four newspapers in general circulation pub- lished in the State of Washington, no two of such newspapers to be published in any one county. Three members of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. Any person or persons who desire to begin the prac- tice of dentistry in the State of Washington after the passage of this Act shall file his or her name, together with an application for examination, with the Secretary of the State Board of Dental Examiners, and, at the time of making such application, shall pay to the Secretary of the Board a fee of twenty-five dollars, and shall present him or herself at the first regular meeting thereafter of said Board to undergo examination before that body. No person shall be eligible for such an examination unless he or she shall be of good moral character, and shall present to said Board his or her diploma from some dental college in good standing, and shall give satisfactory evidence of his or her rightful possession of the same: Provided, That the said Board may admit to ex- amination such other persons of good moral character as shall give satisfactory evidence of having been engaged in the practice of dentistry ten years prior to the date of application for exami- nation. Said Board shall have the power to determine the good standing of any colleges from which such diplomas may be granted. Said examination shall be elementary and practical in character, but sufficiently thorough to test the fitness of the can- didate to practice dentistry. It shall include, written in the English language, questions on the following subjects: Anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica, therapeutics, metallurgy, histology, pathology, operative and surgical dentistry, and also demonstrations of their skill in operative and mechanical den- tistry. All persons successfully passing such examination shall be registered as licensed dentists in the Board register as herein- after provided, and also receive a certificate to be signed by the President and Secretary of said Board and in substantially the following form to-wit: This is to certify that is hereby licensed to prac- tice dentistry in the State of Washington. This certificate must be filed for record in the office of the auditor of any county in which the party holding said certificate desires to practice, and it 152 world's history and is unlawful for him (or her) to practice dentistry in any county in which said certificate is not filed for record. Dated at this .... day of A. D. 1 89 . . President of said Board of Dental Examiners. Secretary of said Board. Sec. 5. The certificates in this Act provided for shall entitle the holder thereof to practice dentistry in any county in the State of Washington: Provided, Such certificate shall first be filed for record in the office of the auditor of the county in which such holder desires to practice, and nothing herein contained shall be construed to permit any holder of any certificate to practice in any county in this State unless such certificate shall have been first recorded in the office of the auditor of such county as here- in provided: Provided further, That any such holder of a certifi- cate may practice in more than one or any number of counties in this State on having such certificate recorded in each of such counties in which such holder desires to so practice. Said Board of Dental Examiners shall, upon satisfactory proof of the loss of any certificate issued under the provisions of this Act, issue a new certificate in place thereof. Any person failing to pass the first examination successfully may demand a second examination at a subsequent meeting of said Board, and no fee shall be charged to [for] said examination: Provided, That the second examination is taken before the expiration of one year. Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of said Board to meet at the city of Olympia in said State on the 2d day of May, 1893, an ^ with- in ten days thereafter to transfer to a register, to be provided by them for that purpose, the name, residence and place of business of each and every person who at the time of the passage of this Act, pursuant to said Act. of the Legislature of the Territory of Washington, approved January 28, 1888, shall be qualified to prac- tice dentistry in the State of Washington, and who shall then be registered on the books of the Board. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the said Board to send to each person so regis- tered prior to the passage of this Act, without fee, a certificate similar in form to the other certificate provided for by this Act, signed by the President and Secretary of said Board of Exam- iners, which certificate the holder thereof shall have recorded with the county auditor of the county in which the holder d^- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 153 sires to practice within ninety days from the date of said certifi- cates. Sec. 7. The county auditor of each county is required to re- cord, in a special book to be kept by him for that purpose, all certificates issued under the provisions of this Act, which may be presented to him for that purpose. After the record of any such certificate such auditor shall return the same with a certifi- cate of its record to the party entitled to the same. Said auditor shall receive for such filing and record a fee of one dollar. Sec. 8. Any person who as principal, agent, employer, em- ploye, assistant, or in any manner whatever shall practice den- tistry, or who for reward or hire shall do any act of dentistry without having filed for record and having recorded in the office of the auditor of the county wherein he shall so practice or do such act, a certificate from said Board of Dental Examiners en- titling him to so practice, shall be deemed guilty of a misde- meanor, and, upon conviction, shall be fined in any sum not less than fifty dollars nor more than two hundred dollars, or be con- fined for any period not exceeding six months in the county jail, for each and every offense: Provided, The foregoing provisions of this section shall not, prior to the 2d day of July, A. D. 1893, apply to any person who shall be a duly licensed and practicing dentist in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, and whose name shall be registered as such in the records of said Board. After said second day of July, A. D. 1893, all the pro- visions of this section shall apply to all persons whomsoever. All fines recovered under this Act shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which conviction is had. Sec. 9. In any prosecution for misdemeanor under the pro- visions of this Act, the certificate of the county auditor of the county within which such misdemeanor is alleged to have been committed, to the effect that there is no certificate of the Board of Dental Examiners of this State on file in such auditor's office issued under the provisions of this Act to the person accused of such misdemeanor, shall be sufficient proof prima facie that such person is not entitled to practice dentistry in such county. Sec. 10. In order to provide the means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- iners shall charge such person applying to or appearing before them for examination for a certificate of qualification the fee hereinbefore provided for, which fee shall be in no case returned; 154 world's history and and out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board from the fees so charged the sum of five dollars for each day act- ually engaged in the duties of their office, and all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in attending to the duties of said Board shall be paid to each member of said Board. Said Board may also pay out of said fund all expenses which may be rea- sonably incurred by them in carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act. Said Board may, if deemed best by said Board, with the consent of the prosecuting attorney of any county, employ and compensate out of said fund special counsel to assist in the prosecution in the courts of such county and the Supreme Court of any offense alleged to have been committed under the provisions of this Act in such county. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees received by the Board under the pro- visions of this Act, and no part of the salary or expenses of said Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess of salaries and expenses as above provided for shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board and carrying out the provisions of this Act, he giving such bond as the Board may from time to time direct; and said Board shall make annual re- port of its proceedings to the Governor on or before the fifteenth day of October of each year, together with an account of moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. Sec. ii. All persons shall be said to be practicing dentistry within the meaning of this Act, who shall for a fee or salary, or other reward, paid either to himself or to another person for oper- ations or parts of operations of any kind, treat diseases or lesions of the human teeth or jaws or correct malpositions thereof, but nothing in this Act contained shall be taken to apply to bona fide students of dentistry or one in pursuit of clinical advantages, un- der the direct supervision of a preceptor or licensed dentist in this State, during the period of their enrollment in a dental col- lege and attendence upon a regular uninterrupted course in such a college, nor to physicians in the regular discharge of their duties. Sec. 12. It shall be the duty of the prosecuting attorney for each county to attend to the prosecution of all complaints made under this Act, both upon the preliminary hearing in the justice court or before any magistrate before whom such complaint may be made, and also upon hearing in the court, either upon such REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 155 complaint or upon any information or indictment filed against any person under this Act: Provided, Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent the prosecution of any person for violation of this Act upon information of the prosecuting attorney di- rectly. The attorney-general of this State shall appear in the Su- preme court and attend to the prosecution of all criminal cases arising under this Act which maybe appealed to said court or be taken to said court by writ of error. Sec. 13. Sections I, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Act of the Territory of Washington entitled "An Act to regulate the prac- tice of dentistry and to protect the people against empiricism in relation thereto in the Territory of Washington," approved Janu- ary 28, 1888 (said sections being sections 2854, 2856, 2857, 2858, 2859, 2860, 2861, 2862 and 2863, of the first volume of Hill's Stat- utes and Codes of Washington), are hereby repealed. Sec. 14. All laws or parts of laws in conflict with the pro- visions of this Act are hereby repealed. Six. 15. Whereas, no adequate law relative to the practice of dentistry exists, and great embarrassment and inconvenience in relation thereto in this State will arise from delay of time when this Act shall take effect, it is therefore declared that an emer- gency, exists, and that this Act take effect and be in force from and after the approval by the Governor. Approved March 8, 1893. WEST VIRGINIA. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in this State, and to Protect the People Against Empiricism in Rela- tion Thereto. (Passed February 14, 1881.) Be it Enacted by the Legislature of J Vest Virginia : Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry, for compensation in this State, unless such person shall have received a diploma from some dental col- lege, duly incorporated under the laws of this State, or some of the United States, or foreign government in which is annually delivered, in good faith, a full course of lectures and instruction in dentistry, or shall have obtained a license from a Board of Dentists, duly authorized and appointed by the authorities of this 156 world's history and State, or some one of the United States, in the manner herein- after mentioned. Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the Board of Public Works to appoint nine dentists, learned in the profession, three of whom shall be appointed in each congressional district, who shall con- stitute a Board for the examination of applicants in their own district, and before which all applicants for license to practice dentistry shall appear and be examined touching his proficiency in said art, or profession, and if two, or more, of said Board deem the said applicant qualified to practice said profession, they shall sign said license. For making which examination the said exam- iners shall have a fee of two dollars each to be paid by the appli- cant: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall prevent any per- son from extracting teeth, or in any manner interfere with any person now engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, The term of office of such Board shall be five years. Sec. 3. Any person violating the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and, on conviction thereof, shall be fined not less than ten, nor more than one hundred, dol- lars. Approved February 21, 1881. An Act to Amend and Re-enact Section Two of Chapter Forty-five of the Acts of One Thousand Eight Hundred and Eighty-one, Concerning Dentistry. (Passed February 12, 1883.) Be it Enacted by the Legislature of West Virginia : Section i. That section two of chapter forty-five of the Acts of one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one be amended and re-enacted so as to read as follows: Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the Board of Public Works to appoint twelve dentists, learned in the profession, three of whom shall be appointed in each congressional district, who shall con- stitute a Board for the examination of applicants in their own district, and before which any applicant for license to practice dentistry shall appear and be examined touching his proficiency in such art, or profession, and if two, or more, of said Board shall deem the said applicant qualified to practice said profession, they shall sign said license. For making which examination the said examiners shall have a fee of two dollars each, to be paid by the REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 157 applicant: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall prevent any person from extracting teeth, with or without compensation, or in any manner interfere with any person who was* engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State on the fourteenth day of May, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one. The term of office of such Board shall be five years. Approved February 22, 1883. WISCONSIN. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry, and to Establish a Board of Dental Examiners. The People of the State of Wisconsin, represented in the Senate and Assembly, do Enact as follows: Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person who is not, at the time of the passage of this Act, engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, to commence such practice, unless he shall have obtained a license as hereinafter provided. Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purpose and enforce the provisions of this Act. That members of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor. Three mem- bers of this Board, at least, shall be members of the Wisconsin State Dental Society. The terms for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be five years, except that the members of the Board first appointed under this Act shall hold their offices for the terms of one, two, three, four and five years, respectively, and until their successors are appointed and quali- fied. In case of vacancy occurring in said Board such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor. Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each year and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all meet- ings constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall, at all reasonable times, be open to public inspection. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who is engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, within six months from the date of the passage of this Act, and annually thereafter, to cause his or her name and residence or place of business to be 158 world's history and registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose, and every person who shall register with said Board, as a practitioner of dentistry, may continue to practice the same as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties- provided in this Act. . The Board of Examiners shall furnish to the county clerks a certified list of those registered, and it shall be the duty of the county clerks to register such names in the book kept for such purpose. Every person registering with the Board of Examiners shall pay as a fee therefor the sum of one dollar. Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire, may appear before the said Board at any of its regular meetings and be ex- amined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental sur- gery, and if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such person, as they shall find from such examinations to possess the requisite qualifications, a license to practice den- tistry, in accordance with the provisions of this Act. But said Board shall at all times issue a license to any regular graduate of any reputable, legally incorporated dental college, which requires that the candidate for graduation shall attend two full courses of lectures of five months each, the last of which shall be attended in the institution granting the diploma, without examination, upon the payment by such graduate to the said Board of a fee of one dollar. All the licenses issued by said Board shall be signed by the members thereof and be attested by its President and Sec- retary; and such license shall be prima facie evidence of the rights of the holder to practice dentistry in the State of Wis- consin. Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this Act, or who shall pursue or practice dentistry in this State without having annually registered, or who shall pursue or prac- tice dentistry in this State without having a license therefor, as herein provided, or who, having such license, shall fail or neg- lect to annually register, shall be deemed guilty of a misde- meanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not less than ten dollars and not more than one hundred dollars for each and every offense. And each patient treated and each operation per- formed shall be deemed a separate offense under this Act; and each registration shall expire on the thirtieth day of September of each year: Provided, That this shall not be construed so as REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 159 to prevent regular practicing physicians, residents of this State, from extracting teeth. Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- iners may charge each person applying to, or appearing before, them for examination for license to practice dentistry, a fee of ten dollars. And out of the funds coming into their possession, from the fees mentioned in this Act, the members of said Board may receive all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in at- tending the meetings of said Board and conducting the business thereof. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees received by the Board, under the provisions of this Act, and no part of the expenses of said Board shall be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess of said expenses, above provided for, shall be held by the secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct. And said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor, on the thirtieth day of September in each year, together with an account of all moneys received and distributed by them pursuant to this Act. Sec. 8. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its passage and publication. Approved March 23, 1885. Amended April 5. 1887. WYOMING. Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person to practice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Wyoming without first having received a diploma from a reputable dental college or university, duly incorporated or established under the laws of some one of the United States or some foreign government, which is recognized as such by the National Association of Dental Examiners: Provided, that nothing in section one of this Act shall apply to any bona fide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act; And provided, that nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to pre- vent physicians or surgeons from extracting teeth. Sec. 2. Every person who shall hereafter engage in the prac- tice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State, shall file a copy of his or her diploma with the county clerk of the county in 160 world's history and which he or she resides, which copy shall be sworn to by the party filing the same, and the clerk shall give a certificate with the seal of the county attached thereto, to such party filing the copy of his or her diploma, and shall file or register the name of the person, the date of filing, and the nature of the instrument, in a book to be kept by him for that purpose. Sec. 3. Every bona fide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery residing in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, and desiring to continue the same, shall, within sixty days after the passage of this Act, file an affidavit of said facts as to the length of time he or she has practiced in this State, with the county clerk of the county in which he or she resides, and the said clerk shall register the name of and give a certificate to the party filing the affidavit, in like manner and of like effect as hereinbefore provided. • Sec. 4. All certificates issued under the provisions of this Act shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice under this Act. Sec. 5. Every person violating the provisions of this Act shall, on conviction thereof, be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and be punished by a fine of not less than fifty dollars, nor more than two hundred dollars, for each and every offense, or be imprisoned in the county jail for sixty days, or both fine and imprisonment, at the discretion of the court, and all fines col- lected shall belong to and be paid into the common school funds of the county where the offense was committed. Sec. 6. Any person who shall have filed his or her affidavit or diploma, as required in sections two and three of this Act, in one county and remove to another county, shall, before entering on the practice of his or her profession in such last named county, procure a certified copy of the record of his or her former registry, and cause such transcript to be filed and recorded in the dental register of such county in which he or she has removed. Sec. 7. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after its passage. Approved 1893. 1 REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 161 DOMINION OF CANADA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 3,470,257 square miles. Population, 4,829,420. Capital, Ottawa; population, 44,160. THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. Any person wishing to study dentistry must pass the matricu- lation examination for admission to the study of medicine, at McGill or Laval, and before indentureship Arrangements have been made in 1892 to obtain the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery from McGill and Laval Universities, which, however, is not necessary in order to obtain the license. The latter, however, is only recognized in the Province of Que- bec, while the degree will be recognized by the National Asso- ciation of Dental Faculties, and will entitle its holder to practice in nearly all the provinces of Canada, as well as in most of the neighboring states of the American Union. THE DENTAL COLLEGE OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. In accordance with the amended Act of Incorporation (1892), the Board established The Dental College of the Province of Quebec, in Montreal, to be affiliated, for obtaining the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery, with the Universities of McGill (Eng- lish) and Laval (French). The course of study for the license extends over four full years, of twelve months each, under indentures with a licensed dentist of the Province of Quebec, and is divided as follows: First Year — Exclusively in the laboratory of licentiate. Second Year — Anatomy, Physiology and Chemistry Lect- ures. Third Year — Dental Lectures, and Technique in Operating, and Prosthetic Dentistry. Fourth Year — Dental Lectures, Operating and Prosthetic Dentistry. applicants for the degree of doctor of dental surgery. The course extends over three calendar years as follows, with matriculation, but not necessarily indentureship, except in the case of applicants for license: 11 162 world's history and First Year — Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Prosthetic, Technique and Practical Dentistry for the latter half of the term. Second Year — Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry (with Pass Examination in McGill or Laval) and Prosthetic Dentistry, Pa- thology, Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Histology and Operative Dentistry. Third Year — Dental Pathology, Dental Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Surgery, Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. The above course is in conformity with the requirements of the " National Association of Dental Faculties," and is subject to additions by McGill or Laval. All persons residing within the Province, authorized by law to practice the profession of dentist therein, and who have ob- tained a certificate as a licensed surgeon dentist in this Province, and who are registered as such, are incorporated under the appel- lation of the " Dental Association of the Province of Quebec," having a common seal, with power to change, amend, cancel or renew the same. Under such name the corporation shall be vested with all the powers conferred upon civil corporations under the laws of the country, but shall be precluded from acquiring any real estate of over ten thousand dollars in value. Dominio?i Dental Journal (official organ of the Ontario Den- tal Association) is the only dental publication in Canada. It is published monthly. Editor-in-chief, W. George Beers, L. D. S., Montreal, P. Q. The Canadian Journal of Dental Scie?ice was issued from Montreal, 1868-77. Editor, W. G. Beers. There is one dental society, the Odonto logical Society of Quebec. The number of dentists in Quebec is about 140. ONTARIO. An Act Respecting Dentistry, Consolidated with Amend- ments OF 189I AND I892. Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, Enacts as follows: 1. "The Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario," in- corporated under the Act passed in the thirty-first year of Her Majesty's reign, and chaptered 37, is continued, and every person REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 163 who holds a valid and unforfeited certificate of license to prac- tice dentistry which has been granted to him by the Board of Directors of the said college, shall be a member of the said cor- poration. 2. ( I ) The said college shall have power to acquire and hold real estate not exceeding at any time in annual value $5,000, and may alienate, exchange, mortgage, incumber, lease or otherwise charge or dispose of the same, or any part thereof, as occasion may require, and may erect buildings for the purpose of accom- modating lecturers on dentistry, or for a library, dental museum, or specimen room, or for other purposes for the use of the mem- bers of the said college. (2) No such alienation, exchange, mortgage, incumbrance, lease, charge or disposition, shall be made, given or effected, ex- cept with the consent of the Board of Directors, which consent shall be signified by the votes of a majority of the members pres- ent at a meeting of the Board duly called for that purpose; and notice of such meeting shall be duly given to every member of the Board, by letter mailed to his last registered address, seven days before the day appointed for such meeting, and the notice shall state the object of such meeting. The President and Sec- retary shall have power to affix the corporate seal of the college to any instrument necessary to carry out the intention of the Board. 3. (1) There shall be a Board of Directors of the said Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, to be constituted in the manner hereinafter provided for in this Act and referred to in this Act as the " Board." (2) The Board shall consist of eight members, all of whom shall be members of the said Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, who shall hold office for two years, and of whom any four shall form a quorum. (3) One member of the Board shall be elected from each of the electoral districts by the members of the college resident in such district, and each member of the Board shall be an elector in the electoral district he represents, and shall not be a member of the faculty of the school of dentistry constituted under section nine of the said Act respecting dentistry. When a vacancy occurs in the representation of the faculty such a vacancy shall be filled by the faculty. (4) One member of the Board shall be elected by and from 164 world's history and the faculty of the school of dentistry constituted under section nine of the said Act respecting dentistry. (5) Any member of the Board may at any time resign by let- ter directed to the Secretary, and in the event of such resigna- tion, or a vacancy occurring by death or otherwise, the remaining members of the Board shall elect some fit and proper person from among the members of the college to fill the vacancy for the remainder of the term from the members in the electoral dis- trict in which the vacancy occurs. 4. (1) Elections of the Board shall be held on the second Wednesday of December in every second year, reckoning from the year 1890; and the present Board of Directors shall hold office until the first meeting of the new Board. (2) The persons qualified to vote at such elections shall be the members of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, under the provisions of the Acts respecting dentistry heretofore in force, or under the provisions of this Act, and are not in arrears in respect to any fees payable under the provisions of this Act, and are resident in the Province of Ontario. (3) The votes at said elections shall be given by closed vot- ing papers, and shall be delivered to the Secretary of the said college by registered letter before the second Wednesday in December in the year in which the election takes place. (4) The Province of Ontario shall be divided into seven elec- toral districts. " (5) The manner of holding such election shall, with respect to notification of the electors of the time and place of holding the election, the nomination of candidates therefor, the presiding officer thereat, the taking and counting of the votes, the giving of a casting vote in case of an equality of votes, and other neces- sary details, be determined by by-laws to be passed by the Board, and in default of such by-laws the Lieutenant-Governor in Council may prescribe the time and manner of holding such elections. (6) Every newly elected Board shall hold its first meeting in Toronto, on the fourth Tuesday in March, or at such other time as may be fixed by the retiring Board, and the members of such Board shall hold office until the first meeting of their successors. Special meetings of the Board shall be called by the President on request in writing of four members of the Board. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 165 5. (1) Every Board shall at its first meeting elect a President, Treasurer and Registrar, and shall appoint a Secretary who shall reside in the City of Toronto, and such other officers as the Board may consider necessary. The Treasurer and Secretary shall re- ceive such remuneration for their services as the Board may decide. (2) The Board shall from time to time, in the event of the President being absent, from any cause whatever, elect, from among its members, a person to preside at its meetings, who shall have the same powers and exercise the same functions as the Presi- dent. 6. There shall be allowed and paid to each of the members of the Board such fees for attendances (in no case to exceed $5 per day), and such reasonable traveling expenses as may from time to time be allowed by the Board. 7. Each member of the college engaged in the practice of dentistry in the Province of Ontario shall pay to the Treasurer, or to any person deputed by the Treasurer to receive the same, on or before the first day of November of each year, such annual fee as may be determined by by-law of the Board, not less than $1 nor more than $3, toward the general expenses of the college, and such fee shall be recoverable with costs by suit in the name of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, in the Division Court having jurisdiction where the member so in default resides, and such member shall not be entitled to re- cover in any court for any services rendered in the practice of dentistry while so in default, but no funds collected under this section shall be disbursed otherwise than for the expenses of the Board and the enforcement of the penal clauses of this Act. 8. All moneys under the control of the Board shall be paid to the Treasurer, and shall be applied to the carrying of this Act into execution. 9. The Board shall have power and authority to make ar- rangements for the establishment of a school of dentistry in the City of Toronto. 10. The Board shall have power and authority to appoint one or more examiners for the matriculation or preliminary examina- tion of all students entering the profession, or may accept in lieu of such matriculation or preliminary examination evidence that any student has passed any other satisfactory examination. Such examination shall be passed prior to entering into articles of in- 166 world's history and denture with a licentiate of dentistry, and the commencement of study shall date from the signing of said articles. ii. The Board shall have power and authority to fix and de- termine, from time to time, a curriculum of studies to be pursued by students, and to fix and determine the period for which every student shall be articled and employed under some duly licensed practitioner, and the examination necessary to be passed, and the fees to be paid into the hands of the Treasurer of the Boards before receiving a certificate of license to practice the profession of dentistry, and to fix and determine the conditions upon which dentists residing elsewhere than in Ontario, and students and graduates from other dental colleges, may be admitted to mem- bership in the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario. 12. The Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario may, subject to the approval of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council^ make arrangements with any university or college in Ontario, for the attendance of students of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons at such lectures or classes in any such university or college as may come within the course of subjects of instruction prescribed by the rules, by-laws, and regulations of the said, the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, and may, subject as aforesaid, agree with any such university or college for the use of any library, museum or property belonging to, or under the control of, such university or college, and may affiliate with any such university or college, and may enter into all arrange- ments necessary for such end, upon such terms as may be agreed upon. 13. The Board of Directors of the college shall also have authority to examine candidates and grant certificates of license to practice dental surgery in this Province. 14. With a view to encourage the attainment of a higher standard of education among the licentiates of the college, the Board may by by-law provide that any licentiate in dentistry, being a member of the college of not less than five years' stand- ing, shall receive the title of " Master of Dental Surgery " of said college, upon passing such examinations and complying with such regulations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. 15. (1) The Board shall from time to time make such rules, regulations and by-laws as may be necessary for the proper and better guidance, government, discipline and regulation of the REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 167 said Board and said profession of dentistry, and the carrying out of this Act, which said rules, regulations and by-laws shall be published for two consecutive weeks in the 0?itario Gazette. (2) Any or all of such rules, regulations and by-laws shall be liable to be canceled and annulled by an order of the Lieutenant- Governor of this Province. 16. All persons being British subjects by birth or naturaliza- tion, who were engaged on the 4th day of March, 1868, in the practice of the profession of dentistry, or who, not having been residents of Ontario, have had three years' experience in the practice of dentistry, shall be entitled to the certificate of " Li- centiate of Dental Surgery," upon furnishing to the Board satis- factory proof of their having been so engaged, or having had such experience, and upon passing the required examination, and upon payment of the fees authorized and fixed by the Board (of the payment of which the Treasurer's receipt shall be sufficient evi- dence); and all persons being British subjects by birth or natural- ization, who were constantly engaged for five years and upwards in established office practice, next preceding the said 4th day of March, 1868, in the practice of the profession of dentistry in the Province of Ontario, shall, upon proof as aforesaid, and upon payment of the fees aforesaid, be entitled to such certificate without passing any examination. 17. (1) The Board once at least in every year, at a time or times to be fixed by the Board, shall cause to be held an exam- ination of the candidates for certificates and titles which the Board has authority to grant. (2) At every such examination the candidates shall be exam- ined by examiners to be appointed for the purpose by the Board, and the candidates shall be examined orally or in writing or otherwise, in the subjects which the Board consider the most fit- ting for such examination. (3) The examiners shall receive such remuneration as may be fixed by the Board. (4) Each examiner, by acceptance of his appointment as such, shall become bound by the terms of the following declaration, and shall, if required, sign the same in the presence of the Presi- dent, Vice-President or Secretary of the Board: " I solemnly declare that I will perform my duty of examiner without fear, favor, affection or- partiality towards any candidate, 168 world's history and and that I will not knowingly allow to any candidate any advant- age which is not equally allowed to all." 18. (i) The Board shall hold at least one meeting in each year in the city of Toronto, at such place as may from time to time be fixed by the Board, for the purpose of granting certifi- cates of license and doing such other business as may properly come before them. The said meetings shall be held at such times as the Board may appoint, and shall continue from day to day until the business before the Board is finished; but no meet- ing shall continue for more than one week. (2) Every person desirous of being examined, touching his qualifications for the practice of the profession of dentistry, shall, at least one month before such examination, pay into the hands of the Treasurer the required fees, and enclose and deliver to the Secretary the Treasurer's receipt for the same, together with satis- factory evidence of his apprenticeship and compliance with the rules and regulations from time to time prescribed by the Board, and of his integrity and good morals. 19. If the Board is satisfied by the examination that the per- son is duly qualified to practice the profession of dentistry, and is further satisfied that he is a person of integrity and good moral character,' it shall, subject to such rules, regulations and by-laws, grant him a certificate of license and the title of " Licentiate of Dental Surgery," which certificate and title shall entitle him to all the rights and privileges conferred by this Act. 20. Every certificate of license shall be sealed with the cor- porate seal of the college and signed by the President and Sec- retary of the Board; and the production of such certificate of license shall be prima facie evidence in all courts and upon all proceedings of whatever kind, of its execution and contents. 21. The Secretary of the said Board shall, on or before the fifteenth day of January, in each year, enclose to the Provincial Secretary a certified list of the names of all persons to whom cer- tificates of license have been granted during the then next pre- ceding year. 22. (1 ) No person who is not a member of the said the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario shall practice the profes- sion of dentistry, or perform any dental operation upon, or pre- scribe any dental treatment for any patient, for hire, gain or hope of reward, whether by, way of fees, salary, rent, percentage of receipts, or in any other form whatever, or shall pretend to hold, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 169 or take or use any name, title, addition or description implying that he holds a certificate of license to practice dentistry, or that he is a member of the said the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, or shall falsely represent, or use any title representing that he is a graduate of any dental college. (2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions of this Act, shall for each such offense incur a penalty of $20. (3) Provided that this section shall not prevent any duly in- dentured and registered student of dentistry from receiving clin- ical instruction and practice under the personal supervision of a member of the college. 4 23. Every penalty imposed by this Act may be recovered with full costs of prosecution on summary conviction before any one or more of Her Majesty's Justices of the Peace for the county in which the offense is committed. 24. Except where it is herein otherwise provided, the pro- cedure upon any such prosecution shall be that prescribed by the Act respecting summary convictions before Justices of the Peace and appeals to General Sessions. 25. The penalty and costs imposed upon any such conviction shall be forthwith paid over to the convicting Justice, and the penalty shall be by him paid over to the Secretary of the said college; and in case the said penalty and costs are not paid forth- with, the said Justice may issue his warrant to commit the de- fendant to the common gaol of the county, there to be im- prisoned for any term not exceeding one month, unless the penalty or costs are sooner paid. 26. The penalty imposed by Section 22 of this Act may be recovered with full costs of suit in the name of the Royal Col- lege of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, in the proper Division Court. 27. On any prosecution or action under this Act, the burden of proof that the defendant is entitled to practice the profession of dentistry as aforesaid, or to use the title assumed by him, or that he is a graduate of the dental college of which he professes to be a graduate (as the case may be), shall be upon the defend- ant. 28. No person who contravenes any of the provisions of this Act or any amending Act, shall be entitled to sue or recover in any court for any work done, or materials provided by him, in the ordinary and customary work of a dentist. 29. Nothing in this Act shall affect or interfere with the 170 world's history and rights and privileges conferred upon legally qualified medical practitioners by the Acts relating to the practice of medicine and surgery in this Province. There now exist two institutions for dental education in the Province of Ontario, viz., School of Dentistry of the Royal Col- lege of Surgeons of Ontario, and University of Toronto De- partment of Dentistry. From the former institution the student receives the degree of Licentiate of Dental Surgery. But there can also be obtained another degree from that college. Section 2 of By-law No. 9, of Consolidated By-laws of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, reads: "All licentiates of dental surgery of the Province of Ontario, of not less than five years' standing, shall be eligible for exam- ination for the title of Master of Dental Surgery." Section 4 further reads: "The examination shall embrace the following subjects, viz.: Minute Anatomy of the Head and Neck, Visceral Anatomy and Physiology, Pathology, Dental Histology, Chemistry, Dental Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Dental Surgery, Operative Dentistry, and Practical Dentistry." From the University of Toronto Department of Dentistry the student receives the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery. The study of dentistry in the Province of Ontario involves a course of three and one-half full calendar years under indentures (not being engaged in any other business or occupation during the term). The number of dentists in Ontario is about 480. There are four dental societies; Ontario Dental Association, Eastern Ontario Dental Association, Toronto Dental Society, and Hamilton Dental Society. NOVA SCOTIA. An Act to Incorporate the Dental Association of the Province of Nova Scotia. Assented to this ic/th Day of May, 1891. M. B. Daly, Lieutenant-Governor. preamble. Whereas, By petition it has been represented that the profes- sion of dentistry is extensively practiced in the Province of Nova Scotia, and that it is expedient for the protection of the public that there should, by enactment, be established a certain standard of qualification required of each practitioner of the said profes- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 171 sion, and that certain privileges and protection should be afforded to such practitioners: Be it therefore E?iacted by the Governor, Council and Assembly as follows : Hereafter no person shall begin or enter upon the study of dentistry in any or all of its several branches, for the purpose of qualifying himself to practice the same in this Province, unless he shall have obtained from the Provincial Dental Board a cer- tificate that he has satisfactorily passed a matriculation or pre- liminary examination in the subjects specified in schedule " B " to this chapter. SCHEDULE " B. Standard of Matriculation or preliminary examination estab- lished under this chapter. Compidsory. English Language including Grammar, Composi- tion and Writing and Decimal Fractions and the Extraction of the Square Root. Algebra to the end of Simple Equations. Geometry, first three books of Euclid. Latin, one book-transla- tion and Grammar. Elementary Mechanics of Solids and Fluids. And one of the following optional subjects : History of England with questions in Modern Geography, French translation, one Greek Book, History of Nova Scotia, History of the Dominion of Canada. No candidate shall be admitted to such matriculation or pre- liminary examination unless he shall have, at least fourteen days previous to such examination, given notice to the Registrar of the Board of his intention to present himself for such examina- tion and transmitted to the Registrar a certificate showing that he has completed his sixteenth year, and shall before the exam- ination, have paid a fee of ten ($10) dollars to the Registrar. Subject to the exceptions hereinafter made, no person shall practice dentistry in all or any of its several branches in Nova Scotia unless his name shall be registered in the book of Registry of the Provincial Dental Board and unless he shall have received from such Board a license to practice. No person shall be entitled to have his name entered in the Register of the Provincial Dental Board or to receive a license to practice from such Board unless he shall satisfy the Board that he has passed the matriculation or preliminary examination; and after passing such examination he has followed his studies 172 world's history and during a period of not less than three years (twelve months of which may be under the direction of one or more regularly qual- ified dental practitioners) that during such three years he has attended at some university, college or incorporated school of dentistry in good standing, courses of lectures, amounting to- gether to not less than twelve months on General and Practical Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Operative Dentistry, Mechan- ical Dentistry, or Dental Therapeutics; and that he has attended the clinics, both in Operative and Mechanical Dentistry in some university or dental college, recognized by the Board, for a period of not less than two years; that he has, after examination in the subjects of the course, obtained a degree or diploma from such university, college, or incorporated school of dentistry, or for want of such degree or diploma that he has satisfactorily passed an examination in the various branches hereinbefore specified, before examiners to be appointed by the Provincial Dental Board; that he is not less than twenty-one years of age and that he has paid to the Registrar of the Board a fee of twenty ($20) dollars; Provided, That the Provincial Dental Board shall have power, with the approval of the Dental Association, to make such alterations in the foregoing curriculum as may from time to time be required, subject to the approval of the Governor-in-council. The last preceding section shall not apply to any person in actual practice in the Province of Nova Scotia, previous to the passing of this Act, but such person shall be entitled to be regis- tered and to receive a license to practice under this chapter by payment of five ($5) dollars; and notwithstanding the provisions of such section, any person upon producing to the Provincial Dental Board conclusive evidence that he has passed a matricu- lation or preliminary examination, such as is required by this chapter for persons beginning their dental studies in Nova Sco- tia; that he has before graduating or taking a diploma, studied for at least three years in the manner provided in Section 14 of this chapter or pursued what the Board shall deem an equivalent course of study, and has passed a. final examination in the subjects of such course or for want of any such requisitions, any one who may have commenced their studies before the passage of this Act and shall have fulfilled such conditions as the Board may determine; and shall pay a fee of twenty ($20) dollars, shall be entitled to be registered and to receive a license to practice. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 173 QUALIFICATIONS FOR MATRICULATION. As a student in dentistry: (a) The applicant must be the full age of sixteen years. (&) A written application for matriculation accompanied by certificate of age and character, at least fourteen (14) days before the examination. (See Section 12, Act of Incorporation.) (c) A matriculation fee of ten ($10) dollars must be paid to the Secretary-Registrar before the examination. (d) Candidates must pass an examination in the branches named in Section 36, Schedule "B," Act of Incorporation), or They must possess a degree, in Arts (not honorary) from some recognized university, or An "A" license from the Council of Public Instruction of Nova Scotia, or A "B" license from the same source, including an examination in Latin. (e) After having passed the examination satisfactorily, a cer- tificate from the Dental Board shall be given to that effect by the Secretary, and his studentship shall commence at that date. EXAMINATIONS FOR LICENSE TO PRACTICE DENTISTRY. Candidates for license to practice dentistry must qualify as follows: 1. He must be the full age of twenty-one years. 2. He must forward to the Secretary- Registrar fourteen (14) days before the examination: (a) A written application for examination, accompanied by a satisfactory certificate of character, and (&) The license fee of twenty ($20) dollars must be paid be- fore the examination takes place. (c) The matriculation certificate, unless Section 16, Act of Incorporation applies. (d) He must have been a student of dentistry for three full years under one or more licensed preceptors, a part of which may have been spent in some dental college recognized by the Board. (e) A written statement from himself and certificates from his preceptor or preceptors as to the length of time in months he was studying under his or their direction, and if he has attended any school of dentistry to present his class tickets and diploma. (/) He shall pass an examination before the Board on the 174 world's history and subjects usually included in a dental education, and to perform operations in the mouth and to give practical evidence of skill in Prosthetic Dentistry. (g) The examination shall be written, oral and clinical, and comprises the following subjects: 1. Anatomy, especially of the head and neck. 2. General Physiology and Dental Histology. 3. Principles and Practice of Medicine and Surgery, as ap- plied in Dentistry. 4. Operative Dentistry, Dental Pathology. 5. Therapeutics and Materia Medica. 6. Prosthetic Dentistry, Metallurgy. 7. Chemistry and Anaesthetics and other branches usually re- quired for a dental education. FINAL EXAMINATIONS. The Board of Examiners shall consist of practitioners, who shall prepare a set of examination papers, which shall be sub- mitted to the whole Board of Examiners, and a definite value placed upon each question, the aggregate value of each paper to be 100, 60 per cent, of correct answers to which shall pass the student, provided no subject shall fall below 35. An oral and clinical examination shall be held by each ex- aminer and the replies and operations shall be rated by the same standard as the written examination. .The Board of Examiners shall meet and examine the papers and operations, and if the student reaches the average of 60 per cent, on the whole work and does not fall below 50 in any clinic, he shall receive a certificate to practice dental surgery in Nova Scotia. REGISTRATION OF DIPLOMAS. Any person in possession of a diploma from a college of den- tistry recognized by the Board, and who has been a student of dentistry for thirty-six months may be registered by the Regis- trar without examination, provided that he must possess the scholastic qualifications required in By-law No. 18, Sub-section (d), otherwise the applicant must pass a matriculation examina- tion as required in Sections 1 1, 12 and 14 of the Dental Act. All students of dentistry who were not registered under Section 16 of the Act of 1891, before October 1, 1892, are required to pass the matriculation examination as set forth in By-law No. 18, Sub- section (d). REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 175 The number of dentists registered in Nova Scotia was, Octo- ber I, 1892, 72. There exists one dental society in Nova Scotia. NEW BRUNSWICK. Dr. C. A. Murray writes from Moncton, N. B., June 9, 1893: "Previous to 1890 we had no law to regulate the practice of dentistry in any way; but during that year we succeeded in get- ting a bill through the ' House of Assembly.' Since that time we found where we could improve it very materially, and in 1893, the present year, we were successful in getting an amendment to the original act, and now we have a law which suits our purpose very well. " I will endeavor to give you some of the leading features. We will register no persons without passing the preliminary ex- amination before the Board of Examiners. This examination consists of a fair knowledge in the following subjects: English Grammar, Composition, Arithmetic, Geography, English and Canadian History, Algebra, Geometry, Chemistry and Latin. " The applicant must also have fulfilled all the requirements for graduation in some one of the dental colleges or schools in the United States, recognized by the National Association of Dental Faculties, and received a degree therefrom, or in some dental college or dental school in the Dominion of Canada or in Europe, in good standing, requiring for graduation an attendance of at least three school-years, of six months each, or more, and received a degree therefrom; or, " He must have fulfilled all the requirements for graduation in some dental college or school, in good standing, requiring for graduation an attendance of at least two school-years, of six months each, or more, and received a degree therefrom; and also passed an examination before the Board of Examiners in the following subjects: Physiology, Anatomy, Chemistry, Histology, Osteology, Dental Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Operative Den- tistry, Prosthetic Dentistry, Oral Surgery and Metallurgy. "An applicant for registration must be a resident of the Prov- ince for at least six months before being registered. "A person who violates the law is proceeded against accord- ing to the provisions of Chapter 62 of the Consolidated Statutes of the Dominion, or, in other words, the offender is arrested and 176 world's history and placed in prison, where he awaits his trial, and, if proved guilty, is fined for each and every offense. "There are about sixty dentists in this Province of New Brunswick, about two-thirds of whom are graduates from Ameri- can colleges. "We have one society, the New Brunswick Dental Society. This society appoints a Dental Council, composed of seven mem- bers of the society, who transact all business of the society. The Dental Council appoints the Board of Examiners." MANITOBA. The Dental Association of Manitoba was incorporated in 1883. Manitoba Dental Association Act, as Amended May 18, 1888. Whereas, The profession of dentistry is extensively practiced in the Province of Manitoba, and it is expedient for the protec- tion of the public that a certain standard of qualification should be required of each practitioner of said profession, and that cer- tain privileges and protection should be afforded to such practi- tioners; Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the consent of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Manitoba, E?iacts as follozvs: 1. The following persons, that is to say, James Lee Benson, Samuel Fowell Buxton Reid, Robert Ardea Harvie, John C. Bowers, H. D. Burritt, George F. Bush, Maj. C. Clarke, Robert R. Dalgleish, Archie Doherty, Edward William Emmons, T. J. Jones, James A. McCausland, Daniel McPhee, Jule Witham Nor- ton, Robert Hutcheson Robertson, J. B. Visburgh, J. Johnson White, Nicholas Franklin White, and every other person who holds a valid and unforfeited certificate of license to practice dentistry which has been granted to him by any Board of Direct- ors, duly elected under this Act, and who is registered under this Act, shall form the Dental Association of the Province of Manitoba. 2. The said Association is hereby incorporated under the name and style of "The Manitoba Dental Association," and the said Association shall be deemed tobe abody corporate and politic, and by the same name shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, with power to break, alter, change or make new the same, and by the name aforesaid may sue and be sued, im- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 177 plead and be impleaded, answer and be answered unto in all courts and places whatsoever, and may have, hold, receive, enjoy, possess and retain, for the purposes of said corporation, all such sums of money as may at any time be given or bequeathed to and for the use of the same, and by the said name purchase, take, hold, and enjoy any real estate or any estate or interest, derived or arriving out of real estate for the purpose aforesaid, and for no other purpose, and may sell, grant, lease, or otherwise dispose of, the same, but the real estate so held by the said corporation shall at no time exceed in annual value the sum of five thousand dollars. 3. The Board of Directors of said Association shall consist of five members, who shall hold office for three years; any mem- ber may at any time resign by letter directed to the Secretary, and, in the event of any such resignation, or a vacancy occurring by death or otherwise, the remaining members of the Board shall elect some fit and proper person from among the licentiates, be- ing members of this Association, to supply such vacancy. 4. The first Board of Directors shall be composed of the foi- ing persons: Jas. L. Benson, Samuel F. B. Reid and Robert A. Harvie, dentists of the city of Winnipeg; H. D. Burritt, of the town of Emerson, and J. Johnson White, of the Town of Portage la Prairie, and their term of office shall continue three years from the passing of this Act. 5. Every subsequent election of Directors shall be held in the city of Winnipeg, on the second Tuesday of January in every third year, and one month's notice by circular of such intended election shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the Association. 6. The persons qualified to vote at the said election shall be those licentiates who have obtained certificates of license under the provisions of this Act, and who are at the date of such elec- tion duly registered under this Act. 7. The election of directors shall be by ballot, and the licen- tiates receiving the highest number of votes shall be the directors for the then ensuing term. 8. The Secretary of the Association shall publish in the Manitoba Gazette the names of those persons who have been elected members of the Board of Directors, such publication to be in two successive issues of said Gazette next after the said elec- tion shall be held. 12 178 world's history and 9. The Board of Directors shall meet once a year on the sec- ond Tuesday in January, in the city of Winnipeg, and such meet- ing may be continued by adjournment from day to day until the business of the Board is finished, but no session shall exceed one week. 10. The said Board shall have no power to transact anybusL ness of the Association unless a majority of the members are present; and at their first meeting the said Board of Directors shall elect from among themselves a President, Secretary, Treas- urer, and Registrar. 11. All moneys forming part of the funds of this Association shall be paid to the Treasurer, and shall be applied to carry on the objects of this Act. 12. All persons in the Province of Manitoba who are and have been in regular and continuous office practice as dentists for a period of not less than six months immediately preceding the 7th day of July, A. D. 1883, shall, upon payment of such fees as are or shall be fixed by by-law of the Board of Directors, be entitled to receive certificates of license and to be registered un- der the provisions of this Act. 13. Any person who is a member of any college of dentistry of any of the Provinces of the Dominion of Canada having au- thority by law to grant certificates of license or diplomas to prac- tice dentistry, or who is a member of any association or school of dentistry having the like powers in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and who produces sufficient evidence of such membership and testimonials of good character and conduct, shall, upon payment of the required fees, be admitted as a mem- ber of this Association, and be entitled to receive a certificate of license to practice dentistry in this Province, and to be registered under the provisions of this Act: Provided, Jwwcver, That the said Board may in their discretion grant certificates of license to, and register, others than those possessing the qualifications hereinbe- fore mentioned upon being satisfied of their proficiency and upon production of satisfactory evidence of membership in a college or school of dentistry approved by said Board. 14. The Board of Directors shall, from time to time, make such rules, regulations, and by-laws as may be necessary for the better guidance, government, discipline and regulation of the said Board, and said profession of dentistry, and the carrying out of this Act. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 179 15. The said Board shall have power and authority to ap- point one or more examiners for the matriculation or prelimi- nary examination of all students entering the profession; or may accept in lieu of such matriculation or preliminary examination evidence that any student has passed any other satisfactory ex- amination; such examination shall be passed prior to entering into articles of indenture with a licentiate of dentistry, and the commencement of study shall date from the signing of said articles. 16. The said Board shall also have the power and authority to fix and determine from time to time a curriculum of studies to be pursued by students, and to fix and determine the period for which every student shall be articled and employed under some duly licensed and registered practitioner, and the examina- tion necessary to be passed before the Board, and the fees to be paid into the hands of the Treasurer of said Board before receiv- ing a certificate of license to practice the profession of dentistry and registration under this Act. 17. The Board of Directors of said corporation shall also have authority to examine candidates and grant certificates of license to practice dental surgery in this Province. 18. The said Board shall hold one meeting in each and every year in the City of Winnipeg, at such place as may from time to time be fixed by the Board for the purpose of examining students, granting certificates of license, and doing such other business as may properly come before them; such meetings shall be held on the second Tuesday of January of each year, and shall continue from day to day until the business before the Board is finished, but no such meeting shall continue for more than one week. 19. Every person being desirous of being examined by the said Board touching his qualifications for the practice of the said profession of dentistry, shall at least one month before the sitting of the said Board pay into the hands of the Treasurer the required fees, together with satisfactory evidence of his term of apprenticeship having been fulfilled, and as to integrity and good morals. 20. If the Board is satisfied by the said examination that the person is duly qualified to practice the profession of dentistry, and is further satisfied that he is a person of integrity and good moral character, it shall grant him a certificate of license, subject to the rules, regulations and by-laws promulgated under the 180 world's history and authority of this Act and the title of Licentiate of Dental Sur- gery, which certificate and title shall entitle him to all the rights and privileges of this Act, subject, however, to the provisions of this Act respecting registration. 21 Every certificate of license shall be sealed with the cor- porate seal of the Association and signed by the President and Secretary and Registrar of said Board, and the production of such certificate of license shall be prima facie evidence in all courts of law, and in all proceedings of whatever kind of its execution and contents. 22. The Secretary of the said Board shall, on or before the first day of February in each and every year, enclose to the Pro- vincial Secretary a certified list of the names of all persons then registered as members of the said Association for the then cur- rent year. 23. Every person holding a valid and unforfeited certificate of license to practice dentistry under the provisions of this Act, and who on or before the second Tuesday of January in each year shall have paid to the Registrar appointed by said Board a registration fee of $2, or who having during the then current year obtained a certificate of license from said Association to practice the profession of dentistry forthwith pays to the said Registrar a registration fee of $2, shall subject to the other provisions of this Act be entitled to have his name entered in the register referred to in the next succeeding section of this Act, and a copy of such register certified by the said Registrar shall be evidence in any court of justice in Manitoba that the persons therein named are the members of the said Association for the said year. (23a.) It shall be the duty of the Registrar as early as possi- ble in each year to make a correct register in the form of Sched- ule "A" to this Act of the names and addresses of all persons who may be entitled to registration under this Act as members of the said Association for the then current year. (d) No person shall be entitled to have his name on the said register unless the Registrar is satisfied by proper evidence that such person is entitled to be registered, and any appeal from a decision of the Registrar shall be decided by the Board of Directors of said Association. (c) If it shall at any time be proved to the satisfaction of the said Board that the name of any person has been improperly REVIEW OF DENTJSTRY. 1S1 inserted in the register for the year, such name may be erased therefrom by order of said Board. (d) Upon any person being registered under this Act, he shall be entitled to receive a certificate under the corporate seal of said Association, and signed by the Registrar in the form of Schedule " B " to this Act, or to the like effect. 24. All persons registered under this Act and no other shall be entitled to practice the profession of dentistry in the Province of Manitoba, and no person shall be entitled to any of the privi- leges of a licentiate or member of the said Association or to practice the profession of dentistry who is in default in respect to any fees payable by him by virtue of this Act. 25. In case a charge is made against any licentiate of unpro- fessional conduct or other misconduct, provided for by the By-laws to be passed under the provisions of this Act, the Board of Directors shall have power to hear and determine the same, and for this purpose to summon witnesses before them, and ad- minister an oath of affirmation to such witnesses; and if any licen- tiate shall be found guilty of the charge preferred against him, he shall forfeit his certificate and title, and the same shall be canceled; such forfeiture, however, may be annulled, and the said license and all rights and privileges thereunder fully re- newed and restored by said Board in such manner and upon such conditions and terms as the said Board shall think fit; Provided, however, that nothing in this Act contained shall em- power the said Board to deal with any criminal or other offense provided for by law. 26. Any licentiate who shall be convicted of any malpractice shall forfeit his license, and the same shall be canceled; but the Board shall have power to restore the same if it shall think fit and proper, notice of such restoration to be given for two weeks in some local paper to be determined upon by the Board. 27. It shall not be lawful for any person not holding a valid certificate of license and duly registered under this Act to prac- tice the profession of dentistry within the Province of Manitoba for hire, gain or hope of reward; and if any person after the pass- ing of this Act not holding such certificate of license and duly registered shall practice or profess to practice within this Prov- ince the said profession of dentistry, either publicly or privately, for hire, gain or hope of reward, or voluntarily and falsely pre- tends to be a duly qualified licentiate of dentistry, or assumes any 182 world's history and title, addition or description other than he actually possesses and is legally entitled to, or shall use any name, title, addition or de- scription implying or calculated to lead people to infer or believe him to be a duly qualified licentiate of dentistry, he shall be liable, upon conviction in a summary manner before any justice of the peace having jurisdiction where the offense is committed,, to a -penalty not exceeding two hundred dollars and not less than fifty dollars for the first offense, and for each and every sub- sequent offense to a penalty of four hundred dollars. 27a. Provided that this section shall not prevent any duly indentured and registered student of dentistry from receiving clin- ical instruction and practice under the personal supervision of a member of the said Association. 28. All prosecutions under the provisions hereof may be brought and heard before any justice of the peace having jurisdic- tion where the offense is committed, and such justice of the peace shall have power, in addition to the aforesaid penalty, to award payment of costs, and in case such penalty and costs be not paid forthwith- after conviction, he shall have power to issue a war- rant of distress therefor against the goods and chattels of the party so convicted, or in default of distress, to imprisonment for any period not exceeding six months. 29. In any such prosecution and trial, the onus of proof as to being a legally qualified licentiate of dentistry and a duly regis- tered member of said Association is upon the person charged. 30. Any penalties imposed by this Act may be also pro- ceeded for or recovered by suit in any court of law having juris- diction, and one-half of all penalties recovered shall go to the prosecutor, and the remainder shall be paid to the Treasurer of the Association, and form part of the funds of the Association. Any person may be complainant or prosecutor, provided always that every such prosecution shall be commenced within six months of the alleged offense. 31. No person shall be entitled to recover in any court of law for any professional services rendered or materials provided by him in the exercise of the profession of a dentist unless he be a duly and legally qualified licentiate of dentistry and duly regis- tered under the provisions of this Act. 32. Within two months after the coming into force of this Act there shall be an election of a new Board of Directors to be REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 183 chosen as by this Act prescribed, and the members of the present Board shall hold office only until their successors are elected. 33. For the purpose of voting at such election each member must have paid $10 to the Treasurer and be otherwise qualified for membership as provided in this Act; but unless the new Board to be so elected shall reduce the entrance fee to the sum of $10, no person who shall not have paid the full sum required by the By-laws shall have the privilege and rights given by this Act and said Chapter 53 of 46th and 47th Victoria, nor be entitled to regis- tration unless and until he shall pay the excess over and above such $10 prescribed by the By-laws of the new Board. 34. Should the new Board of Directors to be elected as herein provided deem the fees provided by By-law to be excess- ive, such Board may repeal such By-law as to fees and prescribe a lower sum or sums for fees, and in such case the Treasurer shall immediately refund. to those who have paid the larger sum the difference between such fees and those substituted therefor. 35. Nothing in this Act contained shall interfere with the privileges conferred upon physicians and surgeons by the various Acts relating to the practice of medicine and surgery in this Province; but in case a regular physician or surgeon shall desire to practice dentistry as a profession, and to publicly avow him- self as a practitioner of said profession Of dentistry, he shall first obtain a license from said Board of Directors by paying the neces- sary fees and passing an examination in operative and mechanical dentistry only. 36. This Act shall be cited as the "Manitoba Dental Associ- ation Act." CONSOLIDATED BY-LAWS OF THE DENTAL ASSOCI- ATION OF THE PROVINCE OF MANITOBA. (In effect January 17, 1885.) PREAMBLE. Whereas, The Dental Association of Manitoba is incorpor- ated by the Act of the Legislature of the Province of Manitoba in the Dominion of Canada; and whereas power is given to the Board of Directors of the said Association, at its first meeting, and from time to time after, to make By-laws, Rules and Regu- lations for the government of the said Association and Board, it is hereby enacted by authority of the same: 184 world's history and by-law i. — officers. That the officers of this Board shall consist of a President, Secretary, Treasurer, Registrar, and such committees as may be appointed for the working of the said Board; the same to be elected immediately after and from the newly-elected members of the Board. BY-LAW 2. — DUTIES OF OFFICERS. Section i. It shall be the duty of the President to preside at all meetings of the Board; to enforce the due observance of the By-laws, Rules and Regulations; to announce the result of the voting; to give the casting vote in case of a tie; to see that the other officers perform their respective duties, and to sign all orders on the Treasurer recommended by the Finance Commit- tee. He shall also have power to call special meetings, and shall be obliged to do so on a requisition signed by three members of the Board. In the absence of the President, the remaining mem- bers of the Board shall select a chairman, who shall discharge the same duties and have the same power and functions as the Presi- dent. Sec. 2. The Secretary's duties shall be: To conduct, under the direction of the Board of Directors, the correspondence re~ lating to the affairs of the Association; to keep copies of all such letters written by him, and files of all letters received; to keep a true record of the proceedings of each meeting of the Board; to read the minutes of the same at the next regular meeting; to notify members of the meetings; keep a correct list of licentiates, with the date of license; lay before the Board a summary of its transactions at each regular meeting; attest all orders on the Treasurer, and (within the consent of the President) transact all business requiring attention between the various meetings of the Board, and to deliver to his successor in office all books, papers, etc., belonging to the Board, in his hands. Sec. 3, It shall be the duty of the Treasurer: To hold all the funds of the Board; to pay all orders drawn on him signed by the President and Secretary; to keep a true account of all moneys received and expended by him; to give a report to the Board at every regular meeting upon the state of the finances, and deliver to his successor in office all moneys, books, papers, or other property of the Board that may be in his possession. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the Registrar: To keep a true REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 1 S5 record of all certificates of license issued by and under the authority of the Board; to insert the date of such certificate, the name of the licentiate, residence, qualification, etc., in a book specially provided for that purpose. BY-LAW 3. — SECURITY OF TREASURER. The Treasurer of this Board shall give security to the satisfac- tion of the Board in the sum of one thousand dollars ($iooo) lawful money of the Province, for faithfully accounting for the moneys he may receive as such. BY-LAW 4. — CERTIFICATE. Section i. The certificate of Licentiate of Dental Surgery to be granted by this Board shall be signed by the President, Secre- tary, Treasurer, Registrar, and members of the Board present at the time granted. Sec. 2. The following shall be the form of certificate: " The Dental Association of the Province of Manitoba, Canada, by virtue of the authority vested in it by the Legislature of Mani- toba, awards this certificate to , who has com- plied with all the requirements of law, and after (examination by the) or (application to the) Board of Directors, has been adjudged qualified to practice dentistry in all its branches, and entitled to the title of Licentiate of Dental Surgery, which is hereby con- ferred on him. In witness whereof we have hereunto subscribed our hands and affixed the seal of the Association at the City of Winnipeg, in the Province of Manitoba, this day of in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and Sec. 3. For all persons in the Province of Manitoba who are and have been in regular and continuous office practice as den- tists for a period of not less than six months immediately pre- ceding the seventh day of July, A. D. eighteen hundred and eighty-three, and all students who comply with the requirements of By-law 9 of the By-laws of the Manitoba Dental Associa- tion, the fee for said certificate shall be forty dollars of the law- ful money of the Dominion of Canada. And for those to whom certificates are granted under Section 13 of the Manitoba Dental Act, as amended, the fee for said certificate shall be one hundred dollars of the lawful money of the Dominion of Canada. 180 world's history and by-law 5. — association seal. The Seal of the Association shall be a Maple Leaf in the center, surrounded with the words, " Dental Association of the Province of Manitoba." BY-LAW 6. — TO PROVIDE FOR MATRICULATION. Section 1. On and after the passing of this By-law, every person desirous of entering upon the study of dentistry in the Province of Manitoba shall, previous to signing indentures with a licentiate of dental surgery in the Province of Manitoba, present to the Secretary of the Board a certificate of having sat- isfactorily passed the High School Intermediate Examination, or some equivalent certificate, and on receipt of prescribed fee of ten dollars ($10) the said Secretary shall issue to such student a Certificate of Matriculation and Registration as a student of den- tistry within the Province of Manitoba. A public school teacher's certificate, a certificate of matriculation in the Manitoba Medical College, in the Law Society of Manitoba, or in any of the univer- sities of the Dominion of Canada, or passing a satisfactory ex- amination before the Board of Directors, will be accepted as equivalent to the intermediate certificate. BY-LAW 7. — INDENTURES. The student, having matriculated as above, will enter into in- dentures with a licentiate for four years. Blanks for this pur- pose will be furnished in triplicate by the Secretary, one copy of which is to be returned to the Secretary, to be filed in his office at least within thirty days of the signing of said indentures. The articles require that the whole of the fouryears be spent as a bona fide pupil in the office of his preceptor, exception only being made for such time as the student shall be engaged in the study of dentistry at a reputable dental college. BY-LAW 8. — FINAL EXAMINATIONS. Having complied with the foregoing requirements, and hav- ing forwarded to the Secretary an application in the form pre- scribed by the Board, upon payment of the prescribed fee, the student will be admitted to examination for license to practice dentistry. This examination will be held in Winnipeg on the second Tuesday in January in each year. Students who have been under a preceptor previous to and at the time of the passing of this By-law will be admitted for final examination on produc- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 187 tion of satisfactory evidence to the effect that they have been bona fide students of dentistry for four years other than the pre- scribed indentures. BY-LAW 9. — APPLICATION FOR LICENSE. Section i. Any student of dentistry desiring to obtain a cer- tificate of license to practice dentistry in the Province of Mani- toba is required: First, To be of the full age of twenty-one years. Second, To have served in the office of a licentiate of dental surgery for a period of four years under indentures in the form approved by the Board of Directors of the Dental Association of the Province of Manitoba. Third, To transmit to the Secretary of said Board, at least one month before the date fixed for the examination, a notice of his desire to be examined for such certifi- cate, accompanied by the Treasurer's receipt for the fee of forty dollars required by Section 3 of By-law 4, and by a declaration by himself, and a declaration by his preceptor, according to the form approved by the said Board, or to the like effect. Fourth, To pass an examination before the Board on the following subjects: Minute Anatomy of the Head and Neck, General Physiology and Dental Histology; Chemistry, Materia Medica, and Therapeutics; Principles and Practice of Dental Surgery; Operative Dentistry and Dental Pathology, Mechanical Dentistry; and to perform an operation on the mouth before the examiners, and to exhibit a specimen of his skill as a mechanical dentist. Sec. 2. Regularly registered physicians and surgeons of Mani- toba will be admitted licentiates of dental surgery of Manitoba, on — First, Furnishing satisfactory evidence of such registration. Second, Payment of regular examination fee. Third, Passing exam- ination before the Board in Dental Pathology, Dental Histology, Operative Dentistry, and Mechanical Dentistry. BY-LAW 10. — PAYMENT OF BOARD. At each and every meeting of the Board of Directors the mem- bers present shall be entitled to the sum of five dollars ($5) per day, inclusive of traveling expenses. BY-LAW II. — ALTERATIONS. Any section of these By-laws or any of the Rules of Order or Regulations of the Board may be amended and additions may be made to the same by a two-thirds vote of the members present at a 188 world's history and regular meeting, provided notice of the intended amendment or addition shall have been given in writing at the previous regular meeting. There were, in June, 1893, twenty licensed dentists in Mani- toba. Dr. R. H. Robertson, of Portage la Prairie, says in a letter, dated June 27, 1893: "We have not organized any dental society outside of the Manitoba Dental Association, but expect to, at the January meeting of the Association, which will likely be called Manitoba Dental Society." There is no dental school in Manitoba, only a Board of Directors. BRITISH COLUMBIA. An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the Prov- ince of British Columbia. Whereas, The profession of dentistry is extensively practiced in Europe, the United States and the Dominion of Canada; and whereas the said profession of dentistry is protected by law in Europe, the greater portion of the United States and in parts of Canada; and whereas it is expedient for the protection of the public that there should, by enactment, be established a certain standard of qualification required of each practitioner of the said profession or calling, and that certain privileges and protection should be afforded to said practitioners; Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of British Columbia, Enacts as follows : 1. That it shall be unlawful for any person to practice, or at- tempt to practice, the profession of dentistry or dental surgery in the Province of British Columbia, without having first received a diploma from the faculty of some reputable dental college, school or university department duly authorized by the laws of Great Britain and its dependencies, or the laws of some foreign government, and in which college, school or university depart- ment there was at the time of issuance of such diploma annually delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in. dentistry or dental surgery, and without having had issued to him a certificate under the provisions of this Act; Provided, That nothing in Sec- tion 1 of this Act shall apply to persons who have been there months in actual practice in this Province, previous to the pass- age of this Act, except as hereinafter provided, and nothing in REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 189 this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians, surgeons and others from extracting teeth. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of three practicing dentists, residents of this Province, is hereby created, who shall issue certificates to persons in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this province, who have been three months in actual practice in said Province previous to the passage of this Act; and also to decide upon the validity and sufficiency of character of such diplomas as may be subsequently presented for registration as hereinafter provided. 3. The members of said Board of Examiners shall be ap- pointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council upon the passage of this Act, and shall serve for a term of three years, excepting that the members of the Board first appointed shall hold their offices as follows: One for three years, one for two years, one for one year, respectively, and until their successors are duly ap- pointed. In case of any vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council from those in actual practice in the said Province. 4. The said Board of Examiners shall keep a record in which shall be registered the names, residences, or places of business, of all persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry in this Province. The Board shall elect from its members a Presi- dent and a Secretary, and shall meet at least once a year, and whenever applications for certificates shall be made. A majority of the members of said Board shall constitute a quorum. 5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry within this Province at the time of the passage of this Act shall, within three months thereafter, cause his name and residence and place of business to be registered with the said Board of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue to such person a certificate duly signed by a majority of the members of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in this Act. 6. To provide for the proper enforcement of this Act, the said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the following fees (to-wit): For each certificate issued to persons engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Province at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of ten dollars; for each certificate issued to persons not engaged in dentistry at the time of the passage of this Act, the sum of twenty-five dollars. 190 world's history and 7. There shall be allowed and paid to each of the members of the said Board of Examiners such fees for attendance, in no case to exceed ten dollars per day, and such reasonable traveling expenses as the said Board shall allow from time to time. Said expenses shall be paid out of the fees and penalties received by the said Board under the provisions of this Act. 8. All moneys in excess of necessary expenses shall be held by the Secretary of the said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bonds as the Board may from time to time direct. 9. The said Board at its first meeting, and from time to time thereafter, shall make such Rules, Regulations and By-laws, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, as may be necessary for the proper and better guidance of the said Board, which Rules, Regulations and By-laws shall first be published for one month in the British Columbia Gazette, and in one or more newspapers circu- lating in the Province. Any or all of such Rules, Regulations and By-laws shall be liable to be canceled and annulled by an order of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council. 10. The Secretary of the said Board shall, on or before the fifteenth day of January in each and every month, enclose to the Provincial Secretary an annual report of its proceedings, together with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by said Board of Examiners; also a list of the names of all persons to whom certificates have been granted and the qualifications there- for, and such lists shall be published in the Gazette. 11. If any person, after the period of three months after the passage of this Act, not holding a valid certificate, practices the said profession or calling of dentistry or dental surgery, or will- fully or falsely pretends to hold a certificate under this Act, or takes or uses any name, addition, or inscription, implying that he is duly authorized to practice the profession or calling of dentis- try or dental surgery, he shall upon a summary conviction thereof before any Justice of the Peace, for any and every such offense, pay a penalty not exceeding one hundred dollars nor less than twenty-five dollars, and the half of any such penalty shall be paid to the Board of Examiners; and it is further provided that no person who is not qualified under the provisions of this Act shall recover in any court of law for any work done or any materials used by him in the ordinary work of a dentist. " 12. Any British subject, being a resident of this Province (not REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 191 entitled to the privileges and benefits of this Act under Section I ), desirous of entering the profession or calling of dentistry, shall be apprenticed to a practitioner duly qualified under this Act for a period of three years, and shall file his articles of apprenticeship with the Secretary within one calendar month after the said articles have been executed. 13. Any such person having been so apprenticed as aforesaid, shall, at the completion of the term of his apprenticeship, and upon the production to the Secretary of satisfactory evidence of his having served his apprenticeship, and of his good moral char- acter, be entitled to be examined as to his fitness to practice the profession or calling of dentistry before the Board of Examiners appointed under this Act, and shall, upon passing such examina- tion to the satisfaction of the said Board, receive a certificate upon the payment of a fee of ten dollars, which shall entitle him to all the rights and privileges of this Act. This Act is valid since 1891. The British Columbia Dental Association was founded Febru- ary 16, 1 89 1. The number of dentists in British Columbia was, in June, 1893, twenty-four. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. The Act respecting the practice of dentistry in the Province of Prince Edward Island, was passed July 15, 1891. It reads as follows: Whereas, It is desirable to regulate the practice of dentistry in the Province of Prince Edward Island; Be it Enacted by the Lieutenant-Governor, Council and Assembly as follows: 1. This Act may be cited as "The Prince Edward Island Dental Act." 2. That no person shall practice the profession of dentistry or dental surgery in the Province of Prince Edward Island with- out having first received a certificate as hereinafter provided, entitling him to practice dentistry or dental surgery. 3. That such certificate shall be issued by the Provincial Secretary, upon production to him of diploma of graduation in dental surgery from the faculty of any Canadian dental college, 192 world's history and or the faculty of any Canadian university having a special dental department, or from any such institution duly authorized by the laws of Great Britain or any of her dependencies, or from any dental college in the United States of America recognized by the National Board of Dental Examiners of the said United States of America, or from any recognized dental institution of any other foreign country which required at the time of issue of such diploma or license, attendance at a regular course of lectures, and an apprenticeship of not less than two years; or to a person who has been in regular practice in Prince Edward Island as a dentist or dental surgeon for a period of six months, immediately preceding the passing of this Act; and it shall be the duty of the persons claiming to be entitled to the certificate required by this* section to produce to the said Provincial Secretary evidence, satisfactory to him, of his being entitled thereto. 4. And it is further enacted, that notwithstanding anything herein contained, such certificate as aforesaid may be issued to any dental student who at the time of the passing of this Act was actually apprenticed to any surgeon dentist in this Province, and who shall actually at the time of applying for such certificate, have served apprenticeship of at least two years, and who shall also produce a certificate to the Provincial Secretary from such surgeon dentist testifying to the effect that the applicant was duly apprenticed before the passing of this Act for at least one month, and has at the time of application com- pleted an apprenticeship of at least two years. Provided Always, that nothing herein contained, shall be construed to require physicians, surgeons, or others to take out such certificate for the purpose of qualifying them to extract teeth. 5. That before any such certificate is granted, the applicant shall pay the Provincial Secretary the sum of five dollars 6. After three months from the passing of this Act, any per- son not holding a valid certificate issued by the said Provincial Secretary as aforesaid, who practices dentistry or dental surgery except extracting teeth, shall be. guilty of an infraction of this Act, and shall be liable upon summary conviction, before the stipendiary magistrate of the city of Charlottetown, or the stipen- diary magistrate of the town of Summerside, or before any two justices of the peace for the county in which the offender resides, to a fine of not less than five dollars, nor more than twenty-five dollars, besides costs of suit, to be levied by distress REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 193" of the defendants' goods and chattels, or in default thereof to be imprisoned for a period not exceeding one month. 7. That no person who has not received the certificate re- quired by this Act, shall recover in any court of law any fees of money for any professional services, or operation performed by him, nor for any materials provided by him, in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery. 8. That nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent surgeons or physicians from temporarily filling teeth or other- wise attending to them for the prevention or cure of toothache. 13 194 world's history and MEXICO. (republic.) Area, 740,970 square miles. Population, 11,632,924. Capital, Mexico; population, 329,355. We are informed through a dentist, practicing in City of Mex- ico, that " no person can practice dentistry in Mexico unless he has a diploma from a reputable dental college." There is no dental college in existence in Mexico. The exact number of dentists in Mexico it has been impossi- ble to ascertain, but in the City of Mexico about forty are prac- ticing. CENTRAL AMERICA. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 197 BRITISH HONDURAS. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 7,562 square miles. Population, 27,452. Capital, Belize; population, 6,000 to 7,000. For the following information we owe thanks to C. W. Bryant, M. D., D. D. S., of Belize. "There is no law in British Honduras regulating the practice of dentistry; no examination is required; no school or society exists. In Belize, with a population of 6,000 to 7,000, of which only 4 per cent, are white people, there are three dentists prac- ticing." The Doctor further says: " One dentist could do all the work and not be busy more than nine months out of twelve, because the colored people have good teeth, and for the most part are poor and can not afford to pay for the dentist's services. The worst with them is extraction, and it will be years before the people of Central America will require many dentists. The mode of living of the people is such that their teeth are better than the Americans' and Europeans', and the people are not educated to have their dental organs operated on, and do not know the bene- fits of attending to their teeth." COSTA RICA. (republic.) Area, 23,233 square miles. Population, 213,785. Capital, San Jose; population, 25,000. According to a consular authority, there exists no law in Costa Rica relating to the practice of dentistry. A few dentists (the exact number not ascertained) practice in this republic. 198 world's history and GUATEMALA. (republic.) Area, 46,800 square miles. Population, 1,394,233. Capital, Guatemala; population, 65,796. In Guatemala a dentist can establish himself without any ex- amination, as no law, of any kind, governing dentistry, exists. No dental schools or society exist, and most of the dentists in Guatemala have for some time studied in the United States. In Guatemala City six dentists practice. According to a consular authority, " dentistry is a good, profita- ble profession in Guatemala, as those who are established here are doing a very good business." HONDURAS. (republic.) Area, 47,090 square miles. Population, 431,917. Capital, Tegucigalpa; population, 12.6C0. The following letter covers our subject and explains itself: Consulate of the United States, ) Tegucigalpa, Honduras, December 19, 1892. ) Dr. Herman Lennmalm, Rockford, 111. Sir : Your letter of the 21st of November last, concerning the require- ments for the practice of dentistry in this republic, reached me to-day, and in reply I have to say: There is no dental college or institution for instruction in dentistry in this republic. A dentist coming here from abroad to practice his profession is required to present his diploma, or other certificate, to the Medical Faculty of the National University, and satisfy that body that he is qualified to practice his profession. This body is located in this city. Such a case has never arisen, I believe, but I presume the applicant would have to pass an examination, as do appli- cants for the privilege to practice medicine. I cannot give you the number of dentists in this republic. There are two in this city — Dr. Fred Sahuque, of New Orleans, and Dr. Martin Aguero, of Mexico. Trusting that this information is what you desire, I am, sir, Yours very truly, James J. Peterson, United States Consul. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 199 NICARAGUA. (republic.) Area, 49,500 square miles. Population, 350,000. Capital, Managua; population, 18,000. No law relative to the practice of dentistry exists in Nicaragua. Number of dentists, not known. SALVADOR. (republic.) Area, 7,255 square miles. Population, 664,513. Capital, San Salvador; population, 16,327. We take great pleasure in reproducing the following letter from United States Vice-Consul in San Salvador: " Consulate of the United States, ) San Salvador, December 15, 1892. $ "Dr. Herman j^ennmalm, Rockford, 111. "Dear Sir: In answer to your favor of November 21, I have to state that there are no laws in Salvador regulating the practice of dentistry; that no ex- aminations are required for said practice; that there are three American dentists and three native ones practicing the profession., and that there are no dental schools in the country. "As a rule American dentists are considered the best in Salvador, and they do very well in their business. " Hoping these data will be of some use to you, I remain, sir, Your obedient servant, G. J. Dawson, United States Vice-Consul" WEST INDIES. 202 world's history and BAHAMAS. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 5,450 square miles. Population, 48,000. Capital, Nassau; population, 5,000. There are no laws in the colony governing the practice of dentistry. Two dentists, graduates of the University of Pennsylvania, at Philadelphia, practice in Nassau. BARBADOS. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 166 square miles. Population, 180,000. Capital, Bridgetown; population, 25,000. From a dentist practicing in Barbados, we have been for- warded a letter, containing the following: "As far as I know the laws of Barbados make no mention of dentistry. About five or six years ago an English Act was pub- lished in our Official Gazette, but I do not see how it could affect a self-governing colony. There are usually five dentists in Bar- bados, of whom one is graduated at Harvard, two at the Penn- sylvania University, and two at Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery. No instruction is given here on the subject of dentistry, and there has, naturally enough, never been a dental school or association in Barbados. I understand that there are several dozen tooth-extractors throughout the town and country." BERMUDA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 20 square miles. Population, 15,743. Capital, Hamilton; population, 8,000. There are no laws in Bermuda regulating the practice of den- tistry, consequently no examinations are required. At present (in the early part of 1893) there are in Bermuda five practicing dentists. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 203 CUBA. (SPANISH COLONY.) Area, 36,013 square miles. Population, 1,631,687. Principal city, Havana; population, 250,000. The professional education of dentists has no place in the organization of the public institutions of Cuba. There is no lack of dentists in the island, perhaps 500, all told, most of whom perambulate from house to house in town and country, carrying their whole kit in their coat pockets or under their arm-pits. In Havana there are about thirty who have a local habitation in which they receive their patients, but many of these dentists also go to the residences or places of employment of those who call them; and this class is numerous, because the climate of Cuba induces to indolence, especially of the softer sex, who are not so accustomed to go out of doors as the American and Euro- pean women are. Habit is a strong, dominating force, and in Spain, especially in Andalusia, the barber and dentist very often is one and the same individual, combining in himself the two callings. He goes to the houses of his patrons whenever called; and many of the Cuban dentists are from Spain, migrated to Cuba, where they and their pupils make up the body of dentists and determine the social standing of the profession. There are four or five American dentists and Cubans with American education established at Havana. In Cuba it is not necessary to attend the classes in the univer- sity in order to be graduated and obtain a diploma. Private studies are accredited by examinations for sufficiency, and under this law there are in Havana two private institutions for instruc- tion in dentistry. One was established by a tonsorial artist, the other by a teacher of languages, neither of which "professors," as we are credibly informed, ever had the advantages of any institution for dental education. The first of these is no longer in Havana, but his college continues and is conducted by one of his pupils. Both these colleges have made an arrangement with the gov- ernment to have their pupils examined annually by a joint com- mission of the school and the government, and the university issues to them their diplomas. 204 world's history and Since ten to twelve years there exists one dental society in Havana, "Sociedad Odontologica." One reason why the profession is not now prospering in Cuba, is that the native Cuban population, which was formerly wealthy, and visited the United States often enough to become cognizant of the skill of American dentists, and employed those of them who are established in Havana, are now in poverty. The Spaniards under the protecting favor of their government have gradually succeeded the Cubans in the possession of the property, but they, from habit, employ the dentist only to a limited extent. CURACAO. (dutch colony.) Our correspondent in Curacao writes that dentists wishing to practice in Curacao are required to pass an examination. As there does not exist any university in the island, the government appoints a committee for the purpose. The correspondent fur- ther says: "Here is a large number of dentists, all young men of this place, who have studied partly here, partly in the United States, mostly in New York. Having passed their examination, they obtain a license from the government to practice. There are so many, that a large number go to Venezuela, Colombia, Santo Domingo, and Haiti. We have often visits of American dentists, who usually stay here about a month and then proceed farther." HAITI. (republic.) Area, 10,204 square miles. Population, 960,000. Capital, Port-au-Prince; population, 40,000. Part of the dental education in Haiti is acquired at the med- ical department of the university. The program in use in France is followed in the pursuit of dental education at Haiti. Many REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 205 students of dentistry go from Haiti to France for more advanced studies. Foreign dentists, on arriving in Haiti, with the intention to practice dentistry, are required to show their diplomas and pass an examination. There are eight dentists practicing in Port-au-Prince, and two to three in each of the other towns. The first dentist in Haiti was William Grice. For the above information we are indebted to Dr. L. A. Joseph George, of Port-au-Prince. JAMAICA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 4,200 square miles. Population, 633,887. Capital, Kingston; population, 40,000. The history of dentistry in Jamaica, as below, is kindly for- warded to us by Dr. Ernest Sturridge, of Kingston: "The history of dentistry in Jamaica up to date covers a very short period, there being several of the writer's acquaintances who remember well when there was not a qualified dentist on the island, and also the arrival of the first man to practice the profes- sion in the then primitive style. About the year 1836 a man by the name of Dias landed in Jamaica, and commenced the practice of dentistry. He was probably the very first to practice the pro- fession as a distinct business, and, from all I can gather, his work consisted principally of filling, in a primitive style, with amalgam, and, perhaps, tin foil, filing the teeth, and extracting with the key. "About seven years later, in 1843, Mr. Macquersin followed, and during his practice, in about the year 1858, introduced the first gold plate (a sample), made in England. He used to operate in gold foil and amalgam, and was considered a good workman. "Then, up to 1858, jewelers used to carve plates out of 'sea- horses' tusks,' and very little of the work was done, being too ex- pensive. "A remarkable man in the field of dentistry made his appear- ance about this time. He was a black man by the name of Pompy. He came from Cuba (was a -slave there) in about 1843, 206 world's history and and practiced in a primitive way for about twenty years in Ja- maica. He was well trained, and did some good work, some of which remains to this day; notably, a fair sized gold filling, which I examined about a year ago, and which, although a little rough on the surface, shows signs of being thoroughly packed and is quite good after over forty years of use. In all fairness, however, I must state that the teeth of the patient which contained the fill- ing are exceptionally good. Pompy, in his time, seems to have introduced extraction in a less primitive style than existed before in Jamaica, and many useful men, following his example, have done a great deal of extracting all over the island among the poor black population of Jamaica; the key as well as forceps were used then. " The men I have already named, and perhaps one or two others, seem to have been the only steady practitioners (if they can be so termed) in Jamaica during a period of about thirty-four years, and very little notice seems to have been taken of them or their profession. " The ensuing thirty-three years up to date show a different state of things. More have come. Perhaps in this latter period as many dentists have died here as there are years in the period, thirty-three, but few have done much to elevate the standing of dentistry, which is still in the background of the many profes- sions. " Next to Pompy, and during his time, about i860, three gen- tlemen of better standing and well qualified started practicing in Jamaica. They seem to have done very fair work, and, although there were others here, did most of the practice at Kingston; but we find that it was not until about twenty years ago that Jamaica could boast of a really well qualified dentist, " American dentist." He. however, did not practice here very long. Gradually others began to practice in, the island, until we find that, for the last ten or twelve years, there have been from ten to nineteen practition- ers here — some qualified, some not qualified — graduates from New York, Philadelphia and Baltimore. " The island has no dental laws whatever, the laws of the land not protecting the dental practitioner in the use of anaesthetics, and I doubt if he can collect his fees in a court of law. " Jamaica has to-day many men practicing dentistry who are not graduates of any college (about six is the number now in Kingston). REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 207 "Thus we see that, in short, there are no laws regulating the practice of dentistry in Jamaica; no requirements for examination prior to starting in practice. No dental school, journal or society exists. "There are at present nineteen dentists practicing in Jamaica, and two who are not practicing. Of the thirteen graduates there are three from New York, one from Baltimore, one from Philadel- phia, six from University of Pennsylvania, and two unknown. LEEWARD ISLANDS. (BRITISH WEST INDIES.) Consist of Antigua, Montserrat, St. Christopher, Nevis, Domi- nica and the Virgin Islands, forming part of the group of the Lesser Antilles. By Act of 1871 these six, previously separate colonies, were formed into one. The Federal colony contains about 120,000 in- habitants. We have sought information from Antigua, St. Christopher and Nevis. Information from the two latter shows that there are no laws upon the subject of dentistry, no examinations required, no local dentist on either island, and the practice is attended to by visitors. Population in St. Christopher, about 32,000; in Nevis, about 11,000, 90 per cent, of whom are colored. MARTINIQUE. (FRENCH COLONY.) Largest town, St. Pierre. No laws exist regulating the practice of dentistry in this island. Six dentists are practicing in Martinique. 208 world's history and PUERTO RICO. (SPANISH COLONY.) Area, 3,550 square miles. Population, 784,709. Capital, San Juan; population 23,414. Dr. Luiz I. Salicrup writes from San Juan, June 6, 1893: " There are no laws regulating the practice of dentistry in Puerto Rico, except that dentists having foreign diplomas must submit to an examination before being granted a license to prac- tice. " The first requirement for this examination is the posses- sion of a diploma, proving that the necessary studies have been made. If the diploma is granted by a Spanish college, its pres- entation suffices; if by a foreign college, an examination must be undergone. " The fees for examination and permit to practice are from $200 to $300, Spanish gold, and in addition the yearly taxes are $34 to the State, and nearly the same amount to the municipality. " There are many dentists in the island with diplomas from colleges in the United States. In San Juan there are four with American diplomas, and three who practice with a special license. Besides these there are some itinerants who do not deserve to be classed as dentists. A number of dental practitioners are dis- tributed in different towns on the island. But as no register is kept, the exact number is next to impossible to ascertain. " No dental society, school or journal exists in Puerto Rico." ST. BARTHOLOMEW. (FRENCH COLONY.) There never was a resident dentist at St. Bartholomew. Oc- casionally some traveling dentist visits the island. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 209 ST. THOMAS. (DANISH COLONY.) United States Consul Saml. B. Home has kindly informed us in a letter, dated May 27, . 1893, that none but regular graduates,, possessing diplomas, can practice in the Danish islands. Three dentists are practicing in St. Thomas. TRINIDAD. (BRITISH WEST INDIES.) Area, 1,754 square miles. Population, 208,230. Capital, Port of Spain. The following is an abstract of the Dentists' Ordinance of March 8, 1887, governing the practice of dentistry in Trinidad: DENTIST. 38. From and after the passing of this ordinance no person shall be entitled to take or use the name or title of Dentist (either alone or in combination with any other word or words) or of "Dental Practitioner," or any name, title, addition or de- scription implying that he is registered under this ordinance, or that he is a person specially qualified to practice dentistry, unless he is registered under this ordinance. 39. Any person, who, after the passing of this ordinance, not being registered under this ordinance: (1) Takes or uses any such name, title, addition or descrip- tion as aforesaid; (2) Practices dentistry or dental surgery, or performs any- dental operation, in respect of which he shall demand or receive any fee or gratuity, shall be liable on summary conviction to a penalty not exceeding twenty pounds. 40. Any person, who, at the commencement of this ordi- nance: (a) Holds any diploma or license from any university, col- lege or incorporated society in Great Britain, or Ireland, or in any British possession, having authority to grant the same, con- ferring a legal title to practice dental surgery or dentistry; 14 210 world's history and (b) Holds a diploma or license from some foreign university, college or body, authorized to grant such diploma or license to practice dental surgery or dentistry, and is bona fide engaged in the practice thereof in this colony, either separately, or in con- junction with the practice of medicine, surgery or pharmacy, shall be entitled to be registered under this ordinance. 41. Where a person, who is not a British subject, or who has practiced for more than five years in the United Kingdom, or elsewhere, shows that he has obtained some recognized certifi- cate (as hereinafter defined) granted in a foreign country, and that he is of good character, and either continues to hold such certificate, or has not been deprived thereof for any cause which disqualifies from registration under this ordinance, such person shall, upon payment of a registration fee of £$, be entitled to be registered as a dentist under this ordinance 42. The certificate granted in a foreign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certificate as is required for the purpose of this ordinance, shall be such certificate, diploma, membership, degree, license, letters, testimonials, or other title, status or document, as may be recognized by the Council as entitling the holder thereof to practice dentistry or dental sur- gery, in such country, and as furnishing sufficient guarantees of the possession of the requisite knowledge and skill, for the effi- cient practice of dentistry or dental surgery, and shall, upon pay- ment of a registration fee of £$, be entitled to be registered under this ordinance. Four dentists are practicing on the Island, all residing at Port of Spain. SOUTH AMERICA. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 213 ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. (republic.) Area, 1,125,086 square miles. Population, 4,046,654. Capital, Buenos Ayres; population, 538,385. Dr. N. Odahl, of Buenos Ayres, writes in a letter dated May 24, 1893: " The odontological course at the University of Buenos Ayres requires two years of study. The student must pass two prelimi- nary examinations, and the final dental examination, the last one being practical and theoretical. " The candidate is, after the first year, examined in the fol- lowing branches: Anatomy, Pathology, Surgery. The second year's course comprises Surgery, Hygiene, Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. " Dentists from foreign countries are required to submit them- selves to the same examination, in order to be permitted to prac- tice in the Argentine Republic. " The student, before he enters the studies of dentistry, must have graduated from the National College (corresponding to the degree of B. S. or A. M. in the United States). He must also produce a certificate of good moral character and a certificate of vaccination. " The Examination Committee consists of three 'academicos' and five professors, the dean of the medical department of the University presiding at the examination. " There are no statistics relative to the number of dentists in the country, but there are about fifty practicing in the capital. Half of this number are foreigners, Americans, Italians, Span- iards, etc." 214 world's history and BOLIVIA. (republic.) Area, 784,554 square miles. Population, 2,333,350. Capital, Sucre; population, 32,000. The following letter, which we have had the pleasure to re- ceive from United States Minister to Bolivia, Hon. F. J. Grant, speaks for itself: La Paz, May 4, 1893. Dr. Herman Lennmalm, Rockford, 111. Dear Sir : Your letter of March 23, 1893, was duly received and was referred by me to Dr. Jose H. Zalles, a practicing dentist of this city. I am informed by Dr. Zalles that he is the only resident practicing dentist in the Republic of Bolivia. Traveling dentists occasionally come to the country but their stay in each town is short, and their visits are not usually repeated. There are absolutely no laws in this country governing the practice of dentistry. Indeed, the government takes no cognizance of the profession in any manner. I presume that it is scarcely necessary for me to add that, as Dr. Zalles is the only dentist in the country, there are no dental schools, societies or journals. I am, sir, Your obedient servant, F. J. Grant, United States Minister. UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL Area, 3,209,878 square miles. Population, 14,002,335. Capital, Rio de Janeiro; population, 500,000. For the information given below we owe thanks to the United States Consui-General at Rio de Janeiro, and C. A. Hastings, D. D. S., of Rio de Janeiro: There exist two faculties of medicine in the United States of Brazil, one in Rio de Janeiro and one in Bahia. All who wish to practice dentistry must pass an examination before the medical faculty, and, after having passed, register their diplomas at the office of the Board of Health in the locality where they intend to practice. The Instituto dos Cirurgioes Dentistas do Rio de Janeiro is the only dental society in Brazil. No dental journal exists. One was started about twenty years ago, but only two numbers were published. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 215 The number of dentists in Rio de Janeiro is about eighty, and in the whole country about 250. Dentists are taxed 80,000 reis, and 10 per cent, additional on the office rent, besides a municipal tax. The first law in Brazil regarding the dental examination was passed April 28, 1854, in relation to Section 3, Article 21, of Decree No. 1387 and reads as follows: CHAPTER VII. Article 80. Any one desiring to be examined for the pur- pose of obtaining the title of dentist must, with the application, bring documents proving his good moral character. Art. 81. The dental examination comprises: (1) Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology and the anomalies of the teeth, gums and alveolar processes; (2) Hygiene and Therapeutics of the teeth; (3) Descriptions of dental instruments; (4) Their theoretical and practical use; (5) Materials used in prosthetic and operative dent- istry. Art. 82. The candidate thus having proved his efficiency to the faculty, receives the title of Approved Dentist. (Dentista Approvado) This first law was revised in 1881 and again in 1891, and con- tains the following restrictions: STATUTES FOR THE FACULTIES OF MEDICINE AND PHARMACY IN UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL. (Dated January 10, 1891.) CHAPTER IV. Relating to Courses in Connection with the Faculty. Article 3 1 . The preparatory requirements for the odontolog- ical course are as follows: The Portuguese Language, the French or English Language, Arithmetic, Elementary Geometry, Physics and Chemistry. Art. 33. In order to obtain the title of Surgeon Dentist the candidate is required to pass examination in the following branches, disposed of in two series: First series — Anatomy, His- tology, Physiology and Dental Hygiene. Second series — Chem- ical and Prosthetic Dentistry. 216 world's history and CHAPTER V. Concerning Licenses for Foreign Professionals. Article 34. Doctors of medicine and surgery, pharmacists, dentists and midwives, who have studied or passed examination in foreign countries, are required to submit to examination in order to gain permission to practice in this country. CHAPTER XIV. Article 146. Examination in each series shall be written, practical and oral. Art. 147. The practical examination shall consist in the solution of technical questions in every branch requiring practi- cal exercise. a. For this purpose the Board of Examination shall for each day prepare lists, covering ten points or questions, one to be allotted to each candidate for examination. b. If the examinations should require several days, the prac- tical questions shall be' changed as much as possible for each day. c. The nature of the questions, the time occupied in solving the questions, and the manner in which they are solved, shall be subject to a test by the Board of Examination. Art. 148. The written examination shall precede the others and may serve as a motive for further questions. 1. The points (questions) in the written examination, num- bering ten for every examination branch, shall be taken by the candidate for examination by drawing lots (without tampering). 2. The same rules as are prescribed in a, b and c, in Article 147, shall, as much as possible, be followed in this examination. 3. The examination specimens (proofs) shall, the same day, be registered and subscribed to by all the professors. Art. 149. In the oral examination the candidate shall not be examined more than fifteen minutes by each of the present pro- fessors, each one of them examining in his special branch. Art. 150. The decisions of the practical, as well as of the written and oral examinations, shall be collective, and under roll call, in each branch of the series. CHAPTER XXIII. The fee required for the title of Surgeon Dentist (Ciritrgido Dentista) is 150 milreis. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 217 BRITISH GUIANA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 109,000 square miles. Population, 278,477. Capital, Georgetown; population, 55,300. From the city of Demerara we are informed as follows: "We have no college, school or other body of dentistry. We have two dentists here, one American and one Frenchman. We have not been able to ascertain the number of dentists in the capital or in the colony as a whole. CHILI. (republic.) Area, 293,970 square miles. Population, 2,665,926. Capital, Santiago; population, 236,870. The laws governing the practice of dentistry in Chili are of June 21, 1844 (Article 23), and of October 18, 1888, and contain the following: ESCUELA DE DENTISTICA REGLAMENTO. (School of Dentistry Regulations.) Santiago, October 18, 1888. Decreto: I approve the following regulations prepared by the Council •of Public Instruction during the session of June 9, 1888: Article i. Under the direction of the faculty of medicine and pharmacy, and located in a school of medicine, there shall be established a special school, in which will be taught the branches necessary to obtain the title of dentist. Art. 2. To matriculate in the dental school, a certificate will be required which will indicate that the applicant has passed the following primary studies: Spanish grammar, geography and arithmetic, and the following secondary studies of chemistry, physics, natural history, hygiene, drawing and a foreign lan- guage. Art. 3. The studies which constitute the course of dentistry will be the following, divided in two years: 218 world's history and First year — Anatomy, Physiology, Pathological Anatomy and Dental Therapeutics. Second year — Clinical and Surgical Dentistry. Art. 4. All the branches of the first year will be taught in daily classes of one hour and a half each. Art. 5. The first year branches will be taught one after the other, during the months of March, April, May and June, Anat- omy and Physiology, and the rest of the year will be devoted to the other studies. Art. 6. The classes of Clinical Dentistry will be daily, and have nine hours' duration weekly; the Surgical class will be daily for one hour. Art. 7. The whole of the first year the studies will be in charge of a single professor, who must possess the title of Sur- geon and Physician. Art. 8. The whole of the second year the studies will be in charge of a single professor, who must possess the title of Dent- ist. Art. 9. The first year students are obliged to personally make dissections of Normal and Pathological Anatomy, and must assist in the daily clinics of dentistry for two hours. Art. 10. The students of the second year must practice for themselves, under the direction of the professor, all clinical oper- ations and make the mechanical and chemical preparations that the professor indicates. Art. 11. At the end of each year a theoretical and practical examination of the branches studied will take place before a Commission, composed of the respective professors, and two members of the Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy. Art. 12. The general examination, to receive the title of Dentist, will be rendered before a Commission, composed of the two professors of the course and three members of the Medical Faculty. This examination will consist of a technical proof of knowledge for one hour and a half and practical examination, the operations being designed by the Commission, and in presen- tation of specimen work, or the individual upon which the clin- ical operations were performed. Art. 13. Each professor will have an assistant, who will remain two years in his position and receive four hundred dollars annually. Art. 14. The professors of dentistry will receive an annual REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 219 salary of twelve hundred dollars, and they will be appointed to the position by the Dean of the Medical Faculty, and the assist- ants will be proposed by the respective professors. Art. 15. The title of Dentist will be granted by the Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy to those who have passed the examinations and complied with all the requirements of these regulations. Transitory Article. All who have, at the time of the open- ing of the course of dentistry, passed final examinations in Anat- omy, may incorporate themselves from that time as alumni in the second year of the course; to obtain the title, they must pass the examinations of the first year. The School of Dentistry, to which these regulations refer, will commence its course from next March, 1889. You will take notice, communicate, publish and insert this decree in the "Bulle- tin of the Laws and Decrees of the Government." F. Puga Borne, Secretary. Balmaceda. For foreign dentists to receive a diploma in Chili an applica- tion is first made to the Rector of the University, which applica- tion is placed in his hands by the Secretary of the University, who examines all diplomas presented before proceeding to sub- mit the application. This application is next handed to the Secretary of the Medi- cal Faculty, who sends it to the Dean, with the recommendation that an examining committee be appointed; this committee or commission having been named, the application, with the signa- tures of the commission, is then placed in the hands of the clerk of the University Faculty, who personally interviews each mem- ber (five), and appoints an hour to suit the convenience of all. Then a formal notification is sent to each, that application has been presented to the Rector of the University, and that they were named by the Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and Phar- macy on the commission to examine on such a date, that the ses- sion will commence at four, post meridian, sharp. The examination will be of one hour and a half duration, dur- ing which time the candidate is seated in front of a table on which has been placed a skull (articulated) At the close of the examination you are requested to retire, when the ballot is taken; if approved, your diploma is signed and delivered to you imme- diately. Before having entered the examining room you will have been 220 world's history and requesteu to pay the fee of the examiners, which is $10 each, and $4 to the clerk of the University. " Every one contemplating opening an office abroad, with a medical or dental diploma, will save themselves an immense amount of delay by conforming to the consular or diplomatic regulations. " A diploma is not legal without the signature of the President and the Secretary of the concern that issues it. If American it is well to have the signature of the Secretary of the American Med- ical Society, as well as the signature of the consul of the coun- try or countries to which you intend to direct yourself; on ar- riving at your destination go immediately to the proper legal authorities for the legalization of the diploma. When in doubt as to how to proceed, go to the consul or minister, whose desire as well as duty it is to assist and direct you. By doing this you will ensure yourself protection as well as respect." A law, dated February 6, 1887, declares that women may pass examinations to obtain professional title, if they will subject them- selves to the same regulations as for the men. It reads: Vina del Mar, February 6, 1887. Considering: First, That it is proper to encourage women to adopt serious and solid studies; Second, That they may practice with advantage some of the scientific professions; and Third, That it may be a means which will assist them to gain a livelihood; Decreto: I declare that women have a right to be admitted to render valid examinations to obtain professional titles, providing they will submit to the same conditions to which men are subjected. Miguel Luis Amunategui, Secretary. Pinto. Dona Eloisa Diaz and Dona Ernestina Perez were the first women to graduate from the University. In a session of the Council on December 27, 1886, the Rector, Don Jorje Huneeus, confirmed on the first the title of "Licentiate of Medicine and Pharmacy," and she received the congratula- tions of the Rector in the name of the Council for having been the first of her sex that had obtained the degree in the University of Chili. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 221 The requirements for examination are that the candidate com- plies with the regulations of the school; if he is in possession of a foreign diploma, he will be expected to comply with the re- quirements, so far as they are applicable to his particular case. He will be given an examination by a special commission, which commission will demand practical examples of work, fillings, and plate; also a theoretical examination in branches studied in this school. The number of dentists in Chili is probably 200, counting phlebotomists (who also occupy themselves in filling and extract- ing, as well as bleeding) and dentists with, and 75 per cent with- out, diplomas, which include French, Spanish, English, Germans and Americans; in this number must be enumerated four women and the natives who have and who have not been to the States (about ten in all). Along with these are Scotch, Irish, English and German dentists who continually masquerade as American dentists. The name of the dental school is "La Escuela Dentistica de la Universidad de Chile" (The School of Dentistry of the Uni- versity of Chili) No dental societies nor journals exist. Until a few years ago, when some sons of what are called aris- tocratic families received dental diplomas, the profession was re- garded much the same as the barber, shoemaker or any other trade. These young men were sent to the United States to study. They were sent with all the advantages that letters of introduc- tion and diplomatic protection could do for them; they returned to Chili to practice their adopted profession. They, like all people among their own, are not well received, which recalls "The prophet in his own," etc., etc. Relating to the dental work done among the people of Chili, Dr. Macartney, of Santiago, says, among other things: "A dentist may explain the advantage of some particular high- class work; when he has finished, they will inquire if that is the cheapest, and if there is anything cheaper they will always select it. To such an extent is this true that not one plate in fifty is made on any material except rubber, and this, too, in the practice of the leading dentists." For the above we are under obligations to Dr. J. Clyde Mac- artney, of Santiago. 222 world's history and ECUADOR. (republic.) Area, 118,630 square miles. Population, 1,220,000. Capital, Quito; population, 80,000. No laws exist in Ecuador regulating the practice of dentistry, and no dental school. We are not able to state the exact number of dentists in the capital, Quito, but in Guayaquil (about 30,000 inhabitants) about ten dentists practice, some of whom have acquired their dental education in United States (Philadelphia). FALKLAND ISLANDS. (About 200 in number.) (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 6,500 square miles. Population, 2,000 (not fully). A consular authority writes from Port Stanley, April 3, 1893; t* * * * There are no resident dentists in these islands. There are three medical men who operate in dentistry when it becomes absolutely necessary. About two or three months ago a Dr F , who came originally from Boston, but last from Buenos Ayres, arrived here, and during his stay enjoyed a some- what extensive and lucrative practice. He is at present in Buenos Ayres, but intends, I believe, to return and make a further short stay here, in order to complete work which he has commenced, etc ^ ^ ^ m& '' FRENCH GUIANA. (FRENCH COLONY.) Area, 46,697 square miles. Population, 25,796. Capital, Cayenne; population, 10,600. The Governor of this colony has informed us in a communi- cation, dated Cayenne, January 2, 1894, that there exists a law in REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 223 the colony regarding the practice of medicine and pharmacy, dated February 20, 1884, but none regarding the practice of dent- istry. The dentists are only required to pay an annual fee of thirty francs. PARAGUAY. (republic.) Area, 91,970 square miles. Population, 430,000. Capital, Asuncion; population, 24,£ It gives us great pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of the following sketch of the history of dentistry in Paraguay, for- warded by United States Vice-Consul at Asuncion, E. M. Flagg, Doctor of Dental Surgery. It is dated January 18, 1893, and contains the following valuable information: The progress of professional matters in this Republic is re- cent and rapid. It dates from the close of the famous war of Paraguay against the combined armies of Uruguay, Argentine Republic and Brazil, which ended in 1870, after five years' dura- tion, in the almost total extermination of the Paraguayans, the population being reduced, according to some authorities, from 1,300,000 to 150,000. Previous to this war, the country had been virtually closed to the outside world. In the United States we would call this closure " protection." The brain of the people had long been ruled by an ecclesiastical despotism, which was succeeded by a political despotism. Science is ever opposed to despotism They cannot well exist together, and science was not allowed to flourish in Para- guay. As a compensation for the slavery of mind and body, the Paraguayans always had plenty to eat and drink and smoke, and if they had nothing but superstitions, with which to cure their diseases, they at least had no starvation. The war had one good effect: It brought the people in con- tact with other people, and gave their minds a chance to act, through the interchange of ideas. Soon after the close of the war, a remnant of survivors, some of whom had been educated abroad, met in Asuncion, and formed a constitution, modeled 224 world's history and after that of the United States, and, among other matters, sought to be regulated, was the practice of the professions. There was no medical faculty at that time, but a Board of Health (Consejo de Higiene), composed of surgeons, physicians, and apothecaries, was convened, and privileged to examine can- didates for future practice in the country. The law reads that: i. Any person who desires to practice any branch of the healing art must present his diploma, duly certified, and he will be entitled to an examination by the Board of Health, when, if he be found fit, the said diploma will be endorsed (revalidated) and he will be permitted to practice freely throughout the republic. 2. The Board of Health will be permitted to give licenses to those who are not regular graduates (facultativos), but whom an examination shall prove to be apt in the healing art. and they may practice in any department throughout the republic, where there is no regular graduate, and until a regular graduate shall establish himself in that department; the licensee shall then no longer be permitted to practice there, but shall be allowed to remove to and practice in another department of the republic where there is no regular graduate. These examinations by the Board of Health were for the most part merely theoretical, and very few candidates were rejected. All sorts of diplomas were presented for endorsement, not excepting the notorious " Buchanan." About this time all the trades and professions were scheduled and taxed. The physician was taxed $80 a year, payable every six months, and he was placed in the category with lawyers and other learned professions. The dentist was taxed $40 per year and classed with barbers, cock-fighters, blacksmiths, etc. Such was the state of affairs in Paraguay till about two years ago. The close of the war, and settlement of the country, was accompanied with the occupation of the capital by the victors, many of whom brought their families to reside with them; and the families in turn required services, such as they had been accustomed to, for they did not like the primitive service of the native Paraguayan. Thereby Paraguay got its first introduction to North American dentistry. The American dentists came mostly from the Argentine (Buenos Ayres) and made only flying visits, but the gold-filling REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 225 was introduced for the first time and some attempts made at treatment of diseased teeth. However, it must be admitted that any aching tooth was generally extracted and dental prosthesis confined to the making of rubber work. In August of 1885, the writer came to Asuncion and remained five months, and started to practice by condemning the wholesale extraction of teeth and introduced the crown, the bridge, regu- lating operations and, in short, all that now constitutes modern dentistry. Leaving Asuncion in December of 1885, he was obliged to return in 1887, owing to ill health, and so decided to establish himself, being the first regularly established North American dentist in Paraguay. Barbers, blacksmiths and quacks, generally, are still permitted to mutilate the human mouth and call themselves dentists. They have acquired rights, vested interests, and cannot be disturbed in the exercise of these rights, but all new-comers must submit to the following laws if they would practice medicine or any of its specialties: The candidate presenting the diploma for endorsement and soliciting examination must be examined by the Medical Faculty of the University of Paraguay. It is a regular medical examina- tion, theoretical and practical. (I know of but one who has suc- ceeded in passing it since the establishment of the Faculty.) He must operate on the cadaver, or the living subject, and if he has a specialty as oculist, or aurist, or dentist, he must, in addition to the medical examination, be examined by an expert in the specialty to w 7 hich he intends to devote himself in Paraguay. Owing to the severe financial crisis from which the country is suffering, a lack of funds has caused the closing of the medical school and the Faculty is, at present, doing little more than to examine candidates for practice. One of them has started a weekly paper, called the Mentor of Hygiene. The Board of Health is still in existence, and when a candi- date for practice has passed the Faculty, they notify the Board of Health, but this is merely a matter of courtesy to the Board of Health. It does not confer any special powers upon it. The new law is still (January, 1893,) in manuscript, but will soon be printed. According to the new tax laws the professional dentist must pay S200 a year for the privilege of treating the Paraguayan 15 226 world's history and mouth, and he is classed among the learned professions, lawyers, engineers, etc. The physician still pays $80 per year, and the only satisfaction that you can get from the tax-gatherer when you complain of the distinction made against you is: "Well! Dentistry is a specialty and the dentist ought to pay more than the general practitioner because he makes more money." Barber-dentists still pay the same tax as formerly. PERU. (republic.) Area, 463,747 square miles. Population, 2,621,844. Capital, Lima; population, 101,488. Through the courtesy of Dr. G. W. Sparrock, located at Lima, we are enabled to give the following complete account of dent- istry in Peru: There is no dental school attached to the University of Peru. Dental students matriculate in the Faculty of Medicine. For two years lectures on Anatomy, Physiology and Chemistry are delivered. During those two years the dental student must learn the principles and practice of dentistry from a qualified practitioner. On a certificate from him, the student is admitted -±0 examination and receives a diploma from the Faculty. Upon arriving, a stranger must present his diploma and pass an examination before he is permitted to practice. Dr. Sparrock, in his communication, says: "On my arrival, in 1890, finding the poor without the means of obtaining the services of a dentist, I opened an hospital for their benefit in 1891, and attached a school in 1892. Over 5,000 persons have been treated, free of charge, in two years. My hospital and school are the first and only ones established in Peru. They are under the control of the Supreme Governor. " I do not know the exact number of dentists in Peru, but in Lima we have about twenty qualified practitioners, and as many more unqualified. " We have no dental journal. There in one dental society — ' Asociacion Dental de Lima.' " The only statutes governing the free professors (Profesores litre), i. e., dentists having pupils or students, read as follows: REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 227 THE PRACTICE OF DENTISTRY. The Minister of Instruction has approved the following regu- lations formulated by the Medical Faculty for the free instruction in dentistry. CHAPTER I. Concerning the Free Instruction in Dentistry. Article i. Until a practical school of dentistry shall be established in the faculty of a college, the free instruction shall be permitted under the following conditions: CHAPTER II. Regarding the Professors of Free Instruction in Dentistry. Article 2. In order to become a profesor libre in dentistry, it is required: 1. To possess a dental diploma from the Faculty of Medi- cine. 2. To have been practicing as public dentist for at least five years. 3. To obtain corresponding license from the Faculty. 4. To be over thirty years of age. 5. To submit to the programmes' and rules established by the Faculty. CHAPTER III. Article 3. The concession of the Faculty is obtained, the above conditions having been complied with and approved, and a petition entered with the Faculty. Art. 4. A concession or license may only be issued to a dentist having more than six students. Art. 5. A concession is issued for a fixed term not'less than two years. CHAPTER IV. Article 6. Every free dental school shall have an infirmary or clinic for the assistance of the poor, for the practical training of students, and a laboratory for prosthetic dentistry. Art. 7. A register of the names of the students, and a record showing the attendance of each student at lectures shall be kept; 228 world's history and and every year a list of the matriculated students shall be sub- mitted to the Faculty, showing when the students have not been present, together with corresponding certificates as to the time they have attended the lectures and instruction. Art. 8. At the close of the third year the student receives a certificate that he has completed his course; this certificate must be presented to the Faculty in order to obtain for the student the right to examination for receiving a dentist's diploma. Art. 9. A certificate from a dentist whose course of instruc- tion has not been approved by the Faculty possesses no value. Art. 10. A committee, appointed by the Faculty shall inspect the condition and curriculum of the free practical dental schools. Art. 11. The interior order and discipline of the schools are regulated by the directors, having been approved by the Faculty. Art. 12. The fees for each term and for the certificate of practice shall be fixed by the directors of the school. Art. 13. Substitutes or assistants at the free dental schools must be dentists possessing diplomas from the Faculty. Art. 14. No student is permitted to enter the free practical dental schools without having regularly matriculated as a dental student in the Medical Faculty. Art. 15. If a student fails to pass the Faculty examinations, he does not receive credit for that year's practice at the free den- tal school at the succeeding year's examination. Art. 16. During the last term of the third year every student must attend the surgical clinic at the school and perform the operations prescribed by the chief of the clinic. Art. 17. The Board of Examination for the practical dental examination shall be composed of the three Faculty professors and one professor of free instruction; the last to be elected yearly by the " free professors," and with the same privileges en- joyed by the other members of the Board. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 229 SURINAM (DUTCH GUIANA). (dutch colony.) Area, 46,060 square miles. Population, 57,365. Capital, Paramaribo; Population, 27,752. We had the pleasure to receive, in due time, this letter from Dr. A. B. Bibaz, of Surinam: "Dr. Herman Lennmalm, Rockford, 111. "Dear Sir : I have the honor to bring to your notice, that your letter of December 17, 1893, directed to the government of this colony, was sent to me by said government, with the request to give you the necessary information concerning dentistry in this country. "There are two licensed dentists in this colony, viz.: Gabriel Benjamin Jessurun and myself, Albert Bueno Bibaz. " D. Arrias, M. D., was the first person to introduce dentistry in Surinam, but it was not very often he filled a tooth or made a set of artificial teeth. This was about fifty years ago. "Twenty-five years ago dentistry became better known in Surinam. "Although dentistry has been practiced here for such a period the great- est part of the people have no idea of the profit of consulting a dentist, because every physician extracts teeth. "As a rule the people have pearl-white teeth. With the lower classes their teeth, in general, remain good and without decay until they become thirty years of age. They seldom consult a dentist or ask for any kind of fill- ings, as they can have their teeth extracted at little or no expense at the Gov- ernment hospital. "There is, as yet, no law regulating the practice of dentistry in this colony, but there has been introduced into the Congress (Koloniale Staaten) a bill for regulating the practice of medicine. "In that bill the following stipulations regarding the practice of dentistry are found: " Persons authorized to practice dentistry in the Netherlands shall also be authorized to practice in Surinam; also such persons who pass an examination in Surinam and receive diplomas as surgeon dentist. " The applicant is required to submit to examination and to possess satis- factory knowledge in the following branches: Dutch Language, Arithmetic, Anatomy, Physiology, Therapeutics, Hygiene, Writing of Prescriptions, Opera- tive and Prosthetic Dentistry. " The candidate for examination shall pay a fee of $12 to the Secretary of the Examination Committee. "After he has passed a satisfactory examination the dentist shall take the following oath (or promise): 'I swear (promise) that I shall practice the pro- fession of dentistry according to my best knowledge and power, as per the prescriptions of the law, and that I shall not discover to anybody what in my practice is entrusted to me as a secret, or what comes to my cognizance, unless compelled to do in virtue of law. So truly help me, God Almighty.' (So I promise). 230 world's history and " No one is permitted to practice dentistry before the Medical Inspector has countersigned the diploma of a surgeon dentist. " The dentist is not authorized to administer anaesthetics (only local) with- out the assistance of a physician. " He is not permitted to prescribe medicine for internal use. "The law relating to the unlawful practice of dentistry reads: Every person practicing dentistry without possessing a license, shall be punished by imprisonment from one day to one year, or by a fine of $4 to $40. " Other violations of this law are subjected to fines of from forty cents to $40. " In case of the offense being repeated within two years after the first verdict, the fine may be increased to $80, and the imprisonment to eighteen months. Violations of the stipulations of this law shall be prosecuted accord- ing to the ordinance of 1874. URUGUAY. (republic.) Area, 72,110 square miles. Population, 648,300. Capital, Montevideo; population, 175,000. The course of dental instruction required of the student cov- ers four years; two years for the preparatory course, and two years for the higher studies. The preparatory course of two years embraces the following branches: Arithmetic, Physics, Chemistry, Zoology and Gymnas- tics. The higher course embraces: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathol- ogy, Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. A new dental law for Uruguay is about to be enacted. The number of dentists in Uruguay was, in May, 1893, accord- ing to Dr. Angel Guerra, of Montevideo, nineteen. Of those, sev- enteen were located in the capital, Montevideo; one in the county or state of San Jose, and one in Salto. There is no dental society, school or journal in Uruguay. The examination is passed before a body appointed for that purpose, and the instruction must be gained from some private source. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 231 VENEZUELA. (republic.) Area, 632,695 square miles. Population, 2,234,385. Capital, Caracas; population, 70,466. The laws of Venezuela require all persons desiring to practice dentistry to pass an examination (in Spanish) before a Board of Examination, consisting of two dentists and three physicians. The applicant has to pay an examination fee (not returnable) of There is a dental faculty connected with the University of Caracas (Dr. Mortimer Ricardo, Dean). In Caracas there are about twenty dentists, but (according to Dr. W. F. Phillips, of Washington, D. C.) only four good profes- sional dentists. A few traveling dentists are to be found through- out the country. EUROPE. 234 world's history and AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. (empire.) Area, 240,942 square miles. Population, 41,076,804. Capital, Vienna; population, 1,355,255. Until the year 1873 every practicing dentist was required to be "Magister der Zahnheilkunde"; this degree being conferred upon the graduate by the State. At that time every person desiring to practice the profession of dentistry was required to be "Doctor Universal Medicinae" (Doctor of Medicine). "Der Zahntechniker" or "Zahnkiinstler" was still permitted to make artificial dentures, but all necessary preliminary operations were to be performed by the " Doctor Universal Medicinae." It seems, however, that this law hardly can be, and not always is, observed The number of dentists, as below, we have taken from "Dental Kalender fur Deutschland Oesterreich-Ungarn und die Schweiz": In Vienna: Dentists or Zahnarzte, 86; Zahntechniker, 81. Oesterreich unter der Enns (population, 2,330,621): Dentists (Zahnarzte), 6; Zahntechniker, 2. Oesterreich ob der Enns (population, 770,553): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntechniker, 5. Salzburg (population, 167,569): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntechniker, 1. Steiermark (population, 1,242,833): Zahnarzte, 12; Zahntech- niker, 4. Karnthen (population, 355,744): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntech- niker, 2. Krain (population, 490,680): Zahnarzte, 2. Ktistenland, including Triest, Gorz, Gradiska, Istrien (popula- tion, 672,307): Zahnarzte, 5; Zahntechniker, 3. Dalmatien (population, 500,535): Zahnarzte, 2. Tirol-Vorarlberg (population, 809,112): Zahnarzte, 10; Zahn- techniker, 8. Bohmen (population, 5,697,909): Zahnarzte, 37; Zahntech- niker, 73. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 235 Of those there are practicing in Prague (population, 177,498): 11 Zahnarzte and 8 Zahntechniker. Mahren (population, 2,193,388): Zahnarzte, 17; Zahntech- niker, 7. Schlesien (population, 579,713): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntech- niker, 5. Galizien (population, 6,201,549): Zahnarzte, 19; Zahntech- niker, 19. Bukowina (population, 604,712): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntech- niker, 7. Ungarn (Hungary); (including Siebenburgen) (population, 13,728,622): Zahnarzte, 118; Zahntechniker, 45. Of those there are practicing in Buda-Pesth (population, 5 12,- 000): 56 Zahnarzte and 25 Zahntechniker. Kroatien-Slavonien (population, 1,194,415): Zahnarzte, 4. Bosnien-Herzegowina: Zahnarzt, 1. The dental schools or institutions for dental education are: Zahnarztliches Universitats-Ambulatorium (Vienna). Zahnarztliche Abtheilung an der Allgemeinen Poliklinik (Vienna). Zahnarztliche Klinik (Budapest). The dental societies in Austria-Hungary are (according to Dental Kalender fur Deutschland, Oesterreich-Ungarn und die Schweiz): In Vienna: Verein Oesterreichischer Zahnarzte; founded 1861. Members, 34. President, Dr. Pichler; Treasurer, Dr. Gerhold; Secretary, Dr. Metnitz. Verein Wiener Zahnarzte. President, Dr. Tausig. Members, 14. In Budapest: Verein Budapester Zahnarzte; founded in 1875. President, Dr. Grosz; Secretary, Dr. Rozgonyi. Members, 26. Odontologische Gesellschaft Ungarns. President, Dr. Iszlai; Treasurer, Dr. S. Bauer; Secretaries, Drs. Dalnoky and Lang. Members, 25. In Prague: Verein der Zahnarzte Bohmens; founded in 1887. President Dr. Bastyr; Secretary, Dr. Wachsmann; Treas- urer, Dr. Kulhanek. Members, 19. Zahntechnische Vereine or societies are: In Vienna: Verein Oesterreichischer Zahnkiinstler; founded 1880. Members, 106. Genossenschaft der Zahntechniker Wiens. Members, 101. 236 world's history and In Budapest: Budapester Zahntechnischer Verein; founded 1887. One dental journal is published in Austria-Hungary; "Oes- terreichische-Ungarische Vierteljahrsschrift fur Zahnheilkunde." BELGIUM. (kingdom.) Area, 11,373 square miles. Population, 6,093,798. Capital, Brussels; population, 477,398. The law of 1818 regarding the Healing Art, modified by a Royal decree of December 30, 1884, regulates the practice of dentistry in Belgium. The law of 1884 approves the programme relative to the exam- inations required for obtaining a dentist's diploma. The candidate for examination must have studied dentistry during the period of two full years under a regularly licensed dentist. The course of study embraces: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathol- ogy, Clinical or Operative Dentistry, Prosthetic Dentistry. Two hours are given to the written and forty-five minutes to the oral examination. The dental students attend the clinics at Hopital St. Jean and St. Pierre, at Brussels. The number of dentists in Belgium is about 350; in Brussels (477,398 inhabitants) there were in 1893, 93; in Antwerp (232,- 418 inhabitants), 21; in Liege (Luttich) (146,162 inhabitants) 21; in Ghent (152.391 inhabitants) 1 1, etc. No dental society exists in this country. No dental journal is now published in Belgium. Revue Odontologique de Bruxelles, founded 1884, and Revue Odontologique de Belgique, founded 1885, have both ceased to exist. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 237 BULGARIA. (principality.) Area, 37,860 square miles. Population, 3,154,375. Capital, Sofia; population, 30,428. The laws regulating the practice of dentistry in Bulgaria are in force from June, 1893, and read as follows: REGULATIONS For the Examinations (Curriculum) of Candidates for the Free Practice of Dentistry in Bulgaria; also the Responsibilities of Practicing Dentists, Founded on Articles 12, 14 and 24 of the Sanitary Statutes. Article I. — Examinations. Section i. A candidate seeking the privilege of practicing dentistry in Bulgaria, must present a written petition to the Municipal Sanitary Council, bearing the Internal Revenue stamp prescribed, with the following documents: a. A certificate, descriptive of the personality of the candi- date, for his proper identification; b. His diploma; c. A license to practice in the place where he obtained his diploma, if that should not secure for him the right to practice. [Note. — The candidate examined is required to pay a fee of $20, to re- munerate the Examination Committee; should he fail to pass examination half of this fee is refunded.] Sec. 2. The President of the Municipal Sanitary Council pre- sents the documents to the Medical Council, who, if they are found correct, appoints the Examining Committee. Sec. 3. In the report of the examination, conducted accord- ing to the affixed programme, are mentioned briefly the written and oral questions; also the opinions of the committee. Sec. 4. This report is then submitted to the Medical Council, who gives its final decision. Sec. 5. In case of disapproval the Medical Council gives the candidate from six months to a year, in which time he can again apply for examination. Sec. 6. A candidate who fails to pass in the second examina- tion forfeits his rights to any further consideration. Sec. 7. A candidate passed by the Medical Council is then submitted to the Secretary of State for his approval. 238 world's history and Sec. 8. The Examining Committee consists of three persons, two of whom are physicians and one a regularly admitted dentist. Sec. 9. The examination is conducted according to the fol- lowing programme: 1. Theoretical examination, consisting of: a. One question on each of the following subjects: Surgical Dental Anatomy, Pathology, Materia Medica and Therapeutics. b. One case of injured teeth, gums, the roof of the mouth, etc., which he must examine, and demonstrate its Anaemnesis, Diagnosis, Prognosis and Therapeutics. 2. Operative examination: a. Practical knowledge of the different dental instruments, as well as demonstrating the way of performing an actual operation on a living subject. b. Performing one of the following operations: Filling a decayed tooth, extraction of a tooth or a root, cleaning of teeth. 3. Technical examination, which consists of making a set of false teeth, an apparatus for regulating teeth on a model of plas- ter of Paris. [Note. — The selection of the material for making the false teeth is made by the examiners. The candidate produces everything mentioned from the selected materials at his own expense, and the product becomes his property.] Article II. — The Responsibilities of the Independent Dentist. Section 10. An independent dentist means one who is reg- ularly admitted to practice in the country, but who holds no government or municipal office. (Article 85 of the Sanitary Laws.) Sec. 11. Every independent dentist is obliged to render as- sistance, without delay, in all cases which cannot be postponed. Sec. 12. Every independent dentist is entitled to compensa- tion from his patients. (Article 31 of the Sanitary Laws.) Sec. 13. Complaints against dentists should be made to the Medical Council. (Article 32 of the Sanitary Laws.) Sec. 14. No dentist is permitted to practice any other branch of medicine except his own specialty. Sec. 15. A dentist is, under no circumstances, permitted to administer anaesthetics. Sec. 16. A dentist has no right to prescribe or administer medicines for internal use. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. ^39 Sec. 17. For filling teeth, for false teeth, for obturators, and appliances for regulating teeth, the use of oxidizing metals is strictly prohibited. Sec. 18. Cleaning teeth with mineral acids is forbidden. Sec. 19. After a candidate has been permitted to practice, he may settle in some community, from whence he may operate in its immediate vicinity, within certain reasonable boundaries; but the practice of promiscuously extracting teeth, "as the char- latans (itinerants) do," is strictly prohibited. Article III. — Penalties for Dentists. Section 20. Dentists in possession of the prescribed diploma, but who practice without permission of the Medical Council, are fined from $2 to $6. In case the offense is repeated, the fine is doubled, and imprisonment for from one to five days, in addition thereto, is the penalty. Sec. 21. Persons who practice dentistry without a diploma are fined from $30 to $40. In case of repetition, imprisonment for from one to two months is added to the above penalty. Sec. 22. Cases of crimes committed in the practice of den- tistry are tried in conformity with the common laws of the coun- try; but the courts must admit the opinion of the Medical Council in every such case. (Signed) Secretary of State. Ratified by the Municipal Sanitary Council: (Signed) Secretary. In Bulgaria there exists one medical society, in which also enter dental practitioners. The society consists (May, 1893,) of thirteen civil physicians, seven army physicians, three apotheca- ries, one chemist, one veterinary surgeon and one dentist. The President of the society is Dr. Piscullieff; Secretary, Dr. Popoff. There exists no school in Bulgaria, either for students of medicine or dentistry. Five dentists practice in Bulgaria: In Sofia, I. A. Muszler, Z. Hof, J. Schreibmann; in Filippopel, W. Argazoff; in Rust- schuk, Fr. Flammich. For the above information we are indebted to Dr. I. A. Muszler. of Sofia. 240 world's history and DENMARK. Area, 14,124 square miles. Population, 2,185,159. Capital, Copenhagen; population, 375,251. Dentistry has always, in the laws of Denmark, been consid- ered a specialty of medicine. As a rule, the practice of dentistry has been open only to regular physicians. The progress and de- velopment of dentistry has, however, converted this rule into an exception. Already at the end of the last century, when the use of arti- ficial teeth became more common, a want was felt for more skill- ful and experienced dentists, especially in the prosthetic part of the art. Hence a special examination for prospective practitioners, not physicians, in this special branch of medicine was, in 1796, ordered to be held at the Chirurgical Academy, and the first ex- amination took place March 20, 1798. This examination became later a requirement, almost exclusively, for candidates of dent- istry, as the regularly authorized physicians in the latter half of this century became a very insignificant minority of the whole number of practicing dentists. Until the present time, the practice of dentistry has mostly been governed through administrative decrees or regulations derived from the ordinance regarding quackery, of September 5, 1794. Section 6 of that ordinance reads: " If any one who is not a regular physician shall have acquired special proficiency or extraordinary knowledge in some part or another of the med- ical art, or in the curing of some disease or another, he may, after having proved himself to possess such proficiency, by the testimony of the governor and physician, expect to receive through the Chancelly a license to practice; but only in the dis- trict where he lives, and his right to prescribe medicine shall be limited within the parts in which he has proved himself pro- ficient." This ordinance is still to be considered as the fundamental law for the power of the administration to confer license to prac- tice dentistry upon other persons than authorized physicians, as there is no later legislation relative to this point. It is, therefore, ruled by the Department of Justice (as suc- cessor to the Chancelly, in 1849,) that, according to the present law, the privilege to practice dentistry can not be conferred upon all who have fulfilled certain requirements, but that it always re- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 241 quires a certain license to practice, and this license is, further- more, always given with a local limit. The opinion was that no more candidates ought to be admit- ted to the dental examination than would be able to secure license to practice, the conferring of a license being regulated by the de- mand for dentists at that time. Owing to a similar view, the privilege to appear at an examination has also been governed by the permission from the Chancelly, and later from the Depart- ment of Justice. Such was the state of things until 1873, when, by the power of a royal decree, dated February 19 of that year, a regular ex- amination was required of the candidate. "The common pre- paratory examination" entitled to admission to this regular dental examination. Before 1873 there was required of the student, or applicant, only a common technical knowledge; but at that time an examination in prosthetic dentistry or "technics" was intro- duced, consisting of making and inserting artificial teeth, which was to be passed, before the candidate was permitted to undergo the final examination. According to the royal decree of June 19, 1888, a clinical examination was added, and a school of dentistry was established where instruction in theoretical and clinical dentistry for the dental examination was to be had. The instructors are: A President, who must be a "docent" of Surgery of the Medical Faculty of the University, and two pro- fessors in the clinical and theoretical branches, the first of which shall be a physician practicing in Copenhagen. The other must have passed the medical examination at the University. Persons who seek admittance to this school must have passed the common preparatory examination (as per the royal decree of August 30, 1881), and have studied dentistry with a dentist in Denmark. The student who seeks admission to this school shall, accord- ing to an ordinance from the Minister (Secretary) of the Church and Instruction Department (issued October, 1892), have studied dentistry with a practicing dentist in Denmark at least one year before he is admitted to the school. Since 1888 the students are required to possess a degree cor- responding to the degree of A. M. in the United States before they are admitted to the school. Before the student can be admitted to the technical examina- 16 242 world's history and tion, he must have attended a course of at least one year, and at least during two calendar years have been a student with one or several dentists in Denmark. The qualifications for graduation are as follows: The candi- date must be twenty-one years of age, must have passed the technical examination, and have attended a full course at the dental school. The above programme, confirmed January 20, 1889, makes the obligatory course for all who desire to pass the final exami- nation extend over four subsequent half years. This dental school was opened for students February 1, 1889, and the first graduation at the school was held in December, 1890, and January, 1891. In 1873, when a regular examination was decided upon, there were also passed certain regulations for the practice of dentistry, and limitations for the same. The practice of dentistry had heretofore been open for regu- larly authorized physicians, but an ordinance of March 3, 1873, issued by the Department of Justice, reads: "License to prac- tice dentistry, which is conferred by the Department of Justice, may, for the future, be expected only when the applicant, who must be twenty-five years of age and must prove by responsible persons that he is of good moral character, has passed an exami- nation, according to the ordinance issued March 1, 1873." This ordinance of March 3, 1873, was, on March 8, 1892, modi- fied, so that an applicant for license, who was under twenty-five years of age, was entitled to receive this license if he, after hav- ing passed examination, had been a clinical assistantto an author- ized dentist for a period of two years. A person who has received this license is authorized to clean, fill and extract teeth, insert artificial teeth and treat diseases of the teeth and gums at the place where he is living; but he may not practice any other branch of surgery or medicine. The dentist was also authorized to prepare and dispense medicine for external use; but only for his own patients. He may not prescribe medicine for internal use; and may administer anaesthetics for general anaesthesia only with the assistance of an authorized physician. It may be noted, that by virtue of a royal resolution of April 28, 1877, women are entitled to the same rights and privileges in regard to the study and practice of dentistry. These laws and ordinances have been interpreted in different REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 243 ways, and several cases have been brought up in the courts con- cerning- the unlawful practice of dentistry. Before 1844 the ex- clusive privilege of the authorized dentist to insert artificial teeth was uncontested by all concerned; but this year the Chancelly, in a case before the courts, ruled that manufacturing and insert- ing of artificial teeth should be considered as a "free trade." The Department of Justice has up to date upheld this ruling, and this has resulted in the forming of a separate class or corporation of "Tandteknikere." This corporation was, in 1873, registered at Copenhagen as Forfserdigere af Kunstige Taender (makers or manufacturers of artificial teeth). The question naturally arose, whether it was necessary for these Forfaerdigere af Kunstige Taender to possess any medical knowledge, and during the handling of these cases in the courts, it has been clearly proven that they must constantly violate the laws, as they necessarily must prepare the mouth by extracting, filing, cutting, etc., before they could insert any artificial teeth, although they were not permitted to undertake any operations at all. In this connection it might be noted that according to an opinion given by the Department of Justice, June 14, 1881, the title Tandlaege (dentist) is not under the laws of Denmark re- served for the regularly authorized dentists. As before intimated, the dental education in Denmark is under the supervision of the Church and Instruction Depart- ment; but the practice of dentistry in other respects, is consid- ered as a part of the Civil Medical Board and comes under the jurisdiction of the Royal Collegium of Health. [Note. — The above is from a sketch of V. Haderup, M. D., of Copenhagen, published in Skandinaviska Ta7idlakare-F'6re7iingens Tidskrift, March, 1892.] The first person to receive license to practice dentistry in Denmark, was Johan Christoph Folman, oculist and dentist. His license was issued in the year 1701, during the reign of Frederik IV., and he was authorized to practice in all parts of the country. The next license was issued January 3, 1716, to Salomon Poul- sen von Quoten; but his field of operation was limited to Copen- hagen. Next after him came, in 1722, Creutzhaler and Scarpetta. Johan Gotfried Conradi is named as the first court dentist or "court tooth operator." He was engaged as dentist at the court of King Christian VII. 244 world's history and The Dental Societies of Denmark are: Dansk Tandlaegeforening (The Danish Dental Society), founded 1873. Tandlsegeselskabet Kobenhavin (The Dental Society of Copen- hagen), founded December 28, 1891. Jysk-Fynsk Dental Society (a society for the Provinces of Jylland and Fyen), founded November 27, 1892, at Aarhus. Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental Society), consists of dentists from Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland. The membership was, March 1, 1893, ! 3^t viz.: from Sweden, 43; Norway, 41; Denmark, 35; Finland, 17. The number of dentists in Denmark is about no. In the capital, Copenhagen, between 50 and 60 practice. In 1893 there were 3 lady dentists practicing in Denmark. Regarding dental journalism in Denmark we find that Jan- uary 1, 1885, the first number of Ska?idi?iavisk Tidskrift for Tand- Iceger (Scandinavian Journal for Dentists) was issued from Copen- hagen by V. Haderup and O. Klepsch. This journal was later edited by R. Martin, from Stockholm, Sweden, the name having been changed to Skandinavisk Tidskrift for Tandlakare. It died out at the end of the year 1889, but reappeared in 1892, then under the name of Skandi?iaviska Tandlakare-F'6reni?ige?is Tidskrift, and was again issued from Copenhagen During 1892 and 1893 it was edited from that place, Dr. Carl Christensen being its edi- tor-in-chief. Since January, 1894, the journal has been edited from Helsingfors, Finland, its editor-in-chief being Dr. Matti Ayrapaa. The journal is issued quarterly. FINLAND. (grand duchy.) Area, 144,221 square miles. Population, 1,950,000. Capital, Helsingfors; population, 44,000. It was about 1883, 1885 and 1886 that some persons, especially practicing qualified dentists, more and more came to feel the necessity of regulations for the practice of dentistry in Finland. Their first efforts and representations did not amount to much, and the old state of things remained unchanged. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 245 But on September 2, 1889, there was a convention at Helsing- fors, at the office of Dr. S. C. Bensow, to which all dentists, at that time practicing in Finland, were invited. On this occasion it was decided to petition His Majesty, the Emperor, concerning regulations for the practice of dentistry, and the education and examinations of dentists in Finland. As a result a petition, accompanied with plans and projects for the purpose, was pre- sented to His Majesty November 26, 1889. These propositions were sent to the Medical Board and to the Medical Faculty of the University of Helsingfors, to be exam- ined. The result appeared in 1891 as: "His Imperial Majesty's gracious order, regarding the regulation of the dental education in Finland. Issued at Helsingfors November 4, 1891." The contents of this order or decree are as follows: Section i. Instruction in the dental art shall be given at the Medical Faculty of the Alexander University, and for this pur- pose a professorship in dentistry shall be instituted. The yearly compensation for this professor shall be 5,000 marks. This instructor shall be appointed by the "University Consistorium," according to the proposition of the Medical Faculty, and his duties shall be to instruct in the dental art, according to the Fac- ulty's ruling, at the Polyclinic for Diseases of the Teeth, estab- lished in connection with the Chirurgical Polyclinic at Helsing- fors. This Polyclinic for Diseases of the Teeth shall be superin- tended by the Professor of the Chirurgical Clinic, and for its maintenance the yearly amount of 1,000 marks is appropriated. Sec. 2. The complete course of dental instruction comprises: a. Preliminary examination for the medical degree, or the examination of Candidate of Philosophy, required for gaining a "learned" degree in the Faculty of Medicine (as per the gracious ordinances of June 6, 1883, and May 2, 1889). b. Public examinations for the degree of Candidate of Den- tistry, comprising examination in Anatomy, Physiology and Materia Medica; said examination to be held before the respect- ive medical faculties. c. Practical service during the period of eighteen months in a dentist's laboratory. Of these eighteen months, six months' service is required after the student has passed examination as Candidate of Dentistry; one year's attendance at the Policlinic for Diseases of the Teeth, two months' attendance at the Sur- gical Clinic and one month's attendance at the Syphilitic Clinic. 246 world's history and d. The final dental examination before the professor of the Surgical Clinic, the professor of the Dental Art, and one legally authorized dentist, appointed by the Faculty, the last named to decide regarding the prosthetic and technical specimens of the candidates. The first instructor in dentistry (as named in section i) is Matti Ayrapaa, M. D., "Docent" of Odontology at the Univer- sity of Helsingfors. The first persons to practice dentistry in Finland were (accord- ing to Dr. S. C. Bensow, in Skandinaviska Tandlakare-Foreningens Tidskrift, June, 1892,) the Swede, Erik Leonard Fougelberg, who seems to have visited here in 1849, an ^ with certainty in 1850. Fougelberg might have arrived somewhat earlier than the Ger- man Heinz, who was practicing in Finland at that time. In 1850 the Swedish dentist, Carl Huselius, made his appearance. He practiced here until 1856, when he returned to Sweden. The first legally authorized or registered dentist in Finland was S. C. Bensow, still practicing at Helsingfors. The date of his registration is November 16, 1852. Next on the register is Th. Weber, who registered November 7, 1873. Both Bensow and Weber had graduated in Sweden. About the year 1857, two dentists, Verhein, from Germany, and Mallan, from Russia, arrived. Mallan soon left for other parts, but Verhein stayed until 1866 or 1867, when he returned to Germany. In 1865 the Swedish dentist Tornquist was practicing in Fin- land. The first person to pass a dental examination in Finland was registered December 21, 1889. Finska Tandlakaresallskapet (the Finnish Dental Society) is the only dental society for Finland proper. It was founded April 16, 1892, in Helsingfors. Its charter members were: Messrs. Becher, Bensow, Chryscinicz, Olander, Wasenius, Weber, West- phal and Ayrapaa, of Helsingfors; Cederberg, of Vasa; Liljeblad, of Wiborg, and Widenas, of Abo. Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental Society) consists of dentists from Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland. The membership was, March 1, 1893, 136, viz.: From Sweden 43, Norway 41, Denmark 35, Finland 17. The number of dentists in Finland was, when the last report was received, about thirty. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 247 The Scandinavian Dental Society's Journal is edited at Helsing- fors since January I, 1894. Editor-in-chief is Matti Ayrapaa, M. D. (See Denmark.) FRANCE. (republic.) Area, 204,092 square miles. Population, 38,218,903. -Capital, Paris; population, 2,344,550. The first ordinance regarding the practice of dentistry in France dates from the year 1614. It was later followed by another of 1699. In those ordinances, the dentist was placed on a level with the oculist, the bone setter and the lithotomist, every one being considered an " expert" in his branch of surgery. Later came the edict of May, 1768, which is rightly considered as being the most important ordinance relating to the profession, prior to the Revolution. This edict had for its principal purpose — to be sure — the organization of the College of Surgery of Paris, but we find in Section 9 four articles in relation to the dentists. According to Article 126, it was required of the candidate to matriculate at the college of surgery as " expert." Article 127 prescribed that the aspirant should stay at least two years with a master of surgery or expert dentist in Paris, and three years in the provinces. Article 128 contained stipulations for the theo- retical and practical examinations to which the aspirant was sub- jected, the construction of the examination committee and the formalities to which the candidate had to submit himself, in case he was admitted. The candidate was also compelled to take oath before the King's First Surgeon or his lieutenant. Article 129 contained the penalties prescribed in cases of dentists who went beyond their specialty and practiced as " surgeon dentists " instead of " expert dentists." Thus we see that during the ancient regime, the dentists, like physicians and surgeons, were compelled to matriculate at a col- lege of surgery, pass their examination, and be sworn, in order to obtain the title of " expert." Things w 7 ent on in this way until the time of the Revolution. 248 world's history and At this period, May 2-17, 1791, a decree was issued proclaiming the free exercise of all professions, arts and trades. A second decree, of August 18, 1792, abolished, as a consequence, the uni- versities, the faculties, the professors and teachers. The necessity of re-establishing those conditions, however, made itself apparent in a very short time. Fourcroy, in the Legislative Assembly, said, regarding the motives for the law of Ventose 19, in the year XL: "The most complete anarchy has succeeded the ancient organization. The lives of the citizens are in the hands of persons as covetous as ignorant. The most dangerous empiricism, the most shameless charlatanism everywhere imposes on and deceives credulity and honesty. The cities, as well as the country, are infested with quacks who distribute poison and death with an irrepressible audacity and insolence * * * ." For these reasons the law of Ventose 19, in the year XL, was promulgated. This law was later repealed for the one now in force. As a conse- quence of this law, every distinction between the surgeons and physicians disappeared, but there were created two classes of physicians, viz., doctors of medicine and health officers (officiers de sante). Article 1 of this law reads: ■" Nobody shall have the right to practice medicine or surgery, or style himself as health officer, without having passed examination, as prescribed by the present law." Art. 2. "Every person who shall obtain the privilege of practicing the healing art, must possess the title ot Doctor of Medicine, or Surgery, or Health Officer * * * Art. 3. "Doctors of Medicine and Surgery, who have obtained their licenses from the old faculties of Medicine, colleges of Sur- gery, or the surgical societies, shall have the privilege to continue the practice of the healing art." Nothing was mentioned in this law regarding dentists, who from that time considered themselves authorized to practice without submitting- to the conditions of the above cited law. Now the question arose whether the law of the year XL in- cluded the dental profession. The doctrine asserted that by the expressions " Doctor of Medicine, or Surgery, or Health Officer" the law of Ventose was undoubtedly intended to embrace the different branches of the healing art. It was further argued: " Is it not equally just that every one of the different branches of the REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 249 art shall be protected against empirics and charlatans? Is it pos- sible, one continued, to establish a fair distinction between the exercise of the profession of dentistry, reduced to the extraction, and treatment of the diseases proper of the teeth and the exer- cise of that branch of medicine or surgery which treats the diseases of the mouth? Is there not a connection between diseases of teeth which need to be extracted, and diseases of the mouth of which the former are consequences? Before extraction is it not indispensable to judge if extraction is necessary; that is, whether there exists some special disease of the mouth? And the very act of extracting teeth, must not that also be executed in a different way, according to the conformation, disposition and temperament of the subject? 11 I believe," said Dr. Reveille-Parise, " that the profession of dentistry, worthily and legitimately exercised, demands extensive and profound knowledge, regarding the causes of diseases of the teeth, their effects and the means of struggling with the same; that the operations involved are founded on the same basis and governed by the same general medical systems as those of other parts of the body; that the scientific and theoretical part neces- sarily must be allied with manual surgery. Consequently, my personal opinion is that the profession of dentistry ought to be considered as one of the branches of medicine, and that it is im- possible to separate it therefrom, without dissolving the unity, and the established principles of the medical art." Such was the opinion of authors and interpreters of the law of Ventose, of the year XI. And still the dentists continued to practice, altogether disregarding the Medical Faculty. Dent- istry was practiced freely and without restraint; everyone who so wished established himself as a dentist. Soon, however, the question arose from the domain of speculation to that of the courts of justice. It was, in 1827, carried to the Supreme Court, during a suit against a woman exercising, exclusively, in some part of the country, the profession of a dentist. She had on her business cards styled herself as a dentist and added that she neither practiced medicine nor surgery. The Appellate Court (" la Cour de Cassation") in a decree dated February 23, 1827, decided, on the ground "that the law of Ventose, XL, had not re- established the provisions of Article 126, of the Edict of 1768, and as said law only concerned those who wished to practice the healing art in its entireness, that such person, who pretended to 250 world's history and only exercise the profession of dentistry, was not under obliga- tion to secure a diploma." As far as the Appellate Court was concerned, the dentist was free to exercise his profession without having previously ob- tained any diploma or in any way having qualified as a dentist. It is not necessary to say that this jurisprudence was adverse both to the text and the spirit of the law of the year XI. Also the physician-dentists, that is, dentists with diplomas as physicians, never considered this question as definitely decided. Encour- aged through a decree pronounced by "la Cour Regulatrice," Juiy 20, 1833, deciding that the prohibition manifest in the law of the year XI. was general and absolute, they resolved to submit the question to a judicial authority. Consequently they brought suit against several dentists not in possession of the title of Doctor or Health Officer. Proceedings were instituted, accusing those guilty of illegal practice of medicine, who had practiced one of the branches of the healing art, without possessing a diploma as physician, or health officer, as required by the law of Ventose 19, in the year XI. A judgment from the "Tribunal Correctionnel de la Seine" was delivered December 16, 1845. The accused were fined fifteen francs each, in accordance with Articles 1 and 35 of the aforesaid law. One of the fined parties having appealed, the judgment was confirmed by " la Cour de Paris " February 21, 1846. The physi- cians were triumphant, when on an appeal " la Cour de Cassa- tion " (the Appellate Court) decided, May 15, 1846, that the dentists who kept within the bounds of that profession and did not practice any other branch of the healing art could not be com- pelled to provide themselves with any diploma. Then there was a dissent between " la Cour de Paris '" and " la Cour de Cassa- tion." It is not without its historical interest to listen to the theories of those two courts: " La Cour de Paris " argued: " The provisions of the Jaw of Ventose, XL, are general and absolute, they embrace all branches of the healing art; or, the dental art, which requires various knowledge of anatomy and surgery, especially of the anatomy and pathology of the mouth, is evidently a branch or part of the healing art; moreover, in the ancient laws the profes- sion of dentistry was considered and regulated as a part of the surgery." "La Cour de Cassation" said, on the contrary: "At the time REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 251 of the promulgation of the law of the year XL, the liberty of the exercise of the professions, arts and trades had been proclaimed, by the decree of May 2-17, 1791, and the faculties of Medicine and Surgery having been abolished by the decree of August 18, 1792, there did not exist more than one way of re-establishing: by disposing of its Article 1, that nobody could practice the pro- fession of a physician, surgeon, or health officer, or obtain the right to practice the healing art, without having been examined and admitted, according to the prescriptions. It follows, from its Article 3, that these provisions could be applicable only to such doctors of medicine and surgeons, admitted by the ancient faculties of Medicine and Surgery and the surgical societies, who practiced the healing art in 1791; according to Articles 126 and 129 of the ordinance of May, 1768, it existed independently from the doctors of medicine, and the surgeons admitted, according to the forms indicated by Article 3 of the law of Ventose 19, of the year XI., expert dentists who devoted themselves exclusively to the cure of the teeth. This Article 3 evidently does not in- clude among the doctors of medicine and surgeons the expert dentists. One cannot suppose that the individual who had ob- tained, in the form and according to the conditions established in the edict of 1768, nothing else but the title of Expert Dentist, should be entitled, under the conditions contained in Articles 3 and 23 of the law of Ventose, XL, to acquire the right to practice medicine and surgery, even under the restrictions said law in- flicted on the mere health officer. It follows, therefore, that per- sons who only exercise the practice of dentistry are not submit- ted to the previously necessary conditions regarding the studies, examination and admission that this law prescribes." The judgment of the "Cour de Paris" having been reversed, this question, of such importance to the dental world, was carried to another court of appeal. The court of Amiens was designated as a reference tribunal. In a decree, dated June 26, 1846, this court decided that "if it is theoretically true, that the dental art, considered in extenso shall be to the healing art what the part is to the whole, it is equally true that the dental profession can consider itself limited to such performances, and practical in- dentures as extraction of teeth, and making artificial dentures; that, indeed, this limited profession for many long years has been exercised by a herd of individuals, not provided with diplomas, and without other requisite medical qualities than 252 world's history and audacity and manual dexterity; that, consequently, the law of Ventose, XL, is not applicable to the dentists." This latter decree seems to have definitely settled this ques- tion, as, since June 26, 1846, it has not been brought before the courts, and since that time the dentists have exercised their art without any judicial contestations from the physician-dentists. In consequence of this jurisprudence, there was only one way for the Medical Faculty to obtain the regulations for the exer- cise of the dental profession — through a special law. In 1847, the Government, in the Chamber of Peers, introduced a bill project- ing regulations. It was passed, but before it Was discussed and voted upon in the Lower Chamber, the Revolution came. The following legislation did not take up the project, and there was nothing done in regard to this subject for more than thirty years. It is not until 1880 that another bill, on the initiative of the Government, was introduced in the Chambers. Three years later another project, emanated from parliamentary initiative, was also introduced. These two projects were made one. Their aim was to revise the law of Ventose, XL, as far as the practice of medicine was concerned, but there were also included some provisions relating to the dentists. Several Legislatures ad- journed, without this question being discussed in the Chambers. It never got further than into some legislative committees. In 1887 a report was made, but the provisions regarding dentists had been abandoned. Again, in 1889, the integral project was taken up in the Chamber of Deputies. In 1890 it went to the Senate, and November 30, 1892, the present dental law was passed. This law contains regulations for examinations and conditions for the practice of medicine, dentistry and midwifery. We relate below the most important articles concerning the practice of dentistry. Section 2 reads: No one can exercise the profession of dent- istry who is not provided with a diploma of a doctor of medi- cine, or that of a dental surgeon. The diploma of a dental sur- geon will be issued by the French Government to those who have pursued a course of studies provided for in accordance with the regulations of the Superior Council of Public Instruction, after examination before a superior State medical institution. Sec. 5. Physicians, dentists and midwives who have obtained their diplomas in foreign lands, whatever their nationality may REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 253 be, cannot exercise their profession in France, unless they obtain their respective diplomas according to the above provisions. A certain limited dispensation from studies and examinations may be granted by the Minister (of Public Instruction ) in conformity with a resolution of the Superior Council of Public Instruction. Sec. 7. Foreign students who apply for the diploma of Sur- geon-Dentist are submitted to the same regulations as to the time of studies and examinations as the French students. Sec. 9. Doctors of medicine, surgeon dentists and midwives are obliged, from the month of their establishment, to register at the prefecture or sub-prefecture, and at the recorder's office of their ward. Sec. 10. Every year there shall be published in the departe- me?its (provinces), through the prefects and the judicial authority, lists with full names, residence, dates and character of diploma of physicians, surgeon-dentists and midwives. These lists are published in January every year, in all town- ships in the provinces. Certified copies are transmitted to the Ministers of the Interior, Public Instruction and Justice (Attor- ney-General). A personal medical register for France and the colonies is published yearly by the Department of the Interior. Sec. 18. Illegal exercise of dentistry is punished by a fine of from 50 to 100 francs, and, in case of repetition of the offense, by a fine of from ioo to 500 francs. Sec. 19. Illegal exercise of the practice of medicine or dent- istry, together with the usurpation of the title of Doctor or Health Officer (officier de sante) is punished by a fine of from 1,000 to 2,000 francs, and, in case of repetition, by a fine of from 2,000 to 3,000 francs, and imprisonment from six to twelve months, or only fine or imprisonment. The usurpation of the title of Dentist is punished by a fine of from 100 to 500 francs, and, in case of repetition, by a fine of from 500 to 1,000 francs, and imprisonment from six to twelve months, or only fine or imprisonment. Sec. 22. Any one who practices medicine, dentistry or mid- wifery without having registered, as prescribed in Section 9, is fined from 25 to 100 francs. Among the oldest dental practitioners of France we first men- tion Ambroise Pare, familiarly called the " barber-dentist." *" He * The Rise, Fall and Revival of Prosthetic Dentistry, by B. J. Cigrand. 254 world's history and was born 15 17, was an army surgeon, and he educated himself in anatomical science and surgery, and was one of the first great lights. He was successively surgeon to four kings of France, and was attached to the French armies as Surgeon-General as late as 1569. 'To Pare,' says Sabine, ' we owe the revival and improve- ment in surgical practice.' It was while in the army that he dis- covered the possibility of success in transplanting teeth. His success in his ventures proved him capable, and he turned his attention largely to this new surgical discovery. He subsequently constructed artificial dentures, having as bases gold and silver. Pare exerted a great influence on the surgical and dental arts. His extensive medical and surgical experience he published in 1562, and later, the editions having been translated into all modern languages. In 1590, Pare died." Among Pare's successors among the pioneers of dentistry in France, we mention, citing the same source, Hemard, who, in 1622, manufactured ivory dentures; Petrie Torest, who, in 1602, invented the elevator; Dupont, a Parisian dentist, who, in 1633, advertised himself as a specialist on " Implantation of Teeth." In 1728 Dr. Fauchard endeavored to find a substitute for natural teeth in porcelain. He was not successful, but he had given the " tip," and later, about 1770, an apothecary of St. Ger- main, by the name of Duchateau* discovered " a paste, which, when baked, became very hard." One Mr. Guerard undertook, in 1776, to manufacture the substance, and with the aid of a dent- ist produced a porcelain tooth. Among other more prominent dentists of this early period, is Professor Lafargue, who in 1805 published a book on the prac- tice and art of dentistry. Dr. Debarre is the publisher of a vol- ume called " Prosthetic Dentistry." Fronzi,** who was prac- ticing in the beginning of this century, was a prominent man in the field of Prosthetic Dentistry, and in the improvement of enameled teeth. * Dr. Fauchard, of France, is said to have been the first person to refer to gold-leaf as a filling material. Dental Schools of France are: Ecole Dentaire de Paris, founded 1880. This school confers the degree of D. E. D. P. — Diplome de l'Ecole Dentaire de Paris. Ecole Dentaire de France; founded 1884. The degree given * Items of Interest, Vol. XIII., p. 13. ** Dental Cosmos, Vol. XXIII., p. 671. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 255 at this college is D. E. D. F. — Diplome de l'Ecole Dentaire de France. The course of study comprises a period of three years. Ecole Dentaire pour preparation aux examens de l'Etat (Dental School for preparation for state examination). Examination for admission to Ecole Dentaire de Paris and Ecole Dentaire de France is required. This examination is writ- ten and oral. The oral examination comprises the following branches: History of France, Geography, Arithmetic, either Physics or Chemistry, either Algebra, Geometry or Mechanics, either Zoology, Botany or Geology, either the English or Ger- man language. Persons who have been in practice three or five years, or are graduates from a medical faculty, or graduates from some foreign dental college, may be admitted to the second or third year's class. The following dental associations are now in existence in France: Association Generale des Dentistes de France. Societe Civile de l'Ecole et Dispensaire Dentaire de Paris. Societe d' Odontologie de Paris; 57 rue Rochechouart. Societe d' Odontologie de France, 3 rue de l'Abbaye. Societe de Stomatologie, Paris. Societe des Dentistes du Sud-Ouest, Bordeaux. The dental journals of France are: Le Pr ogres Dentaire ; founded, 1874; Paris. ' L Odontologie ; founded, 1 880; 57 rue Rochechouart, Paris. Revue Odontologiquc ; founded, 1880; 3 rue de 1' Abbaye; Paris. Le Monde Dentaire ; founded since 1885; Paris. Revue Internationale d' Odontologie ; founded, 1889; 2 rue d'Amsterdam, Paris. L Avcnir Dentaire ; founded, 1890; Paris. The number of dentists in France is 2,000. Our source of information regarding the history of dental legislation in France has been "Code du Chirurgien-Dentiste," by Emile Roger and Charles Godon. For other valuable assistance we are under obligation to Dr. R. Heide, professor at l'Ecole Dentaire de Paris. 256 world's history and GERMANY. (empire.) Area, 211,168 square miles. Population, 46,855,704. Capital, Berlin; population, 1,574,885. In Prussia, under the law of August 24, 1825, aspirants for the title of dentist could not present themselves for examination, unless they already were practicing physicians, surgeons of the first class, or surgeons of the second class. By an ordinance of December I, of the same year, however, this law was modified, so that dentists became permitted to sub- stitute the diploma of physician, or surgeon, for a certificate of a satisfactory course in Anatomy, General and Special Surgery, Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Clinical Surgery. The candi- date should also have studied one year with a dentist. Later, in 1852, by an ordinance of October 8, the medical pro- fession became united, so that there should be only one class of physicians, and now the requirements that persons wishing to practice dentistry were to be obliged to be physicians also, appeared somewhat unjust. The result was the ordinance of September 25, 1869, which provided for special examinations for persons desiring to become practitioners of dentistry. According to Section 2 of this ordinance, the examination should be passed before the same committee of examination who examined aspirants for the medical degree, with the exception, that to this committee should be added one dental practitioner. The present law of Germany, governing the studies and examinations in dentistry, dates from July 5, 1889, and reads as follows: Ordinances Regarding the Examinations of Dentists, En- acted and Adopted July 5, 1889. Section I. The authorities empowered to grant licenses to dentists, are as follows: 1st. The Central Board of the States within the Federation, with one or more Universities, namely, at present: The ministe- riums of the Kingdoms of Prussia, Bavaria, Saxony and Wiirttem- berg, the Grand Duchies of Hesse, Baden, Mecklenburg-Schwerin, and in conjunction the Ministeriums of the Grand Duchy of Saxony and the Saxonian Duchies; REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 257 2d. The Ministerium of Alsace-Lorraine. The license must be worded in conformity with the estab- lished formula. Sec. II. The license will be issued to such persons only, who have regularly passed their examinations, according to the fol- lowing regulations herein described: Sec. III. The dental examinations will be conducted before a committee of physicians, and at least one practicing dentist (Sec. III. of the ordinances governing the Practice of Dentistry, of June 2, 1883; "Central-Blatt fur Das Deutsche Reich," p. 191). The Chairman conducts the examinations, and shall be present during all its details; he shall also watch the proceedings, that they are conducted in strict conformity with the Rules and Regu- lations governing such examinations, and in the order herein prescribed; in case of the temporary absence of any member of the Examining Board, he shall choose a representative, and at the close of the examinations, he shall promptly report the proceedings of the committee, with an account of expenses incurred. Two examinations are held every year: one in summer and one in winter. The applications of students for examination must be presented to the committee (Sec. I.) by April 1, and November 1. Tardy applications are considered only in special cases, and then for good and valid reasons. Sec. IV. Admission to examination is conditioned upon cer- tificates: 1st. Of qualification for entering a German " gymnasium " or "Real" gymnasium, such qualification to be proven by diploma from such "gymnasium " (college), or by a certificate from a Special Committee of Examination from any of above mentioned institutions of learning. 2d. Of at least one year's practical instruction at a Dental School or with an approved dentist. 3d. Of having studied dentistry for at least four terms at the Universities in the German Empire. To this application must be added certified proof, that all of the above conditions have been complied with in all respects; also a short autobiography of the applicant. A copy of these directions shall be handed to the applicant, with his: order of admission. The candidate must appear in person before the -chairman of the Examination Committee, without special sum- mons, within three weeks after he has received the order for ad- 17 258 . world's history and mission; the latter as a proof of his identity, also a receipt for dues paid. (Sec. XIII.). Sec. V. The examination is divided into four parts: 1st. In the first part of the examination, the candidate is re- quired, in the presence of the Surgeon-member of the Examina- tion Committee, to develop a case, submitted to him for exami- nation, of disease of the teeth, or gums, or hard gums, etc.; and demonstrate the anaemnesis, diagnosis, and prognosis of the case, and method of curing same, after which this demonstration must immediately be written up in a report and countersigned by the Examiner, who on the same day prepares a critical report of same, which, with date thereof and his (the candidate's) sig- nature, must be placed in the hands of the Examiner the follow- ing morning. 2d. In the second part, the candidate is examined in — i. Anatomy and Physiology. 2. General Pathology, Therapeutics, and Pharmacology, including Toxicology. 3. Special Surgical Dental Pathology and Therapeutics. In each of these branches the candidate must, under the spe- cial supervision of a member of the Examination Committee, an- swer two questions, in writing, within locked doors, and without any outside aid or assistance. The questions are determined by lot. For this purpose the Committee is supposed to prepare a num- ber of questions, embracing the respective branches as completely as possible, and to revise the same every year, before the opening of the examinations. (Section III., No. 3.) Sec. 3d. In the third part, which is itself subdivided into two parts, the candidate must, in the presence of one of the Exami- ners, demonstrate: 1. His practical knowledge of the use of various dental in- struments; also in a dental operation upon a living subject, part of which must consist of two fillings, one of which must be a gold filling — two extractions and one cleansing of the teeth. 2. His practical knowledge in making and inserting artificial cases or adjusting appparatus for irregularities of the teeth, in the course of which he must make at least one substitute piece of artificial teeth or mechanism for the mouth of a living subject. Selection of material must be conducted by the Examiner. The examination in this course must be made by a practical dentist. If several practicing dentists are apppointed on the Committee, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 259 the Chairman may appoint a special examiner for each subdivis- ion of part 3. 4th. In the fourth part the candidate is to be examined orally, in the presence of the chairman, by at least three examiners, one of whom must be a practicing dentist, in the Anatomy, Physiol- ogy, Pathology and Dietetics of the teeth, about diseases of the teeth and gums, about the preparation and effects of dental rem- edies, and about the indications calling for application of the different Dental Operations. This part of the examination is conducted publicly. Sec. VI. The questions, and the patients, for the different parts of the examination are not to be assigned to the candidate until the beginning of each part. Between the different parts of the examination no longer time, as a rule, than eight days is allowed. At the conclusion of each part of the examination, the examiners are obliged to submit their reports without delay to the Chairman. If a candidate does not fully pass in any one of the three first parts, he has the choice, as far as circumstances permit, whether to proceed with the examination in the other parts at once or wait until he has completed the part not fully passed. To the fourth part of the examination only those are admitted who have passed in the first three sections. Sec. VII. As to the results of the examination, a special mark is entered against each part by the exclusive use of the terms: "Very good (i); Good (2); Satisfactory (3); Unsatisfac- tory (4); Poor (5). For the second part, a mark is entered against the science by the respective examiner in that science. Each single part of the examination is considered as "passed" only when at least both branches are marked "satisfactory." By the six marks obtained in the different parts, the mark for the entire part is determined according to the rule prescribed in Sec- tion IX. In the third part a mark is entered against each subdivis- ion and the "section mark" is determined by adding the figures of each mark and dividing the sum total by two, fractions not con- sidered. For the fourth part of the examination, the result is determined upon the basis of the total result of the examination in this section, by a majority resolution of the members of the Committee who have taken part in same, including the Chairman. In case of a tie, the vote of the Chairman decides the question. If only one of the members of the Committee casts his vote for the mark "Poor," or if two or more of them cast their votes for 260 world's history and the mark "Unsatisfactory," a better mark than "Unsatisfactory" cannot be given. Sec. VIII. If one part of the examination, or a part of the second or third parts of same, is marked " Unsatisfactory," or "Poor," it must be reported as follows: Respecting entire parts, if the mark " Unsatisfactory" has been given, the candidate can- not again enter for examination before the expiration of three months; if the mark " Poor" has been given, not before the ex- piration of six months. In the case of single subdivisions of parts 2 and 3, not before the expiration of six and eight weeks; respectively. The time for repeating the examination is fixed by the Chairman of the Committee, and the candidate so informed. If an application for repeating the examination is not entered within a year, the whole course must be repeated whether passed in part or not. Exceptions are allowed in special cases only. The second part examination takes place in the presence of the Chairman. If a candidate fails to pass in this second examina- tion he will not be admitted to any further examination. Excep- tions to this decision are made for special reasons only. Sec. IX. If a candidate has passed in all parts of the exami- tion, the average mark is determined in the following manner: The numerical values of the several marks are added together, and the sum total divided by four; no fractions less than over one-half considered. When the mark has been fixed, the Chair- man sends in the examination reports to the proper authorities (Section I.) for their approval. Sec. X. If an applicant for examination does not appear per- sonally before the Chairman at the proper time, or misses the appointed date, without a valid excuse, the Chairman may defer his application until the following term (Section III., No. 3). If a candidate withdraws from a part of the examination already started, without valid reason, it will affect his case to the same extent as the mark " Poor" for that special part. Sec. XI. The examination may be continued or repeated be- fore that Committee, only, before which it was started. Excep- tions maybe made for special reasons only. The references, etc., sent in with the application will not be returned to the candi- date until he has passed the entire examination. Should he claim them sooner, all proper authorities (Section I.) must be notified by the Chancellor of the Empire, before the same are returned, that the candidate has entered but not finished the examination, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 261 and that his credentials have been returned to him on demand. A note in reference to the result of the examination hitherto per- formed shall be entered on the original copy of the last univer- sity graduating certificate. Sec. XII. Approved physicians wishing to obtain approba- tion as dentists are exempt from examinations mentioned in Sec- tion IV., Nos. i and 3, and need only pass in first, third and fourth parts of the examinations. Sec. XIII. The fees for the entire examination amount to 70 marks, viz.: 10 marks for Part 1; 5 marks for each subdivision of Part 2; 7.50 marks for each subdivision of Part 3; 20 marks for Part 4, and 10 marks for sundries and official fees. In second examinations (repetitions), there will be charged, besides the regular fees for each part to be repeated, 3 marks; for each subdivision of Parts 2 and 3, 1 mark, and other expenses and fees. If one withdraws from the examination, or it is deferred, the fees for parts not yet entered will be returned in full; minor fees in proportion. Sec. XIV. At the close of each term of examination (Section III., No. 3) lists of the graduates are appended to the examina- tion reports and presented to the Chancellor of the Empire by the authorized Central Board of Magistrates. These reports are returned to the Magistrates. Sec. XV. As to the admission of the exceptions provided for in Section VIII., Nos. 3 and 5, and in Section XL, Part 1; also as to the dispensation of the conditions for admission, men- tioned in Section IV., the Chancellor of the Empire gives a de- cision, in accordance with the report of the authorized Territo- rial Central Board of Magistrates (Section I.). Sec. XVI. The above ordinances went into effect Novem- ber 1, 1889. Besides the regular dentists, there are in Germany two other kinds of dental practitioners: der Zahnkiinstler (artistic dentist) and der Zahntechniker (technical dentist). They are "mechan- ical dentists," who have established themselves by reason of the facilities accorded; and they cannot be accosted by the law, and must therefore be said to be protected by .the law. Relating to the older German dental practitioners there is lit- tle to be said. The Germans were for a long time very conserva- tive and skeptical regarding the beneficence and usefulness of the dentist and his art, and as a rule he was not overburdened 262 world's history and with work. Among the oldest dentists in Germany we may men- tion Dr. Mesue, who, about the year 1540 reinvented the process of filling teeth with gold leaf.* A dentist to Frederick the Great, by the name of Pfaff** describes, in his left papers, how, in 1756, he made plaster models of the mouth. He does not, however, seem to have been any greater eminent light among the dental pioneers of Germany. There appeared in the last century several authors on dental topics in Germany. Among these we might mention Glaubrecht, Brunner, Krautermann, Lentin, Meyer, Pasch and Blumenthal. DENTAL COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS. After Dental Kale?ider fur Deutschland , Oesterreich-Ungarn tmd die Schweiz. Zahnarztl Zahnarztl Zahnarztl Zahnarztl Zahnarztliches Universitats-Institut, Kiel. Zahnarztl sen. Zahnarztl Zahnarztl Zahnarztl ches Institut der Koniglichen Universitat, Berlin, ches Institut der Koniglichen Universitat, Breslau. che Abtheilung der Universitat, Halle, ches Institut der Universitat, Jena. ches Institut der Universitat; Konigsberg in Preus- ches Institut der Universitat; Leipzig, ches Universitats-Institut; Marburg, cher Cursus und Klinik; Erlangen. Zahnarztliches Institut der Universitat; Strassburg. Cursus und Poliklinik des Privat-docent Dr. Weil; Miinchen. Cursus und Poliklinik des Privat-docent Dr. Bonneken; Bonn. Cursus und Poliklinik des Privat-docent Dr. Carl Rose; Frei- burg, in Baden. The following are private institutions: Dr. Erich Richter's Zahnarztliche Poliklinik und Vorberei- tungsanstalt fur Studirende der Zahnheilkunde; Berlin Poliklinik und Vorbereitungs-Institut fur Studirende der Zahnheilkunde des Dr. Eichler; Frankfurt an der Oden. Cursus und Poliklinik des Dr. J. Berten; Wurzburg. DENTAL SOCIETIES OF GERMANY. Zahnarztlicher Verein; Founded 1857; Hamburg. Centralverein Deutscher Zahnarzte; founded 1859. Zahnarztlicher Verein. Founded 1863; Frankfurt am Main. *The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis, by B. J. Cigrand. **Dental Cosmos, Vol. XXIIL, p. 671. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 263 Berliner Zahnarztliche Gesellschaft; founded 1874; Berlin. Verein Schleswig-Holsteinischer Zahnarzte; founded 1875; Flensburg. Verein der Zahnarzte fur Rheinland und Westfalen; founded 1879; Koln. Zahnarztlicher Verein fiir Mittel-Deutschland; founded 1882 Erfurt. Zahnarztlicher Verein fiir Nieder Sachsen; founded 1883 Hannover. Gesellschaft Deutscher Zahnarzte zu Berlin; founded 1885 Berlin. Deutsche Vereinigung in Amerika Graduirter Doctoren der Zahnheilkunde; founded 1885; Berlin. Zahnarztlicher Verein fiir das Konigreich Sachsen; founded 1885; Dresden. Verein Bayerischer Zahnarzte; founded 1886; Miinchen. Verein Badischer Zahnarzte; founded 1888; Karlsruhe. Deutsche Odontologische Gesellschaft; Sitz Berlin; founded 1889. Der Vereinsbund Deutscher Zahnarzte; founded 1890. Gesellschaft Ostpreussischer Zahnarzte; founded 1891; onigsberg, in Preussen. AUgemeine Deutsche Zahnarztliche Wittwenkasse. ZAHNKUNSTLER SOCIETIES. Verein Deutscher Zahnkiinstler. To this association the fol- lowing societies belong: Verein Sachsischer Zahnkiinstler. Zahntechniker-Verein fiir Thiiringen und Franken. Verein Badischer Zahntechniker. Verein Ost- und Westpreussischer Zahnkiinstler. Verein Hamburg-Altonaer Zahnkiinstler. Verbund Brandenburgischer Zahnkiinstler. Verein der Zahnkiinstler in der Provinz Sachsen, in Anhalt und Thiiringen. Verein Nordwestdeutscher Zahnkiinstler. Verein Bayerischer Zahntechniker. Verein Schlesischer Selbstandiger Zahnkiinstler. Verein Frankfurter Zahnkiinstler. Verein Pommerscher Zahnkiinstler. Verein Schleswig-Holsteinischer Zahnkiinstler. 264 world's history and Verein Mecklenburgischer Zahnkiinstler. Thiiringer Zahnkiinstler-Innung. Zahnkunstlerinnung fur die Rheinprovinz. Zahnkiinstler-Innung zu Berlin. Erste Westfalische Zahntechniker-Innung fiir die Reg-Bez. Arnsberg und Miinster. Bochum. Zahnkunstlerinnung fiir die Rheinprovinz. Thiiringer Zahnkunstlerinnung. Verein Sachsiseher Zahnkiinstler; Chemnitz and Leipzig. Vereinigung Wiirttembergischer Dentisten; Stuttgart. Allgemeine Freiwillige Dentisten-Sterbe-Kasse. Verein Schlesischer Selbstandiger Zahnkiinstler. Verein Hamburg-Altonaer Zahnkiinstler. Verein der Zahnkiinstler der Provinz Sachsen, Anhalt und Thiiringen. Verein Badischer Zahntechniker. Frankfurter Zahntechniker Verein. Verbund Bayerischer Zahntechniker. Localverein der Zahntechniker Miinchens. Verein Selbstandiger Zahnkiinstler der Provinz Brandenburg- Berlin. Verbund Braunschweiger-Zahntechniker. Verein Ost- und Westpreussischer Zahnkiinstler; Konigsberg. Verein Nordwestdeutscher Zahnkiinstler; Oldenburg. Verein Pommerscher Zahnkiinstler; Stettin. Verein Selbstandiger Zahntechniker in Schleswig-Holstein; Elmshorn. Verein Mecklenburgischer Zahnkiinstler; Rostock. Zahntechniker- Verein fiir Thiiringen und Franken. The dental journals of Germany are: Correspondenzblatt fiir Zahndrztc ; founded 1871; Berlin. Deutsche Monatsschrift fiir Zahnheilkimde ; Leipzig. Die Zahntechnische Reform 1; founded 1881; Berlin. Monatsschrift des Verei?is Dcutscher Zalinkiinstler ; founded 1881; Koln am Rhein. Zahndrztliches Woclmiblatt ; founded 1887; Hamburg. Zahndrztliche Rundschau ; founded 1892; weekly; Berlin. Dental Kalender fiir Dcutschland % Ocsterrcich-Ungarn und die Schweiz ; founded 1887; yearly; Berlin. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 265 Other dental periodicals published in Germany, but now dis- continued, are: Der Zahnarzt; founded 1855; discontinued 1856. Dcutsclie VierteljahrsscJirift ; continued as Deutsche Monats- schrift fur Zahnheilkunde. Zahndrstlicher Almanach ; founded in 1876. Notizen-Kalender fiir Zahnarzte ; founded 1877; discontinued 1880. Der Zalindrztliche Bote ; founded 1879; discontinued 1887. Centralblatt fiir Zahnheilkunde; founded 1883; discontinued 1886. The number of dentists in Germany is (after Dental Kale?ider fiir Deutscliland, Oesterreich-Ungarn und die Schweiz) : Brandenburg. Population, 4,121,645. Zahnarzte, 203 (in Ber- lin, 167); Zahnkiinstler, 436 (in Berlin, 294). Hannover. Population, 2,280,491. Zahnarzte, 48; Zahnkiinst- ler, 75. Hessen-Nassau. Population, 1,664,000. Zahnarzte, 74; Zahn- kiinstler, 76. Pommern. Population, 1,521,21 1. Zahnarzte, 24; Zahnkiinst- ler, 90. Posen. Population, 1,752,094. Zahnarzte, 21; Zahnkiinst- ler, 45. Ostpreussen. Population, 1,958,132. Zahnarzte, 21; Zahn- kiinstler, 39. Westpreussen. Population, 1,433,800. Zahnarzte, 18; Zahn- kiinstler, 42. Rheinprovinz. Population, 4,710,313. Zahnarzte, 85; Zahn- kiinstler, 130. Sachsen (Provinz). Population, 2,579,852. Zahnarzte, 53; Zahnkiinstler, 101. Schlesien. Population, 4,223,807. Zahnarzte, 61; Zahnkiin- stler, 193. Schleswig-Holstein. Population, 1,217,393. Zahnarzte, 34; Zahnkiinstler, y6. Westfalen. Population, 2,428,736. Zahnarzte, 26; Zahnkiin- stler, 78. Hohenzollersche Lande. Population, 66,148. Zahnkiinstler, 4. Bayern. Population, 5,589,382. Zahnarzte, 69; Zahntechniker, 290. 200 world's history and Sachsen (Kingdom). Population, 3,500,513. Zahnarzte, 69; Zahnkiinstler, 220. Wiirttemberg. Population, 2,035,443. Zahnarzte, 33; Zahn- techniker, 74. Baden. Population, 1,656,817. Zahnarzte, 37; Zahntech- niker, 91. Hessen. Population, 994,614. Zahnarzte, 20; Zahntechniker, 28. Mecklenburg-Schwerin. Population, 578,565. Zahnarzte, 22; Zahnkiinstler, 44. Sachsen-Weimar-Eisenach. Population, 325,824. Zahnarzte, 10; Zahnkiinstler, 17. Mecklenburg-Strelitz. Population, 97,978. Zahnarzt, 1 ; Zahn- kiinstler, 11. Oldenburg. Population, 355,000. Zahnarzte, 7; Zahnkiinstler, 10. Braunschweig. Population, 403,029. Zahnarzte, 11; Zahn- kiinstler, 17. Sachsen-Meiningen. Population, 223,920. Zahnarzte, 2; Zahnkiinstler, 9. Sachsen-x\ltenburg. Population, 170,867. Zahnarzte, 2; Zahnkiinstler, 10. Sachsen-Coburg-Gotha. Population, 206,329. Zahnarzte, 6; Zahnkiinstler, 9. Anhalt. Population, 271,759. Zahnarzte, 7; Zahnkiinstler, 14. Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt. Population, 85,838. Zahnarzte, 3; Zahnkiinstler, 6. Schwarzburg-Sondershausen. Population, 75,514. Zahnarzt, I ; Zahnkiinstler, 2. Waldeck und Pyrmont. Population, 57,283. Zahnkiinstler, 2. Reuss altere Linie. Population, 62,759. Zahnarzt, 1; Zahn- kiinstler, 4. Reuss jiingere Linie. Population, 119,555. Zahnarzte, 3; Zahnkiinstler, 8. Schaumburg-Lippe. Population, 39,183. Zahnarzt, 1 ; Zahn- kiinstler, 2. Lippe-Detmold. Population, 128,414. Zahnarzte, 3. Freie und Hansastadt Liibeck. Population, 75,459. Zahn- arzte, 5; Zahnkiinstler, 8. Freie und Hansastadt Bremen. Population, 180,309. Zahn- arzte, 21; Zahnkiinstler, 16. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 267 Hamburg. Population, 624,199. Zahnarzte, 39; Zahnkunstler. 102. Elsass-Lothringen. Population, 1,603,987. Zahnarzte, 19; Zahntechniker, 48. GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. (kingdom.) Area, 121,481 square miles. Population, 37,740,283. Capital, London; population 4,211,056. The dental law of the United Kingdom dates from 1878, and reads as follows: An Act to Amend the Law Relating to Dental Practi- tioners. [22nd July, 1878.J Whereas, it is expedient that provision be made for the regis- tration of persons specially qualified to practice as dentists in the United Kingdom, and that the law relating to persons prac- ticing as dentists be otherwise amended: Be it therefore Enacted by the Queen s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, a?id Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: 1. This Act may for all purposes be cited as the Dentists Act, 1878. 2. In this Act "General Council" means the General Council of Medical Education and Registration of the United Kingdom, established under the Medical Act, 1858: and "Branch Council" means a branch of the said Council as constituted by the same Act: "General registrar" means the person appointed to be the reg- istrar by the General Council, and "local registrar" means the registrar appointed by a branch Council under the Medical Act, 1858. "British possession" means any part of Her Majesty's domin- ion exclusive of the United Kingdom. 268 world's history and "Medical authorities" means the bodies and universities who choose members of the General Council. REGISTRATION. 3. From and after the first day of August one thousand eight hundred and seventy-nine, a person shall not be entitled to take or use the name or title of "dentist" (either alone or in combina- tion with any other word or words), or of "dental practitioner," or any name, title, addition, or description implying that he is registered under this Act, or that he is a person specially qual- ified to practice dentistry, unless he is registered under this Act. // is hereby declared that the words "title, addition, or description," where used in the Dentists Act, 1878, include a?iy title, additio?i to a name, designation or description, whether expressed in words or by letters, or partly in oneway and partly i?i the other. Any person who after the first day of August, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-nine, not being registered under this Act, takes or uses any such name, title, addition, or descrip- tion as aforesaid, shall be liable on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding twenty pounds; provided that nothing in this sec- tion shall apply to legally qualified medical practitioners. 4. With respect to the offence of a person not registered un- der this Act taking or using any name, title, addition, or descrip- tion as above in this Act mentioned, the following provisions shall have effect: ( 1.) He shall not be guilty of an offence under this Act — (a.) If he shows that he is not ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom, and that he holds a quali- fication which entitled him to practice dentistry or dental surgery in a British possession or for- eign country, and that he did not represent him- self to be registered under this Act; or (b.) If he shows that he has been registered and con- tinues to be entitled to be registered under this Act, but that his name has been erased on the ground only that he has ceased to practice. (2.) A prosecution for such offence shall be instituted only as hereinafter mentioned. If a person takes or uses the designation of any qualification or certificate in relation to dentistry or dental surgery which he does not possess, he shall be liable, on summary conviction on REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 269 such prosecution as hereinafter mentioned to a fine not exceeding twenty pounds. A prosecution for any of the offences above in this Act men- tioned [shall not be instituted by a private person, except with the consent of the General Council, or of a branch council, but]* may be instituted by the General Council, by a branch council, or by a medical authority, if such Council or authority think fit, or by a private person. 5. A person registered under this Act shall be entitled to practice dentistry and dental surgery in any part of Her Majesty's dominions, subject to any local law in force in that part, and from and after the first day of August, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-nine a person shall not be entitled to recover any fee or charge in any court, for the performance of any dental operation or for any dental attendance or advice, unless he is registered under this Act, or is a legally qualified medical practitioner. 6. Any person who— (a.) Is a licentiate in dental surgery or dentistry of any of the medical authorities; or (b.) Is entitled as hereinafter mentioned to be registered as a foreign or colonial dentist; or (c.) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery, either separately or in conjunction with the practice of medicine, sur- gery, or pharmacy, shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 7. Where a person entitled to be registered under this Act produces or sends to the general registrar the document confer- ring or evidencing his licence or qualification, with a statement of his name and address, and the other particulars, if any, re- quired for registration, and pays the registration fee, he shall be registered in the dentists' register. Provided that a person shall not be registered under this Act as having been at the passing thereof engaged in the practice of dentistry unless he produces or transmits to the registrar, before the first day of August one thousand eight hundred and seventy- nine, information of his name and address, and a declaration signed by him in the form in the schedule to this Act or to the * All the words included between brackets have been repealed by the Medical Act, 1886, section 26. in which it is enacted that "a prosecution for any such offences may be insti- tuted by a private person accordingly." 270 world's history and like effect; and the registrar may, if he sees fit, require the truth of such declaration to be affirmed in manner provided by the Act of the session held in the fifth and sixth years of the reign of King William the Fourth, chapter sixty-two, intituled "An Act to repeal an Act of the present session of Parlia- ment, intituled 'An Act for the more effectual abolition of oaths " 'and affirmations taken and made in various departments of the " 'State, and to substitute declarations in lieu thereof, and for the " 'more entire suppression of voluntary and extra-judicial oaths " 'and affidavits,' and to make other provisions for the abolition "of unnecessary oaths." A person resident in the United Kingdom shall not be dis- qualified for being registered under this Act by reason that he is not a British subject; and a British subject shall not be dis- qualified for being registered under this Act by reason of his being resident or engaged in practice beyond the limits of the United Kingdom. 8. Where a person who either is not domiciled in the United Kingdom, or has practiced for more than ten years elsewhere than in the United Kingdom, or in the case of persons practicing in the United Kingdom at the time of the passing of this Act for not less than ten years, either in the United Kingdom or else- where, shows that he holds some recognized certificate (as here- inafter defined) granted in a British possession, and that he is of good character, such person shall, upon payment of the regis- tration fee, be entitled, without examination in the United King- dom, to be registered as a colonial dentist in the dentists' regis- ter. 9. Where a person who is not a British subject, or who has practiced for more than ten years elsewhere than in the United Kingdom, or in the case of persons practicing in the United Kingdom, at the time of the passing of this Act, for not less than ten years, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, shows that he obtained some recognized certificate (as hereinafter defined) granted in a foreign country, and that he is of good character, and either continues to hold such certificate, or has not been deprived thereof for any cause which disqualifies him for being registered under this Act, such person shall, upon payment of the registration fee, be entitled, without examination in the United Kingdom, to be registered as a foreign dentist in the dentists' register. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 271 io. The certificate granted in a British possession or in a foreign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certifi- cate as is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such cer- tificate, diploma, membership, degree, license, letters, testimo- nial, or other title, status, or document as may be recognized for the time being by the General Council as entitling the holder thereof to practice dentistry or dental surgery in such possession or country, and as furnishing sufficient guarantees of the posses- sion of the requisite knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dentistry or dental surgery. If a person is refused registration as a colonial dentist, or as a foreign dentist, the general registrar shall, if required by him, state in writing the reason for such refusal, and if such reason be that the certificate held or obtained by him is not such a recognized certifi- cate as above defined, such person may appeal to the Privy Council, and the Privy Council, after hearing the General Coun- cil, may dismiss the appeal or may order the General Council to recognize such certificate, and such order shall be duly obeyed. ii. (i.) A register shall be kept by the general registrar to be styled the dentists' register; and that register shall — (a) Contain in one alphabetical list all United Kingdom dentists, that is to say, all persons who are registered under this Act as having been at the passing thereof engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery, and all persons who are registered as licentiates in dentistry or dental surgery of any of the medical authorities of the United Kingdom; and (b) Contain in a separate alphabetical list all such colonial dentists as are registered in pursuance of this Act; and (c) Contain in a separate alphabetical list all such foreign dentists as are registered in pursuance of this Act. (2.) The dentists' register shall contain the said lists made out alphabetically according to the surnames, and shall state the full names and addresses of the registered persons, the descrip- tion and date of the qualifications in respect of which they are registered, and, subject to the provisions of this Act, shall contain such particulars and be in such form as the General Council from time to time direct. (3.) The General Council shall cause a correct copy of the dentists' register to be from time to time and at least once a year 272 world's history and printed under their direction, and published and sold, which copy shall be admissible in evidence. (4.) The dentists' register shall be deemed to be in proper custody when in the custody of the general registrar, and shall be of such a public nature as to be admissible as evidence of all matters therein on its mere production from that custody. (5.) Every local registrar shall keep such register and perform such duties in relation to registration under this Act as the Gen- eral Council from time to time direct, and receive such remunera- tion out of the registration fee as the General Council assign him. Every registrar shall, in all respects in the execution of his discretion and duty in relation to any register under this Act, conform to any orders made by the General Council under this Act, and to any special directions given by the General Council. (6.) The General Council may, if they think fit, from time to time make, and when made, revoke and vary, orders for the regis- tration in (on payment of the fee fixed by the orders) and the removal from the dentists' register of any additional diplomas, memberships, degrees, licences, or letters held by a person regis- tered therein, which appear to the Council to be granted after examination by any of the medical authorities in respect of a higher degree of knowledge than is required to obtain a certifi- cate of fitness under this Act. 12. (1.) The general registrar shall, from time to time, insert in the dentists' register any alteration which may come to his knowledge in the name or address of any person registered. (2.) The general registrar shall erase from the dentists' regis- ter the name of every deceased person. (3.) The general registrar may erase from the dentists' regis- ter the name of a person who has ceased to practice, but not (save as hereinafter provided) without the consent of that per- son; and the general registrar may send by post to a person- registered in the dentists' register a notice inquiring whether or not he has ceased to practice, or has changed his residence; and if the general registrar does not, within three months after send- ing the notice, receive any answer thereto from the said person, he may, within fourteen days after the expiration of the three months, send him by post in a registered letter another notice, referring to the first notice, and stating that no answer thereto has been received by the registrar, and if the general registrar, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 273 either before the second notice is sent receives the first notice back from the dead letter office of the Postmaster General, or receives the second notice back from that office, or does not within three months after sending the second notice receive any answer thereto from the said person, that person shall, for the purpose of the present section, be deemed to have ceased to prac- tice and his name may be erased accordingly. (4.) In the execution of his duties the general registrar shall act on such evidence as in each case appears sufficient. 13. The General Council shall cause to be erased from the dentists' register any entry which has been incorrectly or fraudu- lently made. Where a person registered in the dentists' register has, either before or after the passing of this Act, and either before or after he is so registered, been convicted either in Her Majesty's do- minions or elsewhere of an offence which, if committed in Eng- land, would be a felony or misdemeanor, or been guilty of any infamous or disgraceful conduct in a professional respect, that person shall be liable to have his name erased from the register. The General Council may, and upon application of any of the medical authorities shall, cause inquiry to be made into the case of a person alleged to be liable to have his name erased under this section, and, on proof of such conviction or of such infamous or disgraceful conduct, shall cause the name of such person to be erased from the register: Provided, that the name of a person shall not be erased under this section on account of his adopting or refraining from adopt- ing the practice of any particular theory of dentistry or dental surgery, nor on account of a conviction for a political offence out of Her Majesty's dominions, nor on account of a conviction for an offence which, though within the provisions of this section r does not, either from the trivial nature of the offence or from the circumstances under which it was committed, disqualify a person for practicing dentistry. Any name erased from the register in pursuance of this sec- tion shall also be erased from the list of licentiates in dental sur- gery or dentistry of the medical authority of which such person is a licentiate. 14. Where the General Council direct the erasure from the dentists' register of the name of any person, or of any other entry, the name of that person, or that entry, shall not be again entered 18 274 world's history and in the register, except by direction of the General Council, or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction. If the General Council think fit in any case, they may direct the general registrar to restore to the dentists' register any name or entry erased therefrom, either without fee or on payment of such fee, not exceeding the registration fee, as the General Coun- cil from time to time fix, and the registrar shall restore the same accordingly. The name of any person erased from the dentists' register at the request of such person, or with his consent, shall, unless it might, if not so erased, have been erased by order of the General Council, be restored to the register on his application, on pay- ment of such fee not exceeding the registration fee as the General Council from time to time fix. Where the name of a person restored to the register in pur- suance of this section has been erased from the list of licentiates in dental surgery or dentistry of any medical authority, that name shall be restored to such list of licentiates. 15. The General Council shall for the purpose of exercising in any case the powers of erasing from and of restoring to the dentist's register the name of a person or an entry, ascertain the facts of such case by a committee of their own body, not exceed- ing five in number, of whom the quorum shall be not less than three, and a report of the committee shall be conclusive as to the facts for the purpose of the exercise of the said powers by the General Council. The General Council shall from time to time appoint and shall always maintain a committee for the purposes of this section, and subject to the provisions of this section may from time to time determine the constitution, and the number and tenure of office of the members of the committee. The committee from time to time shall meet for the despatch of business, and subject to the provisions of this section, and of any regulations from time to time made by the General Council, may regulate the summoning, notice, place, management, and adjournment of such meetings, the appointment of a chairman, the mode of deciding questions, and generally the transaction and management of business, including the quorum, and if there is a quorum the committee may act, notwithstanding any vacancy in their body. In the case of any vacancy the committee may ap- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 275 point a member of the General Council to fill the vacancy until the next meeting of that Council. A committee under this section may, for the purpose of the execution of their duties under this Act, employ at the expense of the Council such legal or other assessor or assistants as the committee think necessary or proper. 16. There shall be payable in respect of the registration of any person who, before the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-nine, applies to be registered under this Act, a fee not exceeding two pounds; and in respect of the regis- tration of any person who after that day applies to be registered, a fee not exceeding five pounds. 17. Subject to the provisions of this Act, the General Coun- cil may from time to time make, alter, and revoke such orders and regulations as they may see fit for regulating the general register and the local registers, and the practice of registration under this Act and the fees to be paid in respect thereof. EXAMINATIONS. 18. Notwithstanding anything in any Act of Parliament, char- ter, or other document, it shall be lawful for any of the medical authorities (hereinafter referred to as colleges or bodies) who have power for the time being to grant surgical degrees, from time to time to hold examinations for the purpose of testing the fitness of persons to practice dentistry or dental surgery who maybe desirous of being so examined, and to grant certificates of such fitness; and any person who obtains such a certificate from any of those col- leges or bodies shall be a licentiate in dental surgery or dentistry of such college or body, and his name shall be entered on a list of such licentiates to be kept by such college or body Each of the said colleges or bodies shall admit to the exam- inations held by them respectively under this section any person desirous of being examined who has attained the age of twenty- one years, and has complied with the regulations in force (if any) as to education of such college or body. 19. Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained with reference to a medical board, the council or other the governing body of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, and of the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, and of the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, and of any university in the United Kingdom, respectively, may from time to time appoint a 276 world's history and board of examiners for the purpose of conducting the examina- tions and granting the certificates hereinbefore mentioned. Each of such boards shall be called the Board of Examiners in Dental Surgery or Dentistry, and shall consist of not less than six members, one-half of whom at least shall be persons regis- tered under this Act, and such registration shall (notwithstand- ing anything in any Act of Parliament, charter, or other document) be deemed the only qualification necessary for the membership of such board. The persons appointed by each such council or other govern- ing body shall continue in office for such period, and shall con- duct the examinations in such manner, and shall grant certificates in such form, as such council or other governing body may from time to time, by bye-laws or regulations, respectively direct. A casual vacancy in any such board of examiners may be filled by the council or other governing body which appointed such board, but the person so appointed shall be qualified as the person in whose stead he is appointed was qualified, and shall hold office for such time only as the person in whose stead he is ap- pointed would have held office. 20. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificates to be granted under this Act by the Board of Examiners of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, and of the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, and of any such university as aforesaid respectively, as the council or other the governing body of each of those colleges or bodies may from time to time, by bye-laws or regulations, re- spectively direct. 21. The Royal College of Surgeons of England shall con- tinue to hold examinations and to appoint a Board of Examiners in dentistry or dental surgery for the purpose of testing the fit- ness of persons to practice dentistry or dental surgery who may be desirous of being so examined, and to grant certificates of such fitness, subject and according to the provisions of their charter dated the eighth day of September one thousand eight hundred and fifty-nine, and the bye-laws made, or to be made, in pursuance thereof; and any person who obtains such a certificate shall be a licentiate in dental surgery of the said college, and his name shall be entered on a list of such licentiates to be kept by the said college. 22. Every medical authority shall from time to time, when REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 277 required by the General Council, furnish such Council with such information as such Council may require as to the course of study and examinations to be gone through in order to obtain such certificates as are in this Act mentioned, and generally as to the requisites for obtaining such certificates; and any member or members of the General Council, or any person or persons deputed for this purpose by such Council, or by any branch council, may attend and be present at any such examinations. 23. Where it appears to the General Council that the course of study and examinations to be gone through in order to obtain such certificate as in this Act mentioned from any of the said col- leges or bodies are not such as to secure the possession by per- sons obtaining such certificate of the requisite knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dentistry or dental surgery, the General Council may represent the same to Her Majesty's Privy Council. 24. The Privy Council, on any representation made as afore- said, may, if they see fit, order that a certificate granted by any such college or body after such time as may be mentioned in the order shall not confer any right to be registered under this Act. Any such order may be revoked by the Privy Council on its being made to appear to them, by further representation from the General Council or otherwise, that such college or body has made effectual provisions, to the satisfaction of the General Council, for the improvement of such course of study or exami- nation. 25. After the time mentioned in this behalf in any such Order in Council, no person shall be entitled to be registered under this Act in respect of a certificate granted by the college or body to which such order relates after the time therein men- tioned, and the revocation of any such order shall not entitle any person to be registered in respect of a certificate granted before such revocation. 26. If it appears to the General Council that an attempt has been made by any medical authority to impose on any candidate offering himself for examination an obligation to adopt or refrain from adopting the practice of any particular theory of dentistry or dental surgery as a test or condition of admitting him to ex- amination, or granting a certificate of fitness under this Act, the General Council may represent the same to the Privy Council, and the Privy Council may thereupon issue an injunction to the 278 world's history and authority so acting directing them to desist from such practice, and in the event of their not complying therewith, then to order that such authority shall cease to have power to confer any right to be registered under this Act so long as they continue such practice. 27. A certificate under this Act shall not confer any right or title to be registered under the Medical Act,. 1858, in respect of such certificate, nor to assume any name, title, or designation implying that the person mentioned in the certificate is by law recognized as a licentiate or practitioner in medicine or general surgery. 28. In the event of a Board being at any time after the pass- ing of this Act established, whether under the name of a Medical Board or otherwise, for nominating on behalf of any two or more of the medical authorities examiners of persons desirous of prac- ticing medicine and surgery, whether such Board (in this Act referred to as a medical board) is established under the Medical Act, 1858, or otherwise, a person shall not receive a certificate of fitness to practice as a dentist from any medical authority repre sented on such Board, or, if such Board is established for the whole of England, Scotland, or Ireland, shall not be entitled to be registered in respect of any certificate obtained in England, Scotland, or Ireland, as the case may be, unless he has obtained from such Board a certificate that he has shown by examination that he is qualified to practice dentistry or dental surgery: Pro- vided, That one-half at least of the examiners at any such ex- amination shall be persons registered under this Act. The Medical Board shall, in such manner as may be from time to time directed by the General Council, certify to the general registrar and to the medical authorities the persons who have shown by examination that they are qualified to practice dent- istry or dental surgery, and every person so certified shall on application receive from the Royal College of Surgeons of Eng- land, or the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, or the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, or the Royal College of Surgeons of Ireland, a certificate of fitness constitut- ing such person a licentiate in dental surgery or dentistry of such college or faculty. If a medical authority certify to the general registrar the names and addresses of the persons who, having been so certi- fied by a medical board, have received certificates from that au- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 279 thority, together with the other particulars required for the reg- istration of such persons, the general registrar may, upon pay- ment of the registration fee, register every such person in the dentists' register without application from that person. The General Council shall have the same power of making rules respecting the examination of persons desiring to obtain certificates of being qualified to practice dentistry or dental sur- gery as they have for the time being in respect of the examina- tion of persons desiring to obtain a qualification to practice med- icine and surgery, and there shall be the same right of appeal to the Privy Council against such rules. The General Council and the Privy Council shall have the same control over the Medical Board, so far as regards the ex amination of persons desiring to practice dentistry or dental sur- gery, as they have as regards the examination of persons desir- ing to practice medicine and surgery, and shall have the same power of dismissing the members of such Board. The General Council may cause to be framed, and may ap- prove, and when approved, submit to the Privy Council, a scheme to carry into effect the provisions of this Act with respect to a Medical Board, and rules respecting examinations, and for ex- tending, with or without any exception or modification, to the examination of persons desirous of practicing dentistry or dental surgery, the provisions of any Act for the time being in force with respect to the examination of persons desiring to practice medicine or surgery, and any such scheme when confirmed by the Privy Council shall have full effect. Any such scheme may provide for the fees to be paid on ad- mission to the examinations, and for the application of such fees for public purposes, and generally for such matters as appear to be necessary or proper for carrying into effect the scheme and regulating the examinations. It shall be lawful for Her Majesty at any time after the said appointed day to declare by order in Council that Section twen- ty-eight of the said Dentists Act, 1878, shall be in force on and after a day to be named in such order, but in the meantime and until such order has been made, and before such day as last afore- said, such section shall not be .deemed to be in force. SUPPLEMENTAL. 29. A copy of the register of dentists for the time being, purporting to be printed and published in pursuance of this Act, 280 world's history and shall be evidence in all cases (until the contrary be made to ap- pear) that the persons therein specified are registered according to the provisions of this Act; and the absence of the name of any person from such copy shall be evidence (until the contrary be made to appear) that such person is not registered according to the provisions of this Act: Provided, that in the case of any person whose name does not appear in such copy, a certified copy under the hand of the registrar of the General Council of the entry of the name of such person in the dentists' register shall be evidence that such person is registered according to the provis- ions of this Act. The following copies of any orders made in pursuance of the Medical Acts or this Act, or the Dentists Act, 1878, shall be evi- dence; that is to say, (1.) Any copy purporting to be printed by the Queen's printer, or by any other printer in pursuance of an author- ity given by the General Council: (2.) Any copy of an order certified to be a true copy by the registrar of the General Council, or by any other person appointed by the General Council either in addition to or in exclusion of the registrar to certify such orders. 30. Every person registered under this Act shall be exempt, if he so desires, from serving on all juries and inquests whatso- ever, and from serving all corporate, parochial, ward, hundred, and township offices, and from serving in the militia; and the name of any registered person shall not be returned in any list of persons liable to serve in the militia or in any such office as aforesaid. 31. The powers by this Act vested in the Privy Council may ,be exercised by any two or more of the Lords and others of Her Majesty's most honorable Privy Council. Any order made by the Privy Council, or any appeal to them under this Act, may be made conditionally or unconditionally, and may contain such terms and directions as to the Privy Coun- cil seem just. 32. All moneys arising from fees paid on registration or from the sale of copies of the registers, or otherwise received by the General Council under this Act, shall be applied, in accordance with such regulations as may be from time to time made by the General Council, in defraying the expenses of registration and the other expenses of the execution of this Act, and subject REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 281 thereto, towards the support of museums, libraries, or lecture- ships, or for public purposes connected with the profession of dentistry or dental surgery, or towards the promotion of learning and education in connection with dentisty or dental surgery. 33. The treasurers of the General and Branch Councils shall enter in books to be kept for that purpose a true account of all sums of money by them received and paid under this Act; and such accounts shall be submitted by them to the General Coun- cil and Branch Councils respectively at such times as the Coun- cils may respectively require. Such accounts shall be published annually, and shall be laid before both Houses of Parliament in the month of March in every year, if Parliament be then sitting, or if Parliament be not sitting, then within one month after the commencement of the next sitting of Parliament. 34. Any registrar who willfully makes or causes to be made any falsification in any matter relating to any register under this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor in England or Ire- land, and in Scotland of a crime or offence punishable by fine or imprisonment, and shall, on conviction thereof, be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. 35. Any person who willfully procures or attempts to pro- cure himself to be registered under this Act, by making or pro- ducing, or causing to be made or produced, any false or fraudu- lent representation or declaration, either verbally or in writing, and any person aiding and assisting him therein, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor in England and Ireland, and in Scotland of a crime or offense punishable by fine or imprisonment, and shall, on conviction thereof, be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. 36. Every registrar of deaths in the United Kingdom, on receiving notice of the death of any person registered under this Act, shall forthwith transmit by post to the registrar of the Gen- eral Council and to the registrar of the Branch Council for that part of the United Kingdom in which the death occurs, a certifi- cate under his own hand of such death, with the particulars of time and place of death, and may charge the cost of such cer- tificate and transmission as an expense of his office. 37. Any person who has been articled as a pupil and has paid a premium to a dental practitioner entitled to be registered under this Act in consideration of receiving from such prac- titioner a complete dental education, shall, if his articles expire 282 world's history and before the first day of January one thousand eight hundred and eighty, be entitled to be registered under this Act as though he had been in bona fide practice before the passing of this Act. Moreover it shall be lawful for the General Council by special order to dispense with such of the certificates, examinations, or other conditions for registration in the dentists' register required under the provisions of this Act, or under any bye-laws, orders, or regulations made by its authority, as to them may seem fit, in favor of any dental students or apprentices who have commenced their professional education or apprenticeship before the passing" of this Act. 38. All bye-laws, orders, and regulations made by the General Council, or by any medical authority under the authority of this Act, shall be made and may be from time to time altered or re- voked in such manner, and subject to such approval or confirma- tion (if any); as in the case of other bye-laws, order, or regulations made by such medical authority. 39. Subject to the other provisions of this Act, all notices and documents required by or for the purpose of this Act to be sent may be sent by post, and shall be deemed to have been received at the time when the letter containing the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of post; and in proving such sending it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was prepaid, and properly addressed, and put into the post. Such notices and documents may be in writing or in print, or partly in writing and partly in print, and when sent to the General Council, or a medical board, or a medical authority, shall be deemed to be properly addressed if addressed to the General Council, medical board, or medical authority, or to some officer of such Council, board, or authority, at the principal office or place of business of such Council, board, or authority; and when sent to a person registered in the medical register, shall be deemed to be properly addressed if addressed to him according to his address registered in that register. 40. All fees under this Act may be recovered as ordinary debts due to the General Council, and all penalties under this Act may be recovered and enforced as follows, that is to say: In England, before two or more justices of the peace, in manner directed by the Act of the session of the eleventh and twelfth years of the reign of Her present Majesty, chapter forty-three, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 283 intituled " An Act to facilitate the performance of the duties of " justices of the peace out of sessions within England and Wales "with respect to summary convictions and orders," and any Act amending the same; and in Scotland before the sheriff or sheriff substitute, or two justices, in manner provided by the Summary Procedure Act, 1864, and any Act amending the same; and in Ireland, within the police district of Dublin metropolis, in manner directed by the Acts regulating the powers and duties of justices of the peace for such district or of the police of such district, and elsewhere in Ireland, before two or more justices of the peace, in manner directed by the Petty Sessions (Ireland) Act, 1851, and any Act amending the same. EDUCATIONAL BODIES FOR DENTAL STUDENTS. LONDON. Dental Hospital of London and London School of Dental Surgery, Leicester Square. Founded in 1858. National Dental Hospital and College, Great Portland Street, W. Founded in 1861. The following general hospitals have also instructors and pro- fessors of dentistry attached to them: Charing Cross Hospital. London Hospital and Medical College. Guy's Hospital Medical School. St. Bartholomew's Hospital and College. St. Thomas Hospital. St. George's Hospital. Middlesex Hospital. St. Mary's Hospital Medical School. Westminster Hospital. King's College, Strand, W. C. EDINBURGH. The Incorporated Edinburgh Dental Hospital and School. Edinburgh School of Medicine, Surgeons' Hall. GLASGOW. Dental Hospital and School, No. 4, Chatham Place, Stirling Road. BIRMINGHAM. Mason College (with Queen's Faculty of Medicine). Birmingham Dental Hospital, 71 Newhall Street. 284 world's history and manchester. The Owens College (Dental Department). The Victoria Dental Hospital of Manchester, Devonshire Street, All Saints. LIVERPOOL. Dental Hospital, Mount Pleasant. PLYMOUTH. Dental Hospital. EXETER. Devon and Exeter Dental Hospital. Cooke's School of Anatomy, Physiology and Surgery. DUBLIN. Dental Hospital of Ireland, 25 Lincoln Place. The degree of licentiate in dental surgery must be received from one of the following colleges: Royal College of Surgeons of England. Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh. Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow. Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland. The requirements for obtaining the dental diploma are as follows: ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. Regulations Relating to the Diploma in Dental Surgery. education. Candidates who register as dental students on or after the 1st January, 1890, are required to produce the following certificates: 1. Of registration as a dental student by the General Med- ical Council, 299 Oxford street, London, W. 2. Of having been engaged during four years in the acquire- ment of professional knowledge, subsequently to the date of such registration. 3. Of having received instruction in chemistry, including chemical physics, practical chemistry and materia medica. 4. Of having attended, at a recognized medical school: (a) A course of lectures on Anatomy during not less than six months, or one winter session. {b) A course of lectures on Physiology during not less than six months, or one winter session. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 285 (c) A separate practical course of Physiology during not less than three months. (d) A course of lectures on Surgery during not less than six months, or one winter session. (e) A course of lectures on Medicine during not less than six months, or one winter session. Students are required to attend examinations which are held in the several classes. 5. Of having performed Dissections at a recognized school during not less than twelve months. 6. Of having attended, at a recognized hospital or hospitals in the United Kingdom, the practice of Surgery and clinical lec- tures on Surgery during two winter sessions. 7. Of having attended at a recognized school, two courses of lectures upon each of the following subjects, viz.: Dental Anat- omy and Physiology (Human and Comparative), Dental Surgery, Dental Mechanics, and one course of lectures on Metallurgy, by lecturers recognized by this college. Students are required to attend examinations which are held in the several classes. 8. Of having been engaged, during a period of not less than three years, in acquiring a practical familiarity with the details of Mechanical Dentistry, under the instruction of a competent practitioner. In the cases of qualified surgeons evidence of a period of not less than two instead of three years of such instruc- tion will be sufficient. This instruction may be taken prior to the date of registration as a dental student. 9. Of having attended at a recognized dental hospital, or in the dental department of a recognized general hospital, the prac- tice of Dental Surgery during the period of two years. 10. Of being twenty-one years of age. [Note. — Professional study prior to the date of registration as a dental student is not recognized except in the case of Chemistry, Practical Chemistry, and Materia Medica, and of instruction in the details of Mechanical Dent- istry; see Clauses 3 and 8.] EXAMINATION FOR THE L. D. S. The examination is partly written, partly practical, and partly oral. 286 world's history and The written examination comprises General Anatomy and Physiology, General Pathology and Surgery, Dental Anatomy and Physiology, and Dental Pathology and Surgery. At the practical examination candidates may be examined: {a) On the treatment of Dental Caries, and may be required to prepare and fill cavities with gold or plastic filling or material, or to do any other operation in Dental Surgery. (Candidates must provide their own instruments.) (b) On the Mechanical and Surgical treatment of the various irregularities of children's teeth. (c) On Mechanical Dentistry. The oral examination comprises the several subjects included in the curriculum of professional education, and is conducted by the use of preparations, casts, drawings, etc. Candidates who have passed the second examination of the Examining Board in England, or who shall produce evidence of having passed the examination in Anatomy and Physiology re- quired for the License in Surgery of the Royal College of Sur- geons of Edinburgh, the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, or the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, or an ex- amination in Anatomy and Physiology required for a degree in Medicine or Surgery at a university in the United Kingdom, will be exempt from re-examination in those subjects. Candidates who are members of the college or who have passed the examination in Surgery of the Examining Board in England, or who shall produce evidence of having passed the examination in Surgery for the License in Surgery of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, the Royal College of Sur- geons in Ireland, or the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, or an examination in surgery for a degree in Medicine or Surgery at a university in the United Kingdom, will be exempt from re-examination in General Surgery and Pathology. A candidate whose qualifications shall be found insufficient will be referred back to his studies, and will not be admitted to re-examination within the period of six months, unless the Board shall otherwise determine. Examinations will be held in May and November in each year. Candidates are required to give fourteen clear days notice of their intention to present themselves for examination. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 287 The fee for the diploma is ten guineas. [Note. — A ticket of admission to the Museum, to the Library, and to the College Lectures will be presented to each candidate on his obtaining the diploma.] Edward Trimmer, 14th November, 1889. Secretary. [N. B. — All applications with reference to the Examination for the Diploma in Dental Surgery should be addressed to Mr. F. G. Hallett, Secre- tary of the Examining Board in England, Examination Hall, Victoria Em- bankment, London, W. C] ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, EDINBURGH. Dental Diploma. 1. All students who intend becoming candidates for the License in Dental Surgery of the college shall have their names inscribed in the register of dental students instituted by the Gen- eral Medical Council. Such candidates must pass the complete examination in the following subjects: (i) English Language, including Grammar and Composition; (2) Latin, including Grammar, Translation from specified authors, and Translation of easy passages not taken from such authors; (3) Elements of Mathematics, comprising (a) Arithmetic, including Vulgar and Decimal Fractions; (b) Algebra, including Simple Equations; (c) Geometry, including the first book of Euclid, with easy ques- tions on the subject-matter of the same; (4) Elementary Me- chanics of Solids and Fluids, comprising the Elements of Statics, Dynamics, and Hydrostatics; (5) One of the following optional subjects: {a) Greek; (b) French; (c) German; {d) Italian; (e) any other Modern Language; (/) Logic; (g) Botany; (k) Zool- ogy* (0 Elementary Chemistry. 2. The preliminary examination maybe passed before any of the Boards recognized by the General Medical Council, and the subjects embraced in the examination should be specified on the certificate. 3. Registration is effected with the Registrar of the General Medical Council, Mr. William John Clarke Miller, B. A., 299 Oxford Street, London, W. 4. Students who commenced their professional education by apprenticeship to dentists entitled to be registered, or by attend- ance upon professional lectures, before July 22, 1878 (when dental education became compulsory), shall not be required to produce evidence of having passed a preliminary examination. 288 world's history and professional education. 1. Candidates shall produce certificates of having been en- gaged during four years in professional studies, subsequent to the date of registration, and of having received three years' in- struction in Mechanical Dentistry from a registered dental prac- titioner, except in the case of previously registered medical practitioners, when two years will be considered sufficient. One year's bo?ia fide apprenticeship with a registered dental practi- tioner, after being registered as a dental student, may be counted as one of the four years of professional study. The three years of instruction in Mechanical Dentistry, or any part of them, may be taken by the student either before or after his registra- tion as a student; but no year of such mechanical instruction shall be counted as one of the four years of professional study unless taken after registration. 2. Candidates who have commenced their studies prior to October I, 1890, must have attended the following curriculum: Anatomy, one winter course; Practical Anatomy and Demon- strations, nine months; or Practical Anatomy, nine months, and Anatomy of the Head and Neck, one course of twenty lectures; Physiology, one course of not less than fifty lectures; Chemistry, one winter course; Surgery, one winter course; Medicine, one winter course; Materia Medica, one course of three months; Practical Chemistry and Metallurgy, one course of three months; attendance on the Practice of Surgery and Clinical Lectures on Surgery at a recognized hospital, one course of six months, or two courses of three months. 3. Candidates commencing their studies after October 1, 1890, must have attended the following curriculum: Anatomy, one course, six months, Practical Anatomy, twelve months; Chem- istry (with Metallurgy), one course, six months; Practical Chem- istry, one course, three months; Physiology, one course, six months; Materia Medica, one course, three months; Surgery, one course, six months; Medicine, one course, six months; attend- ance on the Practice of Surgery, and Clinical Lectures on Sur- gery, at a recognized hospital. These courses must have been attended at a university, or in an established school of medicine, or in a provincial school specially recognized by the college as qualifying for the diploma in Surgery. ' In addition to these courses, candidates will require to have attended in a recognized dental hospital, or with teachers recog- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 289 nized by the college, the following special courses of lectures and instruction: Dental Anatomy and Physiology (Human and Com- parative), Dental Surgery and Pathology, Dental Mechanics, one course of each; two years' attendance at a dental hospital, or the dental department of a general hospital, recognized by the col- lege. Certificates of attendance on such of these courses of the new curriculum as may be respectively required, will entitle candi- dates to appear either for the first dental examination, or for the first and second examinations, for the triple qualification, as they may select, and subject to the existing regulations for each quali- fication. Candidates who have passed the first and second examina- tions for the triple qualification will be exempt from the first dental examination, and will have the advantage of being admis- sible either to the final dental examination or to the final exam- ination for the triple qualification, or to both. But the first dental*examination will not be held as equivalent to the first and second triple examination, and will admit to the final dental ex- amination only. Candidates who are licentiates of this college, or who may be registered medical practitioners, will require to produce certifi- cates of attendance on the special subjects only, and will be ex- amined in these only for the dental diploma. And candidates who shall produce satisfactory evidence of having passed in any of the subjects of the first dental examination before any dental or surgical licensing board recognized by the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh will be exempt from examination in such subject or subjects; but no examination will be recognized as giving exemption unless it is co-extensive in its scope with the examination of this college, and is the only or the final examina- tion on the subject or subjects required by the Board at which it was passed. EXAMINATIONS. 1 . Candidates shall be subjected to two professional examina- tions, herein called the first and second examinations, to be con- ducted at separate times, partly in writing, and partly orally, and shall be conducted in the same manner as the ordinary surgical examinations. 2. The first examination shall embrace the subjects of Anat- 19 290 world's history and omy, Chemistry and Physiology. Candidates who desire to pass this examination must apply to Mr. J. Robertson, I, George Square, Edinburgh, not later than one week preceding the examination, and must then produce all the required certificates of having passed the preliminary examination, having been registered as •dental students, and of having attended the prescribed courses on Anatomy, Chemistry and Physiology. Each candidate shall pay to Mr. J. Robertson the sum of £4. 4s. not later than 11 a.m. of the Saturday preceding the examination, after which no entries can be received. In the event of a candidate being unsuccessful, £2. 2s. will be returned to him; and where the candidate is suc- cessful the fee of £4. 4s. paid by him will be held as paid to ac- count of the total fee of ,£10. 10s. payable for the diploma. 3. The second examination shall embrace the subjects of Sur- gery, Medicine and Therapeutics, and the special subjects of Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Dental Surgery and Pathology, and Dental Mechanics. Candidates must apply to Mr. J. Rob- ertson, not later than one week previous to the day of examina- tion, and must then produce to him: 1, Satisfactory evidence of having attained the age of twenty-one years; 2, A certificate of registration in the books of the General Medical Council; 3, The certificates of having attended the lectures and other prescribed courses of instruction; and shall lodge the requisite schedule of courses of study. Each candidate for this examination shall pay to Mr. j. Robertson the sum of £6. 6s., not later than the Fri- day preceding the date of examination, and in the event of his ibeing unsuccessful ^3. 3s. will be returned to him. 4. No candidate shall, if unsuccessful, be remitted for a shorter period than three months. These rules shall apply to any subse- quent rejection. 5. No candidate shall be admissible to examination who has been rejected by any other Licensing Board within the three preceding months. 6. Should a candidate obtain in the first oral examination not less than 65 per cent, of the marks on any subject and not less than 55 per cent, in the written examination on the same subject, he may be exempted from further examination upon it; his name being recorded to this effect by the examiners. 7. Candidates who claim exemption from the first dental ex- amination on the ground of having passed the first and second triple qualification examinations shall, before being admitted to REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 291 the second dental examination, be required to pay the total fee of ;£io. ios., payable for the dental diploma, of which £3. 3s. will be returned in case of rejection. TITLE AND DIPLOMA. Those candidates who pass this examination shall be entitled to the designation of Licentiate in Dental Surgery of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, and shall obtain the dental diploma of the Royal College. Each candidate before receiving his diploma shall, in entering his or her name in the books of the college, sign the following declaration: " I hereby promise faith- fully to maintain and defend all the rights and privileges of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, and to promote its in- terests to the utmost of my power. I promise, in the event of my admission as a Dental Licentiate of this college, to refrain from advertising or employing any other unbecoming modes of attracting business, and I shall not allow my name to appear in connection with any one who does so. I also promise to obey all the laws of the said Royal College, made or to be made." The diploma is registrable in the dentists' register under the Act 41 & 42 Vict. c. 33 (1878); and those who also hold registra- ble medical and surgical qualifications may have them added as additional qualifications. Registration is effected with the Regis- trar of the General Medical Council, Mr. William John Clarke Miller, B. A., 299, Oxford Street, London, W. The attention of all dental licentiates is drawn to the recom- mendation of Crown Counsel, that in the administration of anaes- thetics due care should be taken to ascertain the condition of the patient, and that when the practitioner does not himself possess a medical qualification, he should in such cases obtain, where practicable, the presence or assistance of a qualified medical practitioner. FACULTY OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OF GLASGOW. The Dental Diploma. 1. Candidates for the dental diploma must have been engaged during a period of not less than four years in acquiring profes- sional knowledge. During at least three years they must have 292 world's history and been engaged in acquiring a knowledge of Mechanical Dentistry under a practitioner registered under the Dentists Act.* 2. Candidates must have attended the following curriculum: Anatomy, one winter session; Anatomy of Head and Neck, not less than twenty lecturesf; Dissection, nine months; Physiology, one course of six months; Chemistry, one course, six months; Practical Chemistry, with Metallurgy, one course, three months; Surgery, one course, six months; Medicine, one course, six months; Materia Medica, one course, three months; attendance at a recognized surgical hospital, with Clinical Instruction, not less than six months. Also the following courses, special to dentistry: Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Human and Com- parative, not less than twenty-four lectures; Dental Surgery, not less than twenty lectures; Metallurgy, not less than twelve lec- tures; Mechanical Dentistry, not less than twelve lectures or demonstrations; attendance for two years on a recognized Dental hospital, or the dental department of a recognized general hos- pital. 3. The examination shall be conducted at two sittings. At the first of these the subjects shall be Anatomy, Physiology, and Chemistry (with Metallurgy). At the second the subjects shall be Surgery, Medicine (with Materia Medica), and the subjects special to dentistry, viz.: Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Dental Surgery and Pathology, and Dental Mechanics. 4. The examination shall be conducted both by written papers and oral questions. Preparations, casts, instruments, drawings, etc., may be employed at the discretion of the exam- iners. Candidates are also tested in manipulative skill by an ex-, amination in a dental hospital. 5. The fee for the dental diploma shall be ten guineas, four guineas being deposited with the Secretary on entering for the first part of the examination, and six guineas on entering for the second part. 6. Unsuccessful candidates are remitted to their studies for not less than six months. 7. In the case of a candidate being unsuccessful at the first part of the examination, the sum of two guineas of the fee depos- *The three years' instruction in Mechanical Dentistry may be taken either before or after registration as a student; but no year of such mechanical instruction shall be counted as one of the four years of professional study unless taken after registration. One year's appren- ticeship after registration may be counted as one of the four years of professional study. f Or, as an alternative, a second course of Anatomy. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 293 ited shall be retained to meet the expenses of the examination. At the second part of the examination, the sum of three guineas shall be retained for a similar purpose from the fee of every un- successful candidate. In both cases the remainder of the fee shall be returned to the candidate. 8. Candidates already qualified under the Medical Act shall be required to produce only the Certificates of Attendance in the subjects special to dentistry, and shall be examined in these sub- jects only. 9. Every candidate, on being admitted as a Licentiate, shall subscribe to the following declaration: "I do solemnly and sin- cerely declare that I will exercise the several parts of my profes- sion to the best of my knowledge and ability, for the good, safety, and welfare of all persons committing themselves or committed to my care; and I hereby promise as a Licentiate in Dental Surgery that I will not advertise or employ any other unprofessional modes of attracting business, nor will I allow my name to be connected with any one who does so; and that I will loyally obey all by- laws of the Faculty, made or to be made, for the regulation of Licentiates in Dental Surgery." 10. The earliest age at which a candidate shall be admitted a Licentiate is twenty-one 11. The examinations shall be held half-yearly, in May and October. Candidates are required to enter at least one week be- fore the period of examination. ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS IN IRELAND. License in Dentistry. The first and second examinations required to be passed by candidates who are not entitled to present themselves sine curri- culo are as follows: First Dental Examination. — Candidates shall be required, before admission to the first dental examination, to produce certificates of having attended a medico-chirurgical hospital nine months; winter courses of Practical Anatomy (with Demonstrations and Dissections), Physiology, Surgery and Chemistry; and a summer course (three months) of Practical Chemistry, Practical Physi- ology and Materia Medica. Candidates shall be examined in: I. Anatomy — Bones, Joints, Muscles and Topographical Anatomy of the Viscera of the Chest, Abdomen and Pelvis. 2. Histology 294 world's history and and the Physiology of the Circulatory, Respiratory and Digest- ive Systems. 3. Surgery — The signs, terminations and treat- ment of Inflammation, Wounds, Haemorrhage, Burns, Scalds, Ul- cers and Bandaging. 4. Chemistry. 5. Materia Medica. The candidates are examined in numerical order, and the examina- tion occupies two days. Second Dental Examination. — Candidates are required, before admission to the second dental examination, to produce evidence of having passed the first dental examination, also certificates of having subsequently attended a medico-chirurgical hospital (nine months as an extern pupil, or six months as a resident pupil); winter courses of Demonstrations and Dissections, Practical Anatomy, Surgery and Medicine; and a summer course (three months) of Medical Jurisprudence. Candidates are examined in: 1. Anatomy. 2. Physiology. 3. Surgery — not including Opera- tive, Clinical and Ophthalmic Surgery, which are reserved for the final examination. The candidates are examined in numerical order, and the examination occupies three days. Preliminary Examination, Registration a?id Matriculation. — The regulations of the college which refer to the preliminary examina- tion of the candidates for the letters testimonial apply to the candidates for the dental license. Every candidate for the license in dentistry shall be required to pass a preliminary examination and three professional examinations. Professional Examinations. — The first and second professional examinations shall be held in July and October in each year. Should the student fail to pass in July, he may present hitnself in October. These examinations are, in all respects, identical with the second and third professional examinations for the letters testimonial under the new scheme, are conducted at the same time and are subject to the same regulations. Third and Filial Professional Examination. — The third profes- sional examination shall be held in April, July and October. The candidates shall be required, before admission to the final ex- amination, to produce evidence — {a) Of having passed the sec- ond professional examination, or of having obtained a diploma in Surgery recognized by the college, (b) Of having attended, subsequent to registration by the General Medical Council, the following courses of lectures recognized by the college: Dental Surgery and Pathology, Dental Mechanics, of each two courses; Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Dental Metallurgy, one course. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 295 (c) Of having attended for two years the practice of a dental hospital recognized by the college, (d) Of having been engaged in acquiring a practical knowledge of Mechanical Dentistry, for at least two years, in a public laboratory recognized by the col- lege; or for at least three years under the instruction of a regis- tered dentist. The candidate shall also submit a piece of mechanical work certified to be of his own making. The candi- date holding a diploma in Surgery recognized by the college shall be required to produce certificates of one course of each of the above special dental subjects, and of half the hospital attend- ance and half the laboratory work required from other dental students. As this remission has been made on the understanding that the qualified surgeon shall devote his whole time to the dental work, the special dental courses, hospital attendances, and laboratory work required from him must all be taken out after the date of his diploma in surgery. The fee for the final examina- tion shall be, in the case of Licentiates in Surgery of the college, and for dental students, £y ys. For re-examination, if rejected, £4 4s. For candidates holding a surgical diploma other than that of the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, £12 12s. For re-examination, if rejected, £6 6s. Candidates shall be examined in: 1. Dental Surgery — Theoretical, Clinical, and Operative. 2. Dental Mechanics — Theoretical and Operative. 3. Dental An- atomy and Physiology. 4. Metallurgy and Physics. Examinations for the License i?i Dentistry sine Curriculo. — Candi- dates who were in practice before July, 1878, and whose names are on the Dental Register, and who are unable to furnish the certificates required by the foregoing regulations, may be ad- mitted to examination if they shall present the schedule of ap- plication as hereinafter set forth, accompanied by any certificate they may have of general education, or degree in arts or medi- cine, and any particulars of professional education, and by the required examination fee. The application of the candidate for examination shall be made by a printed form, on which shall be set forth a certificate signed by two fellows, members or licenti- ates of a college of surgeons, and by two licentiates in dental surgery in the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, or two mem- bers of the British Dental Association, or of the Odontological Society, or of the Association of Surgeons practicing dentistry. This certificate shall be to the effect that applicant is of good moral character, has been five years engaged in the practice of 296 world's history and dentistry, is a registered dentist, and has not, during the past two years, attracted business as a dentist by advertising or other un- becoming practices. The application must also contain a declara- tion by the applicant in the following terms: " I of hereby declare that I am twenty-one years of age and upwards; that if I shall be granted a diploma in dental surgery of the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, and so long as I hold the same, I will not seek to attract business by advertising or by any other practice considered by the college to be unbecoming; and I agree that such diploma shall be cancelled on it being proven, to the satisfaction of the President and Council, that I have done so." Any licentiate violating this undertaking will be liable to have his diploma canceled, and to have his license from the college erased from the official Dental Register. The Schedule of Application shall be sent to the Registrar of the college at least three weeks before the date of the examination. It shall be in the discretion of the Court of Dental Examiners — subject to the ap- proval of the President and Council — without assigning cause, to determine whether or not the candidate shall be admitted to ex- amination for the dental diploma. The examinations for candi- dates sine curriculo shall comprise the same subjects, and shall be conducted in the same manner, as the second and final profes- sional examinations hereinbefore set forth. The fee for this ex- amination shall be £2\\ re-examination, if rejected, £\o ios. Diplomas from Harvard University, Dental Department, Bos- ton, Mass., are recognized by the English Medical Council, except for British subjects. The diploma of the Dental College of the University of Mich- igan is also recognized in England. DENTAL ASSOCIATIONS OF GREAT BRITAIN. Odontological Society of Great Britain, 40 Leicester Square, London. Odonto-Chirurgical Society of Scotland, 5 Lauriston Lane, Edinburgh. The British Dental Association (incorporated June 3, 1880; 834 members), 40 Leicester Square, London. BRANCHES OF THE BRITISH DENTAL ASSOCIATION. The Midland Branch of the British Dental Association. British Dental Association, Western Branch. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 29" British Dental Association, Eastern Counties Branch. Metropolitan Branch of the British Dental Association. Students' Society of the Dental Hospital of London, Leices- ter Square, W. C. Students' Society of the National Dental Hospital and Col- lege. Students' Society of the Dental Hospital of Liverpool. The Students' Society of the Victoria Dental Hospital of Manchester. Table Showing the Numbers and Qualifications, with Per- centage of the Total, of Persons Registered in the Dental Register for 1892. Description of Qualifications. Total. I. UNITED KINGDOM DENTISTS. *(A) Licentiates in Dental Surgery of the following Col- leges: — (a) Royal College of Surgeons of England \b) Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh (c) Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glas- gow (d) Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland Licentiates in Dentistry (B) Persons, on their own declaration, in bo?iafide prac- tice of Dentistry: — (a) With additional Surgical Qualifications set forth elsewhere (b) Without any additional Qualifications United Kingdom Dentists II. FOREIGN DENTISTS. Doctors of Dental Medicine of the University of Har- vard Doctors of Dental Surgery of the University of Michi- gan Total Number. Percentage. 533 104 97 445 1,179 27 3,671 4,877 7 12 10.88 2.12 1.98 9.09 24.07 .55 75.00 4, 99.62 .14 .24 100.00 DENTAL JOURNALS PUBLISHED IN GREAT BRITAIN, The British Journal of Dental Science, London. Founded 1856. The Journal of the British Dental Association, London. Founded 1880. *By these Licentiates there have also been registered 130 of the Surgical and of the Med- ical Qualifications set forth elsewhere. 298 world's history and The Dental Record, London W. Founded 1881. Transactions of the Odonto logical Society of Great Britain, Lon- don. Founded 1878. Quarterly Circular, published by C. Ash & Sons, Limited. From "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by Dr. B.J. Cigrand, we cite the following, which have ceased to exist: Quarterly fournal of Dental Science. Founded 1843. Discon- tinued after 1886. The Quarterly fournal of Dental Science (N. S.) Founded, London, 1857. Discontinued after 1859. The Dental Review. Founded, London, 1858. Discontinued after 1886. Archives of Dentistry. Founded 1865, London. Discontinued after 1886. Among the pioneer dentists of England we should name Thomas Berdmore, dentist to King George III., one of his pupils being John Woofendale, who emigrated to the United States and practiced in New York and Philadelphia. W. died in 1828. John Watts was at one time in partnership with Berdmore. Another of the more prominent dental practitioners of the last century was M. Patence, of London. GREECE. (kingdom.) Area, 25,041 square miles. Population, 2,187,208. Capital, Athens; population, 107,251. For the following facts regarding dentistry in Greece we owe thanks to Dr. J. Neumann, of Athens, Every Greek, or citizen of Greece, is required to make a verbal or written demand to the Secretary of the Sanitary Department (Board of Health) of the State, when he (or she) is desirous to pass the dental examination. The candidate is not required to present any documents except a certificate from the proper authority, proving that he is of Greek nationality or citizenship, but he has to pay 30 francs for examination fees. The Secretary of the Sanitary Department notifres the appli- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 299 cant of the day for examination. The applicant then must appear at the Secretary's office, where he is examined by four physicians and a commission appointed by the Secretary. No dentist is in- cluded in this commission. The candidate is asked a few questions concerning the anat- omy of the upper and lower jaws, the bones, muscles and blood- vessels; what a dentist has to do when a person suffers from toothache; when he will extract a tooth or kill the nerve and save the tooth; what materials he will use for filling teeth, and how he would do it. The examination, which is oral, lasts, as a rule, 10 to 15 min- utes, after which the candidate, if successful, receives his license (diploma) to practice dentistry. There is neither a practical nor a written examination. The candidate is not required to possess a certain degree of school or other scientific education. Anyone is admitted to this exam- ination. If the candidate is a foreigner, he must show a certificate from a dental school or dentist of his country, duly endorsed by the Legation of that country. There is no dental school in Greece, nor anybody who teaches dentistry. There is no dental society nor any dental journal. The registered dentists in Greece number 45. In Athens there are 20. ICELAND. (DANISH COLONY.) Area, 39,200 square miles. Population, 70,000. Principal city, Reykjavik; population, 1,350. There are no particular laws governing the practice of dent- istry in Iceland. There is one dentist, O. Nikolin, practicing on the island. He was born in 1850, graduated in Denmark in 1883, an ^ is located at Reykiavik. 300 world's history and ITALY. (kingdom.) Area, 114,410 square miles. Population, 30,947,306. Capital, Rome; population, 273,268. The status of dentistry in Italy may be said to be decidedly behind the times, and occupies about the same position that the profession occupied in America twenty-five or thirty years ago. Dentists, in their relations with each other, observe the same de- gree of secrecy in regard to inventions and methods as existed at that time, and many of them are not adverse to advertising some special system, of which they are the inventors and only users. So strong is the feeling of jealousy and dislike that a society is an impossibility. The first and only dental society of which Italy can boast was organized about three years ago, but owing to differences among the members was soon abandoned without the reading of a single paper or the discussion of a subject relative to the art of dent- istry. The laws relating to the practice of dentistry have, until within the past three years, caused dentistry to rank with pharmacy, midwifery, etc. They show, better than any extended descrip- tion could do, the position dentists were content to occupy in the social fabric and the estimation in which they were held by the public. The first law regulating the practic of dentistry in Italy was passed November 13, 1859, as follows: LAW No. 3725. On the Administration of Public Instruction. Article CXL. The examinations passed, and the degrees obtained without the kingdom, will not be recognized by the State, except in cases of special legislation, viz.: Those having obtained diplomas from any Italian university, or from any for- eign university of fame, and can offer proof of having effectively completed the studies and examinations, identical to those re- quired by the State universities, will be relieved of the special examinations and may enter at once for the general examina- tions for the degree to which they aspire. Those persons, who by work, discoveries, etc., or who have REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 301 won merited fame by exhibiting singular ability, will also be exempted from the general examinations. This concession will be made by Royal Decree, following the advice of the Superior Council. Those who can offer proof of having completed one or more of the prescribed studies in any of the above indicated universities, will be admitted to the rela- tive examinations. This, like many other laws, was a dead letter and had abso- lutely no effect upon the practice of dentistry. On December 22, 1888, the subject was again brought up and the following law passed: LAW No. 5849, THIRD SERIES. In Regard to Hygiene and Public Sanitation. Article XXIII. No one may practice a profession as physi- cian, surgeon, veterinary surgeon, druggist, dentist, phlebotomist, or midwife, unless they be of age and have obtained a diploma, showing their ability, from a university, institute or college, authorized by the kingdom or by the application of Article CXL. of the law passed November 13, 1859, on the administra- tion of public instruction. Any one intending to practice one of these professions in a community, and who by law has obtained the required authority, must cause his diploma to be registered in the manner demanded by the regulations Those convicted of evading this law are punishable by a fine of not less than 100 lire and subject to the severer penalties established by the penal code. The physicians and surgeons practicing only among foreigners are exempted from the restrictions of the foregoing article. The year following, in 1889, further additions were made to the legislation upon the subject, as follows: LAW No 6442, THIRD SERIES. Regulations Regarding Hygiene, Passed December 9, 1889. Article LIX. Physicians, surgeons, midwives, veterinary surgeons, dentists, and phlebotomists, who intend to practice habitually in a community, must register their diploma at the municipal office, within a month from the day, in which they be- come residents. Article LX. To the phlebotomists, dentists, botanists, vet- 302 world's history and erinary surgeons, assistant druggists, and midwives, who were in actual practice, in accordance with existing regulations, before the present enactment, are accorded the rights heretofore en- joyed. Article LXI. The prefects must publish annually, in the month of January, a list of those practicing professions in the province and transmit the same to the Minister of the Interior. This was not deemed sufficient to raise the standard of dent- istry, and the succeeding year brought forth the decree which is now in force, as follows: By Royal Decree, April 24, 1890— Law 6850, Third Series — " the possession of a diploma in medicine and surgery is made obligatory, before the practice of dentistry can be entered upon." The same decree establishes that the teaching of dentistry shall be in the surgical institutes of the Kingdom, which can exhibit the necessary means and the presence of persons com- petent, to do such teaching, according to the latest progress in the specialty. The nomination of the teacher must be made according to the existing rules for conferring the charge, or, eventually, for extra professors, according to the decision of the Superior Council. Those who have commenced the study of dentistry, prior to the publication of this decree, may finish their studies and obtain the relative diploma, according to the pre-existing laws. Dent- ists and phlebotomists having commenced their studies prior to this decree will be permitted to practice their profession under Article LX. of the law passed October 9, 1889. The Sanitary and Hygie?iic Review of March 1, 1891, published the following note, directed to the Minister of Public Instruction, in regard to the application of the Royal decree passed April 24, 1890, on the practice of dentistry in the kingdom: The Royal decree, passed April 24, 1890, demands, for the practice of dentistry, a diploma in Medicine and Surgery. But from this it must not be inferred that all those holding said di- plomas are permitted to practice. Physicians and surgeons may not practice dentistry unless they have taken a special course in the specialty. This constitutes the literal translation of all the laws which have existed in Italy relating to dentistry, with the exception of a Royal decree, passed October 20, 1876, naming the sum of 30 lire as the examination fee. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 303 Thus it will be seen that the requirements for graduation are very stringent, perhaps more so than in any other country in the world. A student, before entering upon the study of medicine, must be a graduate from the Lyceum, a diploma from which is equivalent to the M. A. degree in the United States. The medical course embraces six years, after which a course of one year in the study of dentistry is required, before the can- didate can secure his diploma. The last inquiry in regard to the sanitary and hygienic condi- tion of the communities, in 1885, gave the number of practicing dentists as 806, but it is understood that many were included who had no right or authority to be classed as such. According to the last census, taken in 1881, there were but 488 practicing den- tists, and it is hardly to be supposed that there would be an in- crease of nearly 100 per cent, in four years. The teaching of dentistry is still included in the course of Phlebotomy; for as yet no medical or surgical faculty has been officially appointed to teach that branch of surgery. The direct- ors of the University of Rome wished to add a dental depart- ment to the university with one or more chairs, but owing to the lack of funds and the indifference displayed by the dentists, ac- tion has been indefinitely postponed. At present there are three schools where degrees in Phle- botomy may be obtained, admitting the possessor to practice dentistry, viz.: at Rome, Pisa and Padua. There are two dental journals published in Italy. The, oldest is a progressive journal, which well deserves its name of // Pro- gresso Dentistico. It is edited in Milan and is issued monthly. The other is L Odontoj atria, of which the first number appeared in the spring of 1893. Edited in Palermo. We are indebted to A. T. Webb, M. D., D. D. S., of Rome, for the above exhaustive contribution. 304 world's history and LUXEMBURGH. (grand duchy.) Area, 998 square miles. Population, 211,088. Capital, Luxemburgh; population, 18,187. Only citizens of this country are permitted to practice in Luxemburgh. They must be Bachelors of Arts before they can pass the special dental examination. The special curriculum in- cludes Anatomy, Surgery, Therapeutics, General Physiology and Medicine, Dental Surgery, Chemistry and Laboratory Work, and requires three years of study. The foregoing college course re- quires seven years. The examination is written, oral and clinical, and lasts one whole day. There is no dental school or other dental institution in Luxemburgh. The dentists are not permitted to advertise. Two dental physicians are practicing in Luxemburgh, but owing to the moderate requirements in instruction, there are a number of dental quacks in the neighbouring towns. The above information has been kindly forwarded to us by J. Weber, D. D. S., Professor at the Royal Athenaeum and Italian Consul at Luxemburgh. MALTA. (ENGLISH POSSESSION.) 170,000 inhabitants. The following report from the United States Consul, John Worthington, to United States Department of State covers every- thing of interest that can now be ascertained pertaining to the state of dentistry in the Maltese Islands: DENTISTRY IN MALTA. [Report by Consul Worthington.] I have received several inquiries from American dentists, ask- ing for information on the following points: (i) Are there any laws in Malta regulating the practice of dentistry? (2) What ex- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 305 aminations are required? (3) If any dental school exists? (4) The number of dentists on the island? In order to obtain reliable information on the above points, I interviewed Dr. S. L. Pisani, the chief government medical officer of Malta, and obtained from him, over his signature, the information that follows: Malta, December 19, 1892. There are laws regulating the practice of dentistry. The law runs thus: " It is prohibited to practice the profession of physician, surgeon, surgeon- dentist, apothecary, accoucheur, or midwife, or phlebotomist without a license from the head of the government. " If the applicant shall not prove that he has been admitted to practice his profession under the provisions of an act of the Imperial Parliament (of Great Britain) the application for the license aforesaid must be accompanied by a certificate from the Medical Board, declaring the good character and qualifications of the applicant. "The Board shall not grant such certificate until the applicant shall have deposited with the Board the Act of the University of Malta, or of any other scholastic establishment out of these islands, showing that the same applicant has pursued the requisite studies." For granting the certificate declaring the character and qualifications of the applicant, the Board subjects him to an examination on Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Operations and Preparation of Artificial Teeth. No school of dentistry exists in Malta. There are three surgeon-dentists, besides others allowed to extract teeth. S. L. Pisani, M. D., Chief Government Medical Officer. The three surgeon dentists enumerated by Dr. Pisani are one English and two Maltese. All practice the " old style," and are not at all " up to date " in their profession. To quote myself: There is not a really first-rate dentist in the Maltese Islands; but, such as they are, they do a very considerable business. I have been written to by American dentists as to the probability of their succeeding, in case they estab- lished themselves here, and I have invariably replied that I thought they could do well if they were the right sort. They must have patience, industry, skill, and some capital to rent and furnish suitable rooms. American dentists are justly popular everywhere in Europe, and the conditions are ripe for one to introduce himself in Malta. Lots of dental work goes away from the island that would be done here if the dentists were skillful in modern dentistry. Their charges are high and their work inferior, as are the tools they use. The population of the Maltese Islands is upward of 170,000 natives, and the English garrison, fleet and residents swell the number to 185,000. John Worthington, Consul. United States Consulate, Malta, December 20, 1892. 20 306 world's history and NETHERLANDS. (kingdom.) Area, 12,648 square miles. Population, 4,548,596. Capital, The Hague; population, 156,497. A law similar to that of Belgium of 1818, governed the prac- tice of dentistry in Netherlands until 1867. After that year the degree of Doctor of Medicine was required of all persons desir- ing to practice dentistry. This restriction failed to cause any progressive developments of dentistry in Netherlands, and in 1876 special courses were created for students of dentistry. These courses of instruction were superintended by dental pro- fessors appointed by the State, at the Universities of Amsterdam, Utrecht and Leyden. The Board (or jury) of Examination is composed of physicians and two professors of dentistry. The information below, regarding dentistry in Netherlands, and the laws pertaining thereto, we have gained through the courtesy of Dr. C. van der Hoeven, of The Hague. Article I. The title of Dentist gives the right to practice dentistry by which is understood the local treatment of Diseases of the Teeth, of the Alveoles and of the Gums. The title is obtained by passing a practical examination, the requirements of which are a practical knowledge of Operative Dentistry and of the insertion of Artificial Teeth and Dentures. Art. II. Only those who have passed the theoretical exam- ination in dentistry are allowed to enter for the practical ex- amination. The examination comprises: (a) The Anatomy of the Teeth, of the Alveoles and of the Gums. {b) The Physiology of those parts. (c) The Hygiene, Pathology and Therapeutics of those parts, including the Diagnosis of the Diseases of the Teeth, the Alveoles and the Gums, whereof the cause is general or situated in remote organs. (d) The Materia Medica and Therapeutics, so far as necessary for the prescription of local remedies for diseases of above named organs. [Note. — To this article is added, by the law of December 12, 1892, to go into effect January 1, 1894, the following: Only those who have passed the final examinations of a Latin college, with REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 307 a six years' course, or the final examination of a High Grammar School, are allowed to enter for the theoretical examination in dentistry.] Those who have already acquired the right to practice dent- istry in another country, or in one of the Dutch colonies, can secure a dispensation from the theoretical examination in whole or in part, and from the preceding examinations. By a special law it will be determined, after having consulted the faculties of the universities, what kind of diplomas shall en- title the holder to dispensation. Art. III. The theoretical examination for dentists is passed before the Medical Faculty of one of the Dutch universities. Before being admitted to the examinations, the candidate must pay a fee of 25 gulden ($10). In case the candidate does not pass, he is permitted to enter once more for the same examination, without paying an additional fee. Art. IV. In case of passing the examination, the following oath (or promise) is exacted, before the applicant is permitted to practice dentistry: "I swear (promise) to practice dentistry according to the laws and regulations, and according to my best knowledge and power, and not to reveal to anybody what has been confided to me pro- fessionally as a secret, or whatever comes to my knowledge as such, unless I am called upon to give evidence in a court of law, or am bound by the law to give such information. So help me, God Almighty! (So I promise!)" Art. V. Three times a year an opportunity will be afforded those who wish to pass the practical examinations in dentistry. [Note. — To this article is added, by the law of December 12, 1892, to go into effect January 1, 1894, the following: The examinations are to be passed in the Dutch language.] According to the law in Netherlands every Doctor of Medi- cine who has passed his examinations in Netherlands is per- mitted to practice dentistry. But only three who have studied dentistry afterward are practicing the profession. The number of dentists in Netherlands was, in 1890, 81 ; in 1893 it is estimated to be about 95. In Amsterdam (370,000 inhabit- ants), 36 (of which number 3 lady dentists); in Rotterdam (187,000 inhabitants), 13; in The Hague (156,497 inhabitants), 7; in Utrecht (79,000 inhabitants), 5, etc. There are two dental societies in Netherlands: Het Neder- 308 world's history and landsch Tandheelkundig Genootschap (24 members), and Neder- landsche Tandmeestersvereinigung (founded 1893). No regular dental school exists in the Netherlands. In Utrecht there is a dental clinic, as a department of the University of Utrecht, originally only intended for medical students, but now many dental students also make use of it. The clinic is given three times a week, by Dr. Dentz, M. D., with the aid of one assistant. No Mechanical Dentistry is taught, only extraction and some filling of teeth. Dr. Dentz also gives lectures to the dental students in the theoretical course required for the dental examination. No dental journal is published in Holland. The difficulty of acquiring the knowledge necessary for the dental examination in Holland causes many students to go abroad, especially to Germany England and United States, for their dental education. NORWAY. (kingdom.) Area, 123,205 square miles. Population, 1,199,176. Capital, Christiania; population, 157,000. " If any one who is not a regular physician snould have acquired special proficiency or extraordinary knowledge in some part or another of the medical art, or in the curing of some dis- ease or another, he may, after having proved himself to possess such proficiency, by the testimony of the Governor and a physi- cian, expect to receive through the Chancelly a license to practice, but only in the district where he lives, and his right to prescribe medicine shall be limited within the parts in which he has proved himself proficient." This Danish ordinance, of September 5, 1794, should also be applied to the status of dentistry in Norway, that country at that time being a dependency of Denmark. In 1839 a physician, Dr. E. A. Tobiesen, established himself as a dentist, having for some time studied dentistry in Paris, France, but without having passed any dental examination in Norway. It thus seems that the dental art was considered a branch of the medical art. This REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 309 view caused some controversies between Dr. Tobiesen and C. j. Brinck, a watchmaker by trade, who also practiced dentistry. Dr. Tobiesen considered Brinck a quack, who, without right or authority, interfered with his profession, his view being that dentistry was a specialty of the medical art. Brinck came out victorious, his right to practice dentistry being confirmed, in 1852, by a royal decree. Several of the most prominent dentists now practicing in Norway have acquired their first instructions in dentistry from Brinck, who died in 1893. The Department of the Interior rules (March 13, 1854,) in a communication to the Governor of Stavanger, in a case of illegal practice of dentistry against a watchmaker of Stavanger: . . . " it may be considered as decided that anybody is entitled to per- form any work needed for inserting artificial teeth, except such where medical knowledge is required; and no special license is necessary in performing such work when limited by said restric- tions." The exclusion of Dentistry from the medical examination had already before this time, viz.: October 5, 1847, been proclaimed by the City Court of Christiania. The restrictions alluded to in the above-cited communication of March 13, 1854, refer to a royal resolution of November 16, 1852, which reads: 1. " Persons who desire to practice dentistry shall be given an opportunity to prove their knowledge of and proficiency in the art by submitting to a special examination, said examination to be held in Christiania, at any time, before a committee consisting of two university professors and one dentist, one who has passed an examination preferred. 2. " The Department of the Interior is directed to present propositions regarding regulations and requirements for this ex- amination." The first person to receive a license to practice dentistry after having submitted proofs to authorities for this purpose appointed was Conrad Schive, and the time, 1834, May 3. Schive later, in i860, passed an examination, according to the ordinance of Sep- tember 9, 1857. Christian Hoeg, formerly a watchmaker, received, in 1842, a license to practice in the city of Bergen, having submitted him- self to some kind of practical examination. In 1847, J u ly 2 4> Johan E. Berg was authorized to practice 310 world's history and dentistry in the city of Drammen; in 1848, in Christiania, and in 1849, in Bergen. In 1852 a license to practice dentistry in the city of Drammen was conferred upon L. Wennevold without examination. He had studied in Germany. The next movement in dental legislation dates from 1857, September 9. A royal resolution of that day rules that the Ex- amining Committee shall consist of two physicians, and one dent- ist, one who has passed an examination preferred, and further, that this committee shall meet twice every year in Christiania. The candidate shall pass an oral examination in the anatomy and physiology of the teeth, gums and other parts of the mouth. The practical examination consists in making one, more or less com- plete, superior and inferior artificial case, said cases to correspond with each other. The dental education at this period differed in many respects,, especially in regard to its theoretical parts. In order to acquire a greater proficiency in the practical parts of the profession, the prospective dentist usually went to Ger- many, France, England, or Denmark, and, at a later period to the United States. The apprenticeship varied between three months and ten years. A royal resolution of November 5, 1881, says that persons who desire to pass the dental examination must show a certificate that they have studied at least two years with an authorized dentist, and that they possess a certain degree of school education. This resolution went into force January 1, 1884. The next ordinance relating to the dental education is dated March 14, 1892, and went into effect in 1894. According to this, the course of study must extend over a period of three years, and a written examination is added to the oral and practical. The oral examination comprises Anatomy, Physiology, Pharmacology, Therapeutics, Physics and Chemistry. The Examination Com- mittee consists of two physicians and two dentists. A dentist must be twenty-one years of age before he can be authorized to practice. It is obligatory for every dentist practicing in Norway to send a yearly report to the State Board of Health regarding his practice. A Polyclinic for Diseases of the Teeth and for the instruction of students was established in Christiania in 1893, the "Storthing" REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 311 (Congress) having appropriated 2,500 crowns at once and 5,000 crowns yearly for its maintenance. The first dental society in Norway was founded August 2, 1868, but was only of a brief existence. Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental Society), founded in 1865, consists of members from Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Finland. The membership was March 1, 1893, 136, viz.: From Norway, 41; Sweden, 43; Denmark, 35; Fin- land, 17. Den Norske Tandlaegeforening (The Norwegian Dental Soci- ety) was founded October 15, 1884. Bergens Tandlaegeforening (The Dental Society of Bergen) was founded October 20, 1891. Its charter members numbered nine. Tandlaege Elev Foreningen (Dental Students' Society) was founded at Christiania December 6, 1893. Den Norske Tandlcegeforcnings Tidende (The Norwegian Dental Society's Journal ) is the only dental journal in Norway. Founded in 1890. Editor-in-chief, O. Seel, Christiania. Skandinaviska Tandl&kare-Foreningens Tidskrift (Scandinavian Dental Society's Journal), organ for the Scandinavian Dental Society, since 1894, published at Helsingfors, Finland, has perma- nent contributors in Norway. The number of dentists in Norway was: In 1863, 5; 1869, 16; 1876, 30; 1887, 75; 1890,96; 1891, 107; 1892, 136. Most of the above has appeared in Skandinaviska Tandla- kare~Foreningens Tidskrift ( Scandinavian Dental Society's Journal), Dr. O. Seel, Christiania, assistant editor of the journal, being the contributor. PORTUGAL. (KINGDOM.) Area, 34,038 square miles. Population, 4,708,178. Capital, Lisbon; population, 246,343. No one can exercise the profession of dentistry without having passed an examination in the medical schools of Lisbon, Coim- bra or Oporto, said examination to be conducted in either the Portuguese or French languages. 312 world's history and There exists no dental school, especially devoted to the science of dentistry. No dental journal is published in Portugal. We have not been able to learn the exact number of dentists in Portugal, but are informed that the profession, quantitatively, is pretty fairly represented. ROUMANIA. Area, 48,307 square miles. Population, 5,500,000. Capital, Bucharest; population, 221,805. The following paper by Dr. Paul Macarovici, of Jassy, was read at the World's Columbian Dental Congress in Chicago, in 1893: "On the State of the Art of Dentistry and of Dentists in roumania. " On my return to my country from abroad in 1882, I was pos- sessed of a desire to become acquainted with whatever contribu- tions to the art and practice of dentistry had appeared in the language of Roumania. I perused the Progresid Medical Roman for a period of three years, finding almost nothing. Equally futile were my researches in the library of Jassy. " I made a request of the editor of the journal Spitalul, that he refer me to every publication upon dental art and practice with which he might be acquainted in the Roumanian language. Dr. Vasilesan replied that he had been unable to find anything bear- ing on the subject of dentistry in the literature of Roumania. " Being convinced that a dental society for the purpose of mutual interchange of ideas would do much to awaken among us an interest which had become dormant in the study of our art, I took the initiative in the establishment of such an association. " On the third of April, 1890, my efforts were rewarded in the assemblage of the dentists of Jassy in the hall of the University, and the founding of the Chirurgico-Dental Association*. The articles for the government and conduct of this association were drawn up with the greatest care, having specially in view to attract every dentist who was filled with love for his profession, as may be seen from Article 2, as follows: " Art. 2. The association is founded for the purpose of further- * " Societatea Chirurgiea-Dentistica." REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 313 ing advancement and diffusing the chirurgico-dental science in the Roumanian language. This end is sought to be accomplished. " \a) By the establishment of a special school of dentistry as soon as the means shall be forthcoming, in which lectures shall be delivered on dental surgery and technique. " '(#) By the collection of specimens and the founding of a museum illustrating the various departments of dental surgery and technique. " '(c) By the collection of literary works looking to the estab- lishment of a dental library — the same to be at the disposal of the students of the school, of the members of the society, and of the general public. II \d) By the publication of a journal devoted to the inter- ests of dentistry, with the title Progresul-Chirnrgico dcntistice- rornane! II I felt bitter disappointment at the failure of my undertaking. The cause of such failure was envy and pride on the one hand, and material and pecuniary difficulties on the other. The asso- ciation of seventeen members had to be dissolved, and my col- leagues have thus far not established another society.* " Afterward I determined to lay bare in a small book to the public my own modest dental acquirements, and experience gained by personal observation. I had hoped through the publi- cation of such a work to elevate the standing, which had sunk so low among us, of the profession of dentistry and of its representa tives. 11 An evidence of the slight degree of confidence which the Roumanian public reposes in dentistry may be gathered from the circumstance that the native dentists might exhibit mountains of human teeth, if the patients were not in the habit of demand- ing the same after extraction for preservation among their relics. Our patients will have nothing but extraction; of reimplantation, filling, or similar chirurgico-dental operations, there can be no question in our country, for even when we have succeeded after prolonged discussion in persuading a patient to submit to filling, he demands the impossible, namely, that the entire operation shall be concluded instanter. "Inasmuch as the rate of progress of a science, art, or industry is largely dependent upon the laws of a country bearing thereon, *This society is now reorganized, as we are informed by Dr. Saul Schreiber, of Jassy. 314 world's history and it will not be superfluous to consider our laws regulating the practice of dentistry. " Until the year 1888 our law (or custom) required that every person who professed the art of dentistry in our country should be able to show either a foreign diploma or should pass the 1 Subsurgical ' examination. At this examination he was com- pelled to show that he had become practically acquainted, by a year's attendance in a hospital, with the following procedures and appliances: Venesection, leeching, blistering, clysters, cata- plasms (fontanellen offnen), vaccination, and the extraction of teeth. The candidate, besides, was required to be able to. read and write. (Laws of 188 1, collected by Dr. Zamfirescu, Medic. Primar Niamt.) " In places in which no dentists reside, the law grants permis- sion to barbers ("subsurgeons ") to extract teeth; and even in places where there are dentists, extraction of teeth is practiced by the barbers without hindrance, for the reason that the number of dentists possessed of a diploma is inadequate. " According to law, dentists are empowered to practice man- ipulations of surgical dentistry only. They are not permitted, un- less they are also doctors of medicine, to give anaesthetics, except with the assistance of a physician. The law makes no distinction between dentists who possess a foreign diploma and such as have passed the above mentioned examination of the country. " On May 1, 1888, a new law regulating the practice of dent- istry was promulgated; it is as follows: " ' Article I. Besides doctors of surgery and of dental sur- gery, dentists possessed of diplomas from foreign chirurgico- dental schools, the same being attested by the Central Board of Sanitation, and those who have obtained the right to practice dentistry by a University examination, a class of dentists known as dentists of the second class, are recognized. " ' Art. II. To become a dentist of the second class, the can- didate must serve an apprenticeship of at least three years with a chirurgico-dentist who possesses a diploma (with academic grade) recognized in the country. " ' On completion of this apprenticeship, the candidate is ex- amined by a special examination board, and receives a certificate as dentist of the second class. " 'Art. III. Pupils in the office of a surgeon-dentist are re- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 315 quired to acquaint themselves with the general rules of the sani- tary service. " 'They must present certificates of having passed at least four classes of a secondary school. " ' Art. IV. The special examining board for the examination of a candidate for the grade of dentist of the second class is ap- pointed by the general directors of the sanitary service, and shall consist of a representation of the Central Board of Sanitation, of a surgeon-dentist of the capital, of the General Director of the Sanitary Service, and of a professor of the Medical Faculty be- longing to the surgical or anatomical department, and named by the Dean of the Faculty. " ' Art. V. The examination consists of three parts: Written, oral, and practical, on the cadaver. The written examination deals with some subject taken from dental anatomy, physiology, pathology, or from operative dental surgery,' etc. "The promulgation of the law of 1888 is a source of great satis- faction to me, for this law, perhaps the work of Dr. Vasilesen, with whom, as mentioned, I had the honor of a correspondence, gives grounds to hope that our country may shortly be able to show more worthy representatives of the dental art than it now possesses." The number of dentists in Roumania is, according to Dr. Saul Schreiber, of Jassy: Doctors of Dentistry, 5; Autodidac- ten, 55. RUSSIA. (empire.) Area, 2,095,504 square miles. Population, 95,870,810. Capital, St. Petersburg; population, 1,003,315. Until the beginning of this century the dentists in Russia had nearly all been foreigners, mostly English and French. This cir- cumstance explains why the word "dentiste" is still to be found in every Russian dental diploma. The first dentist in Russia, being a Russian, was W. A. Pravedny, who received his diploma in 1842. Until 1870 the num- 316 world's history and ber of dentists in Russia was very small, about 200. The only method for a dental student to acquire any dental education, practical or theoretical, was to study with some practicing dentist. After three years' study and apprenticeship with a practicing dentist the student is entitled to pass or " absolve " his examina- tion at the Imperial Medical Academy in St. Petersburg, or at the Medical Faculty of some of the universities, where he re- ceives his license as a dentist. According to the statutes of May 7, 1891, the license to prac- tice as a dentist is conferred upon a student who has obtained his dental education at one (for some years existing) private dental school, and who has accordingly passed his examination at the University or at the Imperial Medical Academy. The first dental school in Russia was founded in St. Peters- burg in 1882, and was reorganized in 1891. There are also three private dental schools: In Warsaw and Odessa, established 1891, and in Moscow, established 1892. All these schools are as per confirmed statutes, established only in the university cities, are under the supervision of the Department of the Interior, and under the control of the Medical Inspector. The law rules: That every matriculating student must prove that he has passed six classes in a " Gymnasium " (High school). The course in the dental school requires three years. The course of study embraces: Physics, Chemistry, including Labora- tory Work; Anatomy with Dissection; Histology, Physiology, Special Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth, Pathology, and Therapeutics (pertaining to the diseases of the teeth and gums), Surgery, Pharmacology, Prescription Writing, Microscopy, Pros- thetic, Operative and Clinical Dentistry, Operations under Anaesthetics. After the final examination at the college the students are re- quired to pass a State examination at the University or the Impe- rial Medical Academy. Diploma as dentist is conferred upon the student, after he has passed the examination. Ladies have the same privilege as gentlemen to become dentists in Russia. Dent- ists possessing diplomas from foreign universities or colleges must pass the State examination before they are allowed to prac- tice in Russia. Besides the above named, private dental schools are estab- lished and private lectures delivered at Moscow (since 1885) for medical students by Dr. Snamensky. A short time ago a dental REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 317 clinic was established at the University at Dorpat (Livonia), Dr. Vitas-Rode lecturing. Since 1892 private lectures in dentistry are delivered at the Imperial Medical Academy by Dr. Fedoroff, and in Grand Duch- esse Helene Paulovna's Clinical Institute Dr. Limberg has been lecturing and demonstrating to the physicians. In 1889, according to the report of the State Board of Health, the number of dentists was 508. Students with practicing dent- ists, 435. Of these dentists 103 are located in St. Petersburg, 41 in Moscow, 43 in Warsaw, 30 in Odessa, 21 in Riga, etc. In Russia the dentists are decorated with some order and given a title when they serve in an imperial institution. In Si- beria dentists are not abundant. The number of societies in Russia is three, and their names, membership and presidents are as follows: 1. "The first dental society of Russia' was founded in 1883. President (in 1893), T. S. Waginsky. 2. Society of Dentists and Physicians, practicing Dentistry, of St. Petersburg (St. Petersburgisches Verein der Zahnarzte und Arzte die sich mit der Zahnarztliche Praxis Beschaftigen) was founded in 1883. Members, 16. President, W. A. Pravedny. 3. Society of Dentists and Physicians, practicing Dentistry in Moscow (Der Verein der Zahnarzte und Arzte die sich mit der Zahnarztliche Praxis in Moskau Beschaftigen) was founded in 1891. Members, 14. President, E. W. Domon. In Russia two dental journals are published: Dental Herald (Bote), founded in 1885. Issued monthly; 600 subscribers. Sci- entific and Technical Herald; the organ for the Dental Society of Moscow. The above information has been kindly forwarded us by Dr. S. Linbeck, St. Petersburg. 318 world's history and SERVIA. (kingdom.) Area, 19,050 square miles. Population, 2,096,043. Capital, Belgrade; population, 39,422. The sanitary laws require that any one who wishes to practice dentistry in Servia must have, first of all, permission from the Ministry of the Interior. The Ministry gives this permission only to those who are Servian subjects, have graduated from the "Gymnasium " (High School), have attended lectures on dentistry in foreign countries, and have been approved by recognized universities. The Ministry of the Interior also permits foreign travelling dentists to establish themselves in Servia, after a short sojourn of two or three months, and after they have passed an examination before a sanitary commission. These foreign dentists are on this occasion examined before the Commission in Anatomy, Histology, Physiology of the Teeth and Head Pathology, Operative and Technical (prosthetic) Dentistry and the Use of Instruments. No dental school, society, or journal exists in Servia. The number of dentists in Servia was, in March, 1893 (as per information from Belgrade), four. Of those only two were law- fully entitled to practice. The other two have practiced for a long time and are now simply tolerated. SPAIN. (kingdom.) Area, 197,670 square miles, Population, 17,550,246. Capita], Madrid; population, 472,228. We are under obligations to Dr. H. H. Edwards, formerly of Madrid, (now of London) for the following information regarding the dental profession in Spain: " No one can establish himself as a dentist in Spain without having passed an oral and practical examination in the Hospital of San Carlos, before an Examining Board of three physicians REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 319 and two dentists, who are especially appointed by the govern- ment. The examinations take place semi-annually. " The law came into effect on June 4, 1875, an d two years' time was given in which to pass those who did not possess a ' permit ' from the government. Before that time dentists could establish themselves on procuring a ' permit/ but very few availed them- selves of the privilege. After the two years' grace no one could establish himself without passing this examination. " No foreign title is acknowledged in Spain, with right to practice; all must pass this examination. "The University issues diplomas for a 'Surgeon-Dentist' on presentation of a certificate, given the applicant if successful. This certificate is exchanged at the University for the diploma, on payment of $40. The certificate does not entitle one to prac- tice; it must be exchanged for the diploma. "The dentists, like all professions and trades in Spain, pay taxes in proportion as they are classed. In dentistry there are three classes. The government gives notice that a certain amount of money, in the form of taxes, is required from the dental profession. A syndicate of dentists is formed, and the amount is divided among them, according to the ' class,' or rather, paying powers. All American or English dentists belong to Class i,and consequently pay more, in order to compensate for the smaller payments of Classes 2 and 3; while, I believe, some inferior dentists are let off. I, as one of five or six in Madrid who are distinguished by belonging to class 1, have paid, for years, 809 pesetas ($161.40) annually. "All foreign as well as native dentists must possess a per- sonal ' cedula,' without which you are not considered as one and cannot operate. The ' cedula ' is taken out every year, and is paid for as a part of income or house rent tax, as dentists have no settled income, from $15 to $25 being the average. The * cedula ' proclaims who you are, and gives you citizenship and a right to vote. The syndicate (elected annually) is authorized to ' vigilance ' the profession and look up ' backsliders ' and prosecute. " When the applicant appears for examination he is required to show: I. The personal 'cedula.' 2. A copy of the certificate of his birth and baptism, to be translated into Spanish by the State Office. 3. Permission on duly stamped paper, from the Dean of the University to present himself for examination. The examina- 320 world's history and tion is conducted in Spanish, and all instruments and materials are provided for by intending aspirants." The exact number of dentists in this country it is most diffi- cult to ascertain. A research of the Directory of Spain gives the following results: In Madrid, 85; Barcelona, 35; Seville, 20 Cadiz, 17; Valencia, 16; Bilbao, 10; Malaga, 8; Granada, 8 Logrono, 8; Saragossa, 6; distributed in smaller towns, 184 total, 381. There exists no dental school in Spain, and no Dental Society.* Two dental journals are published in Spain: La Odontologia, monthly, published at Cadiz, and Progrcso Dental, published at Saragossa. Below are given the royal statutes and ordinances, published in Spain, regarding the dental profession, which now constitute the legislation, governing the practice of dentistry in Spain and its colonies: 1875, J une 4- There shall be created a special dental profes- sion, and the title of Surgeon-Dentist (Cirujano-Dentista), and it shall be obligatory for all persons, practicing the specialty to possess said title two years after the publication of this royal ordinance. 1876, February 8. The Department of State (el Ministerio de la Gobernacion) shall appoint a professor of dentistry for the public charitable institutions and for the civil and military hos- pitals of Madrid. 1876, March 3. Through the Department of Protection (el Ministerio de Fomento) legal sanction is conferred upon private studies of students under guidance of a dentist preceptor; Pro- vided, That the aspirants be matriculated and examined by the Medical Faculties or Universities of the country. 1876, March 11. For the above stated purpose, the course of study required for obtaining the title of Surgeon- Dentist, shall be published in the Official Journal. 1876, April 3. " El Ministerio de Fomento " directs that two dentists be members of the Tribunal at the University examina- tions. ) 1876, May 28. "El Ministerio de la Gobernacion" appoints one professional Inspector-General in Spain for the capital and "Dental Kalender ffiir Deutschland, Oesterreich, Ungam und die Schweiz, for 1893, published in Berlin, names Circulo Odontologico de Cataluna. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 321 Sub-Inspectors or Sub-Delegates in the provinces; all "Surgeon- Dentists,'' who shall prevent persons, not holding corresponding title, from practicing. 1877, October 6. "El Ministerio de Fomento " orders that only the title of "Surgeon-Dentist" entitles to the practice of dentistry; and after the expiration of the two years given, in order to acquire the title, shall the titles of " Practicante " (Prac- ticing Dentist), conferred after that date, cease to be valid; and only those who have acquired these titles before said time shall be authorized to pursue said practice. 1881, January 15. " El Ministerio de Fomento" declares that according to lack of materials and instruments in the faculties, only the theoretical examinations shall be conducted there; the practical examinations to be held at the office of some dentist, appointed by the Government, and with the permission of the appointee. 1881, April 27. ,; El Ministerio de la Gobernacion " discon- tinued the medical Sub-Delegates and Sub-Inspectors who were empowered to control and regulate dentists' titles and to pre- serve the legality of the profession intact. 1881, October 1. " El Ministerio de Fomento " published the royal statute, in which special attention is given to the fact that, at that time no one is permitted to practice dentistry except those who possess the titles of Physician and Surgeon (Medico- Cirujano), the old Surgeons, " Practicante," having received their license before October 6, 1877, an d " Surgeon-Dentist " (Cirujano- Dentista, created June 4, 1875) , and the titles of Doctor of Dental Medicine and Surgery up to this date conferred upon persons by "El Colegio Espanol de Dentistas," are declared without academical authorization or official character. At the same time the royal ordinance of May 28, 1876 (personal royal ordinance), by force of which D. Cayetano Triviho is authorized to confer titles of Doctor of Dental Medicine and Surgery was repealed, being after that date (October, 1881,) strictly forbidden to confer upon any person any such title, according to the ordinance of " el Minis- terio de la Gobernacion," and articles 924 and 926 of the Sanitary Law. 1881, December 16. The royal ordinance of May 26, 1876, according to which a professional Inspector-General and Sub- Inspectors in the provinces were appointed, is repealed, the offices not to continue in existence. Instead, the dental practi- 21 322 world's history and tioners shall have to submit to inspection of the medical Sub- delegates, and be obliged to produce the titles authorizing them to practice. 1886, February M. By "el Ministerio de la Gobernacion," the following Royal Ordinance was published: "Illustrissimo Senor: The Royal Board of Health has, by rea- son of complaints from several surgeon dentists, who petition that only they possessing a legal title, or legally authorized, may be permitted to practice dentistry, decided as follows: "Excellentissimo Senor: In session held yesterday, this royal Council has unanimously approved the resolution, in its first sec- tions, as follows: The section takes into consideration the com- plaint brought forth by several surgeon dentists and their request that only those legally authorized shall be permitted to practice dentistry. This is not the first time complaints of this kind have been entered with His Majesty's Government against individuals, who, ostentatiously assuming titles, without legal validity, not only practice dentistry, but also by prescribing, interfere with the practice of medicine and pharmacy. "In virtue of those protests, the royal ordinance of October I, 1881, was published, in which it is declared that the present laws do not recognize the titles of 'Doctor' or 'Licentiate of Dental Surgery'; that such, conferred by the free establishment .at this place, known as the ' Colegio Espanol de Dentistas,' do not possess any official validity; that the only titles authorizing a person to practice dentistry are, besides the higher academical titles in medicine, the old titles of 'Surgeon' and 'Practicante/.and the title of 'Surgeon-Dentist,' created by ' el Ministerio de Fo- mento,' according to the decree of June 4, 1875. "A short time afterward (December 16 of the same year) another royal ordinance revoking the offices of Inspector and Sub-Inspector of Dentists was published. This ordinance also declared that the practitioners of dental surgery shall submit to the inspection of the Medical Sub-Delegates, and be bound to show them the titles authorizing them to practice. Notwith- standing those two royal ordinances, the number of persons pub- licly advertising and calling themselves Licentiates and Doctors of Dental Surgery has not in the least diminished; to the con- trary it seems to have become larger in spite of our laws, and consequently in contempt of those commissioned to enforce them. Owing to these facts, and the two royal ordinances of REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 323 October I and December 16, 1881, and the royal decree of March 27, 1855, m Article I, in which it is proclaimed that all practi- tioners of jurisprudence, medicine and surgery, with different branches, and pharmacy, as soon as the practitioner is established and exercises his profession, are bound and obliged to present their diplomas or titles at the "Colegio" or the respective Sub- Delegation. Owing to these facts, the section is of the opinion that the Board of Health ought to advise Her Majesty's Govern- ment: "1. That it is expedient to promulgate an order of public character, directing that all practitioners of the profession of dentistry shall within thirty days show their professional titles to the Sub-Delegations of Medicine and Surgery, in order that they may be registered in the register that should be kept in the respective offices. "2. That at the close of the term said Sub-Delegations shall before the governors give information of such persons as prac- tice dental surgery without being duly authorized to such prac- tice; and before the courts such persons who assume or have assumed to themselves the title of Professor, or titles, without official validity, as per the penal law. "And Her Majesty the Queen (Q. D. G.), the Regent of the Kingdom, having approved the above proposition, has decided as is herein proposed. "In compliance with these royal commands, I communicate this to you, Senor Illustrissimo, that it may be published and brought into effect. May God save you, Sefior, for many years. "Gonzalez. "Madrid, February 11, 1886." The official list of subjects for examinations for the degree of Surgeon-Dentist, given in Madrid, March 3, 1876, is as follows: 1. General Descriptive Anatomy of the Head and Face and General Physiology. (35 questions.) 2. General Arthrology. (22 questions.) 3. Angiology. (24 questions.) 4. General Splanchnology. (21 questions.) 5. Neurology. (10 questions.) 6. General Physiology. (52 questions.) 7. Dental Pathology, Alterations and Diseases of the Teeth and Mouth. (48 questions.) 324 world's history and 8. Operations on the Teeth and Other Parts of the Mouth affected by Diseased Teeth. (34 questions.) 9. Theoretical and Practical Knowledge of Prosthetic Den- tistry and Appliances for Replacing Diseased and Lost Parts of the Mouth. (49 questions.) 10. Physics. ( 16 questions.) 11. Chemistry. (31 questions.) SWEDEN. (kingdom.) Area, 170,979 square miles. Population, 4,774,409. Capital, Stockholm; population, 243,500. In Sweaen, dentistry, with all that the term implies, can not be said to have existed until about 1840 or 1850. Before that time, when the practice of the profession consisted chiefly in ex- tracting damaged teeth or in c ^rting artificial teeth, the dentists were principally foreigners travelling in that capacity, especially Frenchmen. Besides, operations on the teeth, in the past, were performed by physicians and surgeons, who enjoyed the sole privilege of such practice. When the dental art was first introduced in Sweden, it was re- garded more in the light of a trade than as a learned profession, judging by the laws of June 18, 1861. Section 9 of this Code is especially noticeable in that particular. According to its provis- ions, any person practicing dentistry, not legally entitled to such privilege, " shall be fined for illegally working at a trade, as the law in such cases has made and provided." At this writing, how- ever, dentistry has not attained the rank to which it is truly entitled, namely, a part of the general practice of medicine and surgery. It would be desirable that instruction in the dental art be assigned to a medical institution, whereby the study could be pursued conjointly to the benefit of all concerned. As we have mentioned before, the operations in dentistry were, in times past done by physicians and surgeons, but also by barbers and bagnio-keepers. The travelling dentists performed some prosthetic work, which they carved out of bone (hippopota- mus bone and ivory), before the invention of the modern artificial REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 325 teeth. That the work turned out by these dentists was some- what defective in style and quality, and their operations a trifle crude, is evidenced by the fact that the first ordinances or laws governing dentistry were passed with special reference to these deficiencies. In His Royal Majesty's instructions to the Board of Health, of December 6, 1815, we find the following clause: "Section 15. Foreign dentists and operators are hereby prohibited from prac- ticing their profession, or offering their services to the public, until sufficient evidence of their knowledge and skill has been submitted to the State Board of Health, and approved by that body." How or by what means this evidence was submitted and the examination made is not made clear. It may be surmised, however, that the whole performance consisted in examining the certificate, which the applicant would submit with his applica- tion. But the profession made progress and the number of practi- tioners increased; and in course of time the authorities perceived the necessity of actual examinations. Consequently, in 1842, the Inspector and Professor of Anatomy of the " Royal Karolinska Institute" was instructed and authorized to institute such examina- tions, in conjunction with one in the city of Stockholm resi- ding dentist, and in the presence of one of the members of the Board of Health, for those who desired to practice dentistry. The year i860 inaugurated a new era in the development of dentistry in Sweden. In that year the late General Director and Professor Magnus Huss prepared and submitted the first propo- sition in the form of a law to govern the profession of dentistry. Almost simultaneously (November 21, i860), the Dental Society of Stockholm was organized. June 18, the following year (1861), the above mentioned proposition became a law. This law pro- vides for two examinations, the Final Dental Examination, and what is termed the Assistant's Examination; but about the re- quirements to be accepted as a student or pupil nothing is mentioned. The qualifications for an assistant's examination are very indefinite. For instance, Section 6 provides that: "Any student who is eighteen years of age, who has acquired some practice and skill in the employment and art of dentistry, shall be entitled, if industrious and of good moral character, and if he has been duly admitted to the Lord's Supper, to enter for the ex- amination for Assistant Dentist." 326 world's history and Sections 2 and 3, which treat of the competency of candidates for examination, and the qualifications required, are nearly as in- complete. Section 2 provides that: " Any candidate who wishes to avail himself of the privilege to practice dentistry shall make an application for same to the Board of Health, in order to enter for the examination, as is provided for in Section 3; and must furnish proof, with his application, that he is of age and of good moral character; and must certify that he has a certain degree of knowledge of the anatomy of the human body sufficient for the practice of dentistry; and that he has served as an assistant to a dentist, and obtained requisite knowledge and facility in such employment as dentistry requires; he shall show samples of arti- ficial teeth; also certificates from two competent dentists that the applicant has made this artificial specimen." Also in Section 3: "Certificate for the practice of dentistry, which is also granted to any woman, can be obtained at Stockholm from two physicians and one dentist, appointed by the Board of Health for that pur- pose. The former examine the applicant in anatomy and surgery, and the latter in his proficency in the practice of dentistry." It appears from the above section that women were privileged to enter for the examination for dentist as early as i86i;but, strange to relate, no lady availed herself of the privilege until 1889. In order to remedy the above indefinite and vague construc- tion of the law concerning the final, as well as the preliminary examinations for dentist, a committee was appointed by the Den- tal Society of Stockholm, February 2, 1862, to prepare and define these qualifications. After considerable discussion and corre- spondence, for which the space here is too limited to admit an explanation, the Board of Health was finally instructed by the Government, April 8, 1864, to prepare more definite ordinances, to regulate the instruction and examination of dental students and assistants. Thus urged, a circular was issued by the Government Board of Health, October 25, 1866, in which the respective qualifications for examination were more particularly set forth and formulated. From this time on it is accordingly required, in order to be accepted as a student, the same standard of education as in the sixth class of a complete state college. Examination for the "candidate" examination consisted partly in practical work, such as the preparation of an artificial' case, ac- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 327 cording to a model furnished by the examiners, and partly in oral examination, embracing: {a) The General Principles for Prosthetic Dentistry, or for making artificial teeth; and (&) Elements in Physics and Chemistry. When the candidate makes his application for the final dental examination he must present the following certificates: First. That he is twenty-one years of age, and of good moral character; Second. That he has the requisite knowledge of Anatomy, and has completed his dissections; Third. That he has passed the candidates' examination; Fonrtli. That he has served at least six months as "assistant" with a dentist, or in some institution recognized by the authorities. The examination itself consists partly in preliminary practical demonstrations, and partly in oral examination. The practical examination is passed under the supervision of a dentist appointed for one year as Examiner, and at such place as he may appoint. It consists partly in the making of one com- mon and one more complicated artificial case, made after im- pressions taken by the candidate for examination, from two per- sons selected by himself, needing artificial teeth; partly in oper- ations of the teeth in general. The party to be examined must procure and furnish his own instruments and the materials needed. The oral examination, when the already finished artificial specimens shall have been examined and accepted by the Exam- iners, embraces: First. The Anatomy and Physiology of the Face, Teeth, and the Entire Buccal Cavity; Second. The Treatment of Diseases of the Teeth and Gums, and the Preparation and Effect of the different Medicines used in Dental Diseases; Third. Knowledge of the Instruments used for Operating on the Teeth, their Use, and other subjects pertaining to the Practice of Dentistry. The next progressive move in dentistry and the dental exam- inations started in 1880. Already, in December, 1878, it was de- cided by the Dental Society at Stockholm to make an application to the King that the "Maturity" examination (corresponding to the degree of Master of Arts in the United States) be made 328 world's history and obligatory in order that the applicant could be admitted as a dental student. In a royal letter of March 7, 1879, the State Medical Board was, as a consequence, directed to draw up and issue further rules and regulations for examination, which were embodied in its cir- cular of December, 8, 1879, which declares that, "In order to be admitted as a dental student, the applicant must have passed the 'Maturity' examination at one of the State colleges of Sweden." At this time the fee required by the dentists from the student for a full course in dentistry was on an average 3,000 crowns. As the dental practitioners became more numerous, this instruc- tion fee has been somewhat diminished. February 15, 1864, a question arose in the Dental Society at Stockholm, to establish a Dental Policlinic "for free treatment of the poor, and for the instruction of candidates." According to arrangements of the society and with assistance from the same, said Policlinic was opened October 28, 1865. This institution is still in existence, under the name of the "Policlinic of the City of Stockholm for Diseases of the Teeth." The odontological instruction remained for a long period in this primitive condition, but after considerable preparation, dis- cussion, committee work and correspondence, Svenska Tandla- kare Sallskapet (Swedish Dental Association), on April 23, 1883, petitioned His Royal Majesty, the King, for an appropriation, in order to establish a " Policlinic for Diseases of the Teeth" where the students could receive instruction in Clinical Odontology, as well as in other branches of dentistry. Riksdagen (the Congress) for this purpose appropriated, in 1884, at once 2,415 crowns, and for the time to come 4,000 crowns yearly. This Government Policlinic for Diseases of the Teeth was opened in the beginning of the year 1885. [Note. — The above is from the Scandinavian Dental Society's Journal {Skandinaviska Tandldkare-Forenijigens Tidskrift), June, 1892, Dr. John Wessler, Stockholm, being the contributor ] In 1889 \he Gothenburg Dental College (Goteborgs Tandla- kare Institut) was established in Gothenburg through the efforts of two dentists of that city, Drs. Hj. Carlson and V. Bensow. Before 1892 only the first, or the " candidate examination," could be absolved at this institution, but by that time the college REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 3'^9 had become fully recognized by the Government, and the first student passed the final dental examination at the Gothenburg- Dental College. Before this time the student had to pass his final examination at the capital, Stockholm. The Faculty of the Gothenburg Dental College consists of a Dean (inspector), five professors and one amanuensis. The course of instruction embraces Prosthetic, Operative and Clinical Dentistry, Chemistry, Physics, Anatomy, Physiology, Histology, Oral Surgery, Pharmacology, Pharmacognosy, Toxi- cology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Metallurgy, Writing of Prescrip- tions, Irregularities of the Teeth, Bacteriology, Administration of Anaesthetics, etc. The number of dentists in Sweden was (June, 1894) 195. One M. D. is practicing dentistry. A few lady dentists also practice in Sweden. The capital, Stockholm, had about sixty and Goth- enburg (90,000 inhabitants), seventeen dentists. Four were practicing in foreign countries. As a comparison it might be interesting to learn that in 1850 Sweden had 15 dentists; in 1870, 29 dentists; in 1880, 35 dentists; in 1890, 102 dentists; in 1893, 166 dentists. Svenska Tandlakare Sallskapet (Swedish Dental Society) was founded in Stockholm in i860. Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental Society) was founded in 1865, and consists of members from Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland. The membership was, March 1, 1893, 136, viz.: From Sweden, 43; Norway, 41; Den- mark, 35; Finland, 17. Westra Sveriges Tandlakare Sallskap (Dental Society of West- ern Sweden), founded in Gothenburg in 1893. Syd-Svenska Tandlakare Foreningen (South-Swedish Dental Society). Odontologiska Foreningen (Odontological Society) was founded in 1888 by students (candidates) of The Policlinic for Diseases of the Teeth, at Stockholm. The society consists of students of the Policlinic and dentists who formerly studied there. When the Scandinavian Dental Society was founded, in 1865, there arose a question about the possibility or advisability of publishing a dental journal. At that time the project fell through, there being only eighty dentists practicing in Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland. 330 world's history and After some years, Dr. S. C. Bensow and J. Moller started the publishing of a quarterly journal. It was issued during one year only. A similar fate befell the next enterprise of this kind. It was a journal, published by Ax. Carsten. Died at one year of age. January I, 1885, the first number of Skandinavisk Tidskrift for Tandldger (Scandinavian Journal for Dentists) was issued from Copenhagen (Denmark), by V. Haderup and O'Klepsch. This journal was later removed to Stockholm, Sweden, and edited by Dr. R. Martin, its name then being Skandinavisk Tidskrift for Tandlakare (Scandinavian Journal for Dentists). It went out of existence with the end of the year 1889, but reappeared in Janu- ary, 1892, now under the name of Skandi?iaviska Tandlakare- For- eningens Tidskrift (Journal of the Scandinavian Dental Society), and was edited at Copenhagen, Denmark. Since January, 1894, the same journal is edited from Helsingfors, Finland. Odontologiska Fbreninge?is Arsskrift (The Odontological Soci- ety's Yearly) is the organ of the Odontological Society of Stock- holm. From a biographical sketch of the dentists in Sweden (edited by Dr. R. Martin, Stockholm) we take the liberty of borrowing the following interesting facts regarding the first dentists known to have practiced in Sweden: There is named one Johan Eberhard Ehrenreich, dentist to His Majesty, King Fredrik I. (1721-1751). He founded the famous porcelain manufactory Rorstrand, which is still flourishing. He is in the annals described as " quick, lively and ingenious." In the issue of Politie-och Commercie-Tid?u?igar (police and commercial papers) of March 18, 1758, is to be found an adver- tisement by a dentist, Dominicus Scarpetta. It reads: " The dentist, Dominicus Scarpetta, who, for several years, with his art has served His Most Gracious Royal Majesty and many other high noble and illustrious persons of this city with cleaning and extraction of teeth, makes known that he now lives in the city, cross over Kjopmangatan (Merchant Street) at Lilla Torget and Baggensgatan (Little Market and Bagge Street), second house from the corner, on left hand, third floor, where the shingle is shown, with Sauer, the founder. 1. He removes tartar from the teeth without any corrosive substances, and gives you a magnifi- cent English tooth powder for cleaning of the teeth. 2. He has a costly tooth-balsam which fastens the teeth and removes scurvy REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 331 from the gums. 3. He has a beautiful tincture which stops tooth- ache. 4. He fills hollow teeth and puts teeth in the mouth in an artificial manner. Moreover, he has a costly balsam for children to rub on their gums, so that the teeth may easily break through and not cause so much pain. He has also a fine corn-plaster, makes all kinds of trusses for old and young; and concerning young persons, he cures them entirely with comfortable bands, and thereto belonging medicines, in a short time, and he also has an external cure for all kinds of worms, with young as well as old persons." One Francois Beany obtained, April 19, 1768, from Collegium Medicum (Board of Medicine) a license to practice dentistrv in Sweden. According to his pass, he had left Livorno, Italy, in 1764, for Rome, Naples, Palermo, and other Italian cities. He also possessed a license from Florence, Toscana and from Wiirz- burg, in Germany. Furthermore, he had been practicing in Netherlands, England and Russia before arriving in Stockholm. He is supposed to have been dentist to King Gustavus III. ( 1771- 1792), as he drew a pension, and had to ask for leave of absence when he, in 1786, made a visit to France. One Simon tooth doctor, had, in the beginning of 1790, some controversies with justice. He left the country and did not re- turn, to the deep regret of many, according to publications in the journals of that time. A Frenchman, De la Barre, has the following advertisement in the official paper of August 8 and September 21, 1809: "The undersigned, French tooth doctor, summoned to Stockholm upon the command of Her Majesty, the Dowager Queen, having not been happy enough to correspond to this high place of confi- dence, and finding myself compelled to return to Paris, my for- mer place of residence, has herewith the honor to announce that fact . . . ." Further there are summons to his debtors to pay their debts. The Queen was Sofia Magdalena, Gustavus III.'s widow. Jean Baptiste Dubost, born at Lyons, France, 1772, was, in 181 1, appointed dentist to King Charles XIV., at that time Crown Prince. Dubost held that position for twenty-two years. The first dental examination in Sweden was held in 1838, E. A. Lindberg being the successful candidate. The first dentist who made gold fillings in Sweden is reported to have been Carl Emanuel Tellander. He received his license, or diploma, in Sweden in 1844. He died at Stockholm in 1877. 332 world's history and SWITZERLAND. (republic.) Area, 15,992 square miles. Population, 2,917,740. Capital, Bern; population, 46,000. It affords us great pleasure to be able to give the following sketch of dentistry in Switzerland, kindly contributed by Prof. Dr. H. I.Billeter, Zurich: " Dentistry has made in Switzerland nearly the same steps of development as in other parts of Western Europe. " The wars of the last centuries, the French revolution and the campaigns of Napoleon!, were not favorable for the develop- ment of our profession. So there were but few men occupied with the practice of dentistry during the first half of the nine- teenth century in Switzerland; in 1845 there were about twelve. The operations consisted chiefly in drawing teeth; tooth-filling was little thought of, and less resorted to, and performed with rather imperfect instruments and material. The principal thing done was putting in false teeth. Human teeth were fixed on bases carved from the tusks of the hippopotamus, or the sea-horse, or on stamped gold plates, or platinum, or silver. The artificial teeth being at that time so imperfect, of a single color (brownish) that they looked like coffee-beans. Later, as the artificial teeth were improving in form and color and the quantity of human teeth could not suppl)' the growing demand for artificial substi- tutes, much bridge work was made, with golden bars, pins and clasps, till the introduction of India rubber work displaced it for a long period. All this was done with the utmost secrecy. " In some of the cantons dentistry was free, every man could practice it without license. In some others there existed a kind of examination by a Board of medical men, who, of course, were not competent in dentistry. "But as time advanced dentistry advanced also. The dentists multiplied, as the public more and more required their help. In 1862 I begun my first lectures on dentistry at the University of Zurich. In the beginning these lectures were better calculated for dental instruction of practicing physicians in the country where no dental aid was to be found. In 1885 I was elected pro- fessor of the dental specialty; and now, in the recently con- structed building of the Policlinic, I shall have room for the clinical instruction of dental students. But a technical school is REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 333 still wanting, and the dental students are obliged to enter in the laboratory of a competent dentist to acquire the necessary knowledge. " Several cantons by degrees changed their dental legislation, adapting them successively to the real standing of the profession, and the advancing state of dental science, and appointed com- petent dentists for the practical part of the examination. " In 1881 the Canton of Geneva created a complete dental school, which, in combination with the Medical Faculty of the University, offers every opportunity for a thorough dental educa- tion. " The number of students at this L'Ecole Dentaire de Geneve was during the term, 1892-93, twenty-eight. " The school has issued seventy-three diplomas of surgeon- dentists. " The excellent clinical lecturer, Professor Redard, kindly procured me the notices of the number of those who frequented the lectures. But there still existed a great inequality in the different cantons of Switzerland, and in the year 1886, more than sixty dentists met to form a society, and directed a petition to the Swiss Government for a regulation of dental examination, to be valid all over Switzerland. Thus was created the present Swiss law of dental examination, which went in force in 1890. This law requires: 1. The maturity of an acknowledged gymna- sium. 2. Full medical studies and examinations up to the anato- mical and physiological examination of the medical student. 3. Lectures on general Pathology and Therapeutics, Pathological Anatomy, General Surgery and Special Pathology and Thera- peutics of the Mouth. 4. The statement of technical education at a recognized dental school, or in the laboratory of a compe- tent dental practitioner for at least two years. " Thus we hope that the Swiss dentist will be able to compete with those of other countries. " We have in Switzerland now ( 1893) about 279 dentists, as fol- lows: In Zurich, 36; Bern, 28; Luzern, 9; Uri, 1 ; Schwyz,6; Unter- walden, 2; Glarus,4; Zug, 2; Freiburg, 4; Solothurn, 8; Basel, 28; Schaffhausen, 4; Appenzell, 10; St. Gallen, 23; Graubiinden, 6; Aargau, 13; Thurgau, 8; Tessin, 3; Waadt, 33; Wallis, 1; Neu- chatel, 14; Geneva, 36. "The Swiss Odontological Society counts 125 members, with special sections at Basel, Geneva, Luzern, St. Gallen and Zurich. 334 world's history and " The ever active Professor Redard, at Geneva, founded in 1887 a monthly dental organ, The Archives et Revue Swiss d Odontologie, of course, of a rather pronounced French character. This journal was changed in 1891, by resolution of the Odonto- logical Society, into a quarterly organ, with two coordinated editors for the two principal languages of our land. The French editor is Professor Redard, of Geneva, and the German Theo. Frick, D. D. S., of Zurich." TURKEY (IN EUROPE). (empire.) Area, 63,850 square miles. Population, 4,790,000. Capital, Constantinople; population, 1,000,000. The dental law in Turkey is the same as that which applies to the medical profession. That is to say, that any one holding a foreign diploma must pass an examination before a Board of the professors of The Imperial School of Medicine, and if successful is given a certificate authorizing him to practice his profession, be it medicine or dentistry. This examination must be either in the French or Turkish language. The certificate can be of the first, second or third class, but there seems to be no difference in the rights or privileges of the different classes. The exact number of dentists in Turkey is very hard to get at, but that much can be said, that the country is plentifully supplied with dentists of almost every nationality and of all grades. There are American, German, French, Italian, Greek, Rouma- nian, Hungarian, Jewish, Armenian and Russian dentists, and, in fact, dentists of almost every nationality except the English. There are no dental societies, schools or journals in Turkey. Dental Kalender fur Deutschland, Oesterreich-Ungarn und die Schweiz names thirty dentists in Constantinople, but the num- ber is doubtless larger. AFRICA. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 337 AZORES. (PORTUGUESE COLONY.) United States Consul Lewis Dexter writes from Fayal, June 13, 1893: There are in the Azores three practicing dentists. Two are located at Pinto Delgade and one at Fayal, the one at Fayal having studied at Baltimore, Md. I can not learn whether there are any laws regulating the practice of dentistry upon these islands, unless it may be considered that the indifference of the people to the benefits of dentistry or, perhaps, in part their pov- erty, engenders what might be termed " laws," which the dentist must regard or be left without patients. * * * Most of the people on these islands still go to the barber or to the shoe- maker, who, for a small charge, with their forceps extract the offending tooth. BARBARY. This country or region of North Africa includes the States of Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, Fezzan, Barca and Tripoli. MOROCCO. Area, 219,000 square miles. Population, 5,000,000. Capitals: Fez, population, 80,000; Morocco, population, -50,000; Mequinez, population, 56,000. In 1892 there arrived from Boston an American dentist to Tangier. We ha\*e not been able to ascertain if there are any dentists practicing in the other cities. There are no laws in Mo- rocco regulating dentistry, nor that of any other profession. 338 WORLD'S HISTORY AND ALGERIA. (FRENCH COLONY.) Area, 319,465 square miles, Population, 3,817,306. Capita], Algiers; population, 74,792. In Algiers there are nine dentists practicing. Only one of them is a regular graduate from a college (l'Ecole Dentaire de Paris). There exists no institute where dentistry is taught, and no dental society. TUNIS. (FRENCH COLONY.) Area, 45,000 square miles. Population, 1,500,000. Capital, Tunis; population, 145,000. There exist no laws regulating the practice of dentistry in Tunis, no institution where dentistry is taught and no dental so- ciety. Tunis, the capital (145,000 inhabitants) has four practic- ing dentists: one Englishman, two Frenchmen and one Italian, besides the dentist to the Bey, who is an Italian, Dr. D. Oddo. TRIPOLI. (TURKISH PROVINCE ) Area, 398,873 square miles. Population, 1,000,000. Capital, Tripoli; population, 30,000. There is no dentist residing in Tripoli, but every year, for some years, the place has been visited by a dentist from Malta, There are no laws or restrictions regulating the practice of dent- istry in Tripoli. CAPE COLONY. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 233,430 square miles. Population, 1,458,823. Capital, Cape Town; population, 41,704. Since the passing of the Medical and Pharmacal Act of 1891, no persons may practice dentistry in the Cape Colony, unless they are duly registered, under a penalty of ^100 (one hundred pounds sterling), or six months' imprisonment. REVIEW OF DENTJSTRY. 339 The Colonial Medical Council (having one dentist as repre- sentative of the dental profession) recognizes all diplomas rec- ognized by the General Medical Council of London, England. There are eight or nine registered dentists in Cape Town, and a proportionate number in the other towns. Xo dental college exists in South Africa. At present there exists no regular dental society, "but after a time something may be done in that line," according to Dr. B. T. Hutchinson, of Cape Town, who has kindly forwarded us the above information. EGYPT. (empire.) Area, 400,000 square miles. Population, 6,817,265. Capital, Cairo; population, 368,110. Dentistry is taught at the Medical School of Cairo. Among the different foreign nationalities represented in the profession in Egypt are the American, English, French, Belgian, Swiss and German. [Further promised contributions have not arrived in time to be published in this edition.] LIBERIA. (republic.) Area, 14,300 square miles. Population, 1,068,000. Capital, Monrovia; population, 3,400. The following letter, received from Dr. Phil. T. Gross, Mon- rovia, speaks for itself: "Monrovia, Liberia, West Africa, November 10, 1892. "Dr. Herman Lenn.malm. "My Dear Sir : I am in receipt of yours of September 28 (through M. A. Aenmey, Esq., Swedish and Norwegian Consul), seeking information respect- ing the dental profession in this country, etc., and as I am the only dentist in this part of the world, it affords me great pleasure to give you the desired information. 340 world's history and "I have to say first of all that I am a native of the State of Maryland, hav- ing been born in the city of Baltimore, U. S. A. I came to Liberia with my parents when only three years of age, was reared here and received my edu- cation in the Mission School of the Methodist Episcopal Church. In 1864 I went to the United States and entered the dental office of Dr. C. S. Hurlbut, at Springfield, Mass., as a student of dentistry, being the first black man admitted in a dental office as a student. After remaining with the Doctor five years I returned to Liberia, and practiced about two years, returned again to the United States of America, opened an office in Baltimore, and practiced there about eleven years. In 1881 I returned to Liberia, where I am now practicing. "This being a new country, and the inhabitants not having had the advan- tage of early training in the sciences, they are rather slow in appreciating the great benefits to be derived from giving special attention to their teeth. Yet there are very many here who have very poor teeth, and some without any at all, and were they better informed than they are, I would have a great deal more practice. "As regards laws, regulating the practice of dentistry and examinations, there are neither in existence. In fact, there is no one here capable to exam- ine any one in the principles and practice of dentistry. "I must admit that I am not a graduate of any dental college — being a black man I was not allowed the rights and privileges of the dental college. I have, however, made the best use of the advantages I had, and have been engaged in the practice of dentistry for the period of twenty-nine years, gain- ing all the information I could from the pen of those most prominent in dental literature. Two American dental journals come to me regularly, oy which means I am enabled to keep pace with the progress made in the profession. "Your letter is opportune, and I congratulate you for what you have done in that direction, and I am glad to notice the change of sentiment in the United States respecting the educational advantages of the people of my race by the more intelligent portion of your race. "Trusting this will meet the end sought by you, I remain, dear sir, "One of the dental profession, "Philip T. Gross." MADAGASCAR. (kingdom.) Area, 228,500 square miles. Population, 3,500,000. Capital, Antananarivo; population, 100,000. In regard to the practice of medicine and the opportunities for medical education, Madagascar is far away from the front rank. It was not until 1863 that this country was opened to Europeans, and the Missions, but if one considers the short REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 341 period, it will be seen that even in that part of the world prog- ress is made, notwithstanding the fact that the Government endeavors to raise every possible obstacle against the opening of the country to the world. France now claims protectorate over Madagascar, and with- out doubt that claim can be made valid at any time. Several years ago the Norwegian Lutheran Mission, the Friends' Foreign Mission Association, and the London Mission- ary Society established a medical school for the purpose of edu- cating native students for physicians. Every year there are three to five graduates. Until the present day, however, no white man has been able to practice medicine among the natives, and so far, it is still absolutely impossible. In Antananarivo there are three French, two English and two Norwegian physicians, and four or five physicians in other parts of the island, but all are in the service of the French Government, or the Missions. Seven or eight years ago a druggist attempted to settle in Antananarivo, but it proved to be a complete failure. In the city of Tamatave there are located one druggist, who also carries on some other business "on the side," and two Cre- ole physicians. In Antananarivo one dentist, a Norwegian by birth, has located, and in Tamatave there is a dentist of Japanese extrac- tion practicing. Some time ago there were on the island some English physi- cians, and one Norwegian, who had a little knowledge of how to make common rubber plate work, and from those a few natives learned some. They managed to make a plate, in appearance good enough, but, as our informant says, "this kind of artificial denture was hardly apt to be used for any masticating purposes. From the same source we learn that "the natives do not make much ado about filling teeth, and they are not in the habit of cleaning the cavity, before filling it." Teeth carved out of bone are commonly in use, especially in the country. A prevalent practice, at least among the higher classes, and more in the country than in the cities, is to file the teeth. They take away two to three millimeters at the cutting edge, and this is considered elegant and beautiful, and still more so in times gone by. Any institution where dentistry is taught is, as a matter of 342 world's history and course, not to be found. A Norwegian, Dr. Guldberg, has had a couple of students, who, with his assistance, received a kind of dental diploma from the medical school, and both of them had for some time studied medicine. It is at present not possible for even a native to make a living at the profession alone, and both of those mentioned practice as physicians also. As a rule, the natives fear very much to lose their teeth, and, when necessary, are very desirous to get artificial teeth, but their paying power is so small that they have to be contented with the cheapest and simplest work. The Queen's dentist is a goldsmith by trade. The only European dentist is a Norwegian by birth. The prices for dental work are ridiculously low, and, by the way, the same thing is true regarding the fees to physicians and charges for medicine. The missionary societies distribute medicine two days every week. The charges are usually 4 cents for the medicine and nothing for the medical treatment. The French physicians distrib- ute medicine without any cost. Friends' Foreign Mission Associa- tion has founded a large and excellent hospital, with two physi- cians, one nurse, etc., and the Norwegian Mission has a smaller hospital with one physician, one nurse and one lady chemist. Another Norwegian physician is bishop at the mission, and instructor in medicine. Those missionary societies are, no doubt, very beneficial, but they make it almost impossible, if it is re- membered that they charge almost nothing, for a physician or a dentist to establish a private practice. Europeans in Antananarivo consist almost exclusively of Englishmen, Frenchmen and Norwegians. MADEIRA. (PORTUGUESE COLONY.) Population, 132,000. Capital, Funchal; population, 18,000. Through the United States Consul at Funchal, we have ob- tained the following information from Dr. Azevedo Ramos: Madeira, as a Portuguese colony, is subject to the laws which REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 343 in Portugal regulate the exercise of the profession. According to those laws no one can practice the profession of dentistry without passing an examination in the medical schools of Lisbon, Coimbra or Oporto. There are no obligatory courses for dental surgeons, but there is required of them the following: a. Certificate of examination in the French and English languages. b. Certificate of being over twenty-one years old. c. Anatomy. d. Pathology (external) and Physiology. e. Chemistry and Operative Surgery. Of Portuguese dentists, properly speaking, there is only one; but during the winter, in which season foreign visitors most abound, an English dentist visits the islands for two or three months. MOZAMBIQUE. (PORTUGUESE COLONY.) Area, 300,000 square miles. Population, 1,500,000. Capital, Mozambique. The Swedish-Norwegian Consul at Mozambique has kindly informed us in a letter, dated Laurenco Marques, June 6, 1893, that: There are no dentists practicing in the entire Province of Mozambique, and no laws exist regulating the practice. NATAL. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area 21,150 square miles. Population, 543,913. The following letter covers all information attainable on the subject of dentistry, of to-day, in Natal: " Colonial Secretary's Office, Natal, February 15, 1893. "Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111., U. S. A. "Sir: With reference to your letter of the 27th of December last, ad- 344 world's history and dressed to the Department of State, Pietermaritzburg, regarding the practice of dentistry in this colony, I have the honor to inform you that there are no laws affecting dentistry in force in this colony, nor are there any provisions in Natal for the examination of persons desirous of qualifying for the practice of dentistry. " There are, however, in each of the towns of Pietermaritzburg and Dur- ban, several thoroughly qualified dentists, who have taken out certificates of efficiency in Great Britain or in the United States of America, and who prac- tice in the colony. " No license to practice as a dentist in Natal is necessary. " I have the honor to be, Sir, " Your obedient servant. "C. Bird, "Assistant Colonial Secretary? ORANGE FREE STATE. (republic.) Area, 41,500 square miles. Population, 133,600. Capital, Bloemfontein; population, 3,315. The following communication, received in due time, needs no further explanation: Government Office,) Bloemfontein, July 17, 1893. ) H. Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. "Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 9th of June last. " There are as yet no laws regulating the admission of dentists, though a dentist pays a yearly license of ,£10. "All medical practitioners in the State practice dentistry. " I have the honor to be, sir, " Your obedient servant, " Herbert W. Bell, "Acting Government Secretary." SIERRA LEONE. (ENGLISH COLONY.) United States Consul B. Bowser writes as follows: " United States Consulai Sierra Leone, April 4, 1893 " Herman Lennmalm, D. D. S. " Sir: Your letter of March 2, 1893, at hand this inst. I beg to say there REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 345 is no dentist in this place. The people here are nearly all natives, a few Europeans only residing in the Colony. A dentist could work up a practice here in time, I suppose, if he could live on wind and promises. One came here and had to go away on account of no business. " The Europeans that are here go and come, and get their work done while away. The above is as I see things here; perhaps a dentist would see things in a different light. I am, sir, " Your obedient servant, " B. Bowser, " United States Consul." SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC. (OR TRANSVAAL.) Area, 121,854 square miles. Population, 610,000. Capital, Pretoria; population, 5,000. Through the " Gouvernements-Kantoor " in Pretoria, we have received the following letter, which needs no explanation. " Pretoria, South African Republic, February 27, 1893. *' Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. " Dear Sir : In answer to your letter of December 27, 1892, addressed to the Department of State, and requesting information on dentistry in the Trans- vaal, I beg to inform you that: " 1. No school of dentistry exists in the Transvaal. "2. The number of registered or licensed dentists in the Transvaal is three, although there are many unlicensed who are practicing. " 3. To become licensed, it is necessary to produce documents, showing applicant to be a properly qualified dentist, and to pay the fee of £h. " 4. I am sorry to say that there are no laws regulating the practice of dentistry, as it is not compulsory to become licensed. The benefit which the license confers is to enable you to recover fees in a court of law. " I am, dear sir, " Faithfully yours, "Gordon Messum, M. R. C. S., England; L. R. C. P. London. " Chairman Medical Board." 346 world's history and ZANZIBAR. (empire.) Area, 625 square miles. Population, 2 to 300,000. Capital, Zanzibar; population, 100,000. United States Consul C. W. Dow has kindly forwarded the following, in a letter, dated Zanzibar, June 7, 1893: "There is no law regarding the practice of dentistry in Zan- zibar. There is one dentist here, a Parsee, from Bombay, and he claims to have a license from the " College of Surgeons and Dent- ists" at Bombay. (See India.) He is, however, a poor workman, and as an extractor of teeth, is far inferior to the English physi- cian, who is located here. "The natives have no regular dentists, but there is a black- smith here who occasionally extracts teeth with an instrument very much resembling a pair of pinchers, and I assure you that it is tooth-pulling in its most primitive state. "A regular dentist would find a poor field here, as the European population is light. "There exists, of course, no dental school or society." ASIA. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 349 BRITISH BURMAH. Population, 4,569,170. Capital, Rangoon; population, 181,210. A consular authority writes from Rangoon, May 15, 1893: " Burmah being a British possession, the law here is the same as in British India. " Dentistry examinations are held at Calcutta, at the Medi- cal College. There is no examining faculty here. "There are three dentists (European) practicing in Burmah, all of whom are residents of this city. "There is no dental school or society here." CEYLON. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 25,364 square miles. Population, 2,887,091. Capital, Colombo; population, 110,500. Through the Principal Civil Medical Office at Colombo, we are informed that there is one qualified dentist practicing at that port, who visits any part of the island when requested. A consular authority says further, that there are no regula- tions governing the practice of the profession. Many dentists have been visiting the island from time to time, but they seem to have made only a precarious living. CHINA. (empire.) Area, 4,179,560 square miles. Population, 404,180,000. Capital, Peking; population, 1,000,000. We had the pleasure to receive in due time the following 350 world's history and letter from United States Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to China, Hon. Charles Denby: " Legation of the United States, ) Peking, March 24, 1893. ] " Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111., U. S. A. "Dear Sir: In answer to your letter of February 1, 1893, wherein you ask me to furnish certain information regarding dentistry in this empire, I can only express my regret that what I send you will, in its nature, be of little value to the profession in which you are engaged — dentistry being practically unknown to the Chinese previous to the advent into China of the Doctor of Dentistry from the United States. " The natives who practice dentistry to-day are those who have picked up a limited knowledge of the work from their association with the American professionals, and this does not extend further than extracting and putting in easy fillings. " There are no laws in connection with the practice of dentistry among the Chinese, no schools and no dental publications. "The natives have used for a long time a kind of white powder, which, it is said, when applied to decayed teeth, has the effect of loosening the roots and then renders extraction easy, but I am unable to ascertain the nature of the powder and its component parts. " It is estimated that there are not more than a dozen natives who practice dentistry in China, and these are residents at the various treaty ports. They do a certain amount of work among their countrymen, but the well-to-do Chinamen generally prefer to have their teeth attended to by the American dentist. The profession is well represented in China by men such as Dr. J. W» Hall, Dr. D. E. Peterson, and others. I have the honor to be, " Yours respectfully, " Charles Denby." Through the Consulate of the United States at Hong Kong we have received the following from Dr. J. W. Noble, Professor of Dental Surgery at the College of Medicine for Chinese, at Hong Kong: 11 There are no laws regulating the practice of dentistry, either in China proper, or in the treaty ports. Notwithstanding this, the foreign dentists located in the various ports are very capable, and entitled to be classed among the best in the world." Regarding the number of dentists in China, Dr. Noble says: "This question is rather indefinite; the dentists here are so nu- merous that even to but roughly estimate their number is, in the absence of statistics, simply impossible. I have endeavored to ascertain some definite information as to this from an official source, but to no purpose." The only school which teaches this subject is the College of Medicine for Chinese in Hong Kong, and which is connected REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 351 with the Alice Memorial Hospital. Professors of Dental Sur- gery are: Herbert Poate, D. D. S., and Joseph W. Noble, D. D. S. Dr. Noble further says: "There are no societies for the ad- vancement of dentistry, and their formation is unlikely. Jour- nals do not exist either, and we are dependent entirely upon the journals of England and America for current literature upon the subject." INDIA. (empire.) Area, 1,378,044 square miles. Population, 270,825,116. Capital, Calcutta; population, 685,000. Through Consul I. Ianni, of Bombay, we have received the following from J. M. Campbell, D. D. S., a partner in the firm of Bromley & Campbell: "There is no law in India regulating the practice of dentistry and, therefore, no examination is required. " The number of dentists, qualified and otherwise, practicing in Bombay, I should think would come to about fifty, of all denominations. I can not state the number practicing in India, but should say that the country is fairly crowded with them. " I know of no dental college in India." We are informed later that there should exist one " Indian and Colonial Dental Association" in Calcutta, but all efforts to reach it by mail have been fruitless, as the letters have been returned marked " not known " or " inconnu." JAPAN. (empire.) Area, 147,655 square miles. Population, 39,607,234. Capital, Tokio; population, 1,165,048. All dentists must pass their examination before the Govern- ment Medical Board, at Tokio. The candidates are examined in 352 world's history and Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Ethology, Medicine, Mechanical Dentistry and Practical Operations. The number of registered dentists in Japan is (June, 1893,) about 210. There are two dental schools in Japan. They are named Takayama Shika Igako and Koyima Shika Igako. (Shika Igako means Dental School.) One dental society exists in Japan. It consists of dental sur- geons and students. A dental journal is published monthly. It contains reports only of the dental society debates during the meetings. This journal is printed in Japanese characters only. Foreigners are allowed only in the open ports for business. There are three or four European dentists in Yokohama. JAVA. (dutch east indies.) Area of Dutch East Indies, 719,674 square miles. Population, 29,475,613. Capital, Batavia; population, 101,274. The following letter, for which we are indebted to the cour- tesy of Consul W. Suermondt, explains the situation: "Batavia, January 4, 1893. "Herman Lennmalm, D. D. S., Rockford, 111. "Dear Sir : In reply to your letter of November 11, I have the pleasure to give you the following information concerning dentistry in this colony: " Persons desiring to practice here must appear before a committee of physicians and surgeons, and will thereupon receive a certificate, stating that they are qualified for this profession. As the members of this committee are not themselves dentists, they must base their decision chiefly on the general medical education which the candidate may possess, without examining his ability in extracting teeth or making artificial teeth. "As to dental schools, they do not exist here. "Actually, there are here for Java only two professional dentists, one a Dutchman and one a Hungarian. Both reside at Batavia, but often travel over the whole island, advertising beforehand dates and towns where they can be consulted. As far as I can judge, they must have very satisfactory profits, but I am not able to mention any figures. Still they have many competitors, prin- cipally among Chinamen, who seem to be very skillful in making artificial teeth. " I have collected this information from my own physician, who is a man REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 353 of considerable experience, having practiced here for at least thirty years; and I see no way to give you any other useful information. I am, dear sir, " Yours faithfully, "W. SUERMONDT,' "Consul of Sweden and Norway at Batavia." In Sumatra there are some Chinese dentists and probably some European. KOREA. (kingdom.) Area, 82,000 square miles. Population, 10,528,937. Capital, Seoul; population, 250,000. The following letter from the United States Minister at Seoul was received in due time: " Legation of the United States, \ Seoul, Korea, December 13, 1892. \ " Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. "Dear Sir : I hasten to reply to your letter of November 3, received yes- terday afternoon, and I regret to say that there are no dentists' schools or dent- ists in Korea, and consequently no examinations and no laws regulating the practice of dentistry. " I am sorry that I can contribute nothing to the history you contemplate. I am, " Very faithfully, "Augustine Heard." PERSIA. (kingdom.) Area, 628,000 square miles. Population, 7,653,600. Capital, Teheran; population, 210,000. There are no laws in Persia regulating the practice of dent- istry and no examinations are required. There have been and still are only two dentists in Persia. They are both Swedes. In 1872, when the Shah, Nasr-ed-din, was travelling in Europe, Dr. Bertrand Hybennet, then practicing in Paris, France, became engaged as dentist to His Majesty. In 1889 Dr. Max Hybennet, who 23 354 world's history and had graduated in Stockholm, and was then practicing in Gothen- burg, Sweden, was also invited to come to Persia, and was engaged as dentist to the Shah and the heir apparent. They both reside in Teheran. AFGHANISTAN AND BELUCHISTAN. Dr. Max Hybennet, Teheran, Persia, writes October, 1892: " As far as we know here there are no dentists practicing in Afghanistan and Beluchistan, but in TURKESTAN. At Samarkand (about 40,000 inhabitants), I am told that a Russian is practing dentistry. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. (SPANISH COLONIES.) The Philippine Islands are upward of one thousand two hun- dred in number. Area, 114,360 square miles; population, 9,500,- 000. Little is known of upward of one thousand islands. Manila, the capital, in the Island of Luzon, has about 270,000 inhabitants. The Swedish-Norwegian Consul for the islands has courte- ously forwarded the following: "Dentistry is considered a branch of medicine. Thus no one can practice dentistry unless he has a Spanish title of 'Doctor en Medicina', 'Licensiado en Medicina,' or at least 'Practicante.' This last corresponds with what in France is called 'Officier de SanteV "In Manila there is one university which issues title of 'Licensiado,' but dentistry is not taught. "Spanish practitioners are, of course, at liberty to practice here, but foreigners must submit to an examination by the teachers of the university. ''In Manila there are but two dentists." REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 355 SIAM. (KINGDOM.) Area, 250,000 square miles. Population, 6,000,000. Capital, Bangkok; population, 600,000. Geo. B. McFarland, M. D., D. D. S. f of Bangkok, has most kindly contributed the following interesting sketch relating to our profession in Siam: "In Siam the practice of Scientific Dentistry, by fully qualified men, for any length of time, has been entirely unknown. A few wandering practitioners wishing for a vacation and knowing that there was no dentist here, have, at various times, visited Bangkok and made a stay of some months. The work was done almost entirely among the Europeans, as the natives did not appreciate what it was to have the members of their oral cavity repaired and put in good condition. After doing what work came to them, and after having seen the sights of the place, these practitioners went away, amply repaid for their time and trouble, judging from the rates of fees charged. These were simply exorbitant. Euro- peans suffering from want of attention were willing to pay any price to have the ravage of decay arrested, before it should go too far. Such prices ranged from five to eight dollars for simple extraction. No gold fillings, not even the smallest, for less than fifteen dollars, and anything in the way of artificial dentures was not thought of, on account of the great expense. "Before entering farther into the consideration of dentistry in Siam, I will answer briefly the questions asked in your letter. As to the number of dentists in Bangkok, there is, besides myself, a Hong- kong Chinaman, who (judging from his work) is a hundred years behind the times in supplying artificial dentures. I once had a patient who desired me to make for him a superior central incisor, to take the place of one this Chinese dentist had made for him. The tooth proved to be a piece of ivory carved to the proper shape and size, with a hole drilled transversely at the upper end, through which a copper wire had been passed and wound around the adjoining teeth on either side, holding it rather loosely in place. The man had worn this tooth, with considera- ble pain at first, for almost a year. During that time — partly the result of the disgusting habit of chewing betel — the adjoining teeth had become quite loose and painful. I dismissed him with instructions to take proper care of these teeth first, and to return 356 world's history and in a fortnight. At the end of that time he presented himself with the anterior teeth in a much better condition, and he is now wearing a black porcelain tooth which I put in for him. In reply to my inquiry he said that the operator had guaranteed the tooth to be strong enough to use in chewing betel, but on trying it once or twice both the teeth and wires were so badly strained that they became quite loose. With a good deal of curiosity I visited this Celestial of my profession, to see what stock he had in case mine ran out. After searching calling, and wading around in filth for some time, I finally risked my life on a pair of rickety back stairs and, having mounted them, I found the gentleman just aris- ing from his bed, beside which lay the inevitable opium pipe, a significant intimation of the habits of the man. Besides the bed, the only articles of furniture in the room were a few bamboo stools placed around a table covered with teapots, cups and dishes. With the aid of another Celestial who was busy cooking their evening meal in the same room, I managed to make myself understood in Siamese. " Finally, from among the bundles of joss sticks on a side shelf, this sleepy-headed dentist took down a small package and handed it to me. It contained some porcelain teeth with frag- ments of silver solder attached to them, which, I was informed, was part of a spoiled silver-mounted bridge work. He told me that he did no operating himself, nor did he keep any porcelain teeth, but said that his brother was on his way down from Shanghai, and that then he would be able to do any plate work for me in either silver or gold. Having satisfied my curiosity I was glad to get away and to feel that I was breathing compara- tively clean street-air instead of the fetid atmosphere in that dark office of my fellow practitioner. "The next question you ask is in reference to laws regulating the practice of dentistry here. This is easily answered in the one comprehensive word, none. Neither are there any requirements nor examinations. The nation has not come to feel the need of making laws to protect itself against reckless practitioners. The natives individually are, however, exceedingly cautious, and it is only after careful consideration that they will consent to have anything done in the way of dentistry. They much prefer to bear the pain of alveolar abscesses for weeks, and to live on nothing but the softest food until the teeth drop out of them- selves, rather than have them pulled, so great is their fear of REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 357 pain and of the sight of blood. This latter fear is something that I. cannot, as yet, understand, for they do not seem to have the same fear of blood from any other part of the body. " I had a case in point only a few days ago. While I was ex- tracting a tooth for a strong healthy woman, she fainted entirely away. Upon recovery she said the fainting was due, not to the pain, which was little, but to the sight of blood. I might relate another case, to show that there is occasionally severe and danger- ous hemorrhage from the gums among the Siamese. I had extracted a lower molar for a lady of rank during the morning. The hemorrhage was entirely arrested before she left my office, but on getting home the blood began to ooze out of the wound again; late in the afternoon a telephone message came, stating that in spite of the remedies given, the bleeding continued. I immediately prepared a strong styptic solution and sent it over, but was surprised when a messenger came for me in the evening, saying that the wound was still bleeding, and the lady quite faint. Without delay I went myself and applied the solid stick of nitrate of silver, with immediate stoppage of hemorrhage, much to the satisfaction of her husband, who had almost despaired of her life. Such accidents to the ignorant Siamese terrifies them, and to a certain extent accounts for their extreme fear and timidity. It has sometimes happened that while extracting a back tooth my forceps have struck a very loose front tooth, knocking it out, much to the surprise and delight of the patient. He had just assured me that this front tooth was still very firm and that he could not bear the pain now, but would come some time in the future and have it taken out. This intolerable fear of pain has made the introduction of nitrous oxide gas in the extraction of teeth most profitable. This gas is an entirely new thing in Siam, unknown until I set up the apparatus and manufactured it from the imported chemicals. During the past year I have admin- istered gas sixteen times with greatest success. The Siamese consider it a most beneficial novelty, so much so that I was asked by a man who had just come out from its influence, if I could not bottle some of it up for him, so that he could use it at night for sleeplessness. " The Siamese, as a nation, are very free from diseased teeth so common among other countries. This fact is accounted for as being one of the effects of the universal custom of chewing betel. This custom dates back to the earliest days of the Siamese and 358 world's history and surrounding nations, and was used originally, it is said, as a medica- ment to prevent decay of the teeth. This it surely does, but it brings also many far worse evils. The quid of betel, which is chewed as a quid of tobacco would be, is made up of several in- gredients. First a leaf of the betel-pepper,* which is spread over with prepared lime and rolled up, similar in shape to a cigar- ette, then a piece of the areca nutf , to which is added a pinch of tobacco, which is rubbed along over the teeth and then lodged dexterously either under the upper or lower teeth, causing a peculiarly bulging deformity of the mouth. There is a profuse flow of saliva, which is the color of blood, the lips are red and cracked, the teeth black, and the appearance of the mouth very disgusting to those unaccustomed to the sight. The habit is in- dulged in by both men and women, beginning when only chil- dren of five or six years of age, and is continued incessantly through life. One lady told me that she used about sixty quids a day. Its use is so general as to have become a matter of eti- quette, it being considered an insult not to offer it to a guest, nor to accept it when offered. Persons of rank never go out without having a well-stored box of betel carried along by a servant. " From the constant use of quicklime (which is dyed with tumeric, giving it a vermilion color), the oral cavity becomes excessively thickened and tough. For this reason plates once fitted seldom give any trouble, and there is nothing of the story of tender mouths to contend with. In enumerating the various conditions presented in the mouths of those who use betel, I would mention first the shrinking of the gums, with a deposit of hard lime along the roots of the teeth. This gradually increases, bringing on inflammation and excessive suppuration of the gums, with destruction of the sockets of the teeth. This condition favors the most aggravated form of alveolar abscess, with all its ill effects on the constitution. The most severe pain is often experienced by the patients, which prevents them from using the teeth in any way. The all-important betel is, in such cases, pounded in a mortar until quite soft, and then held in the mouth with the hope of relieving the offensiveness of the breath. After a variable lerigth of time the inflamed gums subside, leaving the teeth sticking only by the end of the roots. Then also, the con- stant habit of chewing betel, or at least holding the huge quid on * Serileaf Piper betel (L.). t Betel nut— Areca Catechu L. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 359 the tongue and pressing it against the loose front teeth, has the effect of forcing them out almost at right angles to the original natural position. I have seen persons only in middle life who could not possibly close their lips. " It is no uncommon thing to find the teeth enormously en- larged by the deposition of lime which is attached in layers around the teeth, usually those of the lower jaw. When such a tooth is extracted the layers often fly off in chips, and sometimes two teeth adhere so firmly that both must be extracted at once. The natives fully appreciate the advantages of artificial teeth, and so urgent are they in their demands for something with which they can cliew betel that they insist on having an impres- sion taken at once as soon as the old teeth are out, and can scarcely wait until the mouth is in proper condition. " The art of replacing artificial teeth for natural ones, by the natives themselves, is the only thing that I have heard of their attempting in the way of dentistry. " It is a well-known fact that one of the former kings of Siam carved and fitted for himself a full set of lower teeth out of the hard shell of a cocoanut. So opposed was he to being seen with- out teeth, that he kept quite secluded until he had finished his work. " Another well-known case is that of the late Regent's wife. This lady, whose husband was at the head of the government during the minority of the present king, replaced for herself, one by one, every tooth that she lost until she had a full upper and lower set. These also were made of the cocoanut hull and fastened by wires to a silver plate. After her death this set of teeth was found carefully wrapped up and laid away in a golden box. It is still carefully kept as an heirloom in the family. " The Siamese have a curious custom of preserving as me- mentoes whatever has been used by their parents. The teeth seem to be especially valuable as relics. Sometimes when I have been extracting several for a person, and in my haste have thrown them to all corners of my room, as soon as the job was over, a servant would be ordered to gather up the teeth to make sure that none were lost. These were then divided among the chil- dren. " Usually children of wealthy parents have these teeth pol- ished and ornamented with gold bands and jewels for watch 360 world's history and charms, or the cross section of a tooth is taken, and after being highly polished, is set with jewels in a finger ring. " Only a short time ago I heard a lady complain in this way: 1 I am now thirty-eight years of age and have given each of my children a tooth, but my father has had only two teeth taken out, and he has several children older than I am,' intimating that her chances for a tooth were not particularly bright. " Still another question I must answer is in regard to med- icine for the teeth. The Siamese as a people, are noted for their love of taking medicine. They take it, literally, by the bucket- ful, and for every little ailment. One of their most prevalent diseases is that they can not ' eat rice,' and for this they boil roots and herbs and drink by the potful. But they do not seem to have thought of any medicine for the teeth except the use of betel and ceri leaf, which they consider a remedy for the pain and foul breath attending abscesses of the teeth and gums. " There is one cause for bad teeth that the Siamese, as yet, do not realize, and this is the excessive and universal use of mercury as medicine, both internally and externally, and by all grades of society. " My paper, already too long, must now close, with the hope that it may add a mite to any interest that our profession may have in this far-away land. "Bangkok, Siam, June, 1893." STRAITS SETTLEMENTS. Include Singapore, Penang and Malacca. Population, 424,000. Capital, Singapore; population, about 98,000. From United States Vice-Consul J. Lyall, in Singapore, we have had the pleasure to receive the following letter: Singapore, S. S., February 28, 1893. " Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. " Dear sir : I beg to acknowledge receipt of your favor of November 13, last past. There is not much to be said regarding the profession of dentistry in the Straits Settlements. " Up to about five years ago Singapore was dependent on traveling dent- ists only. Since then an American firm from Hong Kong have established a permanent branch, and lately another American has started in business. These persons have plenty of work among the European residents. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 361 " The Chinese in the place, if they want a dentist, generally employ half- educated countrymen of their own, who have picked up what they know of dentistry while in the employ of European or American professionals in China. " The resident European population (there are very few Americans), according to the census of 1891, was, in Singapore, exclusive of military, about 2,300; of Chinese, about 122,000, the better class of whom, say a few thousauds only, may be supposed to patronize a dentist. " Other Asiatics, of whom there are some 50,000 or 60,000, may have some sort of dentist of their own among them, but there is no special information to be had on the subject. " In the Straits Settlements there are no laws regulating the practice of dentistry, no dental school, and no examinations. Anyone is at liberty to set up as a dentist. "The dentists here (the older firms, at all events), are first-class practi- tioners, and their charges very high. I am, sir, " Yours faithfully, J. Lyall, " Acting United States Consult Dr. John Rabe, who for several years has been traveling in those parts of Asia, has kindly informed us that there were (in May, 1893) m the Straits Settlements the following dentists: In Singapore, three Americans in two offices, and two or three Chinese offices; also in Penang two or three Chinese offices, and in Islangor one Chinese office. TURKEY (IN ASIA). Area, 729,170 square miles. Population, 16,133,900. The modern, educated dentist is scarce in the Turkish posses- sions in Asia, and it is impossible to get even the approximative number of dentists to be found scattered and traveling over the country. The following letter from the United States Consul at Jerusa- lem, Dr. Selah Merrill, explains the status of dentistry in that country, and may, in general, be applied to other parts of the Turkish possessions in Asia. "United States Consulate, ) Jerusalem, Syria, November 29, 1892. \ "Herman Lennmalm, D. D. S., Rockford, 111. "Dear Sir : Your letter of November 3 is at hand, making inquiries about dentists in this country. There are none here, and, so far as the natives are concerned, barbers do the pulling of teeth, and the foreigners usually get 362 world's history and a doctor to do such work for them. Recently a Jew has tried to set up as a dentist, and the same is true of a Greek, but both are common men and crude workmen and I presume get little patronage. "I have always advocated the coming here of an American dentist, one who was thoroughly master of his business and who should be married and his wife also able to do this work; for a man could not treat the native women very well, and especially would this not be allowed by the Mohammedan women. Almost every place in the world and almost every class of business is crowded, but here is a field unoccupied. "There is in Beirut, one hundred and twenty miles from here, an English dentist, or was, rather, as I am not certain that he is there now. "During my former term here, 1882 to 1886, and after I returned to Amer- ica, I tried to induce some young couple to come here and have a little patience till they got hold of the language. After that they could build up a business in a short time. They would have the cities of Gaza, Hebron, Jaffa, Bethle- hem, Nablous, besides Jerusalem, to get victims from. "This being only a half -civilized country, the people are uneducated, and many of them very poor; but they suffer all the same from their teeth and would, no doubt, welcome a person who could do good work of the kind in question. A person not well trained should be discouraged from coming here. I remain, "Yours sincerely, "Selah Merrill, " United States Consul" AUSTRALIA. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 365 FIJI ISLANDS. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 7,740 square miles. Population, 124,919. Principal city, Suva; population, 600. A consular authority writes us from Levuka, November 17, 1892: "There are no dentists here, either European or native. The colony is visited once or twice a year by dentists from other parts of Australia, and when the visiting dentist is a competent one he reaps a' good harvest, but we have no resident dentists here, although one would make a very good living. " The teeth of the Fijian native never seem to give him any trouble. As a rule, he is blessed with excellent teeth to the end." HAWAII. (republic.) Area, 6,640 square miles. Population, 80,578. Capital, Honolulu; population, 20,487. Dr. J. M. Whitney writes from Honolulu, October 26, 1892: "There are now practicing in Honolulu five regularly edu- cated dentists, besides Hawaiian quacks, Portuguese quacks, Chinese quacks, Japanese quacks, and what other quacks I do not know. We have a bill before the present Legislature, regu- lating the practice of dentistry in the Hawaiian Islands. " There is one traveling dentist who goes from island to island. "The Americans, British and Germans, and a few Hawaiians and Chinese, are about the only ones who call upon the regular dentists. " By the last census there were in Honolulu, males and fe- males: Americans, 1,198; British, 806; Germans, 306. 366 world's history and 11 On the other islands there are at each of the plantations a few of the above nationalities, and to these the traveling dentist offers his services. " The bill, above referred to, passed the Legislature, was ap- proved by the Queen, December 19, 1892, and took effect from that date. It reads as follows: An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the Hawaiian Kingdom. Be it Enacted by the Queen a?id the Legislature of the Hawaiian Ki?igdom : Section i. From and after the passage of this Act it shall be unlawful for any person or persons to practice dentistry in the Hawaiian Kingdom except upon a certificate issued from a Board of Dental Examiners. Sec. 2. The Board of Dental Examiners shall consist of three members, namely, one physician and two dentists, who shall be appointed by the Minister of the Interior, and whose first term of office shall be for one, two, and three years, and thereafter shall hold office for three years. The said Board to act without compensation. Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the Board of Dental Examin- ers to issue certificates of qualification to any person or persons at present engaged in the practice of dentisty who, within sixty days from the passage of this Act, shall file an application before said Board, under oath and sworn to by two or more reputable citizens, setting forth the fact that he has been engaged in the active practice of dentistry in the Hawaiian Kingdom for two or more years previous to the passage of this Act. Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the said Board to issue certifi- cates of qualification to any person or persons at present prac- ticing in the Hawaiian Kingdom who shall file an application in writing within sixty days from the passage of this Act and pass a creditable examination before the Board upon dental medi- cine and surgery. Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of the said Board to issue certifi- cates of qualification to any person or persons at present prac- ticing in the Hawaiian Kingdom who shall present within sixty days from the passage of this Act a diploma from a reputable dental college. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 367 Sec. 6. From and after sixty days subsequent to the passage of this Act the said Board shall issue a certificate of qualification to any person who shall present a diploma from a reputable dental college, or who shall pass a creditable examination before the Board. Sec. 7. Any person or persons receiving certificates from said Board shall present said certificates to the Minister of the Interior, who shall record same in a book kept for such purpose. Sec. 8. Any person or persons who shall violate the provi- sions of this Act shall upon conviction thereof be liable to a penalty of not less than one hundred nor more than five hundred dollars. Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed so as to prevent the extraction of teeth under circumstances of necessity. Sec. 9. This act shall take effect from and after the date of its approval. NEW CALEDONIA. ( French colony.) Population, about 60,000. No laws regulating the practice of dentistry are in existence in New Caledonia. There is no resident dentist, but now and then some traveling dentist visits the Island, and he can at once carry on his profes- sion, without hindrance. NEW SOUTH WALES. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 310,700 square miles. Population, 1,122,200. Capital city, Sydney; population, 381,730. The following Bill, intended to provide for the registration of 368 world's history and dentists, qualified to practice in New South Wales, was intro- duced in the Parliament of the Colony in 1892: A Bill to Provide for the Registration of Dentists Quali- fied to Practice in New South Wales. Whereas, it is expedient to make provision for the registra- tion of persons qualified to practice as dentists in New South Wales: Be it therefore Enacted by the Queens Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice a?id co?isent of the Legislative Council and Legis- lative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows, that is to say : 1. This Act may be cited as " The Dentists' Act of 1892." 2. In the construction of this Act, unless the context other- wise indicates, the following terms shall have the respective meanings hereby assigned to them, that is to say: " Minister" — the Minister for the time being charged with the administration of this Act; "Medical Practitioner" — a legally qualified medical practi- tioner; " Dental Board " or " Board " — the Dental Board appointed under the provisions of this Act; " Dentist "- — a person registered as a dentist under this Act; " Dentistry " — The extracting and stopping of natural teeth, and the fitting and adjustment of artificial teeth; 11 Register" — the register of dentists kept under this Act; " Registrar " — the Registrar appointed under the provisions of this Act; " Prescribed " — Prescribed by this Act of Regulations made under it. dental board and officers. 3. There shall be a Board consisting of seven members called the " Dental Board of New South Wales," which shall be consti- tuted as hereinafter provided, and shall have the powers and authorities hereinafter defined. 4. The first members of the Board, including the President, shall be appointed by the Governor in Council, for a period of three years. At least four of the persons so appointed shall be persons who appear to be eligible for registration as dentists under this Act, and the remainder shall be medical practitioners. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 369 If any vacancy occurs in the office of member of the Board during the period for which the first members of said Board are appointed, the Governor in Council may fill such vacancy by ap- pointing without previous election any dentist, and the person so appointed shall hold office until the expiration of three years from the date of the appointment of the first members and no longer. 5. In the case of future Boards the members shall be elected by the dentists, and the President shall be a member of the Board, and shall be chosen by the members thereof. At least four members of the Board shall be dentists and the remainder shall be medical practitioners. Elections of mem- bers of the Board shall be held in the prescribed manner. 6. No person shall be appointed or elected President or mem- ber of the Board for more than three years, but any person ap- pointed or elected a member of the Board shall, upon the expi- ration of the term for which he was so appointed or elected, be eligible for re-appointment or re-election. The Governor in Council may from time to time remove the President or any member of the Board. 7. A quorum of the Board shall consist of not less than three members. In the absence of the President from any meeting of the Board, one of the members present shall be elected chairman of the meeting. 8. The Dental Board shall conduct examinations for the purposes of this Act in the prescribed manner, and shall grant certificates in the prescribed form. 9. The Board may from time to time appoint a Registrar, and such other officers as it may think fit for the purposes of this Act, and may at any time remove any person so appointed, and may from time to time, with the approval of the Governor in Council, make By-laws for regulating the proceedings of the Board or its officers. REGISTER. /o. ( 1 ) A Register shall be kept by the Registrar to be styled the " Register of Dentists," which Register shall contain in one alphabetical list, according to surnames, the names of all dentists who are registered under this Act, and shall state the full names and addresses of the registered persons, the description and date of the qualifications in respect of which they are registered, and 24 370 world's history and shall contain such other particulars and be in such form as may from time to time be prescribed. (2) The Board shall, in the month of January in each year, cause a true copy of the Register to be sent to the minister, which shall be published by him in the Gazette. A copy of the Gazette purporting to contain a copy of such Register or any Regulations made by the Board shall be prima facie evidence in all Courts of Justice and in all legal proceedings whatsoever that the persons therein specified are registered according to the pro- visions of this Act, or that such Regulations were duly made. And the. absence of the name of any person from the latest of such printed copies for the time being, shall be prima facie evi- dence, until the contrary be made to appear, that such person is not registered. (3) The Registrar shall, in the execution of his duty in re- lation to the Register, conform to the Regulations and the By- laws of the Board, and to any special directions given by the Board. (4) The Board may, if it thinks fit, from time to time make orders for the registration in the Register, on payment of the prescribed fee, if any, and the insertion in the Register, of any additional diplomas, membership, degrees, licenses or letters, held by any registered dentist, which appear to the Board to have been granted after examination by any medical or dental authority in Her Majesty's dominions or elsewhere, in respect to a higher degree of knowledge than is required to obtain a certifi- cate of fitness under this Act. 11. The Registrar shall, from time to time, as occasion may require, make in the Register any necessary alterations in the name or address of any registered dentist, and shall erase from the Register the name of every deceased dentist, and in the exe- cution of such duties the Registrar shall, subject to the By-laws and the directions of the Board in any case, act on such evidence as in each case appears to him to be sufficient. 12. When a registered dentist has either before or after the passing of this Act, and either before or after he is registered, been convicted either in Her Majesty's dominions or elsewhere, of an offence which if committed in New South Wales would be a felony or misdemeanor, or has been guilty of any infamous or disgraceful conduct in his professional capacity, such person shall be liable to have his name erased from the Register. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 371 The Board may cause inquiry to be made into the case of a person alleged to be liable to have his name erased under this section, and on proof of such conviction or of such infamous or disgraceful conduct may direct the Registrar to erase the name of such person from the Register: Provided, that the name of a person shall not be erased under this section until he has been heard in his defence, nor on account of his adopting or refraining from adopting the practice of any particular theory of dentistry or dental surgery, nor on account of a conviction for a political offence out of Her Majesty's dominions, nor on account of a con- viction for an offence which, though within the provisions of this section, does not, either from the trivial nature of the offence or from the circumstances under which it was committed, disqualify a person for practicing dentistry. 13. Where the Board directs the erasure from the Register of the name of any person, or of any other entry, the name of that person or that entry shall not be again entered on the Reg- ister, except by direction of the Board, or by order of a Court of competent jurisdiction, but the Board may, if it thinks fit in any case, direct the Registrar to restore to the Register any name or entry erased therefrom without fee, or on payment of such fee, not exceeding the registration fee, as the Board may from time to time direct, and the Registrar shall restore the same accordingly. 14. From and after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, no person other than a medical practitioner shall be entitled to take or use the name or title of " Dentist," or of " Dental Practitioner," or of " Dental Surgeon," or any name, initials, title, addition or description, implying that he is registered under this Act, or that he is a person qualified to practice dentistry (either alone or in combination with any other word or words) unless he is a registered dentist under this Act. And any person who, after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, not being a medical practitioner or dentist registered under this Act, takes or uses any such name, initials, title, addition or description, as aforesaid, shall be liable on conviction to a penalty not exceeding twenty pounds for every day during which he so represents himself. 15. Every person registered under this Act as a dentist, and every medical practitioner, shall be entitled to practice dental surgery or dentistry in any part of New South Wales, and to sue 372 world's history and in any Court of law to the extent of the jurisdiction of such Court for the recovery of his fees or other remuneration of his profes- sional services in dentistry, or in the performance of any dental operation, or for any dental attendance or advice, and it shall be sufficient to state in the particulars or demand the words "for dental services," which shall include every demand for any dental operation, attendance and advice, and for any article supplied by the plaintiff to the defendant for dental purposes. 16. From and after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, no person shall be entitled to recover any fee or charge for the performance of any dental operation, or for any dental attendance or advice, or shall hold any appointment as a dentist or dental practitioner or dental surgeon in any hospital, infirmary, dispensary or lying-in hospital, or in any lunatic asylum, gaol, penitentiary or other public insti- tution, unless he is registered as a dentist under this Act or is a medical practitioner. 17. Any person who — (a) Is registered in the United Kingdom in accordance with the laws for the time being in force therein as a dentist or medical practitioner; or (d) Is entitled as hereinafter mentioned to be registered under this Act as a dentist; or (c) Has for a period of six months before the passing of this Act been bona fide engaged in New South Wales in the practice of dentistry, either separately or in conjunction with the practice of medicine, surgery or pharmacy; or (d) Has attained the age of twenty-one years and has been engaged continuously during the period of not less than four years in the acquirement of professional knowledge in dentistry, and has passed an examina- tion before the Board in the subjects prescribed by the Regulations, and who proves the facts to the satisfaction of the Board, shall be entitled to be registered as a dentist under this Act; but a person who has practiced as an extractor of teeth only shall not be deemed to have been engaged in the practice of dentistry. 18. Any person who has studied as a pupil with, or has been* an apprentice of, a dentist registered under this Act, and who REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 373 commenced his professional education or apprenticeship at least six months before the passing of this Act and who has been a pupil or apprentice for not less than three years, shall be entitled, on making a declaration in the form of the First Schedule to this Act, to be registered under this Act as if he had been at the pass- ing of this Act bona fide engaged in the practice of dentistry in New South Wales. 19. Any person who has practiced dentistry for not less than twelve months elsewhere than in New South Wales, and who holds some recognized certificate as hereinafter defined, and who proves to the satisfaction of the Board that he is of good char- acter, shall be entitled, upon the payment of the prescribed registration fees and without examination, to be registered as a dentist under this Act. The term "recognized certificate" means a certificate, diploma, membership, degree, license, letters, testimonial, or other title, status, or document, granted by some university, college, or other public institution, in a British possession or foreign country, and which is recognized by the Board as entitling the holder thereof to practice dentistry in such possession or country and as fur- nishing sufficient guarantee of the possession of the requisite knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dentistry. 20. When any person makes application to be registered in respect of any certificate, diploma, membership, degree, license, letters, testimonial, or other title, status, or document not speci- fied in the Regulations, the Board may entertain such applica- tion and deal with it specially, and may, if it thinks fit, give to such applicant a certificate of recognition setting forth that he is the holder of a recognized certificate, and the Registrar shall take such certificate of recognition as an authority to register such applicant. 21. A person shall not be registered under this Act by reason of his having been before the passing thereof engaged in the practice of dentistry in New South Wales, unless he makes appli- cation to the Registrar before the first day of July, one thousand eight hundred and ninety three, accompanied by a declaration signed by him in the form set out in the Second Schedule to this Act. EXAMINATION. 22. The Board shall from time to time hold examinations for the purpose of testing the fitness of persons to practice dent- 374 world's history and istry, and may grant certificates of such fitness to those persons who satisfy the said Board of their fitness on examination. The Board shall admit to the examinations held by it under this section any person desirous of being examined who has attained the age of twenty-one years and has complied with the Regulations (if any) as to the general knowledge possessed by such persons. 23. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for certificates to be granted under this Act by the Board, and for examination by the Board, as may be from time to time prescribed. REGULATIONS. 24. The Board may, with the approval of the Governor in Council, make regulations prescribing the mode of election of members of the Board, prescribing what certificates, diplomas, memberships, degrees, licenses, letters, testimonials, or other titles, status, or documents, will be recognized by the Board as qualifying persons holding them or any of them to be registered under this Act as dentists, prescribing the degree of general and professional knowledge required from persons applying to be examined for registration as dentists, and otherwise for the pur- pose of carrying the provisions of this Act into execution. MISCELLANEOUS. 25. Any Registrar or other person who willfully makes or causes to be made any false entry in, or falsification of, the Register, and any person who willfully procures or attempts to procure himself or any other person to be registered under this Act by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, any false or fraudulent representation or declaration either verb- ally or in writing, and any person aiding or assisting therein, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall on conviction be liable to be imprisoned, with or without hard labor, for any term not exceeding twelve months. 26. The Board may question any person who attends before it and any witness who may be produced before it, and may examine any person upon oath or take a solemn declaration from such person, and if any person willfully makes any false statement upon such examination or in such declaration, or utters or attempts to utter or put off as true before the Board, any false, forged, or counterfeit certificate, diploma, license, letter, testi- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 375 monial, or other document or writing, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall on conviction be liable to.be imprisoned for any period not exceeding one year. 27. All informations for offences against this Act shall be laid by the Registrar or some other person appointed by the Board for that purpose, and all penalties when recovered shall be paid to the Dental Board. 28. Any person registered under this Act who uses any letters, words, or initials likely to mislead the public as to his true qualifications shall be liable to have his name erased from the Dental Register. 29. The fees mentioned in the Third Schedule to this Act shall be payable, by persons applying to be registered, or obtain- ing certificates of registration under this Act, or inspecting the Register respectively, to the Registrar, and shall be applied by the Board in defraying the expenses and carrying out the pro- visions of this Act. The number of dentists in New 7 South Wales was, in April, 1893, 147. The Dental Association of New South Wales has its Regis- trars' office at Sidney. The officers of the association were, 1892-3 : President, Alfred Burne, D. D. S.; vice-presidents, Hugh Pater- son, M. O. S., R. D. S., and C. G. Hodgson, M. D. S., R. D. S.; treasurer, W. Turner-Halstead, D. D. S.; secretary, H. Taylor. NEW ZEALAND. (BRITISH COLONY.) .Area, 104,471 square miles. Population, 578,482. Capital, Wellington; population, 27,833. For forty years from the foundation of the colony, the prac- tice of dentistry was free to any person who chose to undertake it; but so much inconvenience was found to result from this ex- treme liberality that, in 1880, the Legislature passed an Act (44 Vict., No. 34) prohibiting the practice or profession of the art to any but those duly registered under its provisions. 376 world's history and An Act to Provide for the Registration of Dentists Qualified to Practice in New Zealand. [August 28, 1880.] Whereas, It is desirable to provide for the registration of persons practicing as dentists: Be it Therefore Enacted by the General Assembly of New Zealand in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: 1. The Short Title of this Act is "The Dentists' Act, 1880." 2. In this Act, if not inconsistent with the context: "Senate" means the Senate of the University of New Zea- land; "Dentist" means a person registered under this Act; "Registration" and "Registered," respectively, mean regis- tration under this Act and registered under this Act; "The said Act" means and includes the Imperial Act, 41 and 42 Vict., cap. 33, and entitled "The Dentists Act, 1878;" "Registrar-General" means the Registrar-General of Births, Deaths and Marriages. 3. From and after the first day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, a person other than a legally qualified medical practitioner shall not be entitled to take or use the name or title of dentist (either alone or in combination with other words) or of dental practitioner, or any name, title, addition, or descrip- tion implying that he is registered under this Act, or that he is a person specially qualified to practice dentistry, unless he is regis- tered under this Act. Any person who, after the first day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, not being registered under this Act, takes or uses any such name, title, addition, or description as aforesaid, shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding twenty pounds: Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to any person registered under the said Act, or to any legally qualified medical practitioner. 4. A pjprson registered under this Act shall be entitled to practice dentistry and dental surgery in any part of New Zealand; and from and after the first day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, a person shall not be entitled to recover any fee or charge in any court for the performance of any dental operation or for any dental attendance or advice, unless he is REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 377 registered under this Act, or is registered under the said Act, or is a legally-qualified medical practitioner. 5. Any person who: (a) Is registered under the said Act; (b) Is entitled to be registered under the said Act; (c) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery, either sepa- rately or in conjunction with the practice of medicine, surgery, or pharmacy; or (d) Is entitled to be registered as a foreign or colonial dent- ist, shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 6. Any person showing that he holds some recognized certifi- cate, as hereinafter defined, granted in a British possession, and that he is of good character, shall upon payment of the registra- tion fee be entitled, without examination, to be registered under this Act. 7. Any person showing that he holds some recognized cer- tificate, as hereinafter defined, granted in a foreign country, and that he is of good character, and either continues to hold such certificate or has not been deprived thereof for any cause which disqualifies him for being registered under this Act, shall upon payment of the fees be entitled, without examination, to be regis- tered under this Act. 8. The certificate granted in a British possession or in a foreign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certificate as is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such certificate, diploma, membership, degree, licence, letters, testimonial, or other title, status, or document as may be recognized by the Board of Examiners as entitling the holder thereof to practice dentistry or dental surgery in such possession or country, and as furnishing sufficient guarantee of the possession of the requisite knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dentistry or dental surgery. 9. If a person is refused registration as a colonial dentist or as a foreign dentist, the Board of Examiners shall, if required by him, state in writing the reason for such refusal; and if such reason be that the certificate held or obtained by him is not such a recognized certificate as above defined, such person may appeal to the Governor in Council, and the Governor in Council may, after hearing the Board of Examiners, order the Board of Exam- 378 world's history and iners to recognize such certificate, and such order shall be duly obeyed. io. When a person entitled to be registered under this Act produces or sends to the Registrar-General the document con- ferring or evidencing his qualification, with a statement of his name and address, and the other particulars, if any, required for registration, and pays the registration fee, he shall be registered in the Dentists' Register: Provided that a person shall not be registered under this Act as having been at the passing thereof engaged in the practice of dentis ry, unless he produces or trans- mits to the Registrar before the first day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, information of his name and ad- dress, and a declaration signed by him in the form of the Sched- ule to this Act. ii. The Senate may from time to time appoint a Board or Boards of Examiners for the purpose of conducting examina- tions and granting certificates under this Act. Each of such Boards shall be called Boards of Examiners in Dental Surgery or Dentistry, and shall consist of not less than six members, who shall be either qualified medical practitioners or persons registered under this Act. 12. The persons appointed by the Senate shall continue in office for such period, and shall conduct the examinations in such manner, and shall grant certificates in such form, as such Senate, may from time to time by by-laws or regulations respectively di- rect. 13. A casual vacancy in any such Board of Examiners may be filled by the Senate which appointed such Board, but the per- son so appointed shall be qualified as the person in whose stead he is appointed, and shall hold office for such time only as the person in whose stead he is appointed would have held office. 14. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificates to be granted under this Act by the Board of Examiners, as the Senate may from time to time by by-laws or regulations respect- ively direct. 15. If it appears to the Senate that an attempt has been made, by any Board of Examiners, to impose on any candidate offering himself for examination an obligation to adopt or refrain from adopting the practice of any particular theory of dentistry or dental surgery, as a test or condition of admitting him to ex- amination or granting a certificate of fitness under this Act, the REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 379 Senate may represent the same to the Governor in Council, and the Governor in Council may thereupon issue an injunction to the authority so acting, directing them to desist from such practice; and in the event of their not complying therewith, then to order that such authority shall cease to have power to confer any right to be registered under this Act so long as they continue such practice. 16. Any person who wilfully procures or attempts to procure himself or any other person to be registered under this Act, by making or producing or causing to be made or produced any false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either verbally or in writing, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall, on conviction, be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. 17. Any Registrar who wilfully makes or causes to be made any falsification in any matter relating to any register under this Act, shall be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. REGISTRATION. 18. The Registrar-General shall keep in his office a book in which shall be inserted the names and residences of all persons registered under this Act, which book is referred to herein as the "register" or "Dentists' Register." 19. On application made to him at any time for that purpose by any registered dentist, the Registrar-General shall issue to such applicant a certificate of registration. 20. The book as aforesaid shall be open to inspection by the public. 21. The Registrar-General shall, from time to time, erase the names of all registered persons who shall have died, and shall, from time to time, make the necessary alterations in the ad- dresses of the persons registered under this Act. 22. A true copy of the register aforesaid, certified by the Reg- istrar-General to be a true copy, shall, in the month of December in each year, be sent to the Colonial Secretary, and shall by him be published in the New Zealand Gazette of the colony; and any copy of the register so published shall be evidence in all courts of law and before all resident magistrates and justices of the peace and others that the persons therein specified are registered according to the provisions of this Act: Provided that, in the 380 world's history and case of any person whose name does not appear in such copy, a certified copy, under the hand of the Registrar-General, of the entry of the name of the person, shall be evidence that such per- son is registered. 23. The Registrar-General shall take and receive the under- mentioned fees: On application, one pound. Certificate of registration, five shillings. Any alteration of register, five shillings. Inspection of register, two shillings. 24. All fees accruing under this Act shall form part of the Consolidated Fund of the colony. By this Act registration was permitted not only to all who either were or were not entitled to be registered under the Eng- lish Act, or as foreign or colonial dentists, but to all those in the colony who, at the time of the passing of the Act were bona fide engaged in the practice of dentistry, such registration to be made before June 1, 1881. Provision was also made for the admission to the profession of future members' who should be entitled to registration on the certificate of a Board of Examiners, to be appointed by the Sen- ate of the University of New Zealand. In the Amendment Act of 1881 (45 Vict., No. 25) provision was made for the examination by that Board of any who should have served an apprenticeship of three years to a duly registered dentist. An Act to Amend "The Dentists Act, 1880." [23d September, 1881.] Be it E?iacted by the General Assembly of New Zealand in Parliament assembled, a?id by authority of the same, as follows: 1. The Short title of this Act is "The Dentists Act, 1880, Amendment Act, 1881." 2. In this Act, if not inconsistent with the context: "The said Act " means "The Dentists Act, 1880." 3. In addition to the persons mentioned in the fifth section of the said Act as being entitled to be registered under the said Act, the following persons shall be entitled to be registered: (1) Any person who for at least three consecutive years has been the apprentice or pupil of a person registered under the said Act, or the Imperial Act forty-one and REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 381 forty-two Victoria, chapter thirty-three, or of one or more such persons, and who has been continuously and wholly engaged during that period in studying the theory and practice of dentistry or dental sur- gery, and who within one year after the expiration of the said period of apprenticeship or pupilage shall have obtained a certificate under the eleventh section of the said Act. (2) Any person who shall satisfy the Registrar-General that he has been continuously engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in New Zealand for the period of five years immediately preceding the com- ing into operation of the said Act. 4. In all cases when any persons shall apply to be registered under the said Act, the Registrar-General may examine any such applicant and any person whom he may deem capable of giving evidence respecting such applicant, and may conduct any such examination upon oath, and for such purpose may administer oaths; and he may decline to register such person if for any reason he is of opinion that such applicant is not really entitled to be registered under the said Act. Provided that any person whose application has been refused under this section may appeal to a Judge of the Supreme Court on summons in a summary way; and such Judge may either order the Registrar-General to register such applicant, or may, support the Registrar-General's decision, and may in his discretion award costs against the Registrar-General, or against the said appli- cant. 5. If any person shall have procured himself to be registered by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, any false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either verbally or in writing, or if any person not entitled to be registered shall have been registered, or if any registered person shall be con- victed of any felony or misdemeanor in Great Britain or Ire- land, or in any of the British Dominions, the Registrar-General shall erase the name of any such person from the register, and such erasure shall be notified by the Registrar-General in the New Zealand Gazette. 6. The words " any Registrar w T ho," in the first line of the seventeenth section of the said Act, are hereby struck out, and the words " If the Registrar-General " inserted in place thereof, 382 world's history and and the word " he " shall be inserted before the word " shall " in the second line of the said section. 7. Registration under the said Act shall be effected by the entry in the Dentists' Register of the name, qualification and residence of any person entitled or claiming to be registered In compliance with the first Act the Senate of the University, although confessedly dissatisfied, by the imposition of their duty, without any previous communication, appointed a Board of Examiners at Dunedin, where alone there existed a school of medicine in connection with the University of Otago, and for ten years all examinations were consequently held at Dunedin. But during that period great complaints were made by pupils from the northern provinces on account of the expense to which they were subjected by the long journey or journeys (for, of course, pupils were not always successful) to so remote a spot, and strenuous efforts were made to persuade the Senate, in the exercise of its powers under the Act to appoint Boards in other towns. But they, fearing that such a course would lead to the issue of certificates, of value varying according to the varying reputations for strictness or laxity of the local Boards, firmly refused to do so. An Act to Amend the Acts Relating to Dentists. [21st September, 1891.] Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of New Zeala?id in Parliament asseinbled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: 1. The short title of this Act is "The Dentist Acts Amend- ment Act, 1891." 2. Whenever any person is refused registration as a colonial dentist or as a foreign dentist under the circumstances mentioned in section nine of "The Dentists Act, 1880," the Board of Ex- aminers shall, on the request of such person, appoint a time and place for his examination under the said Act, and the by-law T s or regulations then in force thereunder, and such examination shall take place within thirty days. And if sjuch person shall duly pass such examination in dent- istry he shall be entitled to a certificate and to be registered under the said Act, and all the provisions of the said Act so far as applicable shall extend and apply to the case herein provided for accordingly. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 383 3. " The Dentists Act, 1880, Amendment Act, 1881," is hereby amended as follows, to-wit: In line six of subsection one of sec- tion three thereof, the words " within one year " are hereby repealed. 4. Wherever the word "Senate" is used in "The Dentists Act, 1880," or "The Dentists Act, 1880, Amendment Act, 1881," the words "Governor in Council " shall be read and substituted in lieu thereof; and it is further provided that the Governor in Council shall appoint a Board of Examiners for each of the cities of Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, and Dunedin, for the pur- pose of conducting examinations and granting certificates under the Dentists Acts and this Act. By the Amendment Act of 1891 (54, 55 Vict,, No. 38) the powers vested by the original Act in Senate of the University of New Zealand were vested in the Governor in Council, and the appointment, by the Government, of Boards of Examiners in Wellington, Auckland, Christchurch and Dunedin was made com- pulsory. The number of dentists in New Zealand was, in 1892, as fol- lows: Auckland, 24; Dunedin, 22; Wellington, 15; Christchurch, 8; Invercargill, 6; Nelson, 5; New Plymouth, 5; Wanganui, 5; Napier, 4; Lawrence, 3; Oamaru, 2; Pahiatua, 2; Port Chalmers, 2; Timaru, 2, and twenty-nine dentists for twenty-nine more cities and towns. Three dentists registered in New Zealand had since left the colony. Of those one was a graduate from the University of Maryland, United States, and two from Namur, Belgium. The whole number of registered dentists living in New Zealand thus being, in 1892, 134. The New Zealand Dental Association was formed in 1889. We reprint the following from a New Zealand journal regarding the formation of the society: "At a conference of New Zealand dentists, held at Mr. Raw- son's house in Wellington on July 1, and two succeeding days, the following gentlemen were present: Messrs. Boot and Frank Armstrong, representing Otago; Mr. Greenwood, Wanganui; Mr. Purdie, Canterbury; Mr. Rawson, Wellington and Auckland. Messrs. Hoby, Hall and Bulkley,of Wellington, were also present. "Mr. Boot was voted to the chair and Mr. Frank Armstrong appointed secretary pro tern. The following resolutions were car- ried: "'That it is desirable that an association be formed, to be 384 WORLD S HISTORY AND called the New Zealand Dental Associaton, and that the neces- sary steps be taken to constitute the same. " ' That the objects of the Association shall be to watch over and further the general interests of the profession (with special reference to the carrying out the spirit and provisions of the Dentists Act, 1880, or any amendments thereof), and for any other purpose that may appear desirable. " 'That duly qualified practitioners entitled to be placed on the Dentists' Register of New Zealand, alone be eligible for mem- bership in this Association, and that it shall be supported by an- nual contributions.' " For the above thorough information we are indebted to Dr. W. G. Mantell, of Wellington. QUEENSLAND. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 668,497 square miles. Population, 406,658. Capital, Brisbane; population, 32,567. There is (at the beginning of 1893) no law relating to the practice of dentistry in Queensland. A dental bill was intro- duced in the parliament in 1892, but was thrown out. The Dental Association of Queensland anticipated the safe passage of the same bill during 1893. The Dental Association of Queensland had (1891-92) twenty- three members. The colony is well supplied with dentists, but we have not been able to ascertain the exact number. SOUTH AUSTRALIA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 903,690 square miles. Population, 324,484. Capital, Adelaide; population, 125,000. There is no special law regulating the practice of dentistry in REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 385 the colony of South Australia; nor is there, and never was, any dental school In the beginning of 1893 twenty dentists were practicing in the colony, mostly in Adelaide. TASMANIA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 26,215 square miles. Population, 151,480. Capital, Hobart; population, 21,118. Through the courtesy of Dr. A. Lucadou Wells, Honorary Dental Surgeon at the General Hospital at Launceston, we are able to give the following account of dentistry of Tasmania. The first law regarding the practice of dentistry in Tasmania dates from November 24, 1884, and reads as follows: An Act to Provide for the Registration of Dentists Quali- fied to Practice in Tasmania. [November 24, 1884.] Whereas, It is expedient that provision be made for the regis- tration of persons specially qualified to practice as dentists in< Tasmania, and that the law relating to persons practicing as dent- ists be otherwise amended: Be it therefore Enacted by His Excelle?icy the Governor of Tasmania, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and House of Assembly , in Parliament assembled, as follows: 1. The short title of this Act is " The Dentists Act, 1884." 2. In this Act, if not inconsistent with the context: " Dentist " means a person registered under this Act: a Registration " and " registered " respectively mean regis- tration under this Act, and registered under this Act "The said Act" means the Act of the Imperial Parliament to amend the law relating to dental practitioners, and cited as the Dentists Act, 1878. "Registrar" means the Registrar of Births, Deaths and Marriages. 3. From and after the first day of January, one thousand eight 25 386 world's history and hundred and eighty-five, a person other than a legally qualified medical practitioner shall not be entitled to take or use the name or title of Dentist (either alone or in combination with other words), or of Dental Surgeon, Surgeon Dentist, Dental Practi- tioner, or any name, title, addition, or description implying that he is registered under this Act, or that he is a person specially qualified to practice dentistry and dental surgery, unless he is registered under this Act. A person registered under this Act shall be entitled to practice dentistry or dental surgery in any part of Tasmania; and from and after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five, no person shall be entitled to take or receive any fee or charge for the performance of any dental operation, or for any dental attendance, prescription, or advice, unless he is regis- tered under this Act or is registered under the said Act, or is a legally qualified medical practitioner. 4. Any person who, after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five, not being registered under this Act, takes or uses any such name, title, addition, or description as aforesaid, or takes or receives any fee or charge for the per- formance of any dental operation, attendance, prescription, or ad- vice, shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding fifty pounds, to be recovered in a summary way before any two Justices of the Peace in the mode prescribed by the Magistrates' Summary Procedure Act: Provided that nothing in this Section shall apply to any legally qualified medical practitioner. 5. Any person who — (a) Is registered under the said Act; (&) Is entitled to be registered under the said Act; (c) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in any part of Tasmania in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery, either on his own behalf or as assistant to some person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery, either separately or in conjunction with the practice of medicine, surgery, or pharmacy-; (d) Holds any recognized certificate, hereinafter defined. granted in any British possession or foreign country; or (e) Has been for at least three consecutive years the ap- prentice or pupil of a person registered under this Act or the said Act, or of one or more such persons, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 387 and who has been continuously and wholly engaged during that period in the practice of dentistry, and shall have obtained a license under the 14th and 15th sections of this Act; shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 6. The certificate granted in a British possession or in any foreign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certifi- cate as is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such certificate, diploma, membership degree, license, letters testi- monial, or other title, status, or document as may be recognized by the Board of Examiners as furnishing a sufficient guarantee of the possession of the requisite knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dentistry or dental surgery. 7. Any person who has been articled as a pupil to a dental practitioner entitled to be registered under this Act, in considera- tion of receiving from such practitioner a complete dental educa- tion, shall, if his articles expire before the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five, be entitled to be registered under this Act as though he had been in bona fide practice before the passing of this Act. Moreover, it shall be lawful for the Governor in Council, by special order, to dispense with such of the certificates, examinations, or other conditions for registration in the Dentists' Register required under the pro- visions of this Act, or under any regulations made by its author- ity, as to him may seem fit, in favor of any dental students or ap- prentices who have commenced their professional education or apprenticeship before the commencement of this Act. 8. If any person is refused registration the Board of Ex- aminers shall, if required by him, state in writing the reason for such refusal; and if such reason be that the certificate held or obtained by him is not such a recognized certificate as before defined, such person may appeal to the Governor in Council, and the Governor in Council may, after hearing the Board of Ex- aminers, order the said Board to recognize such certificate or otherwise, and such order shall be duly obeyed. 9. When a person entitled to be registered under this Act produces or sends to the Registrar the document conferring or evidencing his qualification, with a statement of his name and address and other particulars, if any, required for registration, and pays the registration fee, he shall be registered in the Dent- ists' Register: Provided that a person shall not be registered WORLD S HISTORY AND under this Act as having been at the passing thereof engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery unless he produces or transmits to the Registrar before the first day of June, one thou- sand eight hundred and eighty five, information of his name and address, and a declaration signed by him in the form of the schedule to this Act. io. The Registrar shall refer any doubtful application for registration under this Act to the Board of Examiners, who may decline to register such person or otherwise, as they may think fit. 11. Any person who willfully procures or attempts to pro- cure himself or any other person to be registered under this Act by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, any false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either verbally or in writing, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall on conviction be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceed- ing twelve months. 12. The Board of Examiners shall cause to be erased from the Dentists' Register any entry which has been incorrectly or fraudulently made. And any person registered in the Dentists' Register, who has, either before or after the passing of this Act, and either before or after he is so registered, been convicted, either in Her Majesty's dominions or elsewhere, of any felony or misdemeanor, or been guilty of any infamous or disgraceful con- duct in a professional respect, the name of any such person shall be erased from the Register, and such erasure shall be notified by the Registrar in the Hobart Gazette. 13. If the Registrar willfully makes or causes to be made any falsification in any matter relating to any register under this Act, he shall be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceed- ing twelve months. 14. The Governor in Council shall from time to time, upon the written recommendation of the Court of Medical Examiners, appoint a Board or Boards of Examiners for the purpose of con- ducting examinations and granting certificates and licenses under this Act. j Each of such Boards shall be called Boards of Ex- aminers in Dental Surgery and Dentistry, and shall consist of not less than four members, one-half of whom at least shall be per- sons registered under this Act. 15. The persons appointed by the Governor in Council shall continue in office for such period, and shall conduct examinations REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. . 389 in such manner, and shall grant certificates and licenses in such form, as the Governor in Council may from time to time by regu- lations direct. 16. A casual vacancy in any such Board of Examiners may be filled by the Governor in Council upon such written recom- mendation as aforesaid; but the person so appointed shall be qualified as the person in whose stead he is appointed, and shall hold office for such time only as the person in whose stead he is appointed would have held office. 17. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificates or licenses to be granted under this Act by the Board of Examiners as the Governor in Council may from time to time by regulations direct. REGISTRATION. 18. A Register shall be kept by the Registrar, to be styled the Dentists' Register, and shall contain in one alphabetical list the names of all persons registered under this Act, together with their qualifications and places of residence. 19. On application made to him at any time for that purpose by any registered dentist, the Registrar shall issue to such appli- cant a Certificate of Registration. 20. The Dentists' Register as aforesaid shall be open to inspection by the public. 21. The Registrar shall from time to time erase the names of all registered persons who shall have died; and shall from time to time make the necessary alterations in the addresses of the persons registered under this Act. 22. A true copy of the Register aforesaid, certified by the Registrar-General to be a true copy, shall, in the month of De- cember in each year be sent to the Chief Secretary, and shall by him be published in the Hobart Gazette ; and any copy of the Register so published shall be evidence in all civil and criminal proceedings whatsoever. 23. The Registrar shall take and receive the under-mentioned fees: £ s. d. On application 1 Certificate of Registration 5 Any alteration of Register 5 Inspection of Register 2 6 24. All fees accruing under this Act shall be paid into the 390 . world's history and Treasury and form part of the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the Colony. The next step in dental legislation dates from November 28, 1890, and reads thus: An Act to Amend "The Dentists Act, 1884." [28 November, 1890.} Whereas, It is desirable to amend "The Dentists Act, 1884," in the manner hereinafter appearing: Be it therefore Enacted by His Excelle?icy the Governor of Tasmania, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and House of Assembly, i?i Parliament assembled, as follows: 1. This Act may be cited for all purposes as "The Dentists Amendment Act, 1890." 2. Sub-section 'V of section five of "The Dentists Act, 1884," is hereby repealed, and in lieu thereof the following shall be deemed to be and may be cited as sub-section u e" of "The Dentists Act, 1884;" that is to say — "Has been for at least four consecutive years the apprentice or pupil of a person registered under this Act or the said Act, or entitled to be registered under this Act or the said Act, or of one or more such persons successively, and has been continuously and actually engaged during that period in the practice of dent- istry, and has attended a course of lectures and hospital practice at the Dental Department of the Hobart or Launceston General Hospital, or at any hospital recognized for the purpose by the Dental Board of Examiners, during a period of at least two years, upon such days and during such hours as the Dental Board of Examiners, with the approval of the Governor in Council, may from time to time by regulations direct, and shall have obtained a license under the fourteenth and fifteenth sections of this Act; and such reasonable fees shall be paid for attendance upon lec- tures and hospital practice as the Governor in Council may approve." 3. This Act and "The Dentists Act, 1884," save as amended by this Act, shall be read and construed together as one Act. The following government notice, No. 579, is of June 9, 1890: GOVERNMENT NOTICE. (No. 579.) Chief Secretary's Office, 9th June, 1890. The Governor in Council has been pleased, in accordance with REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 391 the provisions of Sections 15 and 17 of " The Dentists Act, 1884," 48 Victoria, No. 31, to make the following regulations. By His Excellency's command, B. Stafford Bird, for Chief Secretary, absent. Regulations under "The Dentists Act, 1884," 48 Vict., No. 31. 1. Each member of the Board of Examiners shall continue in office during the pleasure of the Governor in Council: Provided that any member may resign by sending a written notice of his resignation to the chief Secretary. 2. The Board of Examiners constituted under the said Act shall appoint one of their body to be Chairman of the Board, and such appointment shall be notified in the Hobart Gazette. The Chairman so appointed shall be the official organ of communica- tion of the Board. 3. Three members of the Board shall form a quorum. 4. There shall be two meetings of the Board in each year for the examination of candidates, one of such meetings to be holden in the month of January and the other in the month of July: Provided, that the Board may, in their discretion, and in any special case, appoint any time for an examination. 5. Every candidate for examination shall give to the Board notice in writing of his intention to present himself for examina- tion at least one calendar month before the first day of the month of January or July as the case may be, in which the examination will be held at which he so intends to present himself: Provided, that the Board may in any special case dispense with such notice or any notice. 6. The following are the subjects in which candidates shall be examined: 1. General Anatomy and Physiology (chiefly of the head and neck). 2. General Surgery and Pathology (chiefly of the head and neck). 3. Dental Anatomy and Physiology (human and compar- ative). 4. Dental Surgery and Pathology. 5. Gold and other fillings. 6. Chemistry. 7. Metallurgy. 8. Mechanical Dentistry, with practical tests. 392 world's history and 7. The examination shall be conducted by written or printed questions, to which the candidate shall give written answers, and also by oral questions and answers. There shall be a paper upon each of the above subjects, containing not fewer than two nor more than six questions. The time allowed for answering each paper shall be such time, not less than one nor more than three hours, as the examiner notifies on the paper. Each candidate will be required to execute and show specimens of mechanical work in gold, vulcanite, or celluloid, as the examiners may decide. 8. The examination shall be conducted on the system of marks; and no candidates shall be deemed to have passed the examination who fails to attain the standard fixed by the Board for each subject. 9. The fee for each license shall be £1 is. 10. The form of the license to be granted under the said Act shall be as follows: No License Granted by the Board of Examiners under " The Dentists Act, 1884," 48 Vict., No. 31. We, the undersigned members of the Board of Examiners in Dental Surgery and Dentistry, under " The Dentists Act, 1884," do hereby certify that having carefully examined we find fully qualified to practice dental surgery and dentistry in any part of Tasmania; and we further certify that he is now entitled to be registered in the Dentists' Register under the said Act. Dated this day of 18 ... . Chairman. Members of the Board of Examiners. In order to meet the requirements, and in accordance with the provisions of Sub-section " E " of Section 5, of " The Dentists Act, 1884;" 48 Victoria, No. 31, the following rules and regu- lations have been framed by the Board of Examiners in dental surgery and dentistry: review of dentistry. 393 Regulations Respecting the Education and Examination of Candidates for the Diploma in Dental Surgery and Dentistry Granted by the Dental Board of Examiners under Sub-section "E" of Section 5, of "The Dent- ists Act, 1884." 1. Candidates shall (except in cases hereinafter providedfor) produce evidence showing that they have completed the follow- ing educational course: (a) Of having been engaged during a period of four years in the acquirement of professional knowledge, and in obtaining a practical familiarity with the details of Mechanical Dentistry under the instruction of a com- petent practitioner. (&) Matriculation at the University of Tasmania or the passage of some examination recognized by the Uni- versity as equivalent thereto, such matriculation or ex- amination to include passing in English, Latin, and Arithmetic, as compulsory subjects. And in one of the following optional subjects, Greek, French, German, or other modern language, Botany, Zoology, Elementary Chemistry, Elementary Mechanics. (c) Attendance at a recognized dental hospital or in the Dental Department of a recognized general hospital, the practice of dental surgery during the period of not less than two years. (d) Attendance at a recognized school or schools upon the following courses of lectures and demonstrations, deliv- ered by lecturers or teachers recognized by the Dental Board of Examiners, namely: (1) One course of not less than twenty lectures upon General Anatomy. (2) One course of not less than twenty lectures upon General Physiology. (3) One course of demonstrations on Anatomy by dissec- tions (chiefly of the head and neck). {4) One course of not less than twelve lectures on Gen- eral Surgery. (5) One course of not less than twelve lectures on Gen- eral Pathology. (6) Of having performed dissections at a recognized school during not less than twelve months. 394 world's history and (7) Of having attended at a recognized hospital or hos- pitals a course of clinical lectures on General Surgery and Pathology, chiefly of the head and neck, during not less than twelve months. (8) Of having attended at a recognized school the fol- lowing courses of lectures and demonstrations upon the more special subjects of dental education by lecturers or teachers recognized by the Board of Examiners. (9) Two courses of lectures on Dental Anatomy and Physiology, human and comparative. (10) Two courses of lectures on Dental Surgery and Pathology. (11) Two courses of lectures on Mechanical Dentistry. (12) One course of not less than twelve lectures on Dental Materia-Medica and Therapeutics. (13) One course of not less than twelve lectures each on Metallurgy and Chemistry in their application to the practice of dentistry. (14) One course of demonstrations on Practical Dental Mechanics. 2. In addition to a special acquaintance with Anatomy, Physiology, Surgery, Pathology, Chemistry and Materia Medica in their particular relations to the practice of dentistry, and with the Surgical Anatomy and Physiology, of the organs of Masti- cation, Deglutition, Taste and Articulation, candidates are ex- pected to possess a general knowledge of, at least, the following subjects of examination: (a) General Anatomy and Physiology. (1) The skeleton in general, the anatomical characters and articulations of the bones; with the muscles of the upper and lower. extremities. (2) The names and positions of the principal blood ves- sels and nerves, and the form and relations of the viscera of the chest and abdomen, with a knowledge of their structure. (3) General anatomy of the brain andintercranial nerves. (4) JThe structure and properties of the principal tissues of the body. (5) General knowledge of the functions of digestion, absorption, circulation, respiration, secretion, motion, and sensation. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 395 (&) Medicine, Surgery, and Materia Medica. (i) The nature and treatment of inflammation, hemorrhage, wounds, fractures, and dislocations; along with a general knowledge of the uses of anaesthetics during operations, the signs or asphyxia, syncope, and the treatment of threatened death from anaesthetics. (2) Injuries and diseases of the jaws, mouth, fauces, and adjacent parts. (3) A general knowledge of the action of narcotics, emetics, purgatives, depressants, stimulants, tonics, etc., with examples of the commoner substances used as each, and the modes of their prescription. EXAMINATIONS. 3. An examination is held after the student has completed his first year of hospital practice, upon each of the subjects in- cluded in the first year's course, namely, Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, and Metallurgy; and a second or final examination at the expiration of the last year spent in hospital training, upon the more practical and special subjects of the curriculum; namely, Surgery and Pathology, Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Opera- tive and Mechanical Dentistry. FEES, ETC. The fee for the diploma and examination before the Dental Board is six guineas. A candidate failing to satisfy the Board of Examiners may be referred back to his studies for a period of not less than three months, when he may again present himself for examination upon payment of two guineas. A candidate may present himself for examination before attaining the age of twenty-one years, but the license to practice will not be granted until he has attained that age. Candidates being twenty-one years of age, who have passed their examination, and paid the necessary fees, shall be entitled to the license granted by the Board of Examiners under the 14th and 15th sections of "The Dentists Act, 1884." (See Government Notice, No. 579, published in Gazette, 9th June, 1890.) DECLARATION. Each candidate, before receiving his diploma, shall sign the following declaration: " I hereby promise faithfully, in the event 396 world's history and of my receiving from the Dental Board of Examiners a license entitling me to practice dental surgery and dentistry in Tasmania, to refrain from conducting my practice by means of the exhibi- tion of dental specimens, appliances or apparatus, in an open shop, window or show-case, or otherwise exposed to public in- spection, or by the means of public advertisements or circulars describing modes of practice or patented or secret processes, or by the publication of a scale of professional charges, or to employ any other unbecoming modes of attracting business, nor will I allow my name to appear in connection with anyone who does so. I also promise, so far as lies in my power, to maintain the honor and interests of the dental profession, and the spirit and provisions ot " The Dentists Act," so long as I hold the license of the Dental Board of Examiners." TITLE AND DIPLOMA. Those candidates who have obtained the " License " of the Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the designation of " Licentiate in Dental Surgery of Tasmania." The Register of Dentists gives the number as follows (Jan- uary 5, 1891): Launceston, 15; Hobart, 8; Westbury, Deloraine, Torquay, Waratah, Cambridge Road, Oatlands, Latrobe, Stan- ley, Scottsdale, Ulserstone, Longford and Timaru, New Zealand, each, 1. The whole number, 35. There are two schools of dentistry in the colony, one at Hobart and one at Launceston, each in connection with the gen- eral hospitals of these cities. They are government institu- tions. From the report for 1892, of the General Hospital of Launces- ton, we are in position to reprint the following: " The steady increase in the numbers seeking the help and advice of the dental surgeons evidences the continued and grow- ing usefulness of this department, as providing a means for the poorer classes of relief from a diseased and defective condition of the teeth. " Besides the inmates of other public institutions which have received attention in this department of the hospital, the chil- dren from the Girls' Industrial School have attended on differ- ent occasions during the year for the purpose of having their teeth examined and such treatment as each case required. " I have again much pleasure in noticing an increase in the REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 397 number of operations for the preservation of the teeth, with a proportionate decrease in those of a less conservative character. " The educational work has also made satisfactory progress. The following courses of lectures and demonstrations have been delivered during the session: " General Pathology, one course of twenty lectures, by Dr. F. J. Drake. " General Surgery, one course of twenty lectures, by Dr. W. H. Jermyn. " Dental Surgery, one course of twenty lectures, by Mr. A. Lucadou Wells. 'Anaesthetics, one course of four lectures, by Dr. W. H. Jer- myn. " Mechanical Dentistry, Demonstrations on, by Mr. A. J. Hall. " Dental Materia Medica, one course of twelve lectures, by Mr. A. Lucadou Wells. " Operative Dentistry, Demonstrations on, by Mr. A. J. Hall. " In this school two candidates have successfully passed the first examination for the diploma in Dental Surgery granted by the Board of Examiners under 'The Dentists Act, 1884.' " The details of cases treated by the honorary dental surgeons are embodied in the report." REPORT OF CASES TREATED AT THE DENTAL DEPARTMENT AND SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY DURING THE YEAR 1 892. Extractions 628 Operations Under chloroform 30 Operations under nitrous oxide gas 13 Fillings, various 181 Deformities and irregularities of teeth treated surgically 58 Mechanical appliances supplied 7 Removal of salivary calculus 10 Advice and prescribing 168 Miscellaneous operations (including extirpa- tion of the dental pulp, treatment of the nerve canals, removal of morbid growths, treatment of alveolar and antral abscess, etc. ) 279 Total 1,374 F. J. Drake, M. A., M. B., January 10, 1893. Surge on- Superiiitendent. 398 world's history and A dental students' society was formed in 1889, at Launce- ston. President, A. Lucadou Wells; Hon. Treasurer and Secre- tary, Louis B. Galvin. No dental journal is published in the colony, but all matters of interest in connection with the profession are published in The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, published in Melbourne, which is also the organ of the Dental Association of Victoria. VICTORIA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 87,884 square miles. Population, 1,131,247. Capital, Melbourne; population, 445,220. Below is reprinted The Dentists Act of 1887, with regulations under its provisions, approved by the Governor in Council. An Act to Provide for the Registration of Dentists Qualified to Practice in Victoria. [17th December, 1887.] Whereas, It is expedient that provision be made for the registration of persons qualified to practice as dentists within the colony of Victoria: Be it therefore Enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly in this present Parliament assembled and by the authority of the same as follows (that is to say): 1. This Act may for all purposes be cited as "The Dentists Act, 1887." 2. In the construction and for the purposes of this Act, the following terms shall if not inconsistent with the context have the respective meanings hereby assigned to them (that is to say): " Ejental Board " shall mean the Dental Board appointed under the provisions of this Act: " Dentist" shall mean a person registered under this Act: " Minister" shall mean the responsible Minister of the Crown for the time being administering this Act: " Register" shall mean the dentists' register for qualified REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 399 dentists to be kept in pursuance of the provisions of this Act: " Registrar" shall mean the registrar appointed under the provisions of this Act. DENTAL BOARD AND OFFICERS. 3. The Governor in Council may appoint a Board consisting of eight members under the style of the " Dental Board of Victoria" hereinafter in this Act termed "the Dental Board." 4. No person shall be appointed or elected President or member of the Dental Board for more than three years, but any person appointed or elected a member of the Dental Board shall upon the expiration of the term for which he was so appointed or elected be eligible for re-appointment or re-election. The Governor in Council may from time to time remove the Presi- dent or any member of the Dental Board. 5. A quorum of the Dental Board shall consist of not less than three members thereof. In the absence of the President from any meeting of the said Board one of the members present shall be elected Chairman of that meeting. 6. The first members of the Dental Board including the President shall be appointed by the Governor in Council without previous election for a period of three years. Provided, That at least four of the persons so appointed shall be persons who appear to be eligible for registration as dentists under this Act, and three shall be legally qualified medical practitioners regis- tered under the "Medical Practitioners Statue, 1865." If any vacancy occur in the office of member of the Dental Board during the period for which the first members of the said Board are appointed, the Governor in Council may fill such vacancy by appointing without previous election any dentist; and the person so appointed shall hold office until the expiration of three years from the date of the appointment of the first members and no longer. 7. On the expiration of the period for which such first mem- bers are appointed to hold office no person shall be eligible to be appointed a member of the Dental Board unless he have been elected to act as a member of the said Board by the dentists; and no person shall be appointed President unless he be a mem- ber of the said Board and have been elected by the other mem- bers thereof to act as President. At least four members of the / u 400 world's history and said Board shall be dentists and three shall be legally qualified medical practitioners registered under the " Medical Practitioners Statute 1865." Every election of a person to act as a member of the said Board shall be held in the manner prescribed by regula- tions to be made by the said Board subject to the approval of the Governor in Council. 8. The persons appointed by the Governor in Council shall conduct examinations for the purposes of this Act in such man- ner and shall grant certificates in such form as the Governor in Council from time to time by regulation directs. 9. The Dental Board may from time to time appoint a regis- trar and any officers they may think fit for the purposes of this Act and may at any time remove any person so appointed; and may from time to time subject to the approval of the Governor in Council make, alter and repeal By-laws regulating their pro- ceedings and sittings and the election of a chairman and gener- ally as to the conduct of their business. REGISTER. 10. A register shall be kept by the Registrar to be called the " Dentists' Register," and the said register shall contain in one alphabetical list according to surnames the names of all dentists who are registered under this Act and shall state the full names and addresses of the registered persons, the description and date of the qualifications in respect of which they are registered, and subject to the provisions of this Act shall contain such particulars and be in such form as the Governor in Council from time to time directs, and the said register shall be open to inspection by the public on payment of the fees prescribed in the First Schedule hereto. 11. The Registrar shall from time to time insert in the register any alteration which comes to his knowledge in the name or address of any person registered therein, and he shall erase from the register the name of every deceased person; and in the exe- cution of these duties the Registrar shall act in each case on such evidence as appears sufficient. 12. Any entry in the register which appears to the Registrar to have been irregularly or fraudulently made may be by him erased if the Minister so direct. If any person registered under this Act has either before or after the passing thereof and either before or after he is so registered been convicted either in Her REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 401 Majesty's dominions or elsewhere of an offense which if com- mitted in Victoria would be a felony or a misdemeanor, such per- son shall be liable to have his name erased from the register. The Dental Board may cause inquiry to be made into the case of a person alleged to be liable to have his name erased under this section, and on proof of such conviction shall make represent- ation of the same to the Governor in Council, who may there- upon direct the Registrar to erase the name of such person from the register. Provided, That the name of a person shall not be erased under this section on account of a conviction for a political offense out of Her Majesty's dominions. 13. Any person who wilfully makes or causes to be made any falsification in any matter relating to the register shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall on conviction thereof be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. 14. A true copy of the register aforesaid certified by the Registrar to be a true copy shall in the month of January in each and every year be sent to the Minister and shall by him be published in the Government Gazette and shall be published and sold by the Dental Board, and any printed documents pur- porting to be a copy of such register shall be prima facie evi- dence in all courts of law in all legal proceedings whatsoever and before all justices and others that the persons therein speci- fied are registered according to the provisions of this Act, and the absence of the name of any person from the latest of such printed copies for the time being shall be prima facie evidence until the contrary be made to appear that such person is not so registered. Provided, That in the case of any person whose name does not appear in such copy a certificate under the hand of the Registrar to the effect that such person is registered under this Act shall be evidence that such person is registered under this Act. 15. On applicatiom made to him at any time for that pur- pose the Registrar shall, if so directed by the Dental Board, issue to any applicant a certificate to the effect that he is regis- tered under this Act. REGISTRATION. 16. From and after the first day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight, no person other thar a legally quali- 26 402 world's history and fied medical practitioner shall be entitled to take or use the name or title of "dentist" or of "dental practitioner" or of " dental surgeon " or any name title addition or description im- plying that he is registered under this Act or that he is a person specially qualified to practice dentistry (either alone or in com- bination with any other word or words) unless he be registered under this Act. Any person who after the first day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight, not being a person registered under this Act or a legally qualified medical practitioner takes or uses any such name title addition or description as afore- said shall be liable on conviction to a penalty not exceeding twenty pounds. 17. Every person registered under this Act and every legally qualified medical practitioner shall be entitled to practice dental surgery and dentistry in any part of Victoria, and to sue in any court of law within Victoria to the extent of the jurisdiction of such court for the recovery of his fees or other remuneration of his professional services in dentistry or in the performance of any dental operation or for any dental attendance or advice, and it shall be sufficient to state in the particulars or demand the words " for dental services," which shall include every de- mand for any dental operation attendance and advice and for any articles supplied by the plaintiff to the defendant for dental purposes. From and after the first day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight, no person shall be entitled to recover any fee or charge in any court of law for the perform- ance of any dental operation or for any dental attendance or advice, or shall hold any appointment as a dentist or dental practitioner or dental surgeon in any hospital, infirmary, dis- pensary or lying-in-hospital or in any lunatic asylum, gaol, peni- tentiary or other public institution, unless he is registered under this Act or is a legally qualified medical practitioner. 18. Any person who — {a) Is registered or is entitled to be registered in the United Kingdom in accordance with the law for the time being in force therein as a dentist or medical practitioner: (d) Is entitled as hereinafter mentioned to be registered under this Act as a dentist: REVIEW OE DENTISTRY. 403 (c) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in any part of Victoria in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery either separately on in conjunction with the practice of medicine, surgery or pharmacy: (d) Has attained the age of twenty-one years and has been engaged continuously during a period of not less than four years in the acquirement of professional knowledge and has passed an examination before the Board in the subjects prescribed by them, subject to the approval of the Governor-in-Council — shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 19. Any dental student who has been studying with and any apprentice of any person entitled to be registered under this Act who has commenced his professional education or apprenticeship at least six months before the passing of this Act, and has served as a pupil or apprentice for not less than three years, shall be en- titled, on making a declaration in the form in the Third Schedule hereto, to be registered under this Act as though he had been at the passing of- this Act bona fide engaged in the practice of dent- istry or dental surgery in Victoria. 20. Any person who either is not domiciled in Victoria or has practiced dental surgery or dentistry for more than ten years elsewhere than in Victoria, showing that he holds some recognized certificate as hereinafter defined, granted in some portion of the British possessions other than the United Kingdom, and that he is of good character, shall upon the payment of the registration fees, be entitled without examination to be registered as a dent- ist under this Act. 21. Any person who is not a British subject or who either is not domiciled in Victoria, or has practiced dental surgery or dent- istry more than ten years elsewhere than in Victoria, showing that he holds some recognized certificate, as hereinafter defined, granted in a foreign country, and that he is of good character, and either continues to hold such certificate or has not been deprived thereof for any cause which disqualifies him from being registered under this Act, shall, upon payment of the registration fees, be entitled without examination to be registered as a dentist under this Act. 22. The certificate granted in a British possession or in a for- eign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certificate as is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such certifi- cate, diploma, membership, degree, license, letters testimonial, or 404 world's history and other title, status or document as may be recognized by the Dental Board as entitling the holder thereof to practice dental surgery or dentistry in such possession or country, and as fur- nishing sufficient guarantee of the possession of the requisite knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dental surgery or dentistry. 23. If any person is refused registration under this Act as a dentist, the Dental Board shall, if required by him, state in writ- ing the reason for such refusal; and if such reason be that the certificate held or obtained by him is not such a recognized cer- tificate as above defined, such person may appeal to the Gov- ernor in Council, and the Governor in Council may, after hearing the said Board, dismiss the appeal or order the said Board to rec- ognize such certificate, and such order shall be duly obeyed. 24. The Dental Board may from time to time subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, make, alter and repeal reg- ulations specifying what certificates, diplomas, degrees, member- ships, licenses, letters, testimonials, or other titles, status or docu- ments granted in a British possession other than the United Kingdom, or granted in a foreign country, will be recognized by the said Board as qualifying persons holding them or any of them to be registered under this Act as dentists. The Dental Board may, when any person makes application to be registered in respect of any certificate, diploma, member- ship, degree, license, letters testimonial, or other title, status or document not specified in such regulations, entertain such appli- cation and deal with it specially, and may if they think fit give to such applicant a certificate of recognition setting forth that he is the holder of a recognized certificate, and the Registrar shall take such certificate of recognition as an authority to register such applicant. 25. When a person entitled to be registered under this Act produces or sends to the Registrar the certificate, diploma, license, letters testimonial or other document in writing confer- ring or evidencing his qualification, with a statement of his name and address and all other particulars (if any) required for regis- tration under this Act, and pays the registration fees, he shall be registered, and such registration shall consist in the entry by or on behalf of the Registrar, in the register of such name, address and other particulars. Provided, that a person shall not be regis- tered under this Act as having been,, before the passing thereof, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 405 engaged in the practice of dental surgery or dentistry in Victoria, unless he produces or transmits to the Registrar before the first day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight, infor- mation of his name and address and a declaration, signed by him, in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule to this Act. A person resident in Victoria shall not be disqualified for being registered by reason only that he is not a British subject. EXAMINATIONS. 26. The Dental Board shall at such times as are prescribed by the Governor in Council, hold examinations for the purpose of testing the fitness of persons to practice dental surgery or dent- istry, and may grant certificates of such fitness to those who have satisfied the said Board thereof on examination. The Dental Board shall admit to the examinations held by them under this section any person desirous of being examined, who has attained the age of twenty-one years and has complied with the regulation in force (if any) made by the caid Board as to the education of such persons. 27. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificate to be granted under this Act by the Dental Board and for examina- tion by the said Board as the Governor in Council from time to time, by regulations, directs. 28. If it appears to the Governor in Council that an attempt has been made by the Dental Board to impose on any candidate offering himself for examination, an obligation to adopt or refrain from adopting, the practice of any particular theory of dental surgery or dentistry as a test or condition of admitting him to examination, or granting a certificate of fitness under this Act, the Governor in Council may thereupon issue an injunction to the said Board, directing them to desist from such practice. MISCELLANEOUS. 29. Any person who willfully procures, or attempts to pro- cure, himself or any other person to be registered under this Act, by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, any false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either ver- bally or in writing, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall, on conviction thereof, be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. 30. The Dental Board may question any person who attends before it, and any witness who may be produced before the said 406 world's history and Board, and may examine any person upon oath, or take a solemn declaration from such person; and if any person willfully, know- ingly or corruptly make any false statement upon such examina- tion, or in such declaration, or utter or attempt to utter or put off as true before the said Board, any false, forged or counterfeit certificate, diploma, license, letters testimonial or other document or writing, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and being thereof duly convicted, he shall be liable to be imprisoned for any period not exceeding one year. All offenses under this Act shall be heard and determined and all penalties imposed by this Act shall be recovered in a summary manner before two justices of the peace in petty ses- sions, and all penalties when recovered shall be paid to the Dental Board to be applied toward the expenses of carrying this Act into effect. 31. Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Governor in Council may from time to time fix the times at which examina- tions are to be held under this Act and may make, alter and re- voke such orders and regulations as he thinks fit with respect to the examinations of persons desiring to obtain certificates of fit- ness to practice dental surgery or dentistry, the granting of cer- tificates of recognition and of fitness by the Dental Board, the keeping of the register, registration therein, and the payment of fees in respect of certificates granted by the said Board under this Act and in respect of examinations held by the said Board, and generally for carrying this Act into effect, 32. The fees mentioned in the First Schedule to this Act shall be payable by persons applying to be registered or obtain- ing certificates of registration under this Act, or inspecting the register respectively by the Registrar, and shall be applied by the Dental Board in such manner as they think fit in defraying the expenses and carying out the provisions of this Act. 33. All persons registered under this Act shall be exempt from serving on juries and inquests and from serving in the mili- tia. THE DENTAL BOARD OF VICTORIA BYE-LAWS. At the Executive Council Chamber, Melbourne, the fifth day of February, 1889. Whereas, By the Dentists Act 1887 tne Dental Board is em- powered from time to time, subject to the approval of the Gov- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 407 ernor in Council, to make, alter and repeal bye-laws regulating their proceedings and sittings, and the election of a Chairman, and generally to the conduct of their business: and whereas such bye-laws require to be made, altered and repealed, subject to the approval of the Governor in Council: now, therefore, His Excel- lency the Governor, by and with the advice of the Executive Council, doth hereby approve of the following bye-laws made by the Dental Board of Victoria, that is to say: PROCEEDINGS OF BOARD. 1. The ordinary meetings of the Board shall be held in the office of the Registrar or some other place appointed by the Board on every fourth Friday in every month, at the hour of 8 p. m., or at such hour as the Board may from time to time ap- point. 2. Special meetings of the Board may be called upon the requisition of the President or any two members of the Board, provided that three clear days' notice shall have been given by the Registrar to the other members of the Board. 3. If there be not the authorized quorum present at thirty minutes after the expiration of the appointed hour of meeting, that meeting shall lapse, and no business shall be transacted. 4. At every ordinary meeting of the Board, after the reading and confirmation of the minutes of the previous meeting, the order of business shall be as follows, unless altered by a resolu- tion of the board to that effect, viz.: (1) Correspondence and business arising therefrom. (2) Reports of committees. (3) Payment of accounts. (4) Ordinary business, including postponed and adjourned business. (5) Special business, of which due notice has been given. REGISTRAR AND REGISTRATION. 5. The Registrar shall be in attendance at his office at such hours as from time to time may be appointed by the Board for that purpose, and be present at all meetings of the Board and committees. It shall be his duty to superintend the affairs of the Board under the direction of the Board and committees. The Registrar shall keep the books in a neat and orderly manner; he shall conduct all correspondence and issue all summonses, record the minutes of all meetings for business, and make a report of 408 WORLD S HISTORY AND all dental matters that come under his cognizance for the infor- mation of the Board and committees. He shall consult the Presi- dent on any business requiring attention between the various meetings, and be responsible for the safe custody of all the docu- ments and property belonging to the Board which shall be under his control; and he shall find security in the sum of ^200. 6. The Registrar shall receive all fees, fines, and other mon- eys which may become due and payable to the Board, and give a printed receipt, and no other, for the same, retaining a block counterpart of such receipt. He shall, once in each week, lodge in the bank, in the name of the Board, all moneys received by him. TREASURER. 7. The Board may from time to time appoint one of their number as Hon. Treasurer, whose duty it shall be to receive from the Registrar a weekly account of all moneys taken, and to see that these moneys are lodged in the bank appointed by the Board to the credit of an account headed " Dental Board of Vic- toria," and to pay by a check, signed by the President, Treasurer, and Registrar, such accounts as the Board from time to time order by a resolution which shall specify the sums of money to be paid and to whom. 8. The Board may from time to time direct the Treasurer to invest any surplus funds over and above what is required for the working expenses of the Board, in such manner and upon such security as shall be authorized by a resolution of the Board. 9. The Treasurer shall present to the Board a monthly state- ment showing the receipts and expenditure for the past month; and he shall also, in the month of February in each year, pre- pare and present to the Board an annual balance-sheet, showing the exact financial position of the affairs of the Board. AUDITORS. 10. The Board shall appoint two fit and proper persons as auditors, who shall hold office for twelve months; and the Board may pay out of the moneys accruing under the Dentists Act 1887 a fee of £2 2s. to each of such auditors. 11. The auditors shall inspect the books and accounts of the Board, and examine the annual balance-sheet prepared by the Treasurer, and shall certify to the same if correct; and they shall also investigate and examine all contracts, accounts, invoices, REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 409 books, bills of parcels, and vouchers, in any wise relating to or concerning the same, which may be kept by or in the possession of the Treasurer and Registrar: and they shall also examine the bank pass-book, and ascertain that it corresponds with the ac- count of the Board in the bank; and they shall present an annual report to the Board, stating the result of their inspection and ex- amination. STUDENTS. 12. Every dental student entering upon his apprenticeship must notify the same to the Registrar with the object of being registered as a dental student, and must forward at the same time to the Registrar a copy of his indentures. And the Honorable Charles Henry Pearson, for Her Majesty's Chief Secretary for Victoria, shall give the necessary directions herein accordingly. Rob. Wadsworth, Clerk of the Executive Council. REGULATIONS. At the Executive Council Chamber, Melbourne, the seventh day of May, 1889. In accordance with the provisions of, and in the exercise of the powers conferred by the Dentists Act, 1887, the Adminis- trator of the Government, with the advice of the Executive Coun- cil, doth hereby make the subjoined Regulations for the exami- nation of persons desiring to obtain certificates of fitness to prac- tice dental surgery or dentistry, that is to say: — regulations. No. 1. . Candidates for examination under the Dentists Act, Victoria, No. 960, shall (except in cases which are hereinafter provided for by regulation No. V.) produce evidence that they have for the four years during which they have been " engaged continuously in the acquirement of professional knowledge" (Section 18, clause D of the Act), completed the following educational course: {a) Matriculation at the University of Melbourne or the passage of some examination recognized by the Univer- sity as equivalent thereto, such matriculation or exam- ination to include passing in Latin, English, Arithme- tic, Algebra and Geometry, as compulsory subjects of the examination. 410 world's history and (b) Attendance on the following courses of lectures and demonstrations at some period subsequent to such matriculation or examination: ( i ) A course of lectures on Materia Medica at the Univer- sity of Melbourne or at the Melbourne College of Phar- macy, or at any school of pharmacy recognised by the Pharmacy Board of Victoria, as equivalent thereto. (2) Two courses of lectures on Anatomy at the Univer- sity of Melbourne or at any school of anatomy recog- nised by the University of Melbourne as equivalent thereto. (3) Two courses of lectures on Physiology at the Univer- sity of Melbourne or at any school of physiology recog- nised by the University of Melbourne as equivalent thereto. (4) Two courses of lectures on Chemistry at the Univer- sity of Melbourne or at the Melbourne College of Pharmacy or at any school of pharmacy recognised by the Pharmacy Board of Victoria as equivalent thereto. (5) A course of dissections at any medical school recog- nised by the Dental Board of Victoria. (6) A course of clinical lectures and hospital practice during a period of not less than two years at any hos- pital recognised for the purpose by the Dental Board of Victoria. (7) A course of lectures on Medicine and Surgery by lec- turers appointed for that purpose by the Dental Board, of Victoria. (8) Two courses of lectures on Dental Anatomy and Physiology by a lecturer appointed by the Dental Board of Victoria. (9) Two courses of lectures on Dental Surgery and Path- ology by a lecturer appointed by the Dental Board of Victoria. (10) Two courses of lectures on dental mechanics and metallurgy by a lecturer appointed by the Dental Board of Victoria. (11) The practice during a period of not less than two years of a dental hospital recognised by the Dental Board of Victoria, and the practice, as an indentured pupil, with a registered dentist for a period of not less than three years. REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 411 No. 2. Candidates for the certificate issued by the Dental Board of Victoria under The Dentists Act, Victoria, No. 960, shall subse- quent to the completion of the foregoing educational course, present themselves for examination before the Dental Board of Victoria, and shall be examined in all the subjects of their pro- fessional studies. No. 3. The fee for the examination before the Dental Board shall be ;£lO 10s. No. 4. Candidates who have completed the foregoing educational course and passed the foregoing examinations shall be entitled to the certificate of qualification issued by the Dental Board of Victoria. No. 5. In the case of all apprentices who have been indentured pre- vious to the gazetting of these regulations, and such other per- sons as have applied for registration within 18 calendar months since the coming into force of the Act, the Board may at its dis- cretion admit to a modified examination; such examination to consist of — 1. Mechanical dentistry — Theory, illustrated by models, etc. 2. General — (a) Elementary Anatomy and Physiology. (b) Elementary Surgery and Pathology. 3. Dental — {a) Elementary Anatomy and Physiology. (b) Elementary Surgery and Pathology. No. 6. The fee for such examination shall be £$ 5s. No. 7. Candidates who have passed the foregoing modified examin- ation shall be entitled to the certificate of registration issued by the Dental Board of Victoria, under the Dentists Act, No. 960. And the Honorable Alfred Deakin, Her Majesty's Chief Sec- 412 world's history and retary for Victoria, shall give the necessary directions herein accordingly. G. Wilson Brown, Clerk of the Executive Council. ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS OF THE DENTAL BOARD OF VICTORIA. The Governor in Council has approved of the subjoined ad- ditional regulations made by the Dental Board of Victoria pursuant to the provisions of The Dentists Act 1887 (51 Vict. No. 960. Alfred Deakin, Chief Secretary. Chief Secretary's Office, Melbourne, 14th January, 1890. ELECTIONS OF MEMBERS OF BOARD. 1. The Board shall from time to time appoint (and may re- move) some fit and proper person, who is registered as a dent- ist, and not being a member of the Board, to be returning officer, and to conduct the election of members of the Board in accordance with the provisions hereinafter made in that be- half. 2. The Board shall pay to the returning officer for his own use, out of the moneys accruing under the Dentists Act, 1887, a fee of £2 2s., for each and every election conducted by such returning officer, together with a sum of money sufficient to re- coup him all expenses incurred for the purpose of holding and conducting such election. 3. In the month of February, in the year 1891, the returning officer shall proceed to the election of eight persons, of whom four at least shall be registered dentists of Victoria, and three shall be legally qualified medical practitioners, registered under the Medical Practitioners Act, 1865, and the persons so elected at such election shall serve as members of the Dental Board of Victoria for the respective periods as hereinafter provided. 4. 1 In the month of February, in the year 1892, and in the month of February in each and every next succeeding year, there shall be an annual election of as many persons to be members of the Dental Board of Victoria as there are vacancies created (not being extraordinary vacancies) in each of such years; and the persons so elected at such annual election shall hold office for a REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 413 term of three years then next ensuing from the date of such annual election, and no longer. 5. At the annual election in 1892, two of the members elected in 1891, being the two members who at such election received the fewest number of votes of the members returned, shall retire from office, and thereby create vacancies to be filled up at such annual election. At the annual election in 1893, the two mem- bers who at such election in 1891 received the next lowest num- ber of votes above the members who retired in 1892, shall retire from office, and thereby create vacancies to be filled up at the annual election in 1893. And at the annual election in 1894 the remaining four of the eight members elected in 1891 shall retire from office, and thereby create vacancies to be filled up at the annual elections in 1894. In the event of any two or more of the members returned in 1891 having received an equal number of votes, and thereby creating a tie between or among them, the President shall, in the presence of the Board, determine by lot which one of such members shall be the member first to retire. 6. At every election for members to serve on the Board the returning officer shall give twenty-one days' notice, by advertise- ment in the Argus, Age and Daily Telegraph, or such papers as may from time to time be approved of by the Board, of his in- tention to proceed on a certain day, to be named in such adver- tisement, to hold an election of fit and proper persons to serve as members on such Board; and he shall also in such advertisement name a day, being not less than twelve days nor more than fifteen days prior to the day named for holding such election, on or be- fore which all candidates for election must be nominated, as hereinafter provided; and he shall also, in such advertisement, name the time and place when and where such nominations will be received, and shall sign such notice and affix the date it is given thereto. 7. Any person registered as a registered dentist in Victoria, desirous of nominating any other person as a candidate, shall fill up a nomination paper in the form of the First Schedule hereto, stating therein the christian name and surname of such candidate, together with the other particulars required by such schedule, and such nomination paper shall be signed by not less than five persons duly qualified to vote at such elections, 'and also by the person therein named as a candidate accepting such nomination. Such nomination paper must be lodged or delivered by post be- 414 WORLD S HISTORY AND fore four o'clock in the afternoon of the day next preceding the day fixed for nominations. 8. The returning officer shall, in the event of there not being a greater number of persons nominated than are required to fill the vacancies created, make a return to the Registrar of the Board, and declare such person or persons to have been duly elected member or members of the Board; but if the number of persons nominated is greater than the number of persons required to fill such vacancies, a poll shall be taken, and he shall cause voting papers to be printed in the form given in Second Schedule hereto, and shall sign each of such papers, and cause one to be enclosed in an envelope not fastened, with the name and address of the returning officer printed thereon, and one of such voting papers and printed envelopes shall be sent by post under a fas- tened cover to the address of each and every registered dentist of Victoria, and resident in Victoria. 9. The returning officer shall, on the day named in such ad- vertisement for holding any election, proceed, in the presence of the Registrar and of any scrutineers appointed by any candidate, to open the envelops with his printed address thereon, and which have been returned to him, and to take out the voting papers therein contained, and if he is satisfied after comparing each of the signatures in such voting papers with the signatures of the voters in the signature book, kept by the Registrar, and that each vote is properly given, he shall proceed to ascertain the number of such votes for each candidate; and as soon as con- veniently may be after the day of holding such election, the re- turning officer shall give public notice by advertisement of the number of votes given to each candidate, and shall declare the candidates, not exceeding the number of vacancies to be filled up, who have received the greatest number of votes to be duly elected as members of the Dental Board of Victoria, and if two or more candidates shall have received an equal number of votes, the returning officer shall in each case have the casting vote. 10. If any voter shall suffer to remain not struck out upon any voting paper a greater number of names than the number of members to be elected, or shall fail to attach his signature thereto, the vote given on and by such paper shall be void and of no effect, and shall not be counted by the returning officer. The voter shall enclose such voting paper in an envelope fur- nished to him with the printed address, of the returning officer REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 415 thereon, and shall post the same so that it shall be received by the returning officer in course of post before the day fixed for holding such election. n. If any person who shall duly have become a candidate for such election, and three of the persons having signed the paper nominating him shall be desirous that he retire before the day of holding such election from such candidature, such candidate and the persons aforesaid, not later than eight clear days before the day of holding such election, may sign and deliver a notice in the form of the Third Schedule hereto stating that such can- didate so retires, and the returning officer on receipt of such notice shall omit the name of such person so retiring from the voting paper, and if the number of candidates shall by such re- tirement be reduced to the number of members to be elected, the returning officer shall declare the remaining members duly elected. Each candidate shall be entitled to appoint in writing one scrutineer, to be present when the returning officer shall open the envelopes containing the voting papers on the day of holding the election. 12. If any vacancy shall occur from death, resignation, or a member becoming incapable, or being ousted by the Supreme Court, or absence from the meetings of the Board, as herewith specified, it shall be called an extraordinary vacancy, and the re- turning officer shall, upon being notified by the Board that an extraordinary vacancy has occurred, proceed to the election of a person being a person eligible under the Act to fill such extra- ordinary vacancy, and the person so elected shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of office of the person whose vacancy, created as aforesaid, he has been elected to fill, and no longer. 13. The President shall be elected at the first meeting of the Board after the term of office of the retiring President shall have expired by effluxion of time, or by death, resignation, incapacity, absence from meetings of the Board, or by being ousted from office by the Supreme Court. He shall be elected by a majority of the members present, and if for want of a quorum or from any other cause a President shall not be elected at such first meeting, he shall be elected at the next meeting, a week's notice having been given by the Registrar to each member of the Board. 416 world's history and 14. The Board may adopt by a resolution a seal as and for the common seal of the Board. 15. The Registrar shall have the custody of such seal, which shall be deposited in the office of the Board, and shall not be used except as hereinafter provided. 16. The seal of the Board may be affixed by the Registrar, in the presence of a member of the Board, to any instrument or writing, when authorized by a resolution passed for that purpose and entered upon the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, but not otherwise. , 17. Whenever the seal of the Board is affixed as hereinbe- fore provided, the Registrar shall append thereto his certificate that it has been affixed by order of the Board, with the date of such order, as follows: Affixed by order dated day of 18 ... . A. R., Registrar, day of 18 18. The Board may adopt a design for the form of a certifi- cate of qualification, to be issued to duly qualified dentists being persons who shall be qualified by examination under this Act, and such certificate shall be signed by the President and members of the Board, and shall have affixed thereto the common seal of the Board. 19. The Board may, from time to time, appoint from amongst themselves such committee as may be necessary, and may by resolution at anytime abolish any committee so appointed. The President for the time being shall be ex officio a member of such committee, and, if present, shall preside. 20. If any member die, or by notice under his hand delivered to the President or Registrar, resign his office as member, or be- come incapable of being a member, be or declared ousted of such office by the Supreme Court, or be absent from four consecutive ordinary meetings of the Board without leave obtained from the Board in that behalf, then in every such case the office of every such mdmber shall become vacant, and every such vacancy shall be an extraordinary vacancy, and notified to the returning officer by the Board. 21. If at the time appointed for holding a meeting of the Board the President shall be absent, the members present may appoint one of themselves to preside as chairman at such meet- REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 417 ing, or until the President shall be present, when such chairman shall vacate the chair in favor of the President. REGISTRAR AND REGISTRATION. 22. The Registrar shall receive and preserve certificates, cards, or tickets issued by the examiners signifying that examina- tions have been passed. 23. The Registrar shall from time to time make out and maintain a register in the form prescribed in Section 10 of the Dentists Act, 1887, of all persons admitted by the Board as dent- ists. He shall also from time to time make out and maintain a register of all persons who have passed the preliminary examina- tions prescribed by these regulations for apprentices. Such reg- ister shall be in the same form as that prescribed for registered dentists inserting under the head of qualification apprentice to A. B., registered dentist, and there shall be a column for the insertion of the date when such apprentice is admitted as a dent- ist when his name shall be transferred to the registrar. of dentists. 24. The Registrar shall from time to time keep and maintain a signature book containing the signatures of each and every registered dentist, which shall be arranged in alphabetical order, and he shall produce such book for the inspection of the return- ing officer appointed by the Board on the day holding each and every election provided for by these regulations. EXAMINATIONS. 25. Examinations shall be held at least twice annually, viz., in December, in March, in June, or in September in each year; provided always that the modified examination shall be held when and so often as the Board may think advisable. 26. Every person who shall have received a certificate of having passed the matriculation at the University of Melbourne, or the passage of some examination recognized by the university as equivalent thereto, such matriculation or examination to in- clude passing in Latin, English, Arithmetic, Algebra and Geom- etry as compulsory subjects of the examination, and who shall have entered into articles of agreement as an apprentice with a registered dentist, shall, on production of such certificate and of such articles of agreement and of the payment of one guinea, be entitled on application to the Registrar, within three months of the date of such articles, to have his name placed upon the regis- ter of apprentices. 27 418 world's history and 27. Every candidate desirous of being examined shall, ten days previous to the day fixed for examination, give the Registrar written notice of his intention to present himself at such exami- nation, together with his indentures of apprenticeship, and pay the prescribed fee. 28. No certificate of qualification shall be issued to any per- son who is by the Dentists Act, 1887, required to be apprenticed, until he shall furnish the Board with a statutory declaration to be approved by them that he has faithfully, and without any unreasonable intermission, served his apprenticeship for the term required by the said Dentists Act, 1887, an ^ also a like statutory declaration by the person to whom he was apprenticed. 29. All plates used from time to time for printing the forms of certificates shall be deposited in the Board room, in a box, having a lock and two keys, one of which shall be in the custody of the President, and the other in that of the Registrar. 30. No print shall be taken from any of the said plates with- out an express order of the Board. All prints taken shall be in the custody of the Registrar. 31. The words used herein in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural, and the words used in the plural shall be deemed to include the singular, unless the contrary is expressly provided. . , 32. Candidates who have commenced their professional edu- cation prior to the gazettal on the loth May, 1889, °f the regu- lations relating to the examination of candidates under the Dent- ists Act, 1887, approved of by the Governor in Council, on the 7th May, 1889, and who propose to complete the course pre- scribed in Regulation No. 1 of those regulations, with a view to obtaining the certificate of qualification issued by the Dental Board, shall be exempt from the matriculation examination. 33. Registered dentists who have practiced dentistry for a period of five years before the passing of the Dentists Act, 1887, and who shall produce to the Board evidence of good character, and of having conducted their business as a dentist in a profes- sional manner, may, subject to the approval of the Board, be admitted to the examination for the certificate of competency granted by the Board sine curriculo. 34. In all cases resort shall be had to the rules and forms provided in part eleven of the thirteenth schedule to the Act No. 506, so far as the same are applicable, and are not inconsistent REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 419 with these regulations, for the purpose of regulating the proceed- ings in the general conduct of the business of the Board. ' Approved by the Governor in Council, the 4th January, 1890. G. Wilson Brown, Clerk of the Executive Council. The first meeting for the purpose of forming a Dental Asso- ciation of Victoria was held at the Coffee Palace, Bourke Street, Melbourne, August 7, 1889. The association was formally in- augurated and its first council elected by ballot October 1, 1889. The official name is the Dental Association of Victoria. There is also in existence the Odontological Society of Vic- toria, with twenty-six members (November, 1892); a Students' Society, with a few members, and a small dental hospital under the management of the Dental Association. Usually students attend private lectures after passing an ap- prenticeship previous to the examination of the Dental Board. Many, after their term of pupilage, seek a diploma in England or America, but the only American colleges that are officially recognized by the Dental Board of Victoria are the Michigan College of Dental Surgery, and the Harvard University Dental Department, except by special application to the Dental Board of Victoria. The number of dentists in Victoria is as follows: Melbourne (including South, North, East and West), 114; Fitzroy, 37; Carl- ton, 29; Ballarat, 20; Sandhurst, 19; St. Kilda, 19; Prahran, 17; Geelong, 12; Albert Park, 10; Richmond, 10; South Yarra, 10; Warrnambool, 9; Collingwood, 8; Hawthorn, 8; Brighton, 7; Castlemaine, 6; Maryborough, 6; Windsor, 6; Gippsland, Kyne- ton and Port Melbourne, each 5; Beechworth, Brunswick, Echuca Essendon, Stawell and Williamstown, each 4; Clifton Hill, Co- burg, Colac, Dandenong, Hamilton, Launceston, Malvern, Port Fairy, St. Arnaud and Toorak, each 3; Alexandra, Ararat, Ar- mandale, Ascot Vale, Benalla, Burnley, Camberwell, Charlton, Creswick, Dunolly, Elsternwick, Footscray, Hawksburn, Hors- sham, Hotham, Inglewood, Kilmore, Maldon, Mooney Ponds, Nhill, Numurkah, Romsey, Sale, Shepparton, South Preston and Wangaratta, each 2; and sixty smaller towns have each 1 dentist. Registered in Victoria, but now practicing in Tasmania, 6; in New South Wales, 5; in Queensland, 1; in South Australia, 1. The number of dentists practicing in Victoria is therefore (in 1892), 528. 420 world's history and review of dentistry. There is no dental journal printed in the colony, but all mat- ters of interest in connection with the profession are published in the Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, published in Melbourne and which is the organ of the Dental Association of Victoria. For the possession of all facts and documents concerning dentistry of Victoria we are under obligations to Dr. I. F. W. Hall, of South Melbourne. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. (BRITISH COLONY.) Area, 975,920 square miles. Population, 43,698. Capita], Perth; population, 10,000. There are no laws governing the practice of dentistry in this colony. A few dentists are practicing in Perth and Hobart, and some other places, but the exact number is not known. r* % ^ • \ <# vV *. '%<■ .%- c^ V ,r c o ^s u V / 1 ' « <* ' tf c 7 c- \ & s. . c- • .0* ■■V ^ >) > ,0' £ .0 \ o. A\ c N C , ^ ^ .4 I \ * %<£ ^ ■\ x v\ \ - ^ y o * v * ' x o o^ ; v ^ \ v ° .-* o, \ U °x •o- ♦* a.- c- \ ■ <-■ .v. «*• /#* \ ^ V s /' vV /> ^ t ^ ♦<> * ,\ ■^ CD * , A^ -° N 4> v. A ' • «■ '^ 3*^ 1$ <> O0 ^/- > « i l • V V - - <£- * A *" °' C ^ \ ''/ > 'V tf \. -^ 'J \v . '. A" f°< S % t, ^US- V *A \0 O^ "*• J( >#